Skip to main content

Full text of "Mount Rainier : a record of exploration"

See other formats


Presented  to  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 

by  the 

ONTARIO  LEGISLATIVE 
LIBRARY 

1980 


Mount  Rainier 


THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK   •    BOSTON    •    CHICAGO  •    DALLAS 
ATLANTA  •    SAN   FRANCISCO 

MACMILLAN  &  CO.,  LIMITED 

LONDON  •    BOMBAY  •    CALCUTTA 
MELBOURNE 

THE  MACMILLAN  CO.  OF  CANADA,  LTD. 

TORONTO 


(  .   t  . 

Mount  Rainier.  *  JSL- 


Record  of  Exploration  to* 


Edited  by 

Edmond  6".  Meany 

Profetsor  of  History  in  the  University  of  Washington.    President  of  The  Mountainttrt 

Author  of  "  Vancouver^  Discovery  of  Puget  Sound  " 

"  History  of  the  State  of  Washington," 

etc. 


New  Tork 

The  Macmillan   Company 
1916 

:    .<•-. 
\^4tt.       .t^tll  rights  reserved 

*'  EP  -a 


/ 


COPYRIGHT,  1916, 
BY  THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY. 


Set  up  and  electrotyped.     Published  November,  1916. 


J.  8.  Gushing  Co.  —  Berwick  &  Smith  Co. 
Norwood,  Maas.,  U.S.A. 


TCo 
GENERAL  HAZARD   STEVENS 

EARLY    LOVER    OF    THE    MOUNTAIN,    THIS    BOOK 
IS    AFFECTIONATELY    DEDICATED 


PREFACE 

MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK  is  visited  annually 
by  increasing  thousands  of  tourists.  Many  of  them  seek 
information  about  the  discoveries  and  explorations  of  the 
mountain  and  its  environs.  Much  of  the  information 
sought,  especially  that  about  the  origin  of  place  names,  has 
never  been  published.  The  annals  of  discovery  and  ex- 
ploration, which  have  been  published,  have  often  appeared 
in  books,  pamphlets,  or  periodicals  not  easily  accessible. 
It  is  the  purpose  of  this  work  to  gather  the  essential  por- 
tions of  the  desired  information  within  a  compact,  usable 
form. 

During  the  summer  of  1915,  the  mountain  was  for  the 
first  time  encircled  by  a  large  company  of  travelers.  Small 
parties,  carrying  their  luggage  and  provisions  on  their 
backs,  had  made  the  trip  a  number  of  times.  The  Moun- 
taineers Club,  in  1915,  conducted  a  party  of  one  hundred, 
with  fully  equipped  pack  train  and  commissary,  around  the 
mountain.  They  camped  each  evening  at  or  near  the 
snow-line.  At  the  daily  campfires  extracts  were  read  from 
the  original  sources  of  the  mountain's  history.  The  interest 
there  manifested  in  such  records  gave  additional  impulse  to 
the  preparation  of  this  book. 

It  is  natural  that  the  chronological  order  should  be 
chosen  in  arranging  the  materials,  beginning  with  the  dis- 
covery and  naming  of  the  mountain  by  Captain  George 
Vancouver  of  the  British  Navy.  The  records  are  then  con- 
tinued to  the  present  time.  There  still  remains  to  be  done 
much  scientific  work  on  the  glaciers,  snowfields,  rocks,  and 
plants  within  the  Park.  It  is  hoped  that  this  book  may 
stimulate  such  field  work  as  well  as  the  publication  of  the 
results. 


PREFACE 

The  reader  will  notice  that  several  writers  in  referring  to 
the  mountain  use  some1  form  of  the  name  Tacoma.  The 
editor  has  not  hesitated  to  publish  such  names  as  were  used 
in  the  original  articles  here  reproduced.  In  all  other  cases 
he  has  used  the  name  Mount  Rainier,  approved  by  the 
United  States  Geographic  Board. 

In  the  separate  chapters  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  height 
of  the  mountain  has  been  placed  at  varying  figures.  The 
United  States  Geological  Survey  has  spoken  on  this  sub- 
ject with  apparent  official  finality,  giving  the  altitude  as 
14,408  feet  above  sea  level.  How  this  height  was  deter- 
mined is  told  in  the  official  announcement  reproduced  in 
Chapter  XVIII  of  the  text,  with  comment  thereon  by 
F.  E.  Matthes,  one  of  the  engineers  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey. 

The  place  names  within  the  Park  have  been  derived 
from  such  varied  sources  that  it  is  well-nigh  impossible 
to  ascertain  the  origin  and  meaning  of  all  of  them.  For 
the  first  time  they  are  here  (Chapter  XIX)  gathered  into 
a  complete  alphabetical  arrangement  with  as  full  informa- 
tion as  is  now  available.  The  writer  would  welcome  further 
facts  about  any  of  the  names. 

In  the  introductory  paragraphs  before  each  chapter,  the 
editor  has  sought  to  express  his  acknowledgment  for  assist- 
ance rendered  by  others  in  the  compilation  of  the  work. 
For  fear  some  may  have  been  omitted  he  wishes  here  to 
express  gratitude  for  all  such  help  and  to  mention  especially 
Professor  J.  Franklin  Jameson,  Director  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Historical  Research  of  the  Carnegie  Institution 
of  Washington,  for  his  assistance  in  securing  photostat 
reproductions  of  a  number  of  rare  items  found  in  the 
Library  of  Congress. 

The  editor  also  acknowledges  the  assistance  rendered  by 
Victor  J.  Farrar,  research  assistant  in  the  University  of 
Washington. 

EDMOND   S.    MEANY. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  WASHINGTON, 
Seattle,  August,  1916. 

viii 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PACK 

I.    THE  MOUNTAIN  DISCOVERED  AND  NAMED,  1792        .        i 
By  Captain  George  Vancouver,  R.N. 

II.    FIRST  APPROACH  TO  THE  MOUNTAIN,  1833       •        •        6 
By  Doctor  William  Fraser  Tolmie. 

III.  FIRST  RECORDED  TRIP  THROUGH  N ACHES  PASS,  1841       13 

By  Lieutenant  Robert  E.  Johnson,  U.S.N.,  of  the 
Wilkes  Expedition.    . 

IV.  TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU  .      34 

By  Theodore  Winthrop. 

V.     FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,  1857        ....      73 
By  Lieutenant  A.  V.  Kautz,  U.S.A. 

VI.     FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,  1870       ....      94 
By  General  Hazard  Stevens. 

VII.    INDIAN  WARNING  AGAINST  DEMONS  ....     132 
By  Sluiskin,  Indian  Guide. 

VIII.     SECOND  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,  1870    ....     135 
By  S.  F.  Emmons. 

IX.     EXPLORATIONS  ON  THE  NORTHERN  SLOPES,  1881-1883     142 
By  Bailey  Willis. 

X.     DISCOVERY  OF  CAMP  MUIR,  1888       .        .        .         .150 
By  Major  E.  S.  Ingraham. 

XI.    EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896     159 
By  Professor  I.  C.  Russell. 


CONTENTS 


XII.     MCCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC  DEATH,  1897     183 
By    Herbert    L.    Bruce    and    Professor    H.    H. 
McAlister. 

XIII.  FIELD  NOTES  ON  MOUNT  RAINIER,  1905  .         .        .     194 

By  Professor  Henry  Landes. 

XIV.  GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER   .         .        .        .        .201 

By  F.  E.  Matthes. 

XV.     THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER        .        .-       .        .241 
By  George  Otis  Smith. 

XVI.     THE  FLORA  OP  MOUNT  RAINIER        ....     254 
By  Professor  Charles  V.  Piper. 

XVII.     CREATION  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK       .     287 
Memorial  by  Scientific  Societies. 

XVIII.     MOUNT  RAINIER  is  14,408  FEET  HIGH     .        .         .     297 
By  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 

XIX.     PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS  IN  MOUNT  RAINIER 

NATIONAL  PARK 302 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 

First  Picture  of  Mount  Rainier.  Drawn  by  W.  Alexander, 
from  a  sketch  by  J.  Sykes,  1792.  Engraved  by  J. 
Landseer  for  Vancouver's  Journal  .  .  .  Frontispiece 


PACK 


Captain  George  Vancouver,  Royal  Navy  i 
Doctor  William  Fraser  Tolmie           .....          6 

Commander  Charles  Wilkes,  United  States  Navy          .  .        13 

Theodore  Winthrop,  from  the  Rowse  Crayon  Portrait  .        34 

General  August  Valentine  Kautz,  United  States  Army  .        73 
General  Hazard  Stevens    .......        94 

Samuel  Franklin  Emmons           .          .          .          .          .  .135 

Bailey  Willis,  from  Photograph  taken  in  1883      .          .  .      142 

Major  Edward  Sturgis  Ingraham          .          .          .          .  .150 

Professor  Israel  Cook  Russell     .          .          .          .          .  .159 

Professor  Edgar  McClure           .          .          .          .          .  .183 

Professor  Henry  Landes   .          .          .          .          .          .  .194 

Francois  Emile  Matthes    .          .          .         .         .          .  .201 

George  Otis  Smith  .          .          .          .          .          .          .  .241 

Professor  Charles  Vancouver  Piper     .          .          .          .  .254 

Peter  Rainier,  Admiral  of  the  Blue,  Royal  Navy            .  .     302 


CAPTAIN  GEORGE  VANCOUVER. 
Royal  Navy. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

A   RECORD    OF    EXPLORATIONS 

I.    THE  MOUNTAIN  DISCOVERED  AND 
NAMED,  1792 

BY  CAPTAIN   GEORGE   VANCOUVER,   R.N. 

CAPTAIN  GEORGE  VANCOUVER,  the  great  English  navigator  and 
explorer,  lived  but  forty  years,  from  1758  to  1798.  He  entered 
the  British  navy  on  the  Resolution  under  Captain  James 
Cook  in  1771  and  was  with  that  even  more  famous  explorer 
during  his  second  and  third  voyages,  from  1772  to  1780.  He 
was  placed  in  command  of  the  Discovery  and  Chatham  in 
1791  and  sent  to  the  northwest  coast  of  America.  On  this 
voyage  he  discovered  and  named  Puget  Sound  and  many  other 
geographic  features  on  the  western  coast  of  America. 

The  portions  of  his  Voyage  of  Discovery  to  the  North  Pacific 
Ocean,  giving  the  record  of  his  discovery,  naming,  and  explora- 
tion in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Rainier,  are  taken  from  Volume  II 
of  the  second  edition,  published  in  London  in  1801,  pages  79, 
118,  and  134-138. 

[Tuesday,  May  8,  1792.]  The  weather  was  serene 
and  pleasant,  and  the  country  continued  to  exhibit, 
between  us  and  the  eastern  snowy  range,  the  same 
luxuriant  appearance.  At  its  northern  extremity, 
mount  Baker  bore  by  compass  N.  22  E. ;  the  round 
snowy  mountain,  now  forming  its  southern  extremity, 
and  which,  after  my  friend  Rear  Admiral  Rainier,  I 
distinguished  by  the  name  of  MOUNT  RAINIER,  bore 
N.  [SJ  42  E. 

[Saturday,  May  19,  1792.]  About  noon,  we  passed 
an  inlet  on  the  larboard  or  eastern  shore,  which  seemed 
to  stretch  far  to  the  northward  ;  but,  as  it  was  out  of  the 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

line  of  our  intended  pursuit  of  keeping  the  continental 
shore  on  board,  I  continued  our  course  up  the  main  inlet, 
which  now  extended  as  far  as,  from  the  deck,  the  eye 
could  reach,  though,  from  the  mast-head,  intervening 
land  appeared,  beyond  which  another  high  round  moun- 
tain covered  with  snow  was  discovered,  apparently 
situated  several  leagues  to  the  south  of  mount  Rainier, 
and  bearing  by  compass  S.  22  E.  This  I  considered  as  a 
further  extension  of  the  eastern  snowy  range ;  but  the 
intermediate  mountains,  connecting  it  with  mount 
Rainier,  were  not  sufficiently  high  to  be  seen  at  that 
distance. 

[Saturday,  May  26,  1792.]  Towards  noon  we  landed 
on  a  point  on  the  eastern  shore,  whose  latitude  I  ob- 
served to  be  47°  21',  round  which  we  flattered  ourselves 
we  should  find  the  inlet  take  an  extensive  eastwardly 
course.  This  conjecture  was  supported  by  the  appear- 
ance of  a  very  abrupt  division  in  the  snowy  range  of 
mountains  immediately  to  the  south  of  mount  Rainier, 
which  was  very  conspicuous  from  the  ship,  and  the 
main  arm  of  the  inlet  appearing  to  stretch  in  that  direc- 
tion from  the  point  we  were  then  upon.  We  here  dined, 
and  although  our  repast  was  soon  concluded,  the  delay 
was  irksome,  as  we  were  excessively  anxious  to  ascertain 
the  truth,  of  which  we  were  not  long  held  in  suspense. 
For  haying  passed  round  the  point,  we  found  the  inlet 
to  terminate  here  in  an  extensive  circular  compact  bay, 
whose  waters  washed  the  base  of  mount  Rainier,  though 
its  elevated  summit  was  yet  at  a  very  considerable 
distance  from  the  shore,  with  which  it  was  connected  by 
several  ridges  of  hills  rising  towards  it  with  gradual 
ascent  and  much  regularity.  The  forest  trees,  and  the 
several  shades  of  verdure  that  covered  the  hills,  grad- 
ually decreased  in  point  of  beauty,  until  they  became 
invisible ;  when  the  perpetual  clothing  of  snow  com- 
menced, which  seemed  to  form  a  horizontal  line  from 
north  to  south  along  this  range  of  rugged  mountains, 


THE  MOUNTAIN  DISCOVERED   AND  NAMED,  1792 

from  whose  summit  mount  Rainier  rose  conspicuously, 
and  seemed  as  much  elevated  above  them  as  they  were 
above  the  level  of  the  sea  ;  the  whole  producing  a  most 
grand,  picturesque  effect.  The  lower  mountains,  as 
they  descended  to  the  right  and  left,  became  gradually 
relieved  of  their  frigid  garment ;  and  as  they  ap- 
proached the  fertile  woodland  region  that  binds  the 
shores  of  this  inlet  in  every  direction,  produced  a  pleas- 
ing variety.  We  now  proceeded  to  the  N.  W.  in  which 
direction  the  inlet  from  hence  extended,  and  afforded 
us  some  reason  to  believe  that  it  communicated  with 
that  under  the  survey  of  our  other  party.  This  opinion 
was  further  corroborated  by  a  few  Indians,  who  had  in 
a  very  civil  manner  accompanied  us  some  time,  and 
who  gave  us  to  understand  that  in  the  north  western 
direction  this  inlet  was  very  wide  and  extensive ;  this 
they  expressed  before  we  quitted  our  dinner  station,  by 
opening  their  arms,  and  making  other  signs  that  we 
should  be  led  a  long  way  by  pursuing  that  route ; 
whereas,  by  bending  their  arm,  or  spreading  out  their 
hand,  and  pointing  to  the  space  contained  in  the  curve 
of  the  arm,  or  between  the  fore-finger  and  thumb,  that 
we  should  find  our  progress  soon  stopped  in  the  direc- 
tion which  led  towards  mount  Rainier.  The  little 
respect  which  most  Indians  bear  to  truth,  and  their 
readiness  to  assert  what  they  think  is  most  agreeable 
for  the  moment,  or  to  answer  their  own  particular  wishes 
and  inclinations,  induced  me  to  place  little  dependance 
on  this  information,  although  they  could  have  no  motive 
for  deceiving  us. 

About  a  dozen  of  these  friendly  people  had  attended 
at  our  dinner,  one  part  of  which  was  a  venison  pasty. 
Two  of  them,  expressing  a  desire  to  pass  the  line  of  sep- 
aration drawn  between  us,  were  permitted  to  do  so. 
They  sat  down  by  us,  and  ate  of  the  bread,  and  fish 
that  we  gave  them  without  the  least  hesitation  ;  but  on 
being  offered  some  of  the  venison,  though  they  saw  us 
eat  it  with  great  relish,  they  could  not  be  induced  to 

3 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

taste  it.  They  received  it  from  us  with  great  disgust, 
and  presented  it  round  to  the  rest  of  the  party,  by  whom 
it  underwent  a  very  strict  examination.  Their  con- 
duct on  this  occasion  left  no  doubt  in  our  minds  that 
they  believed  it  to  be  human  flesh,  an  impression  which 
it  was  highly  expedient  should  be  done  away.  To  sat- 
isfy them  that  it  was  the  flesh  of  the  deer,  we  pointed 
to  the  skins  of  the  animal  they  had  about  them.  In 
reply  to  this  they  pointed  to  each  other,  and  made  signs 
that  could  not  be  misunderstood,  that  it  was  the  flesh 
of  human  beings,  and  threw  it  down  in  the  dirt,  with 
gestures  of  great  aversion  and  displeasure.  At  length 
we  happily  convinced  them  of  their  mistake  by  shewing 
them  a  haunch  we  had  in  the  boat,  by  which  means 
they  were  undeceived,  and  some  of  them  ate  of  the 
remainder  of  the  pye  with  a  good  appetite. 

This  behavior,  whilst  in  some  measure  tending  to 
substantiate  their  knowledge  or  suspicions  that  such 
barbarities  have  existence,  led  us  to  conclude,  that 
the  character  given  of  the  natives  of  North-West 
America  does  not  attach  to  every  tribe.  These  people 
have  been  represented  not  only  as  accustomed  in- 
humanly to  devour  the  flesh  of  their  conquered  enemies  ; 
but  also  to  keep  certain  servants,  or  rather  slaves,  of 
their  own  nation,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  making  the 
principal  part  of  the  banquet,  to  satisfy  the  unnatural 
savage  gluttony  of  the  chiefs  of  this  country,  on  their 
visits  to  each  other.  Were  such  barbarities  practiced 
once  a  month,  as  is  stated,  it  would  be  natural  to  sup- 
pose these  people,  so  inured,  would  not  have  shewn 
the  least  aversion  to  eating  flesh  of  any  description ; 
on  the  contrary,  it  is  not  possible  to  conceive  a  greater 
degree  of  abhorrence  than  was  manifested  by  these 
good  people,  until  their  minds  were  made  perfectly 
easy  that  it  was  not  human  flesh  we  offered  them  to 
eat.  This  instance  must  necessarily  exonerate  at  least 
this  particular  tribe  from  so  barbarous  a  practice  ;  and, 
as  their  affinity  to  the  inhabitants  of  Nootka,  and  of 


THE   MOUNTAIN  DISCOVERED  AND  NAMED,  1792 

the  sea-coast,  to  the  south  of  that  place,  in  their 
manners  and  customs,  admits  of  little  difference,  it 
is  but  charitable  to  hope  those  also,  on  a  more  minute 
inquiry,  may  be  found  not  altogether  deserving  such  a 
character.  They  are  not,  however,  free  from  the  gen- 
eral failing  attendant  on  a  savage  life.  One  of  them 
having  taken  a  knife  and  fork  to  imitate  our  manner 
of  eating,  found  means  to  secrete  them  under  his  gar- 
ment ;  but,  on  his  being  detected,  gave  up  his  plunder 
with  the  utmost  good  humour  and  unconcern. 

They  accompanied  us  from  three  or  four  miserable 
huts,  near  the  place  where  we  had  dined,  for  about  four 
miles ;  during  which  time  they  exchanged  the  only 
things  they  had  to  dispose  of,  their  bows,  arrows,  and 
spears,  in  the  most  fair  and  honest  manner,  for  hawk's 
bells,  buttons,  beads,  and  such  useless  commodities. 


II.    FIRST  APPROACH  TO  THE    MOUNTAIN, 

1833 
BY  DOCTOR  WILLIAM  FRASER  TOLMIE 

DOCTOR  WILLIAM  FRASER  TOLMIE  was  a  medical  officer  in  the 
service  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company.  He  was  born  at 
Inverness,  Scotland,  on  February  3,  1812,  and  died  at  Victoria, 
British  Columbia,  on  December  8,  1888.  He  was  educated  at 
Glasgow,  and  when  twenty  years  of  age  he  joined  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Company.  In  1833,  he  was  located  at  Nisqually  House, 
Puget  Sound.  It  was  then  that  he  made  his  trip  to  the  moun- 
tain. He  later  served  at  other  posts  in  the  Pacific  Northwest, 
and  was  raised  to  the  rank  of  Chief  Factor  in  1856.  He  was 
then  placed  on  the  board  of  management  of  the  great  company. 
In  1860  he  retired  from  the  service. 

In  1850  he  was  married  to  Jane,  eldest  daughter  of  Chief  Factor 
John  Work.  Their  descendants  still  live  at  Victoria,  British 
Columbia.  They,  especially  the  son  John  W.  Tolmie,  have 
compared  this  reproduction  from  Doctor  Tolmie's  diary  with 
the  original  manuscript  to  insure  accuracy.  So  far  as  is  now 
known,  this  is  the  first  record  of  a  white  man's  close  approach 
to  Mount  Rainier. 

It  is  pleasant  to  note  that  the  new  map  of  Mount  Rainier  National 
Park,  published  by  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  shows 
the  peak  he  climbed  and  the  creek  flowing  near  it  bearing  the 
name  of  Tolmie. 

August  27,  1833.  Obtained  Mr.  Herron's  consent 
to  making  a  botanizing  excursion  to  Mt.  Rainier,  for 
which  he  has  allowed  10  days.  Have  engaged  two 
horses  from  a  chief  living  in  that  quarter,  who  came  here 
tonight,  and  Lachalet  is  to  be  my  guide.  Told  the 
Indians  I  am  going  to  Mt.  Rainier  to  gather  herbs  of 
which  to  make  medicine,  part  of  which  is  to  be  sent 
to  Britian  and  part  retained  in  case  intermittent 
fever  should  visit  us  when  I  will  prescribe  for  the 
Indians. 


DOCTOR  WILLIAM  FRASER  TOLMIE. 


FIRST  APPROACH  TO  THE   MOUNTAIN,  1833 

Aug.  28.  A  tremendous  thunder  storm  occurred 
last  night,  succeeded  by  torrents  of  rain.  The  thun- 
der was  very  loud,  and  the  lightening  flashing  com- 
pletely enlightened  my  apartment.  Have  been  chat- 
ting with  Mr.  Herron  about  colonizing  Whidby's 
island,  a  project  of  which  he  is  at  present  quite  full  — 
more  anon.  No  horses  have  appeared.  Understand 
that  the  mountain  is  four  days'  journey  distant  —  the 
first  of  which  can  only  be  performed  on  horseback. 
If  they  do  not  appear  tomorrow  I  shall  start  with 
Lachalet  on  foot. 

Aug.  29.  Prairie  8  miles  N.  of  home.  Sunset. 
Busy  making  arrangements  for  journey,  and  while 
thus  occupied  the  guide  arrived  with  3  horses. 
Started  about  3,  mounted  on  a  strong  iron  grey,  my 
companions  disposing  of  themselves  on  the  other  two 
horses,  except  one,  who  walked.  We  were  6  in  num- 
ber. I  have  engaged  Lachalet  for  a  blanket,  and  his 
nephew,  Lashima,  for  ammunition  to  accompany  me 
and  Nuckalkut  a  Poyalip  (whom  I  took  for  a  native 
of  Mt.  Rainier)  with  2  horses  to  be  guide  on  the  moun- 
tain after  leaving  the  horse  track,  and  Quilniash,  his 
relative,  a  very  active,  strong  fellow,  has  volunteered 
to  accompany  me.  The  Indians  are  all  in  great  hopes 
of  killing  elk  and  chevriel,  and  Lachalet  has  already 
been  selling  and  promising  the  grease  he  is  to  get.  It 
is  in  a  great  measure  the  expectation  of  finding  game 
that  urges  them  to  undertake  the  journey.  Cantered 
slowly  along  the  prairie  a'nd  are  now  at  the  residence 
of  Nuckalkut's  father,  under  the  shade  of  a  lofty  pine, 
in  a  grassy  amphitheatre,  beautifully  interspersed  and 
surrounded  with  oaks,  and  through  the  gaps  in  the 
circle  we  see  the  broad  plain  extending  southwards  to 
Nusqually.  In  a  hollow  immediately  behind  is  a  small 
lake  whose  surface  is  almost  one  sheet  of  waterlilies 
about  to  flower.  Have  supped  on  sallal ;  and  at  dusk 
shall  turn  in. 

Aug.  30.     Sandy  beach  of  Poyallipa  River.     Slept 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

ill  last  night,  and  as  I  dozed  in  the  morning  was 
aroused  by  a  stroke  across  the  thigh  from  a  large  de- 
cayed branch  which  fell  from  the  pyie  overshadowing 
us.  A  drizzling  rain  fell  during  most  of  the  night. 
Got  up  about  dawn,  and  finding  thigh  stiff  and  pain- 
ful thought  a  stop  put  to  the  journey,  but  after  mov- 
ing about  it  felt  easier.  Started  about  sunrise,  I 
mounted  on  a  spirited  brown  mare,  the  rest  on  passable 
animals,  except  Nuckalkut,  who  bestrode  a  foal. 
Made  a  northeasterly  course  through  prairie.  Break- 
fasted at  a  small  marsh  on  bread,  sallal,  dried  cockels 
and  a  small  piece  of  chevriel  saved  from  the  last  night's 
repast  of  my  companions  (for  I  cannot  call  them  at- 
tendants). The  points  of  wood  now  became  broader, 
and  the  intervening  plain  degenerated  into  prairions. 
Stopped  about  i  P.M.  at  the  abode  of  3  Tekatat  families, 
who  met  us  rank  and  file  at  the  door  to  shake  hands. 
Their  sheds  were  made  of  bark  resting  on  a  horizontal 
pole,  supported  at  each  end  by  tripods,  and  showed 
an  abundance  of  elk's  flesh  dried  within.  Two  kettles 
were  filled  with  this,  and,  after  smoking,  my  Indians 
made  a  savage  repast  on  the  meat  and  bouillion, 
Lachalet  saying  it  was  the  Indian  custom  to  eat  a  great 
deal  at  once  and  afterwards  abstain  for  a  time ;  he, 
however,  has  twice  eaten  since.  Traded  some  dried 
meat  for  4  balls  and  3  rings,  and  mounting,  rode  off 
in  the  midst  of  a  heavy  shower.  Ascended  and  de- 
scended at  different  times  several  steep  banks  and 
passed  through  dense  and  tangled  thickets,  occasionally 
coming  on  a  prairion.  The  soil  throughout  was  of 
the  same  nature  as  that  of  Nusqually.  After 
descending  a  very  steep  bank  came  to  the  Poyallip. 
Lashima  carried  the  baggage  across  on  his  head. 
Rode  to  the  opposite  side  through  a  rich  alluvial  plain, 
3  or  4  miles  in  length  and  f  to  I  in  breadth.  It  is 
covered  with  fern  about  8  feet  high  in  some  parts. 
Passed  through  woods  and  crossed  river  several  times. 
About  7  P.M.  dismounted  and  the  horses  and  accoutre- 

8 


FIRST  APPROACH  TO  THE   MOUNTAIN,  1833 

ments  were  left  in  a  wood  at  the  river's  brink.  Started 
now  on  foot  for  a  house  Nuckalkut  knew,  and  after 
traversing  woods  and  twice  crossing  the  torrents  "on 
the  unsteadfast  footing"  of  a  log,  arrived  at  the  house, 
which  was  a  deserted  one,  and  encamped  on  the  dry 
part  of  river's  bed,  along  which  our  course  lies  to- 
morrow. The  Poyallip  flows  rapidly  and  is  about  10 
or  12  yards  broad.  Its  banks  are  high  and  covered  with 
lofty  cedars  and  pines.  The  water  is  of  a  dirty  white 
colour,  being  impregnated  by  white  clay.  Lachalet 
has  tonight  been  trying  to  persuade  me  from  going  to 
the  snow  on  the  mountain. 

Aug.  3 1 .  Slept  well,  and  in  the  morning  two  salmon 
were  caught,  on  which  we  are  to  breakfast  before  start- 
ing. After  breakfast  Quillihaish  stuck  the  gills  and 
sound  of  the  fish  on  a  spit  which  stood  before  the 
fire,  so  that  the  next  comer  might  know  that  salmon 
could  be  obtained  there.  Have  traveled  nearly  the 
whole  day  through  a  wood  of  cedar  and  pine,  surface 
very  uneven,  and  after  ascending  the  bed  of  river  a 
couple  of  miles  are  now  encamped  about  ten  yards 
from  its  margin  in  the  wood.  Find  myself  very  in- 
ferior to  my  companions  in  the  power  of  enduring 
fatigue.  Their  pace  is  a  smart  trot  which  soon  obliges 
me  to  rest.  The  waters  of  the  Poyallip  are  still  of  the 
same  colour.  Can  see  a  short  distance  up  two  lofty 
hills  covered  with  wood.  Evening  cloudy  and  rainy. 
Showery  all  day. 

Sunday,  Sept.  i.  Bank  of  Poyallip  river.  It  has 
rained  all  night  and  is  now,  6  A.M.,  pouring  down. 
Are  a  good  deal  sheltered  by  the  trees.  My  com- 
panions are  all  snoozing.  Shall  presently  arouse  them 
and  hold  a  council  of  war.  The  prospect  is  very  dis- 
couraging. Our  provisions  will  be  expended  today  and 
Lachalet  said  he  thought  the  river  would  be  too  high 
to  be  fordable  in  either  direction.  Had  dried  meat 
boiled  in  a  cedar  bark  kettle  for  breakfast.  I  got 
rigged  out  in  green  blanket  without  trousers,  in  In- 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

dian  style,  and  trudged  on  through  the  wood.  After- 
wood  exchanged  blanket  with  Lachalet  for  Ouvrie's 
capot,  which  has  been  on  almost  every  Indian  at  Nus- 
qually.  However,  I  found  it  more  convenient  than 
the  blanket.  Our  course  lay  up  the  river,  which  we 
crossed  frequently.  The  bed  is  clayey  in  most  parts. 
Saw  the  sawbill  duck  once  or  twice  riding  down  on  a 
log  and  fired  twice,  unsuccessfully.  Have  been  flanked 
on  both  sides  with  high,  pineclad  hills  for  some  time. 
A  short  distance  above  encampment  snow  can  be 
seen.  It  having  rained  almost  incessantly,  have  en- 
camped under  shelving  bank  which  has  been  under- 
mined by  the  river.  Immense  stones,  only  held  in 
situ  by  dried  roots,  form  the  roof,  and  the  floor  is  very 
rugged.  Have  supped  on  berries,  which,  when  heated 
with  stones  in  kettle,  taste  like  lozenges.  Propose 
tomorrow  to  ascend  one  of  the  snowy  peaks  above. 

Sept.  2.  Summit  of  a  snowy  peak  immediately 
under  Rainier.  Passed  a  very  uncomfortable  night  in 
our  troglodytic  mansion.  Ascended  the  river  for  3 
miles  to  where  it  was  shut  in  by  amphitheatre  of  moun- 
tains and  could  be  seen  bounding  over  a  lofty  precipice 
above.  Ascended  that  which  showed  most  snow.  Our 
track  lay  at  first  through  a  dense  wood  of  pine,  but  we 
afterwards  emerged  into  an  exuberantly  verdant  gully, 
closed  on  each  side  by  lofty  precipices.  Followed  fully 
to  near  the  summit  and  found  excellent  berries  in 
abundance.  It  contained  very  few  Alpine  plants. 
Afterwards  came  to  a  grassy  mound,  where  the  sight 
of  several  decayed  trees  induced  us  to  encamp.  After 
tea  I  set  out  with  Lachalet  and  Nuckalkut  for  the 
summit,  which  was  ankle  deep  with  snow  for  ^  mile 
downwards.  The  summit  terminated  in  abrupt  pre- 
cipice directed  northwards  and  bearing  N.  E.  from 
Mt.  Rainier,  the  adjoining  peak.  The  mists  were  at 
times  very  dense,  but  a  puff  of  S.  W.  wind  occasionally 
dispelled  them.  On  the  S.  side  of  Poyallip  is  a  range 
of  snow-dappled  mountains,  and  they,  as  well  as  that 


FIRST  APPROACH  TO  THE   MOUNTAIN,  1833 

on  the  N.  side,  terminate  in  Mt.  Rainier,  a  short  dis- 
tance to  E.  Collected  a  vasculum  of  plants  at  the 
snow,  and  having  examined  and  packed  them  shall 
turn  in.  Thermometer  at  base,  54  deg.,  at  summit  of 
ascent,  47  deg. 

Sept.  3.  Woody  islet  on  Poyallip.  It  rained 
heavily  during  night,  but  about  dawn  the  wind  shift- 
ing to  the  N.  E.  dispersed  the  clouds  and  frost  set  in. 
Lay  shivering  all  night  and  roused  my  swarthy  com- 
panions twice  to  rekindle  the  fire.  At  sunrise,  ac- 
companied by  Quilliliash,  went  to  the  summit  and 
found  the  tempr.  of  the  air  3  3  deg.  The  snow  was  span- 
gled and  sparkled  brightly  in  the  bright  sunshine.  It 
was  crisp  and  only  yielded  a  couple  of  inches  to  the 
pressure  of  foot  in  walking.  Mt.  Rainier  appeared 
surpassingly  splendid  and  magnificent ;  it  bore,  from 
the  peak  on  which  I  stood,  S.  S.  E.,  and  was  separated 
from  it  only  by  a  narrow  glen,  whose  sides,  however, 
were  formed  by  inaccessible  precipices.  Got  all  my 
bearings  more  correctly  to-day,  the  atmosphere  being 
clear  and  every  object  distinctly  perceived.  The 
river  flows  at  first  in  a  northerly  direction  from  the 
mountain.  The  snow  on  the  summit  of  the  mountain 
adjoining  Rainier  on  western  side  of  Poyallip  is  con- 
tinuous with  that  of  latter,  and  thus  the  S.  Western 
aspect  of  Rainier  seemed  the  most  accessible.  By 
ascending  the  first  mountain  through  a  gully  in  its 
northern  side,  you  reach  the  eternal  snow  of  Rainier, 
and  for  a  long  distance  afterwards  the  ascent  is  very 
gradual,  but  then  it  becomes  abrupt  from  the  sugar- 
loaf  form  assumed  by  the  mountain.  Its  eastern  side 
is  steep  on  its  northern  aspect ;  a  few  glaciers  were  seen 
on  the  conical  portion ;  below  that  the  mountain  is 
composed  of  bare  rock,  apparently  volcanic,  which 
about  50  yards  in  breadth  reaches  from  the  snow  to 
the  valley  beneath  and  is  bounded  on  each  side  by  bold 
bluff  crags  scantily  covered  with  stunted  pines.  Its 
surface  is  generally  smooth,  but  here  and  there  raised 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

into  small  points  or  knobs  or  arrowed  with  short  and 
narrow  longitudinal  lines  in  which  snow  lay.  From 
the  snow  on  western  border  the  Poyallipa  arose,  and 
in  its  course  down  this  rock  slope  was  fenced  into  the 
eastward  by  a  regular  elevation  of  the  rock  in  the 
form  of  a  wall  or  dyke,  which  at  the  distance  I  viewed  it 
at,  seemed  about  four  feet  high  and  four  hundred  yards 
in  length.  Two  large  pyramids  of  rock  arose  from  the 
gentle  acclivity  at  S.  W.  extremity  of  mountain,  and 
around  each  the  drifting  snow  had  accumulated  in 
large  quantity,  forming  a  basin  apparently  of  great 
depth.  Here  I  also  perceived,  peeping  from  their 
snowy  covering,  two  lines  of  dyke  similar  to  that  al- 
ready mentioned. 

Sept.  4.  Am  tonight  encamped  on  a  small  eminence 
near  the  commencement  of  prairie.  Had  a  tedious 
walk  through  the  wood  bordering  Poyallip,  but  ac- 
complished it  in  much  shorter  time  than  formerly. 
Evening  fine. 

Sept.  5.  Nusqually.  Reached  Tekatat  camp  in 
the  forenoon  and  regaled  on  boiled  elk  and  shallon. 
Pushed  on  ahead  with  Lachalet  and  Quilliliash,  and 
arrived  here  in  the  evening,  where  all  is  well. 


COMMANDER  CHARLES  WILKES. 
United  States  Navy. 


III.  FIRST   RECORDED  TRIP  THROUGH 
NACHES   PASS,   1841 

BY  LIEUTENANT  ROBERT  E.  JOHNSON,  U.S.N. 

THE  proper  and  official  title  of  the  United  States  Exploring  Ex- 
pedition, 1838-1842,  by  common  speech  has  been  contracted 
to  the  Wilkes  Expedition.  The  commander  of  the  expedition 
was  Charles  Wilkes,  who  entered  the  United  States  Navy  as  a 
midshipman  on  January  i,  1818.  On  July  25, 1866,  he  was  pro- 
moted to  rear-admiral  on  the  retired  list.  He  was  born  at 
New  York  City  on  April  3,  1798,  and  died  at  Washington 
City  on  February  8,  1877. 

He  was  honored  in  Europe  and  America  for  his  scientific  attain- 
ments, especially  in  connection  with  the  expedition  that  now 
bears  his  name.  That  voyage  with  a  squadron  of  American 
naval  vessels  was  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  world's 
knowledge  of  geography  and  kindred  sciences.  They  reached 
Puget  Sound  in  1841  and,  while  making  headquarters  at  Nis- 
qually  House  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  Commander 
Wilkes  sent  Lieutenant  Robert  E.  Johnson  in  command  of  a 
party  to  cross  the  Cascade  Range.  Search  in  the  Navy  De- 
partment revealed  only  scant  information  that  Lieutenant 
Johnson  was  from  North  Carolina.  The  Historical  Commission 
of  that  State  and  others  there  have  failed  to  find  information 
about  his  subsequent  career. 

Since  he  speaks  of  obtaining  a  guide,  it  is  likely  that  he  was  not 
the  first  white  man  to  cross  the  Cascades,  but  he  was  the  first 
to  leave  us  a  known  record.  The  portions  of  that  record  which 
bear  upon  Mount  Rainier  and  its  environs  is  here  reproduced. 

Commander  Wilkes,  before  giving  the  record  of  his  subordinate, 
makes  reference  to  the  peak  as  follows  :  "The  height  of  Mount 
Rainier  was  obtained  by  measuring  a  base  line  on  the  prairies, 
in  which  operation  I  was  assisted  by  Lieutenant  Case,  and  the 
triangulation  gave  its  height,  twelve  thousand  three  hundred 
and  thirty  feet."  (Narrative,  Volume  IV.,  page  413.) 

The  final  reports  of  the  expedition  were  to  appear  in  twenty-four 
large  volumes  and  eleven  atlases.  Several  of  the  volumes  were 
never  published,  and  of  those  completed  only  one  hundred  sets 
were  printed.  The  rare  monographs  were  full  of  information. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

The  first  part  or  "Narrative"  in  five  volumes  was  issued  in 
several  editions.  The  portions  here  reproduced  are  taken  from 
the  edition  by  Lea  and  Blanchard,  Philadelphia,  1845,  Volume 
IV.,  pages  418-429  and  468-470. 

I  have  before  stated  that  Lieutenant  Johnson's  party 
was  ready  for  departure  on  the  igth  May  [1841] ;  that 
it  consisted  of  Lieutenant  Johnson,  Messrs.  Pickering, 
Waldron,  and  Brackenridge,  a  sergeant  of  marines,  and 
a  servant.  I  must  do  justice  to  the  exertions  of  this 
officer  in  getting  ready  for  his  journey,  which  he  ac- 
complished in  less  time  than  I  anticipated,  as  the  delays 
incident  to  setting  out  on  a  novel  expedition,  and  one 
believed  by  most  persons  to  be  scarcely  practicable 
in  the  summer  season,  are  great  and  tantalizing.  In 
making  preparations  for  such  a  journey,  the  Indians 
were  to  be  bargained  with,  and,  as  I  have  before  had 
occasion  to  remark,  are  enough  to  tire  the  patience  of 
Job  himself.  First,  the  Indian  himself  is  to  be  sought 
out ;  then  the  horse  is  to  be  tried  ;  next  the  price  is  to 
be  discussed,  then  the  mode  of  payment,  and  finally 
the  potlatch  :  each  and  all  are  matters  of  grave  consid- 
eration and  delay,  during  which  the  Indians  make  a 
business  of  watching  every  circumstance  of  which  they 
can  take  advantage.  No  one  can  be  sure  of  closing  his 
bargain,  until  the  terms  are  duly  arranged,  the  pot- 
latch  given,  and  the  horse  delivered.  After  obtaining 
horses,  Lieutenant  Johnson  had  the  saddles,  alforcas, 
saddle-cloths,  saddle-trees  or  pack-saddles,  etc.,  with 
a  variety  of  lashings,  to  prepare.  For  many  of  these 
we  were  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Captain  M'Niel 
and  Mr.  Anderson.1  Others  were  made  on  board  the 
ship,  after  a  pattern  lent  us.  One  of  the  most  impor- 
tant persons  to  obtain  was  a  good  guide,  and  hearing 
of  one  who  resided  at  the  Cowlitz  river,  by  the  name 

1  Captain  William  Henry  McNeill  and  Alexander  Caulfield  Anderson,  Hudson's 
Bay  Company  men,  then  at  Nisqually  House.  Captain  McNeill  was  master  of 
the  famous  old  steamer  Beaver.  Mr.  Anderson  was  in  charge  of  Nisqually  House. 
Both  men  were  honored  by  having  their  names  given  to  islands  in  Puget  Sound. 

14 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

of  Pierre  Charles,1  he  was  at  once  sent  for ;  but  I  did 
not  think  it  worth  while  to  detain  the  party  until  his 
arrival,  as  he  could  easily  overtake  it.  Lieutenant 
Johnson,  therefore,  was  directed  to  hurry  his  departure, 
and  to  set  out,  which  he  did  on  the  I9th  May,  at  noon, 
and  proceeded  to  the  prairie  about  two  miles  distant, 
where  the  party  encamped. 

There  is  little  danger  on  these  expeditions  of  having 
too  few  articles  :  the  great  difficulty  is  to  avoid  having 
too  many.  It  turned  out  as  I  had  anticipated.  The 
first  night  passed  in  their  tent  fully  satisfied  them  of 
this,  and  taught  them  to  dispense  with  all  other  bedding 
save  blankets. 

Mr.  Anderson  rode  to  the  encampment  before  night, 
bringing  the  news  of  the  arrival  of  Pierre  Charles  at  the 
fort ;  whereupon  Lieutenant  Johnson  returned  to  make 
an  agreement  with  him  and  his  companion.  This 
was  done,  although,  as  is  to  be  supposed,  their  demands 
were  exorbitant,  in  consequence  of  the  belief  that  their 
services  were  indispensable. 

Pierre  Charles's  companion  was  a  young  man,  named 
Peter  Bercier,  (a  connexion  of  Plumondon)  2  who  spoke 
English,  and  all  the  languages  of  the  country. 

On  the  morning  of  the  2Oth,  they  obtained  an  acces- 
sion to  their  horses,  and  set  out  on  their  route  towards 
the  mountains.  Although  the  possibility  of  crossing 
them  was  doubted,  yet  I  felt  satisfied  if  exertion  and 
perseverance  could  effect  the  object,  the  officer  who  had 
charge  of  the  party  would  succeed.  This  day,  they 
made  but  five  miles  ;  after  which  they  encamped,  at  the 
recommendation  of  Pierre  Charles,  in  order  that  the 
horses  might  not  be  over-fatigued,  and  be  able  to  get 
good  pasture  and  water.  Here  a  number  of  natives 
visited  the  camp.  Pine  trees  were  in  large  numbers, 
many  of  them  upwards  of  one  hundred  and  thirty  feet 

1  Pierre  Charles,  French  Canadian,  had  been  an  employee  of  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company. 

2  Simon  Plomondon  was  an  employee  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  who  re- 
tired and  settled  in  the  Cowlitz  Valley. 

IS 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

in  height.  On  the  banks  of  a  small  stream,  near  their 
camp,  were  found  the  yellow  Ranunculus,  a  species  of 
Trillium,  in  thickets,  with  large  leaves  and  small 
flowers,  Lupines,  and  some  specimens  of  a  cruciferous 
plant. 

On  the  2  ist  they  made  an  early  start,  and  in  the 
forenoon  crossed  the  Puyallup,  a  stream  about  seventy 
feet  wide  ;  along  which  is  a  fine  meadow  of  some  extent, 
with  clumps  of  alder  and  willow :  the  soil  was  of  a  black 
turfy  nature.  After  leaving  the  meadow-land,  they 
began  to  ascend  along  a  path  that  was  scarcely  visible 
from  being  overgrown  with  Gaultheria,  Hazel,  Spiraea, 
Vaccinium,  and  Cornus. 

During  the  day,  they  crossed  the  Stehna.1  In  the 
evening,  after  making  sixteen  miles,  they  encamped  at 
the  junction  of  the  Puyallup  with  the  Upthascap.2 
Near  by  was  a  hut,  built  of  the  planks  of  the  Arbor 
Vitae  (Thuja),  which  was  remarkably  well  made ;  and 
the  boards  used  in  its  structure,  although  split,  had  all 
the  appearance  of  being  sawn :  many  of  them  were 
three  feet  wide,  and  about  fifteen  feet  long.  The  hut 
was  perfectly  water-tight.  Its  only  inhabitants  were 
two  miserable  old  Indians  and  two  boys,  who  were 
waiting  here  for  the  arrival  of  those  employed  in  the 
salmon-fishery.  The  rivers  were  beginning  to  swell 
to  an  unusual  size,  owing  to  the  melting  of  the  snows 
in  the  mountains ;  and  in  order  to  cross  the  streams, 
it  became  necessary  to  cut  down  large  trees,  over  which 
the  packs  were  carried,  while  the  horses  swam  over. 
These  were  not  the  only  difficulties  they  had  to  en- 
counter :  the  path  was  to  be  cut  for  miles  through 
thickets  of  brushwood  and  fallen  timber ;  steep  preci- 
pices were  to  be  ascended,  with  slippery  sides  and 
entangled  with  roots  of  every  variety  of  shape  and  size, 
in  which  the  horses'  legs  would  become  entangled,  and 
before  reaching  the  top  be  precipitated,  loads  and  all, 
to  the  bottom.  The  horses  would  at  times  become 

1  Probably  the  Stone  Creek  of  present  usage.  2  Carbon  River. 

16 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

jammed  with  their  packs  between  trees,  and  were  not 
to  be  disengaged  without  great  toil,  trouble,  and 
damage  to  their  burdens.  In  some  cases,  after  succeed- 
ing in  getting  nearly  to  the  top  of  a  hill  thirty  or  forty 
feet  high,  they  would  become  exhausted  and  fall  over 
backwards,  making  two  or  three  somersets,  until  they 
reached  the  bottom,  when  their  loads  were  again  to  be 
arranged. 

On  the  22d,  their  route  lay  along  the  banks  of  the 
Upthascap,1  which  is  a  much  wider  stream  than  the 
Puyallup.  A  short  distance  up,  they  came  to  a  fish- 
weir,  constructed  as  the  one  heretofore  described,  on 
the  Chickeeles,2  though  much  smaller. 

This  part  of  the  country  abounds  with  arbor-vitae 
trees,  some  of  which  were  found  to  be  thirty  feet  in 
circumference  at  the  height  of  four  feet  from  the  ground, 
and  upwards  of  one  hundred  feet  high.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  many  difficulties  encountered,  they  this  day 
made  about  twelve  miles. 

On  the  morning  of  the  23d,  just  as  they  were  about 
to  leave  their  camp,  their  men  brought  in  a  deer,  which 
was  soon  skinned  and  packed  away  on  the  horses. 
This  was  the  first  large  game  they  had  obtained, 
having  previously  got  only  a  few  grouse. 

They  had  now  reached  the  Smalocho,3  which  runs 
to  the  westward,  and  is  sixty-five  feet  wide :  its  depth 
was  found  to  be  four  and  a  half  feet,  which,  as  it  was 
also  rapid,  was  too  great  for  the  horses  to  ford  and 
carry  their  loads.  The  Indians  now  became  serviceable 
to  them.  Lieutenant  Johnson  had  engaged  several 
that  were  met  on  their  way,  and  they  now  amounted 
to  thirteen,  who  appeared  for  a  time  lively  and  con- 
tented. This,  however,  was  but  a  forerunner  of  dis- 
content, and  a  refusal  to  go  any  farther ;  but  with 
coaxing  and  threatening  they  were  induced  to  proceed. 

The  road  or  way,  after  passing  the  river,  was  over  a 

1  Meaning  up  the  Carbon  River  and  its  branch  called  South  Prairie  Creek. 

2  Chehalis  River.  3  White  River. 

c  17 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

succession  of  deep  valleys  and  hills,  so  steep  that  it  was 
difficult  for  a  horse  to  get  up  and  over  them  with  a 
load,  and  the  fall  of  a  horse  became  a  common  occur- 
rence. They  were  all,  however,  recovered  without  in- 
jury, although  one  of  them  fell  upwards  of  one  hundred 
feet ;  yet  in  consequence  of  his  fall  having  been  re- 
peatedly broken  by  the  shrubs  and  trees,  he  reached 
the  bottom  without  injury  to  himself,  but  with  the 
loss  of  his  load,  consisting  of  their  camp  utensils,  &c., 
which  were  swept  off  by  the  rapid  current  of  the  river. 

The  route  lay,  for  several  days,  through  forests  of 
spruce,  and  some  of  the  trees  that  had  fallen  measured 
two  hundred  and  sixty-five  feet  in  length.  One  of 
these,  at  the  height  of  ten  feet  from  the  roots,  measured 
thirty-five  feet  in  circumference,  and  at  the  end  which 
had  been  broken  off  in  its  fall,  it  was  found  to  be  eight- 
een inches  in  diameter,  which  would  make  the  tree  little 
short  of  three  hundred  feet  when  it  was  growing.  The 
stems  of  all  these  trees  were  clear  of  branches  to  the 
height  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  from  the  ground, 
and  perfectly  straight.  In  many  cases  it  was  impos- 
sible to  see  over  the  fallen  trees,  even  when  on  horse- 
back, and  on  these,  seedlings  were  growing  luxuriantly, 
forcing  their  roots  through  the  bark  and  over  the  body 
of  the  trunk  till  they  reached  the  ground.  Many 
spruces  were  seen  which  had  grown  in  this  way ;  and 
these,  though  of  considerable  size,  still  retained  the 
form  of  an  arch,  showing  where  the  old  tree  had  lain, 
and  under  which  they  occasionally  rode.  As  may  be 
supposed,  they  could  not  advance  very  rapidly  over 
such  ground,  and  Lieutenant  Johnson  remarks,  that 
although  he  was  frequently  desirous  of  shortening  the 
road,  by  taking  what  seemed  a  more  direct  course,  he 
invariably  found  himself  obliged  to  return  to  the  Indian 
trail. 

Daylight  of  the  24th  brought  with  it  its  troubles  :  it 
was  found  that  the  horses  had  strayed,  —  a  disaster 
that  the  Indians  took  quite  coolly,  hoping  it  would  be 

18 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

the  cause  of  their  return.  After  a  diligent  search,  the 
horses  were  found  in,  places  where  they  had  sought 
better  food,  although  it  was  scanty  enough  even  there. 

During  the  day,  the  route  led  along  the  Smalocho,1 
which  runs  nearly  east  and  west ;  and  they  only  left 
its  banks  when  they  were  obliged  to  do  so  by  various 
impassable  barriers.  This  part  of  the  country  is  com- 
posed of  conical  hills,  which  are  all  thickly  clothed  with 
pine  trees  of  gigantic  dimensions.  They  made  nine 
miles  this  day,  without  accident ;  but  when  they 
encamped,  they  had  no  food  for  the  horses  except  fern. 
The  animals,  in  consequence,  seemed  much  overcome, 
as  did  also  the  Indians,  who  had  travelled  the  whole 
day  with  heavy  loads.  Lieutenant  Johnson,  by  way  of 
diverting  the  fatigue  of  the  latter,  got  up  a  shooting- 
match  for  a  knife,  the  excitement  of  which  had  the 
desired  effect. 

The  trees  hereabout  were  chiefly  the  cotton-wood, 
maple,  spruce,  pine,  and  elder,  and  some  undergrowth 
of  raspberry,  the  young  shoots  of  which  the  natives  eat 
with  great  relish. 

On  the  25th,  they  set  out  at  an  early  hour,  and  found 
the  travelling  less  rough,  so  that  they  reached  the  foot 
of  La  Tete  2  before  noon,  having  accomplished  eleven 
miles.  Lieutenant  Johnson  with  the  sergeant  ascended 
La  Tete,  obtained  the  bearings,  from  its  summit,  of  all 
the  objects  around,  and  made  its  height  by  barometer, 
two  thousand  seven  hundred  and  ninety-eight  feet : 
its  latitude  was  fixed  at  47°  08'  54"  N.  This  mountain 
was  entirely  destitute  of  wood  ;  but,  having  been  burnt 
over,  was  found  strewn  with  huge  charred  trunks,  and 
the  whole  ground  covered  with  ashes.  The  inclination 
of  its  sides  was  about  fifty  degrees. 

1  White  River. 

2  Lieutenant  Richard  Arnold,  in  Pacific  Railway  Reports,  Volume  XII,  Part  I, 
page  191,  says:  "Near  the  junction  of  Whitewater  and  Green  rivers  there  is  a  re- 
markable peak  called  La  Tete,  from  a  large  rock  on  its  slope  resembling  the  head  and 
neck  of  a  man.     This  is  an  important  point,  as  it  forms  the  gate  of  the  mountains 
on  the  west."     Modern  maps  shift  the  "water"  part  of  the  names.     They  are 
now  White  and  Greenwater  rivers. 

19 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

The  country  around  seemed  one  continued  series  of 
hills,  and  like  La  Tete  had  suffered  from  the  fire. 
According  to  the  natives,  although  the  wood  on  the 
mountains  was  destroyed  many  years  since,  yet  it  was 
still  observed  to  be  on  fire,  in  some  places,  about  two 
years  ago.  Most  of  the  tops  of  the  distant  peaks  had 
snow  on  them.  To  the  east  was  seen  the  appearance 
of  two  valleys,  through  which  the  two  branches  of  the 
Smalocho  l  flow. 

On  descending  from  La  Tete,  the  river  was  to  be 
crossed  :  this  was  found  too  deep  to  be  forded,  and  it 
consequently  became  necessary  to  form  a  bridge  to 
transport  the  baggage,  by  cutting  down  trees.  The 
current  was  found  to  run  6-2  miles  per  hour.  They  had 
been  in  hopes  of  reaching  the  Little  Prairie  before  night, 
but  in  consequence  of  this  delay,  were  forced  to  encamp 
before  arriving  there. 

The  Indians  complained  much  of  the  want  of  food  : 
many  of  the  horses  also  were  exhausted  for  the  same 
cause,  and  exhibited  their  scanty  nourishment  in  their 
emaciated  appearance. 

On  the  26th,  they  reached  the  Little  Prairie  at  an 
early  hour,  where,  after  consultation,  it  was  determined 
to  wait  a  day  to  recruit  the  horses,  as  this  was  the  only 
place  they  could  obtain  food.  It  was  also  desirable  to 
ascertain  the  practicability  of  passing  the  mountain 
with  the  horses,  and  at  the  same  time  to  carry  forward 
some  of  the  loads,  that  the  horses  might  have  as  little 
as  possible  to  transport.  Mr.  Waldron  and  Pierre 
Charles  were  therefore  sent  forward  with  the  Indians, 
having  loads  of  fifty  pounds  each,  to  ascend  the  moun- 
tain, while  Lieutenant  Johnson  remained  with  the  camp 
to  get  observations.  Dr.  Pickering  and  Mr.  Bracken- 
ridge  accompanied  the  party  of  Mr.  Waldron  to  the 
snow-line.  The  prairie  on  which  they  had  encamped 
was  about  two  and  a  half  acres  in  extent,  and  another 
of  the  same  size  was  found  half  a  mile  farther  east. 

1  White  and  Greenwater  rivers. 


20 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

The  27th  was  employed  by  Lieutenant  Johnson  in 
determining  the  positions  of  this  prairie,  which  proved 
to  be  in  latitude  47°  05'  51"  N.,  and  longitude  120° 
13'  W.1  The  variation  was  19°  39'  easterly.  At 
sunset,  messengers  arrived  from  Mr.  Waldron,  who  had 
reached  the  summit  at  noon,  and  was  to  proceed  down 
to  the  snow-line  to  encamp.  The  snow  was  found  to 
be  about  ten  feet  deep,  and  the  party  crossing  sank 
about  ankle-deep,  for  which  reason  opinions  varied  as 
to  the  possibility  of  getting  the  horses  over ;  but  it  was 
determined  to  make  the  trial.  Lieutenant  Johnson, 
therefore,  set  out,  leaving  a  supply  of  food  with  an 
old  Indian  and  a  horse,  both  of  whom  were  worn  out, 
and  unable  to  proceed. 

By  eleven  o'clock,  they  were  met  by  Pierre  Charles 
and  the  Indians,  who  gave  some  slight  hopes  of  accom- 
plishing the  task  of  getting  all  over.  Lieutenant 
Johnson  determined  to  take  only  the  strongest  horses  to 
the  edge  of  the  snow.  At  half-past  5  P.M.,  they  reached 
the  best  practicable  encampment,  being  a  mile  beyond 
the  place  where  Mr.  Waldron  had  encamped  two  days 
before.  The  snow  having  melted  so  rapidly,  Lieutenant 
Johnson,  taking  all  things  into  consideration,  determined, 
notwithstanding  the  forebodings  of  failure  held  out  by 
the  party  that  had  gone  before,  to  make  the  attempt.  It 
now  became  necessary  to  push  on  with  as  much  haste  as 
possible,  on  account  of  the  state  of  their  provisions  ;  for 
what  with  the  loss  sustained  in  fording  the  river,  and  in 
consumption,  they  were  obliged  to  adopt  an  allowance. 

On  the  29th,  they  departed,  at  early  dawn,  in  order 
to  take  advantage  of  the  firmness  of  the  snow,  occa- 
sioned by  the  last  night's  frost.  They  ascended  rapidly, 
and  passed  over  the  worst  of  the  way,  the  horses  sinking 
no  deeper  than  their  fetlocks.  They  first  passed  over  a 
narrow  ridge,  and  then  a  succession  of  small  cones,  until 
they  reached  the  summit. 

1  This  is  an  error  and  should  read  121°  25'  W.  as  Naches  Pass  is  known  to  be 
121°  21 '  and  Lieutenant  Johnson's  "Little  Prairie"  was  a  little  west  of  the  Pass. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Mount  Rainier,  from  the  top,  bore  south-southwest, 
apparently  not  more  than  ten  miles  distant.  A  profile 
of  the  mountain  indicates  that  it  has  a  terminal  crater, 
as  well  as  some  on  its  flanks.  The  barometer  stood 
at  24-950  in. :  five  thousand  and  ninety-two  feet. 
There  was  another,  to  the  north-northeast,  covered  with 
snow,  and  one  to  the  west  appeared  about  two  hundred 
feet  higher  than  the  place  where  the  observations  were 
taken.  This  latter  had  suffered  from  fire  in  the  same 
way  as  La  Tete,  and  showed  only  a  few  patches  of  snow. 
To  the  eastward,  a  range  of  inferior  height,  running 
north  and  south,  was  in  view,  without  snow. 

On  the  western  ascent  of  this  mountain,  the  pines  were 
scrubby ;  but  at  the  summit,  which  was  a  plain,  about 
a  mile  in  length  by  half  a  mile  wide,  they  were  straight 
and  towering,  about  eighty  feet  in  height,  without  any 
limbs  or  foliage,  except  at  the  top.  The  distance 
travelled  over  the  top  was  about  five  miles.  On  de- 
scending the  east  side,  the  snow  was  much  deeper  and 
softer,  but  the  horses  managed  to  get  along  well,  and 
without  accident. 

Lieutenant  Johnson,  in  following  the  party,  missed 
the  trail,  and  lost  his  way  for  three  or  four  hours.  On 
discovering  the  camp  of  those  who  had  gone  before, 
on  the  opposite  side  of  a  stream,  he  attempted  to  cross 
it  on  a  log,  in  doing  which  his  foot  slipped,  and  he  was 
precipitated  into  the  water.  Although  his  first  thought 
was  to  save  the  chronometer  from  accident,  it  was  too 
late,  for  the  watch  had  stopped ;  it  was  not,  however, 
so  far  injured  as  not  to  be  set  a-going,  and  it  continued 
to  go  during  the  remainder  of  the  journey :  the  only 
use  I  have  been  able  to  make  of  his  subsequent  obser- 
vations, was  to  obtain  the  relative  meridian  distances 
between  the  points  visited,  without  the  absolute  longi- 
tude. It  is  needless  to  say,  that  I  placed  little  or  no 
dependence  on  them,  in  constructing  the  map. 

Although  the  horses  had,  with  one  or  two  exceptions, 
reached  the  eastern  side  of  the  mountain,  yet  they, 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

together  with  the  Indians,  were  very  much  exhausted. 
The  time  had  now  come  when  the  Indians,  according  to 
agreement,  were  to  be  paid  off,  and  they  had  done  much 
more  than  they  agreed  to  do,  having  crossed  the  moun- 
tain twice. 

Finding  the  necessity  of  retaining  all  the  blankets 
that  had  been  brought  with  them,  in  order  to  buy  horses, 
Lieutenant  Johnson  proposed  to  the  Indians  to  receive 
an  order  on  Nisqually,  in  lieu  of  the  immediate  delivery 
of  the  blankets.  This  they  readily  assented  to,  and 
also  willingly  gave  up  those  that  had  already  been  paid 
them,  on  receiving  a  similar  order,  —  thus  showing  a 
spirit  of  accommodation  highly  praiseworthy.  Only 
two  of  them  returned  to  Nisqually,  to  whom  were 
entrusted  the  botanical  specimens,  and  the  care  of  the 
horses  left  upon  the  road. 

The  banks  of  the  small  streams  on  the  eastern  side  of 
the  mountain  were  bordered  with  the  greatest  variety 
of  trees  and  shrubs,  consisting  of  poplars,  buckthorn 
fifty  feet  high,  dogwood  thirty  to  forty  feet  high,  several 
species  of  willow,  alder,  two  species  of  maple,  and 
occasionally  a  yew.  The  undergrowth  was  composed  of 
Hazel,  Vaccinium,  Gaultheria,  and  a  prickly  species  of 
Aralia.  The  herbaceous  shrubs  were  Goodyera,  Neot- 
tia,  Viola,  Claytonia,  Corallorrhiza.  The  latter,  how- 
ever, were  not  in  flower. 

The  party  on  foot,  after  leaving  the  Little  Prairie 
about  half  a  mile,  crossed  the  northern  branch  of  the 
Smalocho,1  which  was  found  much  swollen  and  very 
rapid.  Two  trees  were  cut  down  to  form  a  bridge. 
After  this,  the  walking  through  the  forest  became 
smooth  and  firm,  and  they  passed  on  at  a  rapid  pace. 
The  Indians,  although  loaded  with  ninety  pounds  of 
baggage,  kept  up  with  the  rest.  At  nightfall  they 
encamped  at  the  margin  of  the  snow. 

On  lighting  their  fires,  they  accidentally  set  fire  to  the 
moss-covered  trees,  and  in  a  few  moments  all  around 

1  Greenwater  branch  of  White  River. 
23 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

them  was  a  blazing  mass  of  flame,  which  compelled 
them  to  change  their  quarters  farther  to  windward. 
They  had  made  eighteen  miles.  But  few  plants  were 
found,  the  season  being  too  early  for  collecting  at  so 
high  an  elevation.  The  ground  was  covered  with 
spruce-twigs,  which  had  apparently  been  broken  off 
by  the  weight  of  the  snow.  The  summit  was  passed 
through  an  open  space  about  twenty  acres  in  extent. 
This  glade  was  surrounded  with  a  dense  forest  of  spruce 
trees.  There  was  no  danger  in  walking  except  near  the 
young  trees,  which  had  been  bent  down  by  the  snow, 
but  on  passing  these  they  often  broke  through,  and 
experienced  much  difficulty  in  extricating  themselves, 
particularly  the  poor  Indians,  with  their  heavy  burdens. 
The  breadth  of  snow  passed  over  was  about  eight  miles. 
At  three  o'clock  they  reached  the  Spipen  1  River,  where 
they  encamped  :  this  camp  was  found  to  be  two  thou- 
sand five  hundred  and  forty-one  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea.  The  vegetation  appeared  to  our  botanical 
gentlemen  farther  advanced  on  the  east  side  than  on 
the  west,  at  the  same  height ;  the  Pulmonarias  and 
several  small  annuals  were  more  forward.  There  were 
only  a  few  pine  trees,  and  those  small,  seen  on  the  west 
side  of  the  ridge ;  and  on  the  east  side,  there  was  a 
species  of  larch,  the  hackmatack  of  the  country.  While 
they  remained  at  this  camp,  they  found  a  Pyrola,  and 
some  new  ferns. 

The  country  about  the  Spipen  l  is  mountainous  and 
woody,  with  a  narrow  strip  of  meadow-land  along  its 
banks.  Mr.  Waldron  had,  on  arriving  at  the  camp, 
sent  Lachemere,  one  of  the  Indians,  down  the  river  to 
an  Indian  chief,  in  order  to  procure  horses.  Those  that 
remained  after  providing  for  the  baggage,  were  con- 
sequently assigned  each  to  two  or  three  individuals  to 
ride  and  tye  on  their  route. 

On  the  3Oth,  they  proceeded  down  the  Spipen,  making 
a  journey  of  eighteen  miles,  and  passed  another  branch 

1  Naches  River. 
24 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

of  the  river,  the  junction  of  which  augmented  its  size 
very  considerably.  Its  banks,  too,  became  perpendic- 
ular and  rocky,  with  a  current  flowing  between  them  at 
the  rate  of  six  or  seven  miles  an  hour.  After  the  junc- 
tion, the  stream  was  about  one  hundred  feet  broad,  and 
its  course  was  east-southeast. 

The  vegetation  on  the  east  side  of  the  mountains  was 
decidedly  more  advanced  than  that  to  the  west,  and 
several  very  interesting  species  of  plants  were  met  with 
by  the  botanists,  on  the  banks  of  the  streams :  among 
them  were  Paeonia  brownii,  Cypripedium  oregonium, 
Pentstemon,  Ipomopsis  elegans,  and  several  Composite, 
and  a  very  handsome  flowering  shrub,  Purshia  triden- 
tata. 

On  the  3  ist,  they  continued  their  route  over  a  rough 
country,  in  some  places  almost  impassable  for  a  horse 
from  its  steepness,  and  in  others  so  marshy  as  to  require 
much  caution  to  prevent  being  mired. 

During  the  morning,  they  met  two  Indians,  who 
informed  them  that  the  chief  of  the  Yakima  tribe  was 
a  short  distance  in  advance,  waiting  to  meet  them,  and 
that  he  had  several  horses.  At  noon  they  reached  a 
small  prairie  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  where  old  Tidias, 
the  chief,  was  seen  seated  in  state  to  receive  Lieutenant 
Johnson ;  but  this  ceremony  was  unavoidably  broken 
in  upon  by  the  necessity  of  getting  the  meridian  obser- 
vations. The  chief,  however,  advanced  towards  him 
with  every  mark  of  friendship,  giving  the  party  a 
hearty  welcome.  In  person  he  was  tall,  straight,  and 
thin,  a  little  bald,  with  long  black  hair  hanging  down 
his  back,  carefully  tied  with  a  worsted  rag.  He  was 
grave,  but  dignified  and  graceful.  When  they  had  been 
seated,  and  after  smoking  a  couple  of  pipes  in  silence, 
he  intimated  that  he  was  ready  for  a  talk,  which  then 
followed,  relative  to  the  rivers  and  face  of  the  country ; 
but  little  information  was  obtained  that  could  be  de- 
pended upon. 

This  tribe  subsist  chiefly  upon  salmon  and  the  cam- 

25 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

mass-root :  game  is  very  scarce,  and  the  beaver  have 
all  disappeared.  The  cammass-root  is  pounded  and 
made  into  a  sort  of  cake,  which  is  not  unpleasant, 
having  a  sweetish  taste,  but  it  is  very  dry,  although 
some  of  the  party  took  a  fancy  to  it. 

Tidias  had  with  him  an  old  man  almost  blind,  who 
claimed  much  respect,  and  two  young  men,  whose  dress 
of  buckskin,  profusely  ornamented  with  beads,  was 
much  admired  by  the  party.  During  the  talk,  the  old 
chief  expressed  himself  delighted  to  see  the  white  men, 
and  spoke  of  his  own  importance,  his  immense  territory, 
etc.,  in  a  style  of  boasting,  to  which  the  Indians  are 
very  much  addicted.  He  said  that  he  was  desirous 
of  affording  all  the  accommodation  he  could  to  the 
party.  But  although  he  had  eight  or  ten  fine  horses 
with  him,  he  would  not  agree  to  part  with  them,  as 
they  were  ail  his  favourites.  He  was  presented  with 
a  variety  of  articles,  in  return  for  which  he  gave  the 
party  a  few  dried  salmon. 

Towards  evening,  old  Tidias  took  leave  of  them, 
saying  that  it  was  not  proper  for  an  Indian  to  encamp 
in  the  same  place  with  a  white  man,  and  with  a  promise 
that  he  would  have  horses  by  ten  o'clock  the  next  day ; 
but  he  had  a  game  to  play  by  procrastinating,  in  which 
he  thoroughly  succeeded. 

In  the  morning  they  reached  the  Indian  camp  below, 
but  no  horses  had  arrived.  It  was  far,  they  said,  to 
Tidias's  house  ;  a  man  could  not  go  thither  and  return 
in  the  same  day  ;  no  horses  or  salmon  could  be  brought ; 
no  one  could  be  permitted  to  go.  Lieutenant  Johnson 
was  then  told  that  the  road  he  had  to  follow  was  a 
"hungry"  road.  At  last  the  Indian  was  induced  by 
high  offers  to  exchange  good  horses  for  a  great  number 
of  bad  ones,  and  finally  consented  to  part  with  two 
more.  On  quitting  him  they  became  thoroughly 
aware  that  all  the  difficulties  were  owing,  not  to  any 
indisposition  to  sell,  but  were  created  for  the  purpose 
of  inducing  high  prices  to  be  given. 

26 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

The  party  now  branched  off  at  right  angles  to  their 
former  route,  Lieutenant  Johnson  heartily  sick  and  tired 
of  his  friend  Tidias  and  his  people.  Two  more  of  the 
Indians  here  left  them.  The  country  they  entered, 
after  passing  a  ridge  about  six  hundred  feet  high,  was 
quite  of  a  different  aspect,  forming  long  sloping  hills, 
covered  with  a  scanty  growth  of  pines.  Many  dry 
beds  of  rivulets  were  passed,  and  the  soil  of  the  hills 
produced  nothing  but  a  long  thin  grass.  There  are, 
however,  some  small  valleys  where  the  growth  of  grass 
is  luxuriant,  the  pines  are  larger,  and  the  scenery 
assumed  a  park-like  appearance. 

From  the  summit  of  one  of  the  hills,  a  sketch  of 
Mount  Rainier,  and  of  the  intervening  range,  was 
obtained. 

On  the  top  of  the  ridge  they  fell  in  with  a  number  of 
Spipen  Indians,  who  were  engaged  in  digging  the  cam- 
mass  and  other  roots.  The  latter  were  those  of  an 
umbelliferous  plant,  oblong,  tuberous,  and  in  taste 
resembling  a  parsnep.  The  process  used  to  prepare 
them  for  bread,  is  to  bake  them  in  a  well-heated  oven  of 
stones ;  when  they  are  taken  out  they  are  dried,  and 
then  pounded  between  two  stones  till  the  mass  becomes 
as  fine  as  corn  meal,  when  it  is  kneaded  into  cakes  and 
dried  in  the  sun.  These  roots  are  the  principal  vege- 
table food  of  the  Indians  throughout  Middle  Oregon. 
The  women  are  frequently  seen,  to  the  number  of 
twenty  or  thirty,  with  baskets  suspended  from  the 
neck,  and  a  pointed  stick  in  their  hand,  digging  these 
roots,  and  so  intently  engaged  in  the  search  for  them, 
as  to  pay  no  attention  whatever  to  a  passer-by.  When 
these  roots  are  properly  dried,  they  are  stored  away 
for  the  winter's  consumption.  This  day  they  made 
only  fifteen  miles,  in  a  northern  direction. 

On  the  2d  of  June,  they  reached  the  Yakima,  after 
having  crossed  a  small  stream.  The  Yakima  was  too 
deep  for  the  horses  to  ford  with  their  packs,  and  they 
now  for  the  first  time  used  their  balsas  of  India-rubber 

27 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

cloth,  which  were  found  to  answer  the  purpose  of  float- 
ing the  loads  across  the  stream. 

This  river  is  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  wide,  and 
pursues  an  east-southeast  course,  with  a  velocity  of 
more  than  four  miles  an  hour.  At  this  place  were  found 
twenty  migrating  Indians,  who  have  their  permanent 
residence  on  the  banks  lower  down. 

The  chief,  Kamaiyah,  was  the  son-in-law  of  old 
Tidias,  and  one  of  the  most  handsome  and  perfectly- 
formed  Indians  they  had  met  with.  He  was  found 
to  be  gruff  and  surly  in  his  manners,  which  was  thought 
to  be  owing  to  his  wish  to  appear  dignified.  These 
Indians  were  living  in  temporary  huts,  consisting  of 
mats  spread  on  poles.  Among  them  was  seen  quite  a 
pretty  girl,  dressed  in  a  shirt  and  trousers,  with  moc- 
casins of  skin  very  much  ornamented  with  fringe  and 
beads.  They  had  a  number  of  fine  horses,  but  could  not 
be  induced  to  part  with  any  of  them. 

Lieutenant  Johnson  had  now  succeeded  in'  purchas- 
ing venison  and  salmon,  and  the  party  again  had  full 
allowance. 

On  the  3d,  they  continued  their  route  to  the  north- 
ward, over  gradually  rising  ground,  and  Lieutenant 
Johnson  having  succeeded  in  purchasing  three  more 
horses,  only  three  of  the  party  were  now  without  them, 
so  that  the  riding  and  tye  system  was  not  quite  so  often 
resorted  to  as  before.  On  this  plain  was  seen  a  number 
of  curlews,  some  grouse,  and  a  large  species  of  hare. 
They  encamped  again  near  the  snow,  and  found  their 
altitude  greater  than  any  yet  reached,  the  barometer 
standing  at  24-750  in. :  five  thousand  two  hundred  and 
three  feet.  They  had  again  reached  the  spruces  and 
lost  the  pine,  which  was  only  found  on  the  hill-sides 
and  plains. 

At  4  A.M.  on  the  morning  of  the  4th  of  June,  the 
thermometer  stood  at  28°.  They  on  that  day  con- 
tinued their  route  up  the  mountain  and  across  its 
summit,  which  was  here  and  there  covered  with  patches 

28 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

of  snow.  I  regret  to  record  another  accident  to  the 
instruments.  The  sergeant,  to  whom  the  barometer 
was  intrusted  by  Lieutenant  Johnson,  in  putting  up 
the  instrument  this  morning,  carelessly  broke  it ;  and 
thus  ended  the  barometrical  experiments  in  the  most 
interesting  portion  of  the  route. 

It  is  difficult  to  account  for  the  scarcity  of  snow  on  a 
much  higher  elevation  than  they  had  before  reached, 
and  under  circumstances  which  would  appear  to  have 
warranted  a  contrary  expectation.  Dr.  Pickering  was 
induced  to  believe  that  this  change  in  the  climate  is 
owing  to  the  open  nature  of  the  surrounding  country ; 
its  being  devoid  of  dense  forests,  with  but  a  few  scat- 
tered trees  and  no  under-brush ;  and  the  vicinity  to 
elevated  plains,  and  the  ridge  being  of  a  less  broken 
character. 

The  early  part  of  the  day  was  cold,  with  showers  of 
sleet.  On  the  crest  of  the  mountain  they  passed  over 
swampy  ground,  with  but  a  few  patches  of  spruces : 
after  passing  which,  they  began  to  descend  very  regu- 
larly towards  the  Columbia,  which  they  reached  early 
in  the  afternoon,  about  three  miles  below  the  Pischous 
River.1  The  Columbia  at  this  place  is  a  rapid  stream, 
but  the  scenery  differs  entirely  from  that  of  other  rivers  : 
its  banks  are  altogether  devoid  of  any  fertile  alluvial 
flats ;  destitute  even  of  scattered  trees ;  there  is  no 
freshness  in  the  little  vegetation  on  its  borders ;  the 
sterile  sands  in  fact  reach  to  its  very  brink,  and  it  is 
scarcely  to  be  believed  until  its  banks  are  reached  that 
a  mighty  river  is  rolling  its  waters  past  these  arid 
wastes. 

[The  record  of  the  journey  to  Fort  Colville  is  omitted, 
to  be  resumed  when  the  party  returning  draws  near  the 
environs  of  Mount  Rainier.  The  portion  omitted 
extends  from  page  430  to  468  in  the  original  publica- 
tion.] 

1  Wenatchee  River. 
29 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

The  party  now  pursued  the  route  up  the  river,  and 
in  two  hours  reached  the  Yakima,  up  whose  valley  they 
passed,  encamping  after  making  twenty-five  miles. 
The  country  was  rolling,  and  might  be  termed  sandy 
and  barren. 

Mount  St.  Helen's,1  with  its  snow-capped  top,  was 
seen  at  a  great  distance  to  the  west. 

On  the  5th,  they  continued  their  route,  and  at  mid- 
day were  overtaken  by  an  Indian,  with  a  note  informing 
them  of  the  arrival  of  Mr.  Drayton  at  Wallawalla  with 
the  brigade.  This  was  quick  travelling  for  news  in 
Oregon  ;  for  so  slow  is  it  usually  carried,  that  our  party 
were  the  first  to  bring  the  news  of  the  arrival  and  opera- 
tions of  the  squadron  in  Oregon.  This  intelligence  had 
not  previously  reached  Wallawalla,  although  it  is  con- 
sidered to  be  on  the  direct  post-route  to  the  interior, 
notwithstanding  we  had  been  in  the  country  nearly  two 
months.  The  news  of  the  murder  of  Mr.  Black,  in  New 
Caledonia,  was  nearly  a  year  in  reaching  some  points  on 
the  coast. 

This  was  one  of  the  warmest  days  they  had  exper- 
ienced, and  the  thermometer  under  the  shade  of  a 
canopy  stood  at  108°.  At  a  short  distance  from  the 
place  where  they  stopped  was  a  small  hut,  composed  of 
a  few  branches  and  reeds,  which  was  thought  to  be 
barely  sufficient  to  contain  a  sheep ;  yet  under  it  were 
four  generations  of  human  beings,  all  females,  seated  in 
a  posture,  which,  to  whites,  would  have  been  imprac- 
ticable. They  had  just  procured  their  subsistence  for 
the  day,  and  their  meal  consisted  of  the  berries  of  the 
dogwood.  The  scene  was  not  calculated  to  impress  one 
very  favourably  with  savage  life.  The  oldest  of  these 
had  the  cartilage  of  the  nose  pierced,  but  the  others  had 
not ;  leading  to  the  conclusion  that  the  practice  had 
been  discontinued  for  some  years  in  the  nation,  who 
still,  however,  retain  the  name. 

The  country  exhibited  little  appearance  of  vegeta- 

1  Mount  Adams.     The  two  peaks  were  frequently  confused  in  early  writings. 

3° 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

tion  ;  the  herbage  was  quite  dried  up,  and  from  appear- 
ances was  likely  to  continue  so  throughout  the  season. 
The  prevailing  vegetation  consisted  of  bushes  of  worm- 
wood, stinted  in  growth,  and  unyielding. 

After  making  thirty-three  miles,  they  encamped 
among  loose  sand,  one  hundred  feet  above  the  water  of 
the  river.  Many  rattlesnakes  were  found  in  this  vicin- 
ity. 

Owing  to  the  quantities  of  musquitoes,  combined 
with  the  fear  of  snakes,  the  party  obtained  little  or  no 
rest,  and  were  all  glad  to  mount  their  horses  and  pro- 
ceed on  their  way. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  day,  they  arrived  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Spipen  with  the  Yakima :  previous  to  this 
they  crossed  another  branch,  coming  in  from  the  south- 
west ;  the  waters  of  the  latter  were  very  turbid,  of  a 
dark-brown  colour,  and  it  was  conjectured  that  it  had  its 
source  at  or  near  Mount  Rainier.  Along  its  banks  was 
seen  a  range  of  basaltic  columns.  The  Yakima  was 
crossed  during  the  day  in  canoes,  the  river  not  being 
yet  fordable. 

The  country,  which  had  for  some  days  exhibited  the 
appearance  of  the  Tillandsia  districts  of  Peru,  had  now 
begun  to  acquire  a  tinge  of  green,  and  some  scattered 
pine  trees  had  become  visible.  Some  small  oaks  were 
passed,  which  appeared  of  a  local  character.  This 
night  they  again  had  a  number  of  rattlesnakes  in  their 
camp. 

On  the  8th,  the  valley  had  narrowed,  and  the  banks 
becoming  more  perpendicular,  they  had  a  great  many 
difficulties  to  encounter.  They  stopped  at  the  camp  of 
old  Tidias,  whom,  it  will  be  recollected,  they  had 
encountered  after  crossing  the  mountains,  and  from 
whom  they  obtained  some  horses.  They  soon  after- 
wards arrived  at  the  path  where  they  had  turned  off 
to  the  north.  The  river  had  fallen  very  much  during 
their  absence,  and  there  was  a  marked  difference  in  the 
season,  the  vegetation  being  much  more  backward  than 

31 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

in  the  parts  they  had  recently  visited.  The  berries 
were  just  beginning  to  ripen,  while  in  the  plains,  not 
twenty  miles  distant,  they  were  already  over.  Old 
Tidias  determined  to  accompany  them  to  Nisqually, 
taking  with  him  his  son,  and  lending  them  several 
horses.  The  Spipen,  up  which  they  passed,  was  now 
hemmed  in  by  mountain  ridges,  occasionally  leaving 
small  portions  of  level  ground.  They  encamped  at 
the  place  they  had  occupied  on  the  3oth  of  May. 

The  vegetation,  since  they  had  passed  this  place,  had 
so  much  advanced  that  they  had  difficulty  in  recognis- 
ing it  again.  The  wet  prairies  were  overgrown  with 
rank  grass,  from  one  to  two  feet  in  height.  After  a  short 
rest  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  they  began  its  ascent, 
and  reached  the  crest  of  the  ridge  in  about  three  hours. 
On  every  side  they  found  a  low  growth  of  shrubs,  which 
they  had  not  suspected  when  it  was  covered  with  snow, 
and  causing  the  summit  to  differ  essentially  from  the 
broad  ridge  they  had  crossed  between  the  Yakima  and 
Pischous  rivers.  They  encamped  for  the  night  on  the 
edge  of  a  wet  prairie,  which  afforded  pasturage  for  their 
horses. 

The  next  day  they  passed  through  several  similar 
prairies,  and  descended  the  western  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain, where  they  found  more  patches  of  snow  than  on 
the  east  side.  This  was  just  the  reverse  of  what  they 
had  found  on  their  previous  passage ;  the  season,  too, 
was  evidently  much  less  advanced.  This  circumstance 
was  supposed  to  be  owing  to  the  denser  forest  on  the 
west,  as  well  as  the  absence  of  elevated  plains. 

They  encamped  the  same  night  at  the  little  prairie 
before  spoken  of,  at  the  foot  of  the  western  slope. 
Before  reaching  it,  they  met  a  party  of  men  and  women 
carrying  a  sick  chief  over  the  mountain,  who  was 
evidently  dying.  It  was  affecting  to  see  him  stretching 
forth  his  hand  to  them  as  they  passed,  as  if  desiring  to 
be  friends  with  all  before  he  died.  He  died  the  same 
night. 

32 


TRIP  THROUGH  NACHES  PASS,  1841 

The  two  next  days  it  rained  almost  constantly,  but 
they  found  the  road  much  less  difficult  to  travel  than 
before,  and  the  streams  were  fordable,  which  enabled 
them  to  make  more  rapid  progress. 

On  the  1 3th,  they  passed  the  Smalocho,  and  on  the 
1 5th  reached  Nisqually,  all  well ;  having  performed  a 
journey  of  about  one  thousand  miles  without  any 
material  accident,  except  those  that  have  been  related 
as  having  occurred  to  the  instruments.  They  tra- 
versed a  route  which  white  men  had  never  before  taken, 
thus  enabling  us  to  become  acquainted  with  a  portion 
of  the  country  about  which  all  had  before  been  con- 
jecture. They  had  also  made  a  large  addition  to  our 
collection  of  plants. 


33 


IV.  TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF 
HAMITCHOU 

BY  THEODORE  WINTHROP 

THEODORE  WINTHROP  was  a  descendant  of  the  famous  Governor 
John  Winthrop,  of  Massachusetts.  He  was  born  at  New 
Haven,  Connecticut,  on  September  22,  1828,  and  lost  his  life 
early  in  the  Civil  War  near  Great  Bethel,  Virginia,  on  June 
ip,  1861.  His  death  was  deeply  mourned  as  of  one  who  had 
given  great  promise  of  success  in  the  field  of  literature. 

His  book,  The  Canoe  and  the  Saddle,  has  appeared  in  many 
editions.  It  tells  of  his  visit  to  Puget  Sound  and  across  the 
Cascade  Mountains  in  1853.  In  that  volume  he  declares  that 
the  Indians  called  the  mountain,  Tacoma.  So  far  as  is  known 
to  the  editor,  that  is  the  first  place  that  that  name  for  the 
mountain  appeared  in  print. 

In  addition  to  this  interesting  fact,  the  book  is  a  charming  piece 
of  literature,  and  will  endure  as  one  of  the  classics  on  the 
Pacific  Northwest.  The  portions  here  reproduced  relate  to 
the  mountain.  They  are  taken  from  an  early  edition  of  the 
book  published  by  the  John  W.  Lovell  Company  of  New  York. 
The  edition  carries  no  date,  but  the  copyright  notice  is  by 
Ticknor  and  Fields,  1862.  The  parts  used  are  from  pages 
43-45,  and  123-176. 

The  author's  niece,  Elizabeth  Winthrop  Johnson,  of  Pasadena, 
California,  kindly  furnished  a  photograph  of  Rowse's  portrait 
of  her  famous  uncle. 

The  large  and  beautiful  glacier  sweeping  from  the  northeast 
summit  past  the  western  slope  of  Steamboat  Prow  now  bears 
the  name  of  Winthrop  Glacier. 

We  had  rounded  a  point,  and  opened  Puyallop  Bay, 
a  breadth  of  sheltered  calmness,  when  I,  lifting  sleepy 
eyelids  for  a  dreamy  stare  about,  was  suddenly  aware 
of  a  vast  white  shadow  in  the  water.  What  cloud, 
piled  massive  on  the  horizon,  could  cast  an  image  so 
sharp  in  outline,  so  full  of  vigorous  detail  of  surface  ? 

34 


THEODORE  WINTHROP. 
From  the  Rowse  crayon  portrait. 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

No  cloud,  as  my  stare,  no  longer  dreamy,  presently 
discovered,  —  no  cloud,  but  a  cloud  compeller.  It 
was  a  giant  mountain  dome  of  snow,  swelling  and 
seeming  to  fill  the  aerial  spheres  as  its  image  displaced 
the  blue  deeps  of  tranquil  water.  The  smoky  haze 
of  an  Oregon  August  hid  all  the  length  of  its  lesser 
ridges,  and  left  this  mighty  summit  based  upon  uplifting 
dimness.  Only  its  splendid  snows  were  visible,  high 
in  the  unearthly  regions  of  clear  blue  noonday  sky. 
The  shore  line  drew  a  cincture  of  pines  across  the  broad 
base,  where  it  faded  unreal  into  the  mist.  The  same 
dark  girth  separated  the  peak  from  its  reflection,  over 
which  my  canoe  was  now  pressing,  and  sending  waver- 
ing swells  to  shatter  the  beautiful  vision  before  it. 

Kingly  and  alone  stood  this  majesty,  without  any 
visible  comrade  or  consort,  though  far  to  the  north 
and  the  south  its  brethren  and  sisters  dominated  their 
realms,  each  in  isolated  sovereignty,  rising  above  the 
pine-darkened  sierra  of  the  Cascade  Mountains,  — 
above  the  stern  chasm  where  the  Columbia,  Achilles 
of  rivers,  sweeps,  short-lived  and  jubilant,  to  the  sea, 
—  above  the  lovely  vales  of  the  Willamette  and  Ump- 
qua.  Of  all  the  peaks  from  California  to  Frazer's 
River,  this  one  before  me  was  royalest.  Mount 
Regnier  Christians  have  dubbed  it,  in  stupid  nomen- 
clature perpetuating  the  name  of  somebody  or  nobody. 
More  melodiously  the  siwashes  call  it  Tacoma,  —  a 
generic  term  also  applied  to  all  snow  peaks.  What- 
ever keen  crests  and  crags  there  may  be  in  its  rock 
anatomy  of  basalt,  snow  covers  softly  with  its  bends 
and  sweeping  curves.  Tacoma,  under  its  ermine,  is 
a  crushed  volcanic  dome,  or  an  ancient  volcano  fallen 
in,  and  perhaps  as  yet  not  wholly  lifeless.  The  domes 
of  snow  are  stateliest.  There  may  be  more  of  feminine 
beauty  in  the  cones,  and  more  of  masculine  force  and 
hardihood  in  the  rough  pyramids,  but  the  great  domes 
are  calmer  and  more  divine,  and,  even  if  they  have 
failed  to  attain  absolute  dignified  grace  of  finish,  and 

35 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

are  riven  and  broken  down,  they  still  demand  our 
sympathy  for  giant  power,  if  only  partially  victor. 
Each  form  —  the  dome,  the  cone,  and  the  pyramid  — 
has  its  type  among  the  great  snow  peaks  of  the  Cas- 
cades. 

[Chapter  VII,  beginning  at  page  123  of  the  original 
publication,  is  entitled  "Tacoma."] 

Up  and  down  go  the  fortunes  of  men,  now  benig- 
nant, now  malignant.  Ante  meridiem  of  our  lives, 
we  are  rising  characters.  Our  full  noon  comes,  and 
we  are  borne  with  plaudits  on  the  shoulders  of  a  grate- 
ful populace.  Post  meridiem,  we  are  ostracized,  if 
not  more  rudely  mobbed.  At  twilight,  we  are  perhaps 
recalled,  and  set  on  the  throne  of  Nestor. 

Such  slow  changes  in  esteem  are  for  men  of  some 
import  and  of  settled  character.  Loolowcan  suffered 
under  a  more  rapidly  fluctuating  public  opinion.  At 
the  camp  of  the  road-makers,  he  had  passed  through 
a  period  of  neglect,  —  almost  of  ignominy.  My  hosts 
had  prejudices  against  redskins ;  they  treated  the  son 
of  Owhhigh  with  no  consideration ;  and  he  became 
depressed  and  slinking  in  manner  under  the  influence 
of  their  ostracism.  No  sooner  had  we  disappeared 
from  the  range  of  Boston  eyes  than  Loolowcan  resumed 
his  leadership  and  his  control.  I  was  very  secondary 
now,  and  followed  him  humbly  enough  up  the  heights 
we  had  reached.  Here  were  all  the  old  difficulties 
increased,  because  they  were  no  longer  met  on  a  level. 
We  were  to  climb  the  main  ridge,  —  the  mountain  of 
La  Tete,  —  abandoning  the  valley,  assaulting  the 
summits.  And  here,  as  Owhhigh  had  prophesied  in 
his  harangue  at  Nisqually,  the  horse's  mane  must  be 
firmly  grasped  by  the  climber.  Poor,  panting,  weary 
nags  !  may  it  be  true,  the  promise  of  Loolowcan,  that 
not  far  away  is  abundant  fodder !  But  where  can 
aught,  save  firs  with  ostrich  digestion,  grow  on  these 
rough,  forest-clad  shoulders  ? 

36 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

So  I  clambered  on  till  near  noon. 

I  had  been  following  thus  for  many  hours  the  blind 
path,  harsh,  darksome,  and  utterly  lonely,  urging 
on  with  no  outlook,  encountering  no  landmark,  —  at 
last,  as  I  stormed  a  ragged  crest,  gaining  a  height  that 
overtopped  the  firs,  and,  halting  there  for  panting 
moments,  glanced  to  see  if  I  had  achieved  mastery  as 
well  as  position,  —  as  I  looked  somewhat  wearily 
and  drearily  across  the  solemn  surges  of  forest,  sud- 
denly above  their  sombre  green  appeared  Tacoma. 
Large  and  neighbor  it  stood,  so  near  that  every  jewel 
of  its  snow-fields  seemed  to  send  me  a  separate  ray  ; 
yet  not  so  near  but  that  I  could  with  one  look  take 
in  its  whole  image,  from  clear-cut  edge  to  edge. 

All  around  it  the  dark  evergreens  rose  like  a  ruff ; 
above  them  the  mountain  splendors  swelled  statelier 
for  the  contrast.  Sunlight  of  noon  was  so  refulgent 
upon  the  crown,  and  lay  so  thick  and  dazzling  in  nooks 
and  chasms,  that  the  eye  sought  repose  of  gentler 
lights,  and  found  it  in  shadowed  nooks  and  clefts,  where, 
sunlight  entering  not,  delicate  mist,  an  emanation 
from  the  blue  sky,  had  fallen,  and  lay  sheltered  and 
tremulous,  a  mild  substitute  for  the  stronger  glory. 
The  blue  haze  so  wavered  and  trembled  into  sunlight, 
and  sunbeams  shot  glimmering  over  snowy  brinks  so 
like  a  constant  avalanche,  that  I  might  doubt  whether 
this  movement  and  waver  and  glimmer,  this  blending 
of  mist  with  noontide  flame,  were  not  a  drifting  smoke 
and  cloud  of  yellow  sulphurous  vapor  floating  over 
some  slowly  chilling  crater  far  down  in  the  red  crevices. 

But  if  the  giant  fires  had  ever  burned  under  that 
cold  summit,  they  had  long  since  gone  out.  The  dome 
that  swelled  up  passionately  had  crusted  over  and  then 
fallen  in  upon  itself,  not  vigorous  enough  with  internal 
life  to  bear  up  in  smooth  proportion.  Where  it  broke 
into  ruin  was  no  doubt  a  desolate  waste,  stern,  craggy, 
and  riven,  but  such  drear  results  of  Titanic  convulsion 
the  gentle  snows  hid  from  view. 

37 


fe&J 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

No  foot  of  man  had  ever  trampled  those  pure 
snows.  It  was  a  virginal  mountain,  distant  from 
the  possibility  of  human  approach  and  human  in- 
quisitiveness  as  a  marble  goddess  is  from  human 
love. 

Yet  there  was  nothing  unsympathetic  in  its  isola- 
tion, or  despotic  in  its  distant  majesty.  But  this 
serene  loftiness  was  no  home  for  any  deity  of  those 
that  men  create.  Only  the  thought  of  eternal  peace 
arose  from  this  heaven-upbearing  monument  like 
incense,  and,  overflowing,  filled  the  world  with  deep 
and  holy  calm. 

Wherever  the  mountain  turned  its  cheek  toward 
the  sun,  many  fair  and  smiling  dimples  appeared,  and 
along  soft  curves  of  snow,  lines  of  shadow  drew  tracery 
fair  as  the  blue  veins  on  a  child's  temple.  Without 
the  infinite  sweetness  and  charm  of  this  kindly  change- 
fulness  of  form  and  color,  there  might  have  been  oppres- 
sive awe  in  the  presence  of  this  transcendent  glory 
against  the  solemn  blue  of  noon.  Grace  played  over 
the  surface  of  majesty,  as  a  drift  of  rose-leaves  wavers 
in  the  air  before  a  summer  shower,  or  as  a  wreath  of 
rosy  mist  flits  before  the  grandeur  of  a  storm.  Love- 
liness was  sprinkled  like  a  boon  of  blossoms  upon  sub- 
limity. 

Our  lives  forever  demand  and  need  visual  images 
that  can  be  symbols  to  us  of  the  grandeur  or  the  sweet- 
ness of  repose.  There  are  some  faces  that  arise  dreamy 
in  our  memories,  and  look  us  into  calmness  in  our 
frantic  moods.  Fair  and  happy  is  a  life  that  need 
not  call  upon  its  vague  memorial  dreams  for  such 
attuning  influence,  but  can  turn  to  a  present  reality, 
and  ask  tranquillity  at  the  shrine  of  a  household  god- 
dess. The  noble  works  of  nature,  and  mountains  most 
of  all, 

"have  power  to  make 

Our  noisy  years  seem  moments  in  the  being 
Of  the  eternal  silence." 
38 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

And,  studying  the  light  and  the  majesty  of  Tacoma, 
there  passed  from  it  and  entered  into  my  being,  to 
dwell  there  evermore  by  the  side  of  many  such,  a 
thought  and  an  image  of  solemn  beauty,  which  I  could 
thenceforth  evoke  whenever  in  the  world  I  must  have 
peace  or  die.  For  such  emotion  years  of  pilgrimage 
were  worthily  spent.  If  mortal  can  gain  the  thoughts 
of  immortality,  is  not  his  earthly  destiny  achieved  ? 
For,  when  we  have  so  studied  the  visible  poem,  and 
so  fixed  it  deep  in  the  very  substance  of  our  minds, 
there  is  forever  with  us  not  merely  a  perpetual  posses- 
sion of  delight,  but  a  watchful  monitor  that  will  not 
let  our  thoughts  be  long  unfit  for  the  pure  companion- 
ship of  beauty.  For  whenever  a  man  is  false  to  the 
light  that  is  in  him,  and  accepts  meaner  joys,  or  chooses 
the  easy  indulgence  that  meaner  passions  give,  then 
every  fair  landscape  in  all  his  horizon  dims,  and  all 
its  grandeurs  fade  and  dwindle  away,  the  glory  vanishes, 
and  he  looks,  like  one  lost,  upon  his  world,  late  so 
lovely  and  sinless. 

While  I  was  studying  Tacoma,  and  learning  its 
fine  lesson,  it  in  turn  might  contemplate  its  own  image 
far  away  on  the  waters  of  Whulge,  where  streams 
from  its  own  snows,  gushing  seaward  to  buffet  in  the 
boundless  deep,  might  rejoice  in  a  last  look  at  their 
parent  ere  they  swept  out  of  Puyallop  Bay.  Other 
large  privilege  of  view  it  had.  It  could  see  what  I 
could  not,  —  Tacoma  the  Less,  Mt.  Adams,  meritori- 
ous but  clumsy ;  it  could  reflect  sunbeams  gracefully 
across  a  breadth  of  forest  to  St.  Helen's,  the  vestal 
virgin,  who  still  kept  her  flame  kindled,  and  proved 
her  watchfulness  ever  and  anon.  Continuing  its  pan- 
oramic studies,  Tacoma  could  trace  the  chasm  of  the 
Columbia  by  silver  circles  here  and  there,  —  could 
see  every  peak,  chimney,  or  unopened  vent,  from  Kul- 
shan  to  Shasta  Butte.  The  Blue  Mountains  eastward 
were  within  its  scope,  and  westward  the  faint-blue 
levels  of  the  Pacific.  Another  region,  worthy  of  any 

39 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

mountain's  beholding,  Tacoma  sees,  somewhat  vague 
and  dim  in  distance :  it  sees  the  sweet  Arcadian  valley 
of  the  Willamette,  charming  with  meadow,  park,  and 
grove.  In  no  older  world  where  men  have,  in  all  their 
happiest  moods,  recreated  themselves  for  generations 
in  taming  earth  to  orderly  beauty,  have  they  achieved 
a  fairer  garden  than  Nature's  simple  labor  of  love 
has  made  there,  giving  to  rough  pioneers  the  blessings 
and  the  possible  education  of  refined  and  finished  land- 
scape, in  the  presence  of  landscape  strong,  savage, 
and  majestic. 

All  this  Tacoma  beholds,  as  I  can  but  briefly  hint ; 
and  as  one  who  is  a  seer  himself  becomes  a  tower  of 
light  and  illumination  to  the  world,  so  Tacoma,  so 
every  brother  seer  of  his  among  the  lofty  snow-peaks, 
stands  to  educate,  by  his  inevitable  presence,  every 
dweller  thereabouts.  Our  race  has  never  yet  come 
into  contact  with  great  mountains  as  companions  of 
daily  life,  nor  felt  that  daily  development  of  the  finer 
and  more  comprehensive  senses  which  these  signal 
facts  of  nature  compel.  That  is  an  influence  of  the 
future.  The  Oregon  people,  in  a  climate  where  being 
is  bliss,  —  where  every  breath  is  a  draught  of  vivid 
life,  —  these  Oregon  people,  carrying  to  a  new  and 
grander  New  England  of  the  West  a  fuller  growth  of 
the  American  Idea,  under  whose  teaching  the  man  of 
lowest  ambitions  must  still  have  some  little  indestruc- 
tible respect  for  himself,  and  the  brute  of  most  tyranni- 
cal aspirations  some  little  respect  for  others  ;  carrying 
the  civilization  of  history  where  it  will  not  suffer  by 
the  example  of  Europe,  —  with  such  material,  that 
Western  society,  when  it  crystallizes,  will  elaborate 
new  systems  of  thought  and  life.  It  is  unphilosophical 
to  suppose  that  a  strong  race,  developing  under  the 
best,  largest,  and  calmest  conditions  of  nature,  will  not 
achieve  a  destiny. 

Up  to  Tacoma,  or  into  some  such  solitude  of  nature, 
imaginative  men  must  go,  as  Moses  went  up  to  Sinai, 

40 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

that  the  divine  afflatus  may  stir  within  them.  The 
siwashes  appreciate,  according  to  their  capacity,  the 
inspiration  of  lonely  grandeur,  and  go  upon  the  moun- 
tains, starving  and  alone,  that  they  may  become  seers, 
enchanters,  magicians,  diviners,  —  what  in  conven- 
tional lingo  is  called  "big  medicine."  For  though  the 
Indians  here  have  not  peopled  these  thrones  of  their 
world  with  the  creatures  of  an  anthropomorphic 
mythology,  they  yet  deem  them  the  abode  of  Tama- 
noiis.  Tamanoiis  is  a  vague  and  half-personified  type 
of  the  unknown,  of  the  mysterious  forces  of  nature  ; 
and  there  is  also  an  indefinite  multitude  of  undefined 
emanations,  each  one  a  tamanous  with  a  small  t,  which 
are  busy  and  impish  in  complicating  existence,  or 
equally  active  and  spritely  in  unravelling  it.  Each 
Indian  of  this  region  patronizes  his  own  personal 
tamanous,  as  men  of  the  more  eastern  tribes  keep  a 
private  manitto,  and  as  Socrates  kept  a  daimon.  To 
supply  this  want,  Tamanous  with  a  big  T  undergoes 
an  avatar,  and  incarnates  himself  into  a  salmon,  a 
beaver,  a  clam,  or  into  some  inanimate  object,  such  as 
a  canoe,  a  paddle,  a  fir-tree,  a  flint,  or  into  some  ele- 
mental essence,  as  fire,  water,  sun,  mist ;  and  tamanous 
thus  individualized  becomes  the  "guide,  philosopher, 
and  friend"  of  every  siwash,  conscious  that  otherwise 
he  might  stray  and  be  lost  in  the  unknown  realms  of 
Tamanous. 

Hamitchou,  a  frowzy  ancient  of  the  Squallyamish, 
told  to  Dr.  Tolmie  and  me,  at  Nisqually,  a  legend  of 
Tamanous  and  Tacoma,  which,  being  interpreted, 
runs  as  follows  :  — 

Hamitchou's   Legend 

"Avarice,  O  Boston  tyee,"  quoth  Hamitchou,  study- 
ing me  with  dusky  eyes,  "is  a  mighty  passion.  Now, 
be  it  known  unto  thee  that  we  Indians  anciently  used 
not  metals  nor  the  money  of  you  blanketeers.  Our 
circulating  medium  was  shells,  —  wampum  you  would 

41 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

name  it.  Of  all  wampum,  the  most  precious  is  Hiaqua. 
Hiaqua  comes  from  the  far  north.  It  is  a  small,  per- 
forated shell,  not  unlike  a  very  opaque  quill  toothpick, 
tapering  from  the  middle,  and  cut  square  at  both  ends. 
We  string  it  in  many  strands,  and  hang  it  around  the 
neck  of  one  we  love,  —  namely,  each  man  his  own  neck. 
We  also  buy  with  it  what  our  hearts  desire.  He  who 
has  most  hiaqua  is  best  and  wisest  and  happiest  of  all 
the  northern  Haida  and  of  all  the  people  of  Whulge. 
The  mountain  horsemen  value  it ;  and  braves  of  the 
terrible  Blackfeet  have  been  known,  in  the  good  old 
days,  to  come  over  and  offer  a  horse  or  a  wife  for  a 
bunch  of  fifty  hiaqua. 

"Now,  once  upon  a  time  there  dwelt  where  this 
fort  of  Nisqually  now  stands  a  wise  old  man  of  the 
Squallyamish.  He  was  a  great  fisherman  and  a  great 
hunter ;  and  the  wiser  he  grew,  much  the  wiser  he 
thought  himself.  When  he  had  grown  very  wise,  he 
used  to  stay  apart  from  every  other  siwash.  Compan- 
ionable salmon-boilings  round  a  common  pot  had  no 
charms  for  him.  'Feasting  was  wasteful/  he  said, 
'and  revellers  would  come  to  want/  And  when  they 
verified  his  prophecy,  and  were  full  of  hunger  and  empty 
of  salmon,  he  came  out  of  his  hermitage,  and  had  salmon 
to  sell. 

"  Hiaqua  was  the  pay  he  always  demanded ;  and 
as  he  was  a  very  wise  old  man,  and  knew  all  the  tide- 
ways of  Whulge,  and  all  the  enticing  ripples  and  placid 
spots  of  repose  in  every  river  where  fish  might  dash 
or  delay,  he  was  sure  to  have  salmon  when  others 
wanted,  and  thus  bagged  largely  of  its  precious  equiva- 
lent, hiaqua. 

"Not  only  a  mighty  fisher  was  the  sage,  but  a  mighty 
hunter,  and  elk,  the  greatest  animal  of  the  woods, 
was  the  game  he  loved.  Well  had  he  studied  every 
trail  where  elk  leave  the  print  of  their  hoofs,  and 
where,  tossing  their  heads,  they  bend  the  tender  twigs. 
Well  had  he  searched  through  the  broad  forest,  and 

42 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

found  the  long-haired  prairies  where  elk  feed  luxuri- 
ously ;  and  there,  from  behind  palisade  fir-trees,  he 
had  launched  the  fatal  arrow.  Sometimes,  also,  he 
lay  beside  a  pool  of  sweetest  water,  revealed  to  him 
by  gemmy  reflections  of  sunshine  gleaming  through 
the  woods,  until  at  noon  the  elk  came  down,  to  find 
death  awaiting  him  as  he  stooped  and  drank.  Or 
beside  the  same  fountain  the  old  man  watched  at  night, 
drowsily  starting  at  every  crackling  branch,  until, 
when  the  moon  was  high,  and  her  illumination  declared 
the  pearly  water,  elk  dashed  forth  incautious  into  the 
glade,  and  met  their  midnight  destiny. 

"Elk-meat,  too,  he  sold  to  his  tribe.  This  brought 
him  pelf,  but,  alas  for  his  greed,  the  pelf  came  slowly. 
Waters  and  woods  were  rich  in  game.  All  the  Squally- 
amish  were  hunters  and  fishers,  though  none  so  skilled 
as  he.  They  were  rarely  in  absolute  want,  and,  when 
they  came  to  him  for  supplies,  they  were  far  too  poor 
in  hiaqua. 

"So  the  old  man  thought  deeply,  and  communed 
with  his  wisdom,  and,  while  he  waited  for  fish  or  beast, 
he  took  advice  within  himself  from  his  demon,  — 
he  talked  with  Tamanoiis.  And  always  the  question 
was,  '  How  may  I  put  hiaqua  in  my  purse  ? ' 

"Tamanoiis  never  revealed  to  him  that  far  to  the 
north,  beyond  the  waters  of  Whulge,  are  tribes  with 
their  under  lip  pierced  with  a  fishbone,  among  whom 
hiaqua  is  plenty  as  salmonberries  are  in  the  woods 
what  time  in  mid-summer  salmon  fin  it  along  the 
reaches  of  Whulge. 

"But  the  more  Tamanoiis  did  not  reveal  to  him 
these  mysteries  of  nature,  the  more  he  kept  dreamily 
prying  into  his  own  mind,  endeavoring  to  devise  some 
scheme  by  which  he  might  discover  a  treasure-trove 
of  the  beloved  shell.  His  life  seemed  wasted  in  the 
patient,  frugal  industry,  which  only  brought  slow, 
meagre  gains.  He  wanted  the  splendid  elation  of 
vast  wealth  and  the  excitement  of  sudden  wealth. 

43 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

His  own  peculiar  tamanoiis  was  the  elk.  Elk  was 
also  his  totem,  the  cognizance  of  his  freemasonry  with 
those  of  his  own  family,  and  their  family  friends  in 
other  tribes.  Elk,  therefore,  were  every  way  identified 
with  his  life ;  and  he  hunted  them  farther  and  farther 
up  through  the  forests  on  the  flanks  of  Tacoma,  hop- 
ing that  some  day  his  tamanoiis  would  speak  in  the 
dying  groan  of  one  of  them,  and  gasp  out  the  secret 
of  the  mines  of  hiaqua,  his  heart's  desire. 

"Tacoma  was  so  white  and  glittering,  that  it  seemed 
to  stare  at  him  very  terribly  and  mockingly,  and  to 
know  his  shameful  avarice,  and  how  it  led  him  to  take 
from  starving  women  their  cherished  lip  and  nose 
jewels  of  hiaqua,  and  to  give  them  in  return  only 
tough  scraps  of  dried  elk-meat  and  salmon.  When 
men  are  shabby,  mean,  and  grasping,  they  feel  re- 
proached for  their  grovelling  lives  by  the  unearthliness 
of  nature's  beautiful  objects,  and  they  hate  flowers, 
and  sunsets,  mountains,  and  the  quiet  stars  of  heaven. 

"Nevertheless,"  continued  Hamitchou,  "this  wise 
old  fool  of  my  legend  went  on  stalking  elk  along  the 
sides  of  Tacoma,  ever  dreaming  of  wealth.  And  at 
last,  as  he  was  hunting  near  the  snows  one  day,  one 
very  clear  and  beautiful  day  of  late  summer,  when 
sunlight  was  magically  disclosing  far  distances,  and 
making  all  nature  supernaturally  visible  and  proximate, 
Tamanoiis  began  to  work  in  the  soul  of  the  miser. 

"Are  you  brave/  whispered  Tamanoiis  in  the 
strange,  ringing,  dull,  silent  thunder-tones  of  a  demon 
voice.  'Dare  you  go  to  the  caves  where  my  treasures 
are  hid  ?' 

"I  dare/  said  the  miser. 

"He  did  not  know  that  his  lips  had  syllabled  a  reply. 
He  did  not  even  hear  his  own  words.  But  all  the 
place  had  become  suddenly  vocal  with  echoes.  The 
great  rock  against  which  he  leaned  crashed  forth,  'I 
dare.'  Then  all  along  through  the  forest,  dashing 
from  tree  to  tree  and  lost  at  last  among  the  murmur- 

44 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

ing  of  breeze-shaken  leaves,  went  careering  his  answer, 
taken  up  and  repeated  scornfully,  *I  dare/  And  after 
a  silence,  while  the  daring  one  trembled  and  would 
gladly  have  ventured  to  shout,  for  the  companionship 
of  his  own  voice,  there  came  across  from  the  vast  snow 
wall  of  Tacoma  a  tone  like  the  muffled,  threatening 
plunge  of  an  avalanche  into  a  chasm,  'I  dare/ 

'You  dare/  said  Tamanoiis,  enveloping  him  with 
a  dread  sense  of  an  unseen,  supernatural  presence ; 
'you  pray  for  wealth  of  hiaqua.  Listen  !' 

"This  injunction  was  hardly  needed ;  the  miser 
was  listening  with  dull  eyes  kindled  and  starting.  He 
was  listening  with  every  rusty  hair  separating  from 
its  unkempt  mattedness,  and  outstanding  upright,  a 
caricature  of  an  aureole. 

"Listen/  said  Tamanoiis,  in  the  noonday  hush. 
And  then  Tamanoiis  vouchsafed  at  last  the  great 
secret  of  the  hiaqua  mines,  while  in  terror  near  to  death 
the  miser  heard,  and  every  word  of  guidance  toward 
the  hidden  treasure  of  the  mountains  seared  itself 
into  his  soul  ineffaceably. 

"Silence  came  again  more  terrible  now  than  the 
voice  of  Tamanoiis,  —  silence  under  the  shadow  of  the 
great  cliff,  —  silence  deepening  down  the  forest  vistas, 
—  silence  filling  the  void  up  to  the  snows  of  Tacoma. 
All  life  and  motion  seemed  paralyzed.  At  last  Skai-ki, 
the  Blue-Jay,  the  wise  bird,  foe  to  magic,  sang  cheerily 
overhead.  Her  song  seemed  to  refresh  again  the 
honest  laws  of  nature.  The  buzz  of  life  stirred  every- 
where again,  and  the  inspired  miser  rose  and  hastened 
home  to  prepare  for  his  work. 

"When  Tamanoiis  has  put  a  great  thought  in  a 
man's  brain,  has  whispered  him  a  great  discovery 
within  his  power,  or  hinted  at  a  great  crime,  that 
spiteful  demon  does  not  likewise  suggest  the  means  of 
accomplishment. 

"The  miser,  therefore,  must  call  upon  his  own  skill 
to  devise  proper  tools,  and  upon  his  own  judgment 

45 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

to  fix  upon  the  most  fitting  time  for  carrying  out  his 
quest.  Sending  his  squaw  out  to  the  kamas  prairie, 
under  pretence  that  now  was  the  season  for  her  to 
gather  their  winter  store  of  that  sickish-sweet  esculent 
root,  and  that  she  might  not  have  her  squaw's  curiosity 
aroused  by  seeing  him  at  strange  work,  he  began  his 
preparations.  He  took  a  pair  of  enormous  elk-horns, 
and  fashioned  from  each  horn  a  two-pronged  pick  or 
spade,  by  removing  all  the  antlers  except  the  two  top- 
most. He  packed  a  good  supply  of  kippered  salmon, 
and  filled  his  pouch  with  kinni  kinnick  for  smoking 
in  his  black  stone  pipe.  With  his  bow  and  arrows 
and  his  two  elk-horn  picks  wrapped  in  buckskin  hung 
at  his  back,  he  started  just  before  sunset,  as  if  for  a 
long  hunt.  His  old,  faithful,  maltreated,  blanketless, 
vermilionless  squaw,  returning  with  baskets  full  of 
kamas,  saw  him  disappearing  moodily  down  the  trail. 
"All  that  night,  all  the  day  following,  he  moved 
on  noiselessly  by  paths  he  knew.  He  hastened  on, 
unnoticing  outward  objects,  as  one  with  a  controlling 
purpose  hastens.  Elk  and  deer,  bounding  through 
the  trees,  passed  him,  but  he  tarried  not.  At  night 
he  camped  just  below  the  snows  of  Tacoma.  He  was 
weary,  weary,  and  chill  night-airs  blowing  down  from 
the  summit  almost  froze  him.  He  dared  not  take  his 
fire-sticks,  and,  placing  one  perpendicular  upon  a 
little  hollow  on  the  flat  side  of  the  other,  twirl  the  up- 
right stick  rapidly  between  his  palms  until  the  charred 
spot  kindled  and  lighted  his  'tipsoo/  his  dry,  tindery 
wool  of  inner  bark.  A  fire,  gleaming  high  upon  the 
mountain-side,  might  be  a  beacon  to  draw  thither 
any  night-wandering  savage  to  watch  in  ambush, 
and  learn  the  path  toward  the  mines  of  hiaqua.  So 
he  drowsed  chilly  and  fireless,  awakened  often  by  dread 
sounds  of  crashing  and  rumbling  among  the  chasms 
of  Tacoma.  He  desponded  bitterly,  almost  ready  to 
abandon  his  quest,  almost  doubting  whether  he  had 
in  truth  received  a  revelation,  whether  his  interview 

46 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

with  Tamanoiis  had  not  been  a  dream,  and  finally 
whether  all  the  hiaqua  in  the  world  was  worth  this 
toil  and  anxiety.  Fortunate  is  the  sage  who  at  such 
a  point  turns  back  and  buys  his  experience  without 
worse  befalling  him. 

"Past  midnight  he  suddenly  was  startled  from  his 
drowse,  and  sat  bolt  upright  in  terror.  A  light. 
Was  there  another  searcher  in  the  forest,  and  a  bolder 
than  he  ?  That  flame  just  glimmering  over  the  tree- 
tops,  was  it  a  camp-fire  of  friend  or  foe  ?  Had  Tama- 
noiis been  revealing  to  another  the  great  secret  ?  No, 
smiled  the  miser,  his  eyes  fairly  open,  and  discovering 
that  the  new  light  was  the  moon.  He  had  been  wait- 
ing for  her  illumination  of  paths  heretofore  untrodden 
by  mortal.  She  did  not  show  her  full,  round  jolly 
face,  but  turned  it  askance  as  if  she  hardly  liked  to  be 
implicated  in  this  night's  transaction. 

"However,  it  was  light  he  wanted,  not  sympathy, 
and  he  started  up  at  once  to  climb  over  the  dim  snows. 
The  surface  was  packed  by  the  night's  frost,  and  his 
moccasins  gave  him  firm  hold  ;  yet  he  travelled  but 
slowly,  and  could  not  always  save  himself  from  a 
glissade  backwards,  and  a  bruise  upon  some  project- 
ing knob  or  crag.  Sometimes,  upright  fronts  of  ice 
diverted  him  for  long  circuits,  or  a  broken  wall  of  cold 
cliff  arose,  which  he  must  surmount  painfully.  Once 
or  twice  he  stuck  fast  in  a  crevice,  and  hardly  drew 
himself  out  by  placing  his  bundle  of  picks  across  the 
crack.  As  he  plodded  and  floundered  thus  deviously 
and  toilsomely  upward,  at  last  the  wasted  moon  gan 
pale  overhead,  and  under  foot  the  snow  grew  rosy 
with  coming  dawn.  The  dim  world  about  the  moun- 
tain's base  displayed  something  of  its  vast  detail. 
He  could  see,  more  positively  than  by  moonlight,  the 
far-reaching  arteries  of  mist  marking  the  organism 
of  Whulge  beneath ;  and  what  had  been  but  a  black 
chaos  now  revealed  itself  into  the  Alpine  forest  whence 
he  had  come. 

47 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

"  But  he  troubled  himself  little  with  staring  about ; 
up  he  looked,  for  the  summit  was  at  hand.  To  win 
that  summit  was  wellnigh  the  attainment  of  his  hopes, 
if  Tamanoiis  were  true ;  and  that,  with  the  flush  of 
morning  ardor  upon  him,  he  could  not  doubt.  There, 
in  a  spot  Tamanoiis  had  revealed  to  him,  was  hiaqua, 
—  hiaqua  that  should  make  him  the  richest  and  greatest 
of  all  the  Squallyamish. 

"The  chill  before  sunrise  was  upon  him  as  he  reached 
the  last  curve  of  the  dome.  Sunrise  and  he  struck  the 
summit  together.  Together  sunrise  and  he  looked 
over  the  glacis.  They  saw  within  a  great  hollow  all 
covered  with  the  whitest  of  snow,  save  at  the  centre, 
where  a  black  lake  lay  deep  in  a  well  of  purple  rock. 

"At  the  eastern  end  of  this  lake  was  a  small,  irregu- 
lar plain  of  snow,  marked  by  three  stones  like  monu- 
ments. Towards  these  the  miser  sprang  rapidly,  with 
full  sunshine  streaming  after  him  over  the  snows. 

"The  first  monument  he  examined  with  keen  looks. 
It  was  tall  as  a  giant  man,  and  its  top  was  fashioned 
into  the  grotesque  likeness  of  a  salmon's  head.  He 
turned  from  this  to  inspect  the  second.  It  was  of 
similar  height,  but  bore  at  its  apex  an  object  in  shape 
like  the  regular  flame  of  a  torch.  As  he  approached, 
he  presently  discovered  that  this  was  an  image  of  the 
kamas-bulb  in  stone.  These  two  semblances  of  prime 
necessities  of  Indian  life  delayed  him  but  an  instant, 
and  he  hastened  on  to  the  third  monument,  which  stood 
apart  on  a  perfect  level.  The  third  stone  was  capped 
by  something  he  almost  feared  to  behold,  lest  it  should 
prove  other  than  his  hopes.  Every  word  of  Tamanoiis 
had  thus  far  proved  veritable  ;  but  might  there  not  be 
a  bitter  deceit  at  the  last  ?  The  miser  trembled. 

"Yes,  Tamanoiis  was  trustworthy.  The  third  monu- 
ment was  as  the  old  man  anticipated.  It  was  a  stone 
elk's  head,  such  as  it  appears  in  earliest  summer,  when 
the  antlers  are  sprouting  lustily  under  their  rough 
jacket  of  velvet. 

48 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

"You  remember,  Boston  tyee,"  continued  Hamit- 
chou,  "that  Elk  was  the  old  man's  tamanoiis,  the 
incarnation  for  him  of  the  universal  Tamanoiis.  He 
therefore  was  right  joyous  at  this  good  omen  of  pro- 
tection ;  and  his  heart  grew  big  and  swollen  with  hope, 
as  the  black  salmon-berry  swells  in  a  swamp  in  June. 
He  threw  down  his  'ikta';  every  impediment  he  laid 
down  upon  the  snow ;  and,  unwrapping  his  two  picks 
of  elk-horn,  he  took  the  stoutest,  and  began  to  dig 
in  the  frozen  snow  at  the  foot  of  the  elk-head  monu- 
ment. 

"No  sooner  had  he  struck  the  first  blow  than  he 
heard  behind  him  a  sudden  puff,  such  as  a  seal  makes 
when  it  comes  to  the  surface  to  breathe.  Turning 
round  much  startled,  he  saw  a  huge  otter  just  clamber- 
ing up  over  the  edge  of  the  lake.  The  otter  paused, 
and  struck  on  the  snow  with  his  tail,  whereupon  another 
otter  and  another  appeared,  until,  following  their 
leader  in  slow  and  solemn  file,  were  twelve  other 
otters,  marching  toward  the  miser.  The  twelve  ap- 
proached, and  drew  up  in  a  circle  around  him.  Each 
was  twice  as  large  as  any  otter  ever  seen.  Their 
chief  was  four  times  as  large  as  the  most  gigantic  otter 
ever  seen  in  the  regions  of  Whulge,  and  certainly  was 
as  great  as  a  seal.  When  the  twelve  were  arranged, 
their  leader  skipped  to  the  top  of  the  elk-head  stone, 
and  sat  there  between  the  horns.  Then  the  whole 
thirteen  gave  a  mighty  puff  in  chorus. 

"The  hunter  of  hiaqua  was  for  a  moment  abashed 
at  his  uninvited  ring  of  spectators.  But  he  had  seen 
otter  before,  and  bagged  them.  These  he  could  not 
waste  time  to  shoot,  even  if  a  phalanx  so  numerous 
were  not  formidable.  Besides,  they  might  be  tama- 
noiis. He  took  to  his  pick  and  began  digging  stoutly. 

"He  soon  made  way  in  the  snow,  and  came  to  solid 
rock  beneath.  At  every  thirteenth  stroke  of  his  pick, 
the  fugelman  otter  tapped  with  his  tail  on  the  monu- 
ment. Then  the  choir  of  lesser  otters  tapped  together 

E  49 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

with  theirs  on  the  snow.  This  caudal  action  produced 
a  dull,  muffled  sound,  as  if  there  were  a  vast  hollow 
below. 

"Digging  with  all  his  force,  by  and  by  the  seeker 
for  treasure  began  to  tire,  and  laid  down  his  elk-horn 
spade  to  wipe  the  sweat  from  his  brow.  Straightway 
the  fugleman  otter  turned,  and,  swinging  his  tail, 
gave  the  weary  man  a  mighty  thump  on  the  shoulder ; 
and  the  whole  band,  imitating,  turned,  and,  backing 
inward,  smote  him  with  centripetal  tails,  until  he 
resumed  his  labors,  much  bruised. 

"The  rock  lay  first  in  plates,  then  in  scales.  These  it 
was  easy  to  remove.  Presently,  however,  as  the  miser 
pried  carelessly  at  a  larger  mass,  he  broke  his  elkhorn 
tool.  Fugleman  otter  leaped  down,  and  seizing  the 
supplemental  pick  between  his  teeth,  mouthed  it  over 
to  the  digger.  Then  the  amphibious  monster  took 
in  the  same  manner  the  broken  pick,  and  bore  it  round 
the  circle  of  his  suite,  who  inspected  it  gravely  with 
puffs. 

"These  strange,  magical  proceedings  disconcerted 
and  somewhat  baffled  the  miser ;  but  he  plucked  up 
heart,  for  the  prize  was  priceless,  and  worked  on  more 
cautiously  with  his  second  pick.  At  last  its  blows 
and  the  regular  thumps  of  the  otter's  tails  called  forth 
a  sound  hollower  and  hollower.  His  circle  of  specta- 
tors narrowed  so  that  he  could  feel  their  panting  breath 
as  they  bent  curiously  over  the  little  pit  he  had  dug. 

"The  crisis  was  evidently  at  hand. 

"He  lifted  each  scale  of  rock  more  delicately.  Fi- 
nally he  raised  a  scale  so  thin  that  it  cracked  into  flakes 
as  he  turned  it  over.  Beneath  was  a  large  square 
cavity. 

"  It  was  filled  to  the  brim  with  hiaqua. 

"  He  was  a  millionnaire. 

"The  otters  recognized  him  as  the  favorite  of  Tama- 
noiis,  and  retired  to  a  respectful  distance. 

"For  some  moments  he  gazed  on  his  treasure,  tak- 

5° 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

ing  thought  of  his  future  proud  grandeur  among  the 
dwellers  by  Whulge.  He  plunged  his  arm  deep  as 
he  could  go ;  there  was  still  nothing  but  the  precious 
shells.  He  smiled  to  himself  in  triumph ;  he  had 
wrung  the  secret  from  Tamanoiis.  Then,  as  he  with- 
drew his  arm,  the  rattle  of  the  hiaqua  recalled  him  to 
the  present.  He  saw  that  noon  was  long  past,  and 
he  must  proceed  to  reduce  his  property  to  possession. 

"The  hiaqua  was  strung  upon  long,  stout  sinews 
of  elk,  in  bunches  of  fifty  shells  on  each  side.  Four 
of  these  he  wound  about  his  waist ;  three  he  hung 
across  each  shoulder ;  five  he  took  in  each  hand ;  - 
twenty  strings  of  pure  white  hiaqua,  every  shell  large, 
smooth,  unbroken,  beautiful.  He  could  carry  no 
more ;  hardly  even  with  this  could  he  stagger  along. 
He  put  down  his  burden  for  a  moment,  while  he  cov- 
ered up  the  seemingly  untouched  wealth  of  the  deposit 
carefully  with  the  scale  stones,  and  brushed  snow  over 
the  whole. 

"The  miser  never  dreamed  of  gratitude,  never 
thought  to  hang  a  string  from  the  buried  treasure 
about  the  salmon  and  kamas  tamanous  stones,  and 
two  strings  around  the  elk's  head ;  no,  all  must  be 
his  own,  all  he  could  carry  now,  and  the  rest  for  the 
future. 

"He  turned,  and  began  his  climb  toward  the  crater's 
edge.  At  once  the  otters,  with  a  mighty  puff  in  concert, 
took  up  their  line  of  procession,  and,  plunging  into  the 
black  lake,  began  to  beat  the  water  with  their  tails. 

"The  miser  could  hear  the  sound  of  splashing  water 
as  he  struggled  upward  through  the  snow,  now  melted 
and  yielding.  It  was  a  long  hour  of  harsh  toil  and 
much  backsliding  before  he  reached  the  rim,  and  turned 
to  take  one  more  view  of  this  valley  of  good  fortune. 

"As  he  looked,  a  thick  mist  began  to  rise  from  the 
lake  centre,  where  the  otters  were  splashing.  Under 
the  mist  grew  a  cylinder  of  black  cloud,  utterly  hiding 
the  water. 

51 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

"Terrible  are  storms  in  the  mountains ;  but  in  this 
looming  mass  was  a  terror  more  dread  than  any  hurri- 
cane of  ruin  ever  bore  within  its  wild  vortexes,  Ta- 
manoiis  was  in  that  black  cylinder,  and  as  it  strode 
forward,  chasing  in  the  very  path  of  the  miser,  he 
shuddered,  for  his  wealth  and  his  life  were  in  danger. 

"However,  it  might  be  but  a  common  storm.  Sun- 
light was  bright  as  ever  overhead  in  heaven,  and  all 
the  lovely  world  below  lay  dreamily  fair,  in  that  after- 
noon of  summer,  at  the  feet  of  the  rich  man,  who  now 
was  hastening  to  be  its  king.  He  stepped  from  the 
crater  edge  and  began  his  descent. 

"  Instantly  the  storm  overtook  him.  He  was  thrown 
down  by  its  first  assault,  flung  over  a  rough  bank  of 
iciness,  and  lay  at  the  foot  torn  and  bleeding,  but 
clinging  still  to  his  precious  burden.  Each  hand 
still  held  its  five  strings  of  hiaqua.  In  each  hand  he 
bore  a  nation's  ransom.  He  staggered  to  his  feet 
against  the  blast.  Utter  night  was  around  him,  — 
night  as  if  daylight  had  forever  perished,  had  never 
come  into  being  from  chaos.  The  roaring  of  the  storm 
had  also  deafened  and  bewildered  him  with  its  wild 
uproar. 

"Present  in  every  crash  and  thunder  of  the  gale 
was  a  growing  undertone,  which  the  miser  well  knew 
to  be  the  voice  of  Tamanoiis.  A  deadly  shuddering 
shook  him.  Heretofore  that  potent  Unseen  had  been 
his  friend  and  guide  ;  there  had  been  awe,  but  no  terror, 
in  his  words.  Now  the  voice  of  Tamanoiis  was  inarti- 
culate, but  the  miser  could  divine  in  that  sound  an 
unspeakable  threat  of  wrath  and  vengeance.  Floating 
upon  this  undertone  were  sharper  tamanoiis  voices, 
snouting  and  screaming  always  sneeringly,  'Ha,  ha, 
hiaqua  !  —  ha,  ha,  ha  !' 

"Whenever  the  miser  essayed  to  move  and  continue 
his  descent,  a  whirlwind  caught  him,  and  with  much 
ado  tossed  him  hither  and  thither,  leaving  him  at 
last  flung  and  imprisoned  in  a  pinching  crevice,  or 

52 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

buried  to  the  eyes  in  a  snowdrift,  or  bedded  upside 
down  on  a  shaggy  boulder,  or  gnawed  by  lacerating 
lava  jaws.  Sharp  torture  the  old  man  was  encounter- 
ing, but  he  held  fast  to  his  hiaqua. 

"The  blackness  grew  ever  deeper  and  more  crowded 
with  perdition ;  the  din  more  impish,  demoniac,  and 
devilish ;  the  laughter  more  appalling ;  and  the  miser 
more  and  more  exhausted  with  vain  buffeting.  He 
determined  to  propitate  exasperated  Tamanoiis  with 
a  sacrifice.  He  threw  into  the  black  cylinder  storm 
his  left-handful,  five  strings  of  precious  hiaqua." 

"Somewhat  long-winded  is  thy  legend,  Hamitchou, 
Great  Medicine-Man  of  the  Squallyamish,"  quoth  I. 
"Why  didn't  the  old  fool  drop  his  wampum,  —  shell 
out,  as  one  might  say,  —  and  make  tracks?" 

"Well,  well!"  continued  Hamitchou;  "when  the 
miser  had  thrown  away  his  first  handful  of  hiaqua, 
there  was  a  momentary  lull  in  elemental  war,  and  he 
heard  the  otters  puffing  around  him  invisible.  Then 
the  storm  renewed,  blacker,  louder,  harsher,  crueller 
than  before,  and  over  the  dread  undertone  of  the  voice 
of  Tamanoiis,  tamanoiis  voices  again  screamed,  'Ha, 
ha,  ha,  hiaqua!'  and  it  seemed  as  if  tamanoiis  hands, 
or  the  paws  of  the  demon  otters,  clutched  at  the  miser's 
right-handful  and  tore  at  his  shoulder  and  waist  belts. 

"So,  while  darkness  and  tempest  still  buffeted  the 
hapless  old  man,  and  thrust  him  away  from  his  path, 
and  while  the  roaring  was  wickeder  than  the  roars  of 
tens  and  tens  of  tens  of  bears  when  ahungered  they 
pounce  upon  a  plain  of  kamas,  gradually  wounded 
and  terrified  he  flung  away  string  after  string  of  hiaqua, 
gaining  never  any  notice  of  such  sacrifice,  except  an 
instant's  lull  of  the  cyclone  and  a  puff  from  the  invisible 
otters. 

"The  last  string  he  clung  to  long,  and  before  he 
threw  it  to  be  caught  and  whirled  after  its  fellows,  he 
tore  off  a  single  bunch  of  fifty  shells.  But  upon  this, 
too,  the  storm  laid  its  clutches.  In  the  final  desperate 

53 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

struggle  the  old  man  was  wounded  so  sternly  that 
when  he  had  given  up  his  last  relic  of  the  mighty 
treasure,  when  he  had  thrown  into  the  formless  chaos, 
instinct  with  Tamanoiis,  his  last  propitiatory  offering, 
he  sank  and  became  insensible. 

"It  seemed  a  long  slumber  to  him,  but  at  last  he 
awoke.  The  jagged  moon  was  just  paling  overhead, 
and  he  heard  Skai-ki,  the  Blue-Jay,  foe  to  magic,  sing- 
ing welcome  to  sunrise.  It  was  the  very  spot  whence 
he  started  at  morning. 

"He  was  hungry,  and  felt  for  his  bag  of  kamas  and 
pouch  of  smokeleaves.  There,  indeed,  by  his  side 
were  the  elk-sinew  strings  of  the  bag,  and  the  black 
stone  pipe-bowl,  —  but  no  bag,  no  kamas,  no  kinni 
kinnik.  The  whole  spot  was  thick  with  kamas  plants, 
strangely  out  of  place  on  the  mountain-side,  and  over- 
head grew  a  large  arbutus-tree,  with  glistening  leaves, 
ripe  for  smoking.  The  old  man  found  his  hardwood 
fire-sticks  safe  under  the  herbage,  and  soon  twirled 
a  light,  and,  nurturing  it  in  dry  grass,  kindled  a  cheery 
fire.  He  plucked  up  kamas,  set  it  to  roast,  and  laid 
a  store  of  the  arbutus-leaves  to  dry  on  a  flat  stone. 

"After  he  had  made  a  hearty  breakfast  of  the  chest- 
nut-like kamas-bulbs,  and,  smoking  the  thoughtful 
pipe,  was  reflecting  on  the  events  of  yesterday,  he 
became  aware  of  an  odd  change  in  his  condition.  He 
was  not  bruised  and  wounded  from  head  to  foot,  as 
he  expected,  but  very  stiff  only,  and  as  he  stirred,  his 
joints  creaked  like  the  creak  of  a  lazy  paddle  upon  the 
rim  of  a  canoe.  Skai-ki,  the  Blue-Jay,  was  singularly 
familiar  with  him,  hopping  from  her  perch  in  the  arbu- 
tus, and  alighting  on  his  head.  As  he  put  his  hand 
to  dislodge  her,  he  touched  his  scratching-stick  of 
bone,  and  attempted  to  pass  it,  as  usual,  through  his 
hair.  The  hair  was  matted  and  interlaced  into  a 
network  reaching  fully  two  ells  down  his  back.  *  Ta- 
manoiis/ thought  the  old  man. 

"Chiefly  he  was  conscious  of  a  mental  change.     He 

54 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

was  calm  and  content.  Hiaqua  and  wealth  seemed  to 
have  lost  their  charms  for  him.  Tacoma,  shining 
like  gold  and  silver  and  precious  stones  of  gayest 
lustre,  seemed  a  benign  comrade  and  friend.  All  the 
outer  world  was  cheerful  and  satisfying.  He  thought 
he  had  never  awakened  to  a  fresher  morning.  He  was 
a  young  man  again,  except  for  that  unusual  stiffness 
and  unmelodious  creaking  joints.  He  felt  no  appre- 
hension of  any  presence  of  a  deputy  tamanoiis,  sent 
by  Tamanoiis  to  do  malignities  upon  him  in  the  lonely 
wood.  Great  Nature  had  a  kindly  aspect,  and  made 
its  divinity  perceived  only  by  the  sweet  notes  of  birds 
and  the  hum  of  forest  life,  and  by  a  joy  that  clothed 
his  being.  And  now  he  found  in  his  heart  a  sympathy 
for  man,  and  a  longing  to  meet  his  old  acquaintances 
down  by  the  shores  of  Whulge. 

"He  rose,  and  started  on  the  downward  way,  smil- 
ing, and  sometimes  laughing  heartily  at  the  strange 
croaking,  moaning,  cracking,  and  rasping  of  his  joints. 
But  soon  motion  set  the  lubricating  valves  at  work, 
and  the  sockets  grew  slippery  again.  He  marched 
rapidly,  hastening  out  of  loneliness  into  society.  The 
world  of  wood,  glade,  and  stream  seemed  to  him 
strangely  altered.  Old  colossal  trees,  firs  behind  which 
he  had  hidden  when  on  the  hunt,  cedars  under  whose 
drooping  shade  he  had  lurked,  were  down,  and  lay 
athwart  his  path,  transformed  into  immense  mossy 
mounds,  like  barrows  of  giants,  over  which  he  must 
clamber  warily,  lest  he  sink  and  be  half  stifled  in  the  dust 
of  rotten  wood.  Had  Tamanoiis  been  widely  at  work 
in  that  eventful  night  ?  —  or  had  the  spiritual  change 
the  old  man  felt  affected  his  views  of  the  outer  world  ? 

"Travelling  downward,  he  advanced  rapidly,  and 
just  before  sunset  came  to  the  prairies  where  his  lodge 
should  be.  Everything  had  seemed  to  him  so  totally 
altered,  that  he  tarried  a  moment  in  the  edge  of  the 
woods  to  take  an  observation  before  approaching  his 
home.  There  was  a  lodge,  indeed,  in  the  old  spot, 

55 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

but  a  newer  and  far  handsomer  one  than  he  had  left 
on  the  fourth  evening  before. 

"A  very  decrepit  old  squaw,  ablaze  with  vermilion 
and  decked  with  countless  strings  of  hiaqua  and  costly 
beads,  was  seated  on  the  ground  near  the  door,  tending 
a  kettle  of  salmon,  whose  blue  and  fragrant  steam 
mingled  pleasantly  with  the  golden  haze  of  sunset. 
She  resembled  his  own  squaw  in  countenance,  as  an 
ancient  smoked  salmon  is  like  a  newly-dried  salmon. 
If  she  was  indeed  his  spouse,  she  was  many  years  older 
than  when  he  saw  her  last,  and  much  better  dressed 
than  the  respectable  lady  had  ever  been  during  his 
miserly  days. 

"He  drew  near  quietly.  The  bedizened  dame  was 
crooning  a  chant,  very  dolorous,  —  like  this : 

'My  old  man  has  gone,  gone,  gone,  — 
My  old  man  to  Tacoma,  has  gone. 
To  hunt  the  elk,  he  went  long  ago. 
When  will  he  come  down,  down,  down, 
Down  to  the  salmon-pot  and  me  ?' 

'He  has  come  from  Tacoma  down,  down,  down,  — 
Down  to  the  salmon-pot  and  thee,' 

shouted  the  reformed  miser,  rushing  forward  to  supper 
and  his  faithful  wife." 

"And  how  did  Penelope  explain  the  mystery?"  I 
asked. 

"If  you  mean  the  old  lady,"  replied  Hamitchou, 
"she  was  my  grandmother,  and  I'd  thank  you  not  to 
call  names.  She  told  my  grandfather  that  he  had  been 
gone  many  years ;  —  she  could  not  tell  how  many, 
having  dropped  her  tally-stick  in  the  fire  by  accident 
that  very  day.  She  also  told  him  how,  in  despite  of 
the  entreaties  of  many  a  chief  who  knew  her  economic 
virtues,  and  prayed  her  to  become  mistress  of  his 
household,  she  had  remained  constant  to  the  Absent, 
and  forever  kept  the  hopeful  salmon-pot  boiling  for 
his  return.  She  had  distracted  her  mind  from  the 

56 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

bitterness  of  sorrow  by  trading  in  kamas  and  magic 
herbs,  and  had  thus  acquired  a  genteel  competence. 
The  excellent  dame  then  exhibited  with  great  com- 
placency her  gains,  most  of  which  she  had  put  in  the 
portable  and  secure  form  of  personal  ornament,  mak- 
ing herself  a  resplendent  magazine  of  valuable  frippery. 

"Little  cared  the  repentant  sage  for  such  things. 
But  he  was  rejoiced  to  be  again  at  home  and  at  peace, 
and  near  his  own  early  gains  of  hiaqua  and  treasure, 
buried  in  a  place  of  security.  These,  however,  he 
no  longer  over-esteemed  and  hoarded.  He  imparted 
whatever  he  possessed,  material  treasures  or  stores  of 
wisdom  and  experience,  freely  to  all  the  land.  Every 
dweller  by  Whulge  came  to  him  for  advice  how  to 
chase  the  elk,  how  to  troll  or  spear  the  salmon,  and 
how  to  propitiate  Tamanoiis.  He  became  the  Great 
Medicine  Man  of  the  siwashes,  a  benefactor  tp  his 
tribe  and  his  race. 

"Within  a  year  after  he  came  down  from  his  long 
nap  on  the  side  of  Tacoma,  a  child,  my  father,  was 
born  to  him.  The  sage  lived  many  years,  beloved  and 
revered,  and  on  his  deathbed,  long  before  the  Boston 
tilicum  or  any  blanketeers  were  seen  in  the  regions  of 
Whulge,  he  told  this  history  to  my  father,  as  a  lesson 
and  a  warning.  My  father,  dying,  told  it  to  me. 
But  I,  alas !  have  no  son ;  I  grow  old,  and  lest  this 
wisdom  perish  from  the  earth,  and  Tamanoiis  be  again 
obliged  to  interpose  against  avarice,  I  tell  the  tale  to 
thee,  O  Boston  tyee.  Mayest  thou  and  thy  nation 
not  disdain  this  lesson  of  an  earlier  age,  but  profit  by  it 
and  be  wise." 

So  far  Hamitchou  recounted  his  legend  without  the 
palisades  of  Fort  Nisqually,  and  motioning,  in  expres- 
sive pantomine,  at  the  close,  that  he  was  dry  with  big 
talk,  and  would  gladly  wet  his  whistle. 

[Chapter  VIII,  beginning  at  page  155  of  the  original 
publication,  is  entitled  :  "Sowee  House — Loolowcan."] 

57 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

I  had  not  long,  that  noon  of  August,  from  the  top 
of  La  Tete,  to  study  Tacoma,  scene  of  Hamitchou's 
wild  legend.  Humanity  forbade  dalliance.  While  I 
fed  my  soul  with  sublimity,  Klale  and  his  comrades 
were  wretched  with  starvation.  But  the  summit  of 
the  pass  is  near.  A  few  struggles  more,  Klale  the 
plucky,  and  thy  empty  sides  shall  echo  less  drum-like. 
Up  stoutly,  my  steeds ;  up  a  steep  but  little  less  than 
perpendicular,  paw  over  these  last  trunks  of  the  barri- 
cades in  our  trail,  and  ye  have  won ! 

So  it  was.  The  angle  of  our  ascent  suddenly  broke 
down  from  ninety  to  fifteen,  then  to  nothing.  We 
had  reached  the  plateau.  Here  were  the  first  prairies. 
Nibble  in  these,  my  nags,  for  a  few  refreshing  moments, 
and  then  on  to  superlative  dinners  in  lovelier  spots 
just  beyond. 

Let  no  one,  exaggerating  the  joys  of  campaigning, 
with  Horace's  "Militia  potior  est,"  deem  that  there 
is  no  compensating  pang  among  them.  Is  it  a  pleas- 
ant thing,  O  traveller  only  in  dreams,  envier  of  the 
voyager  in  reality,  to  urge  tired,  reluctant,  and  unfed 
mustangs  up  a  mountain  pass,  even  for  their  own  good  ? 
In  such  a  case  a  man,  the  humanest  and  gentlest,  must 
adopt  the  manners  of  a  brute.  He  must  ply  the  whip, 
and  that  cruelly ;  otherwise,  no  go.  At  first,  as  he 
smites,  he  winces,  for  he  has  struck  his  own  sensibil- 
ities ;  by  and  by  he  hardens  himself,  and  thrashes 
without  a  tremor.  When  the  cortege  arrives  at  an 
edible  prairie,  gastronomic  satisfaction  will  put  Lethean 
freshness  in  the  battered  hide  of  every  horse. 

We  presently  turned  just  aside  from  the  trail  into  an 
episode  of  beautiful  prairie,  one  of  a  succession  along 
the  plateau  at  the  crest  of  the  range.  At  this  height 
of  about  five  thousand  feet,  the  snows  remain  until 
June.  In  this  fair,  oval,  forest-circled  prairie  of  my 
nooning,  the  grass  was  long  and  succulent,  as  if  it 
grew  in  the  bed  of  a  drained  lake.  The  horses,  un- 
dressed, were  allowed  to  plunge  and  wallow  in  the  deep 

58 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

herbage.  Only  horse  heads  soon  could  be  seen,  mov- 
ing about  like  their  brother  hippopotami,  swimming  in 
sedges. 

To  me  it  was  luxury  enough  not  to  be  a  whip  for  a 
time.  Over  and  above  this,  I  had  the  charm  of  a 
quiet  nooning  on  a  bank  of  emerald  turf,  by  a  spring, 
at  the  edge  of  a  clump  of  evergreens.  I  took  my 
luncheon  of  cold  salt  pork  and  doughy  biscuit  by  a 
well  of  brightest  water.  I  called  in  no  proxy  of  tin 
cup  to  aid  me  in  saluting  this  sparkling  creature,  but 
stooped  and  kissed  the  spring.  When  I  had  rendered 
my  first  homage  thus  to  the  goddess  of  the  fountain, 
Mgle  herself,  perhaps,  fairest  of  Naiads,  I  drank 
thirstily  of  the  medium  in  which  she  dwelt.  A  bub- 
bling dash  of  water  leaped  up  and  splashed  my  visage 
as  I  withdrew.  Why  so,  sweet  fountain,  which  I  may 
name  Hippocrene,  since  hoofs  of  Klale  have  caused  me 
thy  discovery  ?  Is  this  a  rebuff  ?  If  there  ever  was 
lover  who  little  merited  such  treatment  it  is  I.  "Not 
so,  appreciative  stranger,"  came  up  in  other  bubbling 
gushes  the  responsive  voice  of  Nature  through  sweet 
vibrations  of  the  melodious  fount.  "Never  a  Nymph 
of  mine  will  thrust  thee  back.  This  sudden  leap  of 
water  was  a  movement  of  sympathy,  and  a  gentle 
emotion  of  hospitality.  The  Naiad  there  was  offering 
thee  her  treasure  liberally,  and  saying  that,  drink  as 
thou  wilt,  I,  her  mother  Nature,  have  commanded 
my  winds  and  sun  to  distil  thee  fresh  supplies,  and  my 
craggy  crevices  are  filtering  it  in  the  store-houses,  that 
it  may  be  offered  to  every  welcome  guest,  pure  and 
cool  as  airs  of  dawn.  Stoop  down,"  continued  the 
voice,  "thirsty  wayfarer,  and  kiss  again  my  daughter  of 
the  fountain,  nor  be  abashed  if  she  meets  thee  half- 
way. She  knows  that  a  true  lover  will  never  scorn  his 
love's  delicate  advances." 

In  response  to  such  invitation,  and  the  more  for 
my  thirsty  slices  of  pork,  I  lapped  the  aerated  tipple 
in  its  goblet,  whose  stem  reaches  deep  into  the  bubble 

59 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

laboratories.  I  lapped,  —  an  excellent  test  of  pluck 
in  the  days  of  Gideon  son  of  Barak ;  —  and  why  ? 
For  many  reasons,  but  among  them  for  this ;  —  he 
who  lying  prone  can  with  stout  muscular  gullet  swallow 
water,  will  be  also  able  to  swallow  back  into  position 
his  heart,  when  in  moments  of  tremor  it  leaps  into  his 
throat. 

When  I  had  lapped  plenteously,  I  lay  and  let  the 
breeze-shaken  shadows  smooth  me  into  smiling  mood, 
while  my  sympathies  overflowed  to  enjoy  with  my 
horses  their  dinner.  They  fed  like  school-boys  home 
for  Thanksgiving,  in  haste  lest  the  present  banquet, 
too  good  to  be  true,  prove  Barmecide.  A  feast  of 
colossal  grasses  placed  itself  at  the  lips  of  the  break- 
fastless  stud.  They  champed  as  their  nature  was  ;  — - 
Klale  like  a  hungry  gentleman,  —  Gubbins  like  a 
hungry  clodhopper,  —  Antipodes  like  a  lubberly  oaf. 
They  were  laying  in,  according  to  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company's  rule,  supply  at  this  meal  for  five  days ; 
without  such  power,  neither  man  nor  horse  is  fit  to 
tramp  the  Northwest. 

I  lay  on  the  beautiful  verdant  bank,  plucking  now 
dextrously  and  now  sinistrously  of  strawberries,  that 
summer,  climbing  late  to  these  snowy  heights,  had  just 
ripened.  Medical  men  command  us  to  swallow  twice 
a  day  one  bitter  pill  confectioned  of  all  disgust.  Nature 
doses  us,  by  no  means  against  our  will,  with  many 
sweet  boluses  of  delight,  berries  compacted  of  acidu- 
lated, sugary  spiciness.  Nature,  tenderest  of  leeches, 
—  no  bolus  of  hers  is  pleasanter  medicament  than  her 
ruddy  strawberries.  She  shaped  them  like  Minie- 
balls,  that  they  might  traverse  unerringly  to  the  cell 
of  most  dulcet  digestion.  Over  their  glistening  sur- 
faces she  peppered  little  golden  dots  to  act  as  obstacles 
lest  they  should  glide  too  fleetly  over  the  surfaces  of 
taste,  and  also  to  gently  rasp  them  into  keener  sensi- 
tiveness. Mongers  of  pestled  poisons  may  punch  their 
pills  in  malodorous  mortars,  roll  them  in  floury  palms, 

60 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

pack  them  in  pink  boxes,  and  send  them  forth  to  dis- 
tress a  world  of  patients :  —  but  Nature,  who  if  she 
even  feels  one's  pulse  does  it  by  a  gentle  pressure  of 
atmosphere,  —  Nature,  knowing  that  her  children  in 
their  travels  always  need  lively  tonics,  tells  wind,  sun, 
and  dew,  servitors  of  hers,  clean  and  fine  of  touch,  to 
manipulate  gay  strawberries,  and  dispose  them  at- 
tractively on  fair  green  terraces,  shaded  at  parching 
noon.  Of  these  lovely  fabrics  of  pithy  pulpiness,  no 
limit  to  the  dose,  if  the  invalid  does  as  Nature  intended, 
and  plucks  for  himself,  with  fingers  rosy  and  fragrant. 
I  plucked  of  them,  as  far  as  I  could  reach  on  either  side 
of  me,  and  then  lay  drowsily  reposing  on  my  couch  at 
the  summit  of  the  Cascade  Pass,  under  the  shade  of  a 
fir,  which,  outstanding  from  the  forest,  had  changed 
its  columnar  structure  into  a  pyramidal,  and  had 
branches  all  along  its  stalwart  trunk,  instead  of  a  mere 
tuft  at  the  top. 

In  this  shade  I  should  have  known  the  tree  which 
gave  it,  without  looking  up,  —  not  because  the  sharp 
little  spicular  leaves  of  the  fir,  miniatures  of  that  sword 
Rome  used  to  open  the  world,  its  oyster,  would  drop 
and  plunge  themselves  into  my  eyes,  or  would  insert 
their  blades  down  my  back  and  scarify,  —  but  because 
there  is  an  influence  and  sentiment  in  umbrages,  and 
under  every  tree  its  own  atmosphere.  Elms  refine 
and  have  a  graceful  elegiac  effect  upon  those  they 
shelter.  Oaks  drop  robustness.  Mimosas  will  pres- 
sently  make  a  sensitive-plant  of  him  who  hangs  his 
hammock  beneath  their  shade.  Cocoa-palms  will  infect 
him  with  such  tropical  indolence,  that  he  will  not  stir 
until  frowzy  monkeys  climb  the  tree  and  pelt  him  away 
to  the  next  one.  The  shade  of  pine-trees,  as  any  one  can 
prove  by  a  journey  in  Maine,  makes  those  who  undergo 
it  wiry,  keen,  trenchant,  inexhaustible,  and  tough. 

When  I  had  felt  the  influence  of  my  fir  shelter,  on 
the  edge  of  the  wayside  prairie,  long  enough,  I  became 
of  course  keen  as  a  blade.  I  sprang  up  and  called  to 

61 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Loolowcan,  in  a  resinous  voice,  "Mamook  chaco  cuitan  ; 
make  come  horse." 

Loolowcan,  in  more  genial  mood  than  I  had  known 
him,  drove  the  trio  out  from  the  long  grass.  They 
came  forth  not  with  backward  hankerings,  but  far 
happier  quadrupeds  than  when  they  climbed  the  pass 
at  noon.  It  was  a  pleasure  now  to  compress  with 
the  knees  Klale,  transformed  from  an  empty  barrel 
with  protuberant  hoops,  into  a  full  elastic  cylinder, 
smooth  as  the  boiler  of  a  locomotive. 

"Loolowcan,  my  lad,  my  experienced  guide,  cur 
nesika  moosum ;  where  sleep  we?"  said  I. 

"Copa  Sowee  house,  —  kicuali.  Sowee,  olyman 
tyee,  —  memloose.  Sia-a-ah  mitlite  ;  —  At  Sowee's 
camp  —  below.  Sowee,  oldman  chief,  —  dead.  It  is 
far,  far  away,"  replied  the  son  of  Owhhigh. 

Far  is  near,  distance  is  annihilated  this  brilliant  day 
of  summer,  for  us  recreated  with  Hippocrene,  straw- 
berries, shade  of  fir  and  tall  snow-fed  grass.  Down 
the  mountain  range  seems  nothing  after  our  long 
laborious  up;  "the  half  is  more  than  the  whole." 
"Lead  on,  Loolowcan,  intelligent  brave,  toward  the 
residence  of  the  late  Sowee." 

More  fair  prairies  linked  themselves  along  the  trail. 
From  these  alpine  pastures  the  future  will  draw  butter 
and  cheese,  pasturing  migratory  cattle  there,  when 
summer  dries  the  scanty  grass  upon  the  macadamized 
prairies  of  Whulge.  It  is  well  to  remind  ourselves 
sometimes  that  the  world  is  not  wholly  squatted  over. 
The  plateau  soon  began  to  ebb  toward  the  downward 
slope.  Descent  was  like  ascent,  a  way  shaggy  and 
abrupt.  Again  the  Boston  hooihut  intruded.  My 
friends  the  woodsmen  had  constructed  an  elaborate 
inclined  plane  of  very  knobby  corduroy.  Klale  sniffed 
at  this  novel  road,  and  turned  up  his  nose  at  it.  He 
was  competent  to  protect  that  feature  against  all  the 
perils  of  stumble  and  fall  on  the  trails  he  had  been 
educated  to  travel,  but  dreaded  grinding  it  on  the 

62 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

rough  bark  of  this  unaccustomed  highway.  Slow- 
footed  oxen,  leaning  inward  and  sustaining  each  other, 
like  two  roysterers  unsteady  after  wassail,  might 
clumsily  toil  up  such  a  road  as  this,  hauling  up  stout, 
white-cotton-roofed  wagons,  filled  with  the  babies 
and  Lares  of  emigrants ;  but  quick-footed  ponies, 
descending  and  carrying  light  loads  of  a  wild  Indian 
and  an  untamed  blanketeer,  chose  rather  to  whisk 
along  the  aboriginal  paths. 

As  we  came  to  the  irregular  terraces  after  the  first 
pitch,  and  scampered  on  gayly,  I  by  and  by  heard  a 
welcome  whiz,  and  a  dusky  grouse  (Tetrao  obscurus) 
lifted  himself  out  of  the  trail  into  the  lower  branches  of 
a  giant  fir.  I  had  lugged  my  double-barrel  thus  far, 
a  futile  burden,  unless  when  it  served  a  minatory  pur- 
pose among  the  drunken  Klalams.  Now  it  became  an 
animated  machine,  and  uttered  a  sharp  exclamation  of 
relief  after  long  patient  silence.  Down  came  tetrao, 
—  down  he  came  with  satisfactory  thud,  signifying 
pounds  of  something  not  pork  for  supper.  We  bagged 
him  joyously  and  dashed  on. 

"Kopet,"  whispered  Loolowcan  turning,  with  a 
hushing  gesture,  "hiu  kullakullie  nika  nanitch ;  — 
halt,  plenty  birds  I  see."  He  was  so  eager  that  from 
under  his  low  brows  and  unkempt  hair  his  dusky  eyes 
glared  like  the  eyes  of  wild  beast,  studying  his  prey 
from  a  shadowy  lair. 

Dismounting,  I  stole  forward  with  assassin  intent, 
and  birds,  grouse,  five  noble  ones  I  saw,  engaged  in 
fattening  their  bodies  for  human  solace  and  support. 
I  sent  a  shot  among  them.  There  was  a  flutter  among 
the  choir,  —  one  fluttered  not.  At  the  sound  of  my 
right  barrel  one  bird  fell  without  rising ;  another  rose 
and  fell  at  a  hint  from  the  sinister  tube.  The  surviv- 
ing trio  were  distracted  by  mortal  terror.  They  flew 
no  farther  than  a  dwarf  tree  hard  by.  I  drew  my 
revolver,  thinking  that  there  might  not  be  time  to 
load,  and  fired  in  a  hurry  at  the  lowermost. 

63 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

"Hyas  tamanoiis!"  whispered  Lpolowcan,  when 
no  bird  fell  or  flew,  —  "big  magic/'  it  seemed  to  the 
superstitious  youth.  Often  when  sportsmen  miss, 
they  claim  that  their  gun  is  bewitched,  and  avail 
themselves  of  the  sure  silver  bullet. 

A  second  ball,  passing  with  keener  aim  through  the 
barrel,  attained  its  mark.  Grouse  third  shook  off  his 
mortal  remains,  and  sped  to  heaven.  The  two  others, 
contrary  to  rule,  for  I  had  shot  the  lower,  fled,  cowardly 
carrying  their  heavy  bodies  to  die  of  cold,  starvation, 
or  old  age.  "The  good  die  first,"  —  ay,  Wordsworth  ! 
among  birds  this  is  verity ;  for  the  good  are  the  fat, 
who,  because  of  their  avoirdupois,  lag  in  flight,  or 
alight  upon  lower  branches  and  are  easiest  shot. 

Loolowcan  bagged  my  three  trophies  and  added 
them  to  the  first.  Henceforth  the  thought  of  a  grouse 
supper  became  a  fixed  idea  with  me.  I  dwelt  upon  it 
with  even  a  morbid  appetite.  I  rehearsed,  in  pro- 
phetic mood,  the  scene  of  plucking,  the  scene  of  roast- 
ing, that  happy  festal  scene  of  eating.  So  immersed 
did  I  become  in  gastronomic  revery,  that  I  did  not  mind 
my  lookout,  as  I  dashed  after  Loolowcan,  fearless  and 
agile  cavalier.  A  thrust  awoke  me  to  a  sense  of  pass- 
ing objects,  a  very  fierce,  lance-like  thrust,  full  at  my 
life.  A  wrecking  snag  of  harsh  dead  wood,  that  pro- 
jected up  in  the  trail,  struck  me,  and  tore  me  half  off 
my  horse,  leaving  me  jerked,  scratched,  disjointed,  and 
shuddering.  Pachydermatous  leggins  of  buckskin,  at 
cost  of  their  own  unity,  had  saved  me  from  impale- 
ment. Some  such  warning  is  always  preparing  for 
the  careless. 

I  soon  had  an  opportunity  to  propitiate  Nemesis  by 
a  humane  action.  A  monstrous  trunk  lay  across  the 
trail.  Loolowcan,  reckless  steeplechaser,  put  his  horse 
at  it,  full  speed.  Gubbins,  instead  of  going  over 
neatly,  or  scrambling  over  cat-like,  reared  rampant 
and  shied  back,  volte  face.  I  rode  forward  to  see 
what  fresh  interference  of  Tamanoiis  was  here,  — 

64 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

nothing  tamanoiis  but  an  unexpected  sorry  object  of 
a  horse.  A  wretched  castaway,  probably  abandoned 
by  the  exploring  party,  or  astray  from  them,  essaying 
to  leap  the  tree,  had  fallen  back  beneath  the  trunk 
and  branches,  and  lay  there  entangled  and  perfectly 
helpless.  We  struggled  to  release  him.  In  vain.  At 
last  a  thought  struck  me.  We  seized  the  poor  beast 
by  his  tail,  fortunately  a  tenacious  member,  and, 
heaving  vigorously,  towed  him  out  of  prison. 

He  tottered  forlornly  to  his  feet,  looking  about  him 
like  one  risen  from  the  dead.  "How  now,  Caudal?" 
said  I,  baptizing  him  by  the  name  of  the  part  that 
saved  his  life;  "canst  thou  follow  toward  fodder?" 
He  debated  the  question  with  himself  awhile.  Soli- 
tary confinement  of  indefinite  length,  in  a  cramped 
posture,  had  given  the  poor  skeleton  time  to  consider 
that  safety  from  starvation  is  worth  one  effort  more. 
He  found  that  there  was  still  a  modicum  of  life  and  its 
energy  within  his  baggy  hide.  My  horses  seemed  to 
impart  to  him  some  of  their  electricity,  and  he  stag- 
gered on  droopingly.  Lucky  Caudal,  if  life  is  worth 
having,  that  on  that  day,  of  all  days,  I  should  have 
arrived  to  rescue  him.  Strange  deliverances  for  body 
and  soul  come  to  the  dying.  Fate  sends  unlooked-for 
succor,  when  or  horses  or  men  despair. 

Luckily  for  Caudal,  the  weak-kneed  and  utterly  de- 
jected, Sowee's  prairie  was  near,  —  near  was  the 
prairie  of  Sowee,  mighty  hunter  of  deer  and  elk, 
terror  of  bears.  There  at  weird  night  Sowee's  ghost 
was  often  seen  to  stalk.  Dyspeptics  from  feather- 
beds  behold  ghosts,  and  are  terrified,  but  nightwalkers 
are  but  bugbears  to  men  who  have  ridden  from  dawn 
to  dusk  of  a  long  summer's  day  over  an  Indian  trail 
in  the  mountains.  I  felt  no  fear  that  any  incubus  in 
the  shape  of  a  brassy-hued  Indian  chief  would  sit  upon 
my  breast  that  night,  and  murder  wholesome  sleep. 

Nightfall  was  tumbling  down  from  the  zenith  before 
we  reached  camp.  The  sweet  glimmers  of  twilight  were 

F  65 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

ousted  from  the  forest,  sternly  as  mercy  is  thrust  from 
a  darkening  heart.  Night  is  really  only  beautiful  so 
far  as  it  is  not  night,  —  that  is,  for  its  stars,  which  are 
sources  of  resolute  daylight  in  other  spheres,  and  for 
its  moon,  which  is  daylight's  memory,  realized,  soft- 
ened, and  refined. 

Night,  however,  had  not  drawn  the  pall  of  brief 
death  over  the  world  so  thick  but  that  I  could  see 
enough  to  respect  the  taste  of  the  late  Sowee.  When 
he  voted  himself  this  farm,  and  became  seized  of  it  in 
the  days  of  unwritten  agrarian  laws,  and  before  patents 
were  in  vogue,  he  proved  his  intelligent  right  to  suffrage 
and  seizure.  Here  in  admirable  quality  were  the 
three  first  requisites  of  a  home  in  the  wilderness, 
water,  wood,  and  grass.  A  musical  rustle,  as  we  gal- 
loped through,  proved  the  long  grass.  All  around 
was  the  unshorn  forest.  There  were  columnar  firs 
making  the  Sowee  house  a  hypaethral  temple  on  a 
grand  scale. 

There  had  been  here  a  lodge.  A  few  saplings  of  its 
framework  still  stood,  but  Sowee  had  moved  elsewhere 
not  long  ago.  Wake  siah  memloose,  —  not  long  dead 
was  the  builder,  and  viator  might  camp  here  unques- 
tioned. 

Caudal  had  followed  us  in  inane,  irresponsible  way. 
Patiently  now  he  stood,  apparently  waiting  for  far- 
ther commands  from  his  preservers.  We  unpacked 
and  unsaddled  the  other  animals.  They  knew  their 
business,  namely,  to  bolt  instantly  for  their  pasture. 
Then  a  busy  uproar  of  nipping  and  crunching  was 
heard.  Poor  Caudal  would  not  take  the  hint.  We 
were  obliged  to  drive  that  bony  estray  with  blows  out 
to  the  supper-field,  where  he  stood  aghast  at  the  appe- 
tites of  his  new  comrades.  Repose  and  good  example, 
however,  soon  had  their  effect,  and  eight  equine  jaws 
instead  of  six  made  play  in  the  herbage. 

"Alki  mika  mamook  pire,  pe  nesika  klatawah  copa 
klap  tsuk ;  now  light  thou  a  fire,  and  we  will  go  find 

66 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

water,"  said  Loolowcan.     I  struck  fire,  —  fire  smote 
tinder,  —  tinder  sent  the  flame  on,  until  a  pyre  from 
the  world's  free  wood-pile  was  kindled.     This  boon  of 
fire,  —  what  wonder  that  men  devised  a  Prometheus 
greatest    of    demigods    as    its    discoverer  ?     Mortals, 
shrinking  from  the  responsibility  of  a  high  destiny  and 
dreading  to  know  how  divine  the  Divine  would  have 
them,  always  imagine  an  avatar  of  some  one  not  lower 
than  a  half-god  when  a  gift  of  great  price  comes  to  the 
world.     And  fire  is  a  very  priceless  and  beautiful  boon, 
—  not,  as  most  know  it,  in  imprisonment,  barred  with 
iron,  or  in  sooty  chimneys,  or  in  mad  revolt  of  confla- 
gration, —  but  as  it  grows  in  a  flashing  pyramid  out  in 
camp  in  the  free  woods,  with  eager  air  hurrying  in  on 
every  side  to  feed  its  glory.     In  the  gloom  I  strike  metal 
of  steel   against   metallic   flint.     From   this   union   a 
child  is  born.     I  receive  the  young  spark  tenderly  in 
warm  "tipsoo,"  in  a  soft  woolly  nest  of  bark  or  grass 
tinder.     Swaddled    in    this    he    thrives.     He    smiles ; 
he  chuckles ;    he  laughs  ;    he  dances  about,  does  my 
agile  nursling.     He  will  soon  wear  out  his  first  infantile 
garb,  so  I  cover  him  up  in  shelter.     I  feed  him  with 
digestible  viands,  according  to  his  years.     I  give  him 
presently  stouter  fare,  and  offer  exhilarating  morsels 
of  fatness.     All   these  the  hearty  youth   assimilates, 
and  grows  healthily.     And  now  I  educate  him  to  man- 
liness,  training  him  on  great  joints,   shoulders,   and 
marrowy  portions.     He  becomes  erelong  a  power  and 
a  friend  able  to  requite  me  generously  for  my  care. 
He  aids  me  in  preparing  my  feast,  and  we  feast  to- 
gether.    Afterward    we    talk,  —  Flame    and    I,  —  we 
think    together    strong    and    passionate    thoughts    of 
purpose  and  achievement.     These  emotions  of  man- 
hood  die   away,   and  we   share   pensive  memories  of 
happiness  missed,  or  disdained,  or  feebly  grasped  and 
torn  away ;  regrets  cover  these  like  embers,  and  slowly 
over  dead  fieriness  comes  a  robe  of  ashy  gray. 

Fire  in  the  forest  is  light,  heat,  and  cheer.     When 

67 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

ours  was  nurtured  to  the  self-sustaining  point,  we 
searched  to  find  where  the  sage  Sowee  kept  his  pota- 
bles. Carefully  covered  up  in  sedges  was  a  slender 
supply  of  water,  worth  concealing  fron  vulgar  dabblers. 
Its  diamond  drops  were  hidden  away  so  thoroughly 
that  we  must  mine  for  them  by  torchlight.  I  held  a 
flaring  torch,  while  Loolowcan  lay  in  wait  for  the 
trickle,  and  captured  it  in  a  tin  pot.  How  wild  he 
looked,  that  youth  so  frowzy  by  daylight,  as,  stoop- 
ing under  the  tall  sedges,  he  clutched  those  priceless 
sparkles. 

Upon  the  carte  du  jour  at  Restaurant  Sowee  was 
written  Grouse.  "How  shall  we  have  them?"  said 
I,  cook  and  convive,  to  Loolowcan,  marmitpn  and 
convive.  "One  of  these  cocks  of  the  mountain  shall 
be  fried,  since  gridiron  is  not,"  said  I  to  myself,  after 
meditation.  "Two  shall  be  spitted,  and  roasted ; 
and,  as  Azrael  may  not  want  us  before  breakfast  to- 
morrow, the  fourth  shall  go  on  the  carte  de  dejeuner!* 

"O  Pork  !  what  a  creature  thou  art !"  continued  I,  in 
monologue,  cutting  neat  slices  of  that  viand  with  my 
bowie-knife,  and  laying  them  fraternally,  three  in  a 
bed,  in  the  frying-pan.  "  Blessed  be  Moses !  who 
forbade  thee  to  the  Jews,  whereby  we,  of  freer  dispen- 
sations, heirs  of  all  the  ages,  inherit  also  pigs  more 
numerous  and  bacon  cheaper.  O  Pork !  what  could 
campaigners  do  without  thy  fatness,  thy  leanness, 
thy  saltness,  thy  portableness  ?" 

Here  Loolowcan  presented  me  the  three  birds 
plucked  featherless  as  Plato's  man.  The  two  roasters 
we  planted  carefully  on  spits  before  a  sultry  spot  of 
the  fire.  From  a  horizontal  stick,  supported  on  forked 
stakes,  we  suspended  by  a  twig  over  each  roaster  an 
automatic  baster,  an  inverted  cone  of  pork,  ordained 
to  yield  its  spicy  juices  to  the  wooing  flame,  and  drip 
bedewing  on  each  bosom  beneath.  The  roasters 
ripened  deliberately,  while  keen  and  quick  fire  told 
upon  the  fryer,  the  first  course  of  our  feast.  Mean- 

68 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

while  I  brewed  a  pot  of  tea,  blessing  Confucius  for  that 
restorative  weed,  as  I  had  blessed  Moses  for  his  absti- 
nence from  porkers. 

Need  I  say  that  the  grouse  was  admirable,  that 
everything  was  delicious,  and  the  Confucian  weed  first 
chop  ?  Even  a  scouse  of  mouldy  biscuit  met  the  ap- 
proval of  Loolowcan.  Feasts  cooked  under  the  green- 
wood tree,  and  eaten  by  their  cooks  after  a  triumphant 
day  of  progress,  are  sweeter  than  the  conventional 
banquets  of  languid  Christendom.  After  we  had  paid 
our  duty  to  the  brisk  fryer  and  the  rotund  roaster 

§  rouse,    nothing    remained    but    bones    to    propitiate 
owee,  should  he  find  short  commons  in  Elysium,  and 
wander  back    to   his    lodge,  seeking  what   he  might 
devour. 

All  along  the  journey  I  had  been  quietly  probing 
the  nature  of  Loolowcan,  my  most  intimate  associate 
thus  far  among  the  unalloyed  copper-skins.  Chinook 
jargon  was  indeed  but  a  blunt  probe,  yet  perhaps  deli- 
cate enough  to  follow  up  such  rough  bits  of  conglom- 
erate as  served  him  for  ideas.  An  inductive  philos- 
opher, tracing  the  laws  of  developing  human  thought 
in  corpore  viti  of  a  frowzy  savage,  finds  his  work  simple, 
—  the  nuggets  are  on  the  surface.  Those  tough 
pebbles  known  to  some  metaphysicians  as  innate 
ideas,  can  be  studied  in  Loolowcan  in  their  process  of 
formation  out  of  instincts. 

Number  one  is  the  prize  number  in  Loolowcan's 
lottery  of  life.  He  thinks  of  that  number ;  he  dreams 
of  it  alone.  When  he  lies  down  to  sleep,  he  plots 
what  he  will  do  in  the  morning  with  his  prize  and  his 
possession ;  when  he  wakes,  he  at  once  proceeds  to 
execute  his  plots.  Loolowcan  knows  that  there  are 
powers  out  of  himself;  rights  out  of  himself  he  does 
not  comprehend,  or  even  conceive.  I  have  thus  far 
been  very  indulgent  to  him,  and  treated  him  republi- 
canly,  mindful  of  the  heavy  mesne  profits  for  the  occu- 
pation of  a  continent,  and  the  uncounted  arrears  of 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

blood-money  owed  by  my  race  to  his ;  yet  I  find  no 
trace  of  gratitude  in  my  analysis  of  his  character. 
He  seems  to  be  composed,  selfishness,  five  hundred 
parts  ;  —  nil  admirari  coolness,  five  hundred  parts  ;  — 
a  well-balanced  character,  and  perhaps  one  not  likely 
to  excite  enthusiasm  in  others.  I  am  a  steward  to 
him ;  I  purvey  him  also  a  horse ;  when  we  reach  the 
Dalles,  I  am  to  pay  him  for  his  services ;  —  but  he  is 
bound  to  me  by  no  tie  of  comradery.  He  has  cau- 
tion more  highly  developed  than  any  quadruped  I 
have  met,  and  will  not  offend  me  lest  I  should  resign 
my  stewardship,  retract  Gubbins,  refuse  payment, 
discharge  my  guide,  and  fight  through  the  woods, 
where  he  sees  I  am  no  stranger,  alone.  He  certainly 
merits  a  "teapot"  for  his  ability  in  guidance.  He 
has  memory  and  observation  unerring ;  not  once  in 
all  our  intricate  journey  have  I  found  him  at  fault  in 
any  fact  of  space  or  time.  He  knows  "each  lane  and 
every  ally  green'*  here,  accurately  as  Comus  knew  his 
"wild  wood." 

Moral  conceptions  exist  only  in  a  very  limited  degree 
for  this  type  of  his  race.  Of  God  he  knows  somewhat 
less  than  the  theologians  ;  that  is,  he  is  in  the  primary 
condition  of  uninquisitive  ignorance,  not  in  the  sec- 
ondary, of  inquisitive  muddle.  He  has  the  advantage 
of  no  elaborate  system  of  human  inventions  to  unlearn. 
He  has  no  distinct  fetichism.  None  of  the  North 
American  Indians  have,  in  the  accurate  sense  of  the 
term ;  their  nomad  life  and  tough  struggle  with  in- 
structive Nature  in  her  roughness  save  them  from  such 
elaborate  fetichism  as  may  exist  in  more  indolent  climes 
and  countries. 

Loolowcan  has  his  tamanoiis.  It  is  Talipus,  the 
Wolf,  a  "hyas  skookoom  tamanoiis,  a  very  mighty 
demon,"  he  informs  me.  He  does  not  worship  it ; 
that  would  interfere  with  his  devotions  to  his  real 
deity,  Number  One.  It,  in  return,  does  him  little 
service.  If  he  met  Talipus,  object  of  his  superstition, 

70 


TACOMA  AND  THE  INDIAN  LEGEND  OF  HAMITCHOU 

on  a  fair  morning,  he  would  think  it  a  good  omen ;  if 
on  a  sulky  morning,  he  might  be  somewhat  depressed, 
but  would  not  on  that  account  turn  back,  as  a  Roman 
brave  would  have  done  on  meeting  the  matinal  wolf. 
In  fact,  he  keeps  Talipus,  his  tamanoiis,  as  a  kind  of 
ideal  hobby,  very  much  as  a  savage  civilized  man  enter- 
tains a  pet  bulldog  or  a  tame  bear,  a  link  between 
himself  and  the  rude,  dangerous  forces  of  nature. 
Loolowcan  has  either  chosen  his  protector  according 
to  the  law  of  likeness,  or,  choosing  it  by  chance,  has 
become  assimilated  to  its  characteristics.  A  wolfish 
youth  is  the  protege  of  Talipus,  —  an  unfaithful, 
sinister,  cannibal-looking  son  of  a  horse-thief.  Wolfish 
likewise  is  his  appetite ;  when  he  asks  me  for  more 
dinner,  and  this  without  stint  or  decorum  he  does,  he 
glares  as  if,  grouse  failing,  pork  and  hard-tack  gone, 
he  could  call  to  Talipus  to  send  in  a  pack  of  wolves 
incarnate,  and  pounce  with  them  upon  me.  A  pleasant 
companion  this  for  lamb-like  me  to  lie  down  beside  in 
the  den  of  the  late  Sowee.  Yet  I  do  presently,  after 
supper  and  a  pipe,  and  a  little  jargoning  in  Chinook 
with  my  Wolf,  roll  into  my  blankets,  and  sleep  vigor- 
ously, lulled  by  the  gratifying  noise  of  my  graminiv- 
orous horses  cramming  themselves  with  material  for 
leagues  of  lope  to-morrow. 

No  shade  of  Sowee  came  to  my  slumbers  with  warn- 
ing against  the  wolf  in  guise  of  a  Klickatat  brave.  I 
had  no  ghostly  incubus  to  shake  off,  but  sprang  up 
recreate  in  body  and  soul.  Life  is  vivid  when  it  thus 
awakes.  To  be  is  to  do. 

And  to-day  much  is  to  be  done.  Long  leagues 
away,  beyond  a  gorge  of  difficulty,  is  the  open  rolling 
hill  country,  and  again  far  beyond  are  the  lodges  of  the 
people  of  Owhhigh.  "To-day,"  said  Loolowcan,  "we 
must  go  copa  nika  ilihee,  to  my  home,  to  Weenas." 

Forlorn  Caudal  is  hardly  yet  a  frisky  quadruped. 
Yet  he  is  of  better  cheer,  perhaps  up  to  the  family-nag 
degree  of  vivacity.  As  to  the  others,  they  have  waxed 

71 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

fat,  and  kick.  Klale,  the  Humorous,  kicks  playfully, 
elongating  in  preparatory  gymnastics.  Gubbins,  the 
average  horse,  kicks  calmly  at  his  saddler,  merely  as  a 
protest.  Antipodes,  the  spiteful  Blunderer,  kicks  in 
a  revolutionary  manner,  rolls  under  his  pack-saddle, 
and  will  not  budge  without  maltreatment.  Ill-edu- 
cated Antipodes  views  mankind  only  as  excoriators 
of  his  back,  and  general  flagellants.  Klickitats  kept 
him  raw  in  flesh  and  temper ;  under  me  his  physical 
condition  improves ;  his  character  is  not  yet  affected. 
Before  sunrise  we  quitted  the  house  of  Sowee. 


72 


GENERAL  AUGUST  VALENTINE  KAUTZ. 
United  States  Army. 


V.   FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 
BY  LIEUTENANT  A.  V.   KAUTZ,  U.S.A. 

AUGUST  VALENTINE  KAUTZ  was  born  at  Ispringen,  Baden,  Ger- 
many, on  January  c,  1828.  In  that  same  year  his  parents 
came  to  America.  On  attaining  manhood  the  son  entered  the 
army  and  served  as  a  private  soldier  in  the  Mexican  War. 
At  its  conclusion  he  was  appointed  to  the  Military  Academy 
at  West  Point.  Graduating  in  1852,  he  was  assigned  to  the 
Fourth  Infantry  and  soon  found  himself  in  the  Pacific  North- 
west. After  going  through  the  Indian  wars  here  he  achieved 
a  brilliant  record  in  the  Civil  War.  Continuing  in  the  army, 
he  reached  the  rank  of  brigadier-general  and  was  for  a  time 
in  command  of  the  Department  of  the  Columbia.  He  died 
at  Seattle  on  September  4,  1895. 

It  was  while,  as  a  lieutenant,  he  was  stationed  at  Fort  Steilacoom 
that  he  attempted  to  ascend  Mount  Rainier.  His  account  of 
the  trip  was  published  in  the  Overland  Monthly,  May,  1875. 
It  is  here  republished  by  permission  of  the  editor.  While 
the  ascent  was  claimed  to  be  complete  the  climber  says  there 
was  still  higher  land  above  him,  and  it  is  now  difficult  to  fix 
the  exact  altitude  attained. 

Professor  I.  C.  Russell  declares  that  Professor  George  Davidson 
made  a  statement  before  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences, 
on  March  6,  1871,  to  the  effect  that  when  Lieutenant  Kautz 
"attempted  the  ascent  of  Mount  Rainier  in  1857"  he  found  his 
way  barred  by  a  great  glacier.  From  this,  says  Professor 
Russell,  it  "seems  that  he  first  reported  the  existence  of  living 
glaciers  in  the  United  States."  (See :  Israel  C.  Russell : 
Glaciers  of  North  America;  Boston,  Ginn  &  Company,  1897, 
p.  62).  The  portrait  of  General  Kautz  was  furnished  by  his 
daughter,  Mrs.  Navana  Kautz  Simpson,  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

In  the  summer  of  1857  I  was  stationed  at  Fort 
Steilacoom,  Washington  Territory.  This  post  was 
located  near  the  village  of  Steilacoom,  on  the  waters 
of  Puget  Sound.  The  post  and  the  village  took  their 
names  from  a  little  stream  near  by,  which  is  the  out- 

73 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

let  of  a  number  of  small  lakes  and  ponds  emptying  into 
the  sound.  Quite  a  family  of  Indians  made  their 
permanent  home  in  the  vicinity  of  this  creek  in  former 
years,  and  were  known  as  "Suilacoom  Tillicum." 
According  to  the  Indian  pronunciation  of  the  name  it 
should  have  been  spelled  "  Steelacoom,"  dwelling  long 
on  the  first  syllable. 

I  was  at  that  time  a  first-lieutenant,  young,  and  fond 
of  visiting  unexplored  sections  of  the  country,  and 
possessed  of  a  very  prevailing  passion  for  going  to  the 
tops  of  high  places.  My  quarters  fronted  Mount 
Rainier,  which  is  about  sixty  miles  nearly  east  of  Fort 
Steilacoom  in  an  air  line.  On  a  clear  day  it  does  not 
look  more  than  ten  miles  off,  and  looms  up  against  the 
eastern  sky  white  as  the  snow  with  which  it  is  cov- 
ered, with  a  perfectly  pyramidal  outline,  except  at 
the  top,  which  is  slightly  rounded  and  broken.  It  is 
a  grand  and  inspiring  view,  and  I  had  expressed  so 
often  my  determination  to  make  the  ascent,  without 
doing  it,  that  my  fellow-officers  finally  became  in- 
credulous, and  gave  to  all  improbable  and  doubtful 
events  a  date  of  occurrence  when  I  should  ascend  Mount 
Rainier. 

My  resolution,  however,  took  shape  and  form  about 
the  first  of  July.  Nearly  all  the  officers  had  been  very 
free  to  volunteer  to  go  with  me  as  long  as  they  felt 
certain  I  was  not  going ;  but  when  I  was  ready  to  go, 
I  should  have  been  compelled  to  go  alone  but  for  the 
doctor,  who  was  on  a  visit  to  the  post  from  Fort  Bel- 
lingham. 

I  made  preparations  after  the  best  authorities  I 
could  find,  from  reading  accounts  of  the  ascent  of 
Mont  Blanc  and  other  snow  mountains.  We  made 
for  each  member  of  the  party  an  alpenstock  of  dry  ash 
with  an  iron  point.  We  sewed  upon  our  shoes  an  extra 
sole,  through  which  were  first  driven  four-penny  nails 
with  the  points  broken  off  and  the  heads  inside.  We 
took  with  us  a  rope  about  fifty  feet  long,  a  hatchet,  a 

74 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

thermometer,  plenty  of  hard  biscuit,  and  dried  beef 
such  as  the  Indians  prepare. 

Information  relating  to  the  mountain  was  exceed- 
ingly meagre ;  no  white  man  had  ever  been  near  it, 
and  Indians  were  very  superstitious  and  afraid  of  it. 
The  southern  slope  seemed  the  least  abrupt,  and  in 
that  direction  I  proposed  to  reach  the  mountain ; 
but  whether  to  keep  the  high  ground,  or  follow  some 
stream  to  its  source,  was  a  question.  Leshi,  the  chief 
of  the  Nesquallies,  was  at  that  time  in  the  guard- 
house, awaiting  his  execution,  and  as  I  had  greatly 
interested  myself  to  save  him  from  his  fate,  he  vol- 
unteered the  information  that  the  valley  of  the 
Nesqually  River  was  the  best  approach  after  getting 
above  the  falls.  He  had  some  hope  that  I  would  take 
him  as  a  guide ;  but  finding  that  out  of  the  question 
he  suggested  Wah-pow-e-ty,1  an  old  Indian  of  the 
Nesqually  tribe,  as  knowing  more  about  the  Nesqually 
than  any  other  of  his  people. 

Mount  Rainier  is  situated  on  the  western  side  of  the 
Cascade  Range,  near  the  forty-seventh  parallel.  The 
range  to  which  it  belongs  averages  about  7,000  to  8,000 
feet  in  height,  and  snow  may  be  seen  along  its  sum- 
mit-level the  year  round,  while  Rainier,  with  its  im- 
mense covering  of  snow,  towers  as  high  again  above  the 
range.  In  various  travels  and  expeditions  in  the  ter- 
ritory, I  had  viewed  the  snow-peaks  of  this  range 
from  all  points  of  the  compass,  and  since  that  time 
having  visited  the  mountain  regions  of  Europe,  and 
most  of  those  of  North  America,  I  assert  that  Washing- 
ton Territory  contains  mountain  scenery  in  quantity  and 
quality  sufficient  to  make  half  a  dozen  Switzerlands, 
while  there  is  on  the  continent  none  more  grand  and 
imposing  than  is  presented  in  the  Cascade  Range 
north  of  the  Columbia  River. 

About  noon  on  the  8th  of  July  [1857]  we  finally 
started.  The  party  consisted  of  four  soldiers  —  two 

1  His  name  is  honored  in  Wapowety  Cleaver  overlooking  the  Kautz  Glacier. 

75 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  them  equipped  to  ascend  the  mountain,  and  the 
other  two  to  take  care  of  our  horses  when  we  should 
be  compelled  to  leave  them.  We  started  the  soldiers 
on  the  direct  route,  with  orders  to  stop  at  Mr.  Wren's, 
on  the  eastern  limit  of  the  Nesqually  plains,  ten  or 
twelve  miles  distant,  and  wait  for  us,  while  the  doctor 
and  I  went  by  the  Nesqually  Reservation  in  order  to 
pick  up  old  Wah-pow-e-ty,  the  Indian  guide. 

We  remained  all  night  at  Wren's,  and  the  next  morn- 
ing entered  that  immense  belt  of  timber  with  which 
the  western  slope  of  the  Cascade  Range  is  covered 
throughout  its  entire  length.  I  had  become  familiar 
with  the  Indian  trail  that  we  followed,  the  year  previ- 
ous, in  our  pursuit  of  Indians.  The  little  patches 
of  prairie  are  so  rare  that  they  constitute  in  that  im- 
mense forest  landmarks  for  the  guidance  of  the  traveler. 
Six  miles  from  Wren's  we  came  to  Pawhtummi,  a  little 
camas  prairie  about  500  yards  long,  and  100  in  breadth, 
a  resort  for  the  Indians  in  the  proper  season  to  gather 
the  camas-root.  Six  miles  farther  we  came  to  a  similar 
prairie,  circular  in  form,  not  more  than  400  yards  in 
diameter,  called  Koaptil.  Another  six  or  seven  miles 
took  us  to  the  Tanwut,  a  small  stream  with  a  patch  of 
prairie  bordering  it,  where  the  trail  crossed.  Ten  or 
twelve  miles  more  brought  us  to  the  Mishawl  Prairie, 
where  we  camped  for  the  night,  this  being  the  end  of 
the  journey  for  our  horses,  and  the  limit  of  our  knowl- 
edge of  the  country. 

This  prairie  takes  its  name  from  the  stream  near 
by,  and  is  situated  between  it  and  the  Owhap  on  a 
high  table-land  or  bluff,  not  more  than  one  or  two 
miles  from  where  these  enter  the  Nesqually.  It  is 
perhaps  half  a  mile  long,  and  200  or  300  yards  wide 
at  the  widest  point.  The  grass  was  abundant,  and 
it  was  an  excellent  place  to  leave  our  horses.  Fifteen 
months  before,  I  had  visited  this  spot,  and  camped 
near  by  with  a  small  detachment  of  troops,  searching 
for  Indians  who  had  hidden  away  in  these  forests, 

76 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

completely  demoralized  and  nearly  starving.  A  family 
of  two  or  three  men,  and  quite  a  number  of  women  and 
children,  had  camped  in  the  fork  of  the  Mishawl  and 
Nesqually,  about  two  miles  from  this  prairie,  and  were 
making  fishtraps  to  catch  salmon.  When  we  fell  in 
with  them  we  learned  that  the  Washington  Territory 
volunteers  had  been  before  us,  and  with  their  im- 
mensely superior  force  had  killed  the  most  of  them 
without  regard  to  age  or  sex.  Our  own  little  com- 
mand in  that  expedition  captured  about  thirty  of  these 
poor,  half-starved,  ignorant  creatures,  and  no  act  of 
barbarity  was  perpetrated  by  us  to  mar  the  memory 
of  that  success. 

We  accordingly  camped  in  the  Mishawl  Prairie. 
When  I  was  here  before  it  was  in  March,  and  the  rainy 
season  was  still  prevailing ;  the  topographical  engineer 
of  the  expedition  and  I  slept  under  the  same  blankets 
on  a  wet  drizzly  night,  and  next  morning  treated  each 
other  to  bitter  reproaches  for  having  each  had  more 
than  his  share  of  the  covering.  Now  the  weather  was 
clear  and  beautiful,  and  the  scene  lovely  in  comparison. 
I  can  imagine  nothing  more  gloomy  and  cheerless  than 
a  fir-forest  in  Washington  Territory  on  a  rainy  winter 
day.  The  misty  clouds  hang  down  below  the  tops  of 
the  tallest  trees,  and  although  it  does  not  rain,  but 
drizzles,  yet  it  is  very  wet  and  cold,  and  penetrates 
every  thread  of  clothing  to  the  skin.  The  summers  of 
this  region  are  in  extraordinary  contrast  with  the 
winters.  Clear,  beautiful,  and  dry,  they  begin  in  May 
and  last  till  November ;  while  in  the  winter,  although 
in  latitude  47°  and  48°,  it  rarely  freezes  or  snows  — 
often,  however,  raining  two  weeks  without  stopping 
a  permeating  drizzle. 

On  this  Qth  of  July,  1857,  the  weather  was  beauti- 
ful ;  it  had  not  rained  for  weeks.  The  Mishawl  — 
a  raging  mountain  torrent,  when  last  I  saw  it  —  was 
now  a  sluggish  rivulet  of  clear  mountain-spring  water. 
We  started  early  on  our  journey,  having  made  our 

77 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

preparations  the  evening  before.  We  calculated  to  be 
gone  about  six  days.  Each  member  of  the  party  had 
to  carry  his  own  provisions  and  bedding ;  everything 
was  therefore  reduced  to  the  minimum.  Each  took  a 
blanket,  twenty-four  crackers  of  hard  bread,  and 
about  two  pounds  of  dried  beef.  We  took  Dogue  (a 
German)  and  Carroll  (an  Irishman)  with  us ;  they 
were  both  volunteers  for  the  trip ;  one  carried  the 
hatchet  and  the  other  the  rope.  I  carried  a  field- 
glass,  thermometer,  and  a  large-sized  revolver.  Wah- 
pow-e-ty  carried  his  rifle,  with  which  we  hoped  to 

grocure  some  game.  The  soldiers  carried  no  arms, 
ell  and  Doneheh  were  left  behind  to  take  care  of  the 
horses  and  extra  provisions,  until  our  return. 

We  each  had  a  haversack  for  our  provisions,  and  a 
tin  canteen  for  water.  The  doctor  very  unwisely  filled 
his  with  whisky  instead  of  water.  Having  sounded 
Wah-pow-e-ty  as  to  the  route,  we  learned  he  had 
once  been  on  the  upper  Nesqually  when  a  boy,  with 
his  father,  and  that  his  knowledge  of  the  country  was 
very  limited.  We  ascertained,  however,  that  we  could 
not  follow  the  Nesqually  at  first ;  that  there  was  a  fall 
in  the  river  a  short  distance  above  the  mouth  of  the 
Mishawl,  and  that  the  mountains  came  down  so 
abrupt  and  precipitous  that  we  could  not  follow  the 
stream,  and  that  the  mountain  must  be  crossed  first 
and  a  descent  made  to  the  river  above  the  fall. 

That  mountain  proved  a  severer  task  than  we 
anticipated.  There  was  no  path  and  no  open  country 
—  only  a  dense  forest,  obstructed  with  undergrowth 
and  fallen  timber.  The  sun  was  very  hot  when  it 
could  reach  us  through  the  foliage ;  not  a  breath  of 
air  stirred,  and  after  we  crossed  the  Mishawl,  not  a 
drop  of  water  was  to  be  had  until  we  got  down  to  low 
ground  again.  We  toiled  from  early  morning  until 
three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  before  we  reached  the 
summit.  As  the  doctor  had  taken  whisky  instead  of 
water  in  his  canteen,  he  found  it  necessary  to  apply  to 

78 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

the  other  members  of  the  party  to  quench  his  thirst, 
and  our  canteens  were  speedily  empty.  The  doctor 
sought  relief  in  whisky,  but  it  only  aggravated  his 
thirst,  and  he  poured  out  the  contents  of  his  canteen. 
The  severe  exertion  required  for  the  ascent  brought  on 
painful  cramps  in  his  legs,  and  at  one  time,  about  the 
middle  of  the  day,  I  concluded  that  we  should  be 
obliged  to  leave  him  to  find  his  way  back  to  camp 
while  we  went  on  without  him  ;  but  he  made  an  agree- 
ment with  Wah-pow-e-ty  to  carry  his  pack  for  him 
in  addition  to  his  own,  for  ten  dollars,  and  the  doctor 
was  thus  enabled  to  go  on.  Here  was  an  illustration 
of  the  advantage  of  training.  The  doctor  was  large, 
raw-boned,  and  at  least  six  feet  high,  looking  as  if  he 
could  have  crushed  with  a  single  blow  the  insignificant 
old  Indian,  who  was  not  much  over  five  feet,  and  did 
not  weigh  more  than  half  as  much  as  the  doctor ;  but, 
inured  to  this  kind  of  toil,  he  carried  double  the  load 
that  any  of  the  party  did,  while  the  doctor,  who  was 
habituated  to  a  sedentary  life,  had  all  he  could  do, 
carrying  no  load  whatever,  to  keep  up  with  the 
Indian. 

Early  in  the  afternoon  we  reached  the  summit  of 
the  first  ascent,  where  we  enjoyed,  in  addition  to  a 
good  rest,  a  magnificent  view  of  the  Puget  Sound  Val- 
ley, with  Mount  Olympus  and  the  Coast  Range  for  a 
background.  Here  on  this  summit,  too,  munching  our 
biscuit  of  hard  bread  and  our  dried  beef,  we  enjoyed 
a  refreshing  breeze  as  we  looked  down  on  the  beautiful 
plains  of  the  Nesqually,  with  its  numerous  clear  and 
beautiful  little  lakes.  There  was  nothing  definite 
except  forest  —  of  which  there  was  a  great  excess  — 
lakes,  and  plains  of  limited  area,  the  sound,  and  a  great 
background  of  mountains.  No  habitations,  farms,  or 
villages  were  to  be  seen ;  not  a  sign  of  civilization  or 
human  life. 

After  a  good  rest  we  pushed  on,  taking  an  easterly 
course,  and  keeping,  or  trying  to  keep,  on  the  spur  of 

79 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

the  mountain ;  the  forest  was  so  thick,  however,  that 
this  was  next  to  an  impossibility.  We  were  not  loth 
to  go  down  into  ravines  in  the  hope  of  finding  some 
water,  for  we  needed  it  greatly.  It  was  a  long  time, 
and  we  met  with  many  disappointments,  before  we 
could  find  enough  to  quench  our  thirst.  Our  progress 
was  exceedingly  slow  on  account  of  the  undergrowth. 
At  sundown  we  camped  in  the  grand  old  forest,  the 
location  being  chosen  on  account  of  some  water  in  a 
partially  dry  ravine.  The  distance  passed  over  from 
Mishawl  Prairie  we  estimated  at  about  ten  or  eleven 
miles.  On  good  roads  thirty  miles  would  have  wearied 
us  much  less. 

We  started  early  the  next  morning,  and  for  a  time 
tried  to  keep  the  high  ground,  but  found  it  so  difficult 
that  we  finally  turned  down  to  the  right,  and  came 
upon  the  Nesqually  River  about  the  middle  of  the 
afternoon.  There  was  no  material  difference  in  the 
undergrowth,  but  there  was  an  advantage  gained  in 
having  plenty  of  water  to  quench  our  thirst.  We 
made  about  ten  miles  this  day,  and  camped  about  sun- 
down. There  seemed  nothing  but  forest  before  us ; 
dark,  gloomy  forest,  remarkable  for  large  trees,  and 
its  terrible  solitude.  But  few  living  things  were  to 
be  seen.  The  Nesqually  is  a  very  wide  muddy  tor- 
rent, fordable  in  places  where  the  stream  is  much 
divided  by  islands. 

We  already  here  began  to  suffer  from  the  loss  of 
appetite,  which  was  to  us  such  a  difficulty  throughout 
the  entire  trip.  Even  the  four  crackers  and  two  ounces 
of  dried  beef,  which  was  our  daily  limit,  we  found 
ourselves  unable  to  master,  and  yet  so  much  was 
necessary  to  keep  up  our  strength.  I  have  never 
been  able  to  settle  in  my  mind  whether  this  was  due 
to  the  sameness  of  the  food  or  the  great  fatigue  we 
underwent. 

The  third  morning  we  made  an  early  start,  and 
followed  up  the  stream  in  almost  a  due  east  direction 

80 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

all  day  until  about  five  o'clock,  when  the  doctor  broke 
down,  having  been  unable  to  eat  anything  during  the 
day.  With  considerable  cramming  I  managed  to  dis- 
pose of  the  most  of  my  rations.  We  kept  the  north 
side  of  the  river,  and  had  no  streams  to  cross  ;  in  fact, 
there  did  not  appear  to  be  any  streams  on  either  side 
putting  into  the  river.  The  valley  seemed  several 
miles  in  width,  densely  timbered,  and  the  undergrowth 
a  complete  thicket.  Not  more  than  ten  miles  were 
made  by  us.  Just  before  we  stopped  for  the  night,  we 
passed  through  a  patch  of  dead  timber  of  perhaps  100 
acres,  with  an  abundance  of  blackberries.  Opposite 
our  camp,  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  there  was  the 
appearance  of  quite  a  tributary  coming  in  from  the 
southeast. 

We  did  not  get  started  until  about  eleven  o'clock 
on  the  fourth  morning.  After  cutting  up  a  deer  which 
Wah-pow-e-ty  brought  in  early  in  the  norning,  we 
dried  quite  a  quantity  of  it  by  the  fire.  As  we  antici- 
pated, it  proved  of  much  assistance,  for  we  already  saw 
that  six  days  would  be  a  very  short  time  in  which  to 
make  the  trip.  By  night  we  reached  a  muddy  tribu- 
tary coming  in  from  the  north,  and  evidently  having 
its  source  in  the  melting  snows  of  Rainier.  The  sum- 
mit of  the  mountain  was  visible  from  our  camp,  and 
seemed  close  at  hand  ;  but  night  set  in  with  promise  of 
bad  weather.  The  valley  had  become  quite  narrow. 
Our  camp  was  at  the  foot  of  a  mountain  spur  several 
thousand  feet  high,  and  the  river  close  at  hand.  The 
gloomy  forest,  the  wild  mountain  scenery,  the  roaring 
of  the  river,  and  the  dark  overhanging  clouds,  with 
the  peculiar  melancholy  sighing  which  the  wind  makes 
through  a  fir  forest,  gave  to  our  camp  at  this  point  an 
awful  grandeur. 

On  the  fifth  morning  the  clouds  were  so  threatening, 
and  came  down  so  low  on  the  surrounding  mountains, 
that  we  were  at  a  loss  what  course  to  pursue  —  whether 
to  follow  up  the  main  stream  or  the  tributary  at  our 

G  81 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

camp,  which  evidently  came  from  the  nearest  snow. 
We  finally  followed  the  main  stream,  which  very  soon 
turned  in  toward  the  mountain,  the  valley  growing 
narrower,  the  torrent  more  and  more  rapid,  and  our 
progress  slower  and  slower,  especially  when  we  were 
compelled  to  take  to  the  timber.  We  often  crossed 
the  torrent,  of  which  the  water  was  intensely  cold,  in 
order  to  avoid  the  obstructions  of  the  forest.  Some- 
times, however,  the  stream  was  impassable,  and  then 
we  often  became  so  entangled  in  the  thickets  as  almost 
to  despair  of  farther  advance.  Early  in  the  evening  we 
reached  the  foot  of  an  immense  glacier  and  camped. 
For  several  miles  before  camping  the  bed  of  the  stream 
was  paved  with  white  granite  bowlders,  and  the  mountain 
gorge  became  narrower  and  narrower.  The  walls  were 
in  many  places  perpendicular  precipices,  thousands  of 
feet  high,  their  summits  hid  in  the  clouds.  Vast  piles 
of  snow  were  to  be  seen  along  the  stream  —  the  remains 
of  avalanches  —  for  earth,  trees,  and  rocks  were  inter- 
mingled with  the  snow. 

As  it  was  near  night  we  camped,  thinking  it  best  to 
begin  the  ascent  in  the  early  morning ;  besides,  the 
weather  promised  to  become  worse.  The  foliage  of 
the  pine-trees  here  was  very  dense,  and  on  such  a 
cloudy  day  it  was  dark  as  night  in  the  forest.  The 
limbs  of  the  trees  drooped  upon  the  ground,  a  disposi- 
tion evidently  given  to  them  by  the  snow,  which  must 
be  late  in  disappearing  in  this  region. 

We  followed  thus  far  the  main  branch  of  the  Nes- 
qually,  and  here  it  emerged  from  an  icy  cavern  at  the 
foot  of  an  immense  glacier.  The  ice  itself  was  of  a 
dark-blue  tinge.  The  water  was  white,  and  when- 
ever I  waded  the  torrent  my  shoes  filled  with  gravel 
and  sand.  The  walls  of  this  immense  mountain  gorge 
were  white  granite,  and,  just  where  the  glacier  termi- 
nated, the  immense  vein  of  granite  that  was  visible 
on  both  sides  seemed  to  form  a  narrow  throat  to  the 
great  ravine,  which  is  much  wider  both  above  and 

82 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

below.  The  water  seems  to  derive  its  color  from  the 
disintegration  of  this  granite.* 

We  made  our  camp  under  a  pine  of  dense  foliage, 
whose  limbs  at  the  outer  end  drooped  near  the  ground. 
We  made  our  cup  of  tea,  and  found  the  water  boil  at 
202°  Fahrenheit.  Night  set  in  with  a  drizzling  rain,  and 
a  more  solitary,  gloomy  picture  than  we  presented  at 
that  camp  it  is  impossible  to  conceive.  Tired,  hungry, 
dirty,  clothes  all  in  rags  —  the  effects  of  our  struggles 
with  the  brush  —  we  were  not  the  least  happy ;  the 
solitude  was  oppressive.  The  entire  party,  except 
myself,  dropped  down  and  did  not  move  unless  obliged 
to.  I  went  up  to  the  foot  of  the  glacier,  and  explored 
a  little  before  night  set  in.  I  also  tried  to  make  a 
sketch  of  the  view  looking  up  the  glacier ;  but  I  have 
never  looked  at  it  since  without  being  forcibly  re- 
minded what  a  failure  it  is  as  a  sketch. 

On  the  morning  of  the  sixth  day  we  set  out  again  up 
the  glacier.  A  drizzling  rain  prevailed  through  the 
night,  and  continued  this  morning.  We  had  a  little 
trouble  in  getting  upon  the  glacier,  as  it  terminated 
everywhere  in  steep  faces  that  were  very  difficult  to 
climb.  Once  up,  we  did  not  meet  with  any  obstruc- 
tions or  interruptions  for  several  hours,  although  the 
slippery  surface  of  the  glacier,  which  formed  inclined 
planes  of  about  twenty  degrees,  made  it  very  fatiguing 
with  our  packs.  About  noon  the  weather  thickened  ; 
snow,  sleet,  and  rain  prevailed,  and  strong  winds,  blow- 
ing hither  and  thither,  almost  blinded  us.  The  sur- 
face of  the  glacier,  becoming  steeper,  began  to  be  in- 
tersected by  immense  crevasses  crossing  our  path,  often 
compelling  us  to  travel  several  hundred  yards  to  gain  a 
few  feet.  We  finally  resolved  to  find  a  camp.  But 
getting  off  the  glacier  was  no  easy  task.  We  found 

*  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  south  branch  of  the  Nachess,  which  flows  to  the  east 
into  the  Columbia,  and  that  the  Puyallup  and  White  rivers,  which  flow  west  into 
Puget  Sound,  have  similar  sources  in  glaciers,  from  the  fact  that  in  July  they  are 
all  of  a  similar  character  with  the  Nesqually,  muddy,  white  torrents,  at  a  time  when 
little  rain  has  fallen  for  months.  —  Kautz. 

83 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

that  the  face  of  the  lateral  moraine  was  almost  per- 
pendicular, and  composed  of  loose  stones,  sand,  and 
gravel,  furnishing  a  very  uncertain  foothold,  besides 
being  about  fifty  feet  high.  Wah-pow-e-ty  and  I  finally 
succeeded  in  getting  up,  and  with  the  aid  of  the  rope 
we  assisted  our  companions  to  do  the  same.  When 
we  reached  the  top  we  were  a  little  surprised  to  find 
that  we  had  to  go  down-hill  again  to  reach  the  moun- 
tain side.  Here  a  few  stunted  pines  furnished  us  fuel 
and  shelter,  and  we  rested  for  the  remainder  of  the 
day.  I  explored  a  little  in  the  evening  by  ascending 
the  ridge  from  the  glacier,  and  discovered  that  it  would 
be  much  the  best  route  to  pursue  in  ascending  to  the 
summit. 

When  night  set  in,  the  solitude  of  our  camp  was  very 
oppressive.  We  were  near  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow. 
The  water  for  our  tea  we  obtained  from  the  melting  of 
the  ice  near  by.  The  atmosphere  was  very  different 
from  what  it  was  below,  and  singularly  clear  when  not 
obstructed  by  fog,  rain,  or  snow.  There  were  no 
familiar  objects  to  enable  one  to  estimate  distance. 
When  I  caught  a  glimpse  of  the  top  of  Rainier  through 
the  clouds,  I  felt  certain  that  we  could  reach  it  in  three 
hours.  The  only  living  things  to  be  seen  were  some 
animals,  with  regard  to  which  we  still  labor  under  an 
error.  These  little  creatures  would  make  their  ap- 
pearance on  the  side  of  the  mountain  in  sight  of  our 
camp,  and  feed  upon  herbage  that  grew  on  the  soil 
where  the  snow  left  it  bare.  The  moment  anyone 
stirred  from  camp,  a  sound  between  a  whistle  and 
scream  would  break  unexpectedly  and  from  some  un- 
known quarter,  and  immediately  all  the  animals  that 
were  in  sight  would  vanish  in  the  earth.  Upon  visit- 
ing the  spot  where  they  disappeared,  we  would  find  a 
burrow  which  was  evidently  the  creatures'  home. 
Everywhere  round  the  entrance  we  found  great  num- 
bers of  tracks,  such  as  a  lamb  or  kid  would  make.  The 
animals  that  we  saw  were  about  the  size  of  kids,  and 

84 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

grazed  and  moved  about  so  much  like  them,  that, 
taken  in  connection  with  the  tracks  we  saw,  we  jumped 
at  once  to  the  conclusion  that  they  were  mountain 
sheep,  of  which  we  all  had  heard  a  great  deal,  but  none 
of  our  party  had  ever  seen  any.  My  report  of  these 
animals,  which  was  published  in  the  Washington 
Republican  on  our  return,  was  severely  ridiculed  by 
some  of  the  naturalists  who  were  hunting  for  unde- 
scribed  insects  and  animals  in  that  country  at  the 
time.  We  are  still  at  a  loss  to  understand  the  habits 
of  the  creatures,  and  to  reconcile  the  split  hoofs  which 
the  tracks  indicated  with  their  burrow  in  the  earth.1 

On  the  following  morning  —  the  seventh  day  from 
our  camp  on  the  Mishawl  —  the  sky  showed  signs  of 
clear  weather,  and  we  began  the  ascent  of  the  main 
peak.  Until  about  noon  we  were  enveloped  in  clouds, 
and  only  occasionally  did  we  get  a  glimpse  of  the 
peak.  Soon  after  midday  we  reached  suddenly  a  colder 
atmosphere,  and  found  ourselves  all  at  once  above 
the  clouds,  which  were  spread  out  smooth  and  even  as 
a  sea,  above  which  appeared  the  snowy  peaks  of  St. 
Helens,  Mount  Adams,  and  Mount  Hood,  looking  like 
pyramidal  icebergs  above  an  ocean.  At  first  we  could 
not  see  down  through  the  clouds  into  the  valleys. 
Above,  the  atmosphere  was  singularly  clear,  and  the  re- 
flection of  the  sun  upon  the  snow  very  powerful.  The 
summit  of  Rainier  seemed  very  close  at  hand. 

About  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  the  clouds  rolled 
away  like  a  scroll ;  in  a  very  short  time  they  had 
disappeared,  and  the  Cascade  Range  lay  before  us  in 
all  its  greatness.  The  view  was  too  grand  and  ex- 
tensive to  be  taken  in  at  once,  or  in  the  short  time  we 
had  to  observe.  The  entire  scene,  with  few  exceptions, 
was  covered  with  forests,  with  here  and  there  barren 
rocky  peaks  that  rose  up  out  of  the  ridges ;  now  and 
then  a  mountain  lake,  much  more  blue  than  the  sky, 

1  The  burrow  was  made  by  the  marmot  and  the  split-hoof  tracks  in  the  loose 
earth  were  made  by  mountain  goats. 

85 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

and  the  Nesqually,  winding  like  a  thread  of  silver 
through  the  dark  forests.  From  the  foot  of  the  glacier 
for  several  miles  the  bed  of  the  river  was  very  white, 
from  the  granite  bowlders  that  covered  the  bed  of  the 
stream.  The  water,  too,  was  of  a  decidedly  chalkier 
color  near  its  source. 

We  had  no  time,  however,  to  study  the  beauties 
that  lay  before  us.  We  had  already  discovered  that 
there  was  no  telling  from  appearances  how  far  we  had 
to  go.  The  travel  was  very  difficult ;  the  surface  of 
the  snow  was  porous  in  some  places,  and  at  each  step 
we  sunk  to  our  knees.  Carroll  and  the  Indian  gave 
out  early  in  the  afternoon,  and  returned  to  camp.  The 
doctor  began  to  lag  behind.  Dogue  stuck  close  to  me. 
Between  four  and  five  o'clock  we  reached  a  very  diffi- 
cult point.  It  proved  to  be  the  crest  of  the  mountain, 
where  the  comparatively  smooth  surface  was  much 
broken  up,  and  inaccessible  pinnacles  of  ice  and  deep 
crevasses  interrupted  our  progress.  It  was  not  only 
difficult  to  go  ahead,  but  exceedingly  dangerous ;  a 
false  step,  or  the  loss  of  a  foot-hold,  would  have  been 
certain  destruction.  Dogue  was  evidently  alarmed, 
for  every  time  that  I  was  unable  to  proceed,  and  turned 
back  to  find  another  passage,  he  would  say,  "/  guess, 
Lieutenant,  we  Better  go  pack" 

Finally  we  reached  what  may  be  called  the  top,  for 
although  there  were  points  higher  yet,1  the  mountain 
spread  out  comparatively  flat,  and  it  was  much  easier 
to  get  along.  The  soldier  threw  himself  down  ex- 
hausted, and  said  he  could  go  no  farther.  The  doctor 
was  not  in  sight.  I  went  on  to  explore  by  myself,  but 
I  returned  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour  without  my  hat, 
fully  satisfied  that  nothing  more  could  be  done.  It  was 
after  six  o'clock,  the  air  was  very  cold,  and  the  wind 
blew  fiercely,  so  that  in  a  second  my  hat  which  it  car- 
ried away  was  far  beyond  recovery.  The  ice  was  form- 
ing in  my  canteen,  and  to  stay  on  the  mountain  at  such 

1  He  here  gives  evidence  that  he  had  not  reached  the  summit. 
86 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

a  temperature  was  to  freeze  to  death,  for  we  brought 
no  blankets  with  us,  and  we  could  not  delay,  as  it 
would  be  impossible  to  return  along  the  crest  of  the 
mountain  after  dark.  When  I  returned  to  where  I 
had  left  the  soldier,  I  found  the  doctor  there  also,  and 
after  a  short  consultation  we  decided  to  return. 

Returning  was  far  easier  and  more  rapid  than 
going.  The  snow  was  much  harder  and  firmer,  and 
we  passed  over  in  three  hours,  coming  down,  what  re- 
quired ten  in  going  up.  We  were  greatly  fatigued  by 
the  day's  toil,  and  the  descent  was  not  accomplished 
without  an  occasional  rest  of  our  weary  limbs.  In 
one  place  the  snow  was  crusted  over,  and  for  a  short 
distance  the  mountain  was  very  steep,  and  required  the 
skillful  use  of  the  stick  to  prevent  our  going  much 
faster  than  we  desired.  The  soldier  lost  his  footing, 
and  rolled  helplessly  to  the  foot  of  the  declivity,  thirty 
or  forty  yards  distant,  and  his  face  bore  the  traces  of 
the  scratching  for  many  a  day  after,  as  if  he  had  been 
through  a  bramble-bush. 

We  found  the  Indian  and  Carroll  in  the  camp. 
The  latter  had  a  long  story  to  tell  of  his  wanderings  to 
find  camp,  and  both  stated  that  the  fatigue  was  too 
much  for  them.  There  was  no  complaint  on  the  part 
of  any  of  us  about  the  rarity  of  the  atmosphere.  The 
doctor  attributed  to  this  cause  the  fact  that  he  could 
not  go  but  a  few  yards  at  a  time,  near  the  summit, 
without  resting ;  but  I  am  inclined  to  think  this  was 
due  to  our  exhaustion.  My  breathing  did  not  seem 
to  be  in  the  least  affected. 

We  were  much  disappointed  not  to  have  had  more 
time  to  explore  the  summit  of  the  mountain.  We  had, 
however,  demonstrated  the  feasibility  of  making  the 
ascent.  Had  we  started  at  dawn  of  day  we  should 
have  had  plenty  of  time  for  the  journey.  From  what 
I  saw  I  should  say  the  mountain  top  was  a  ridge  per- 
haps two  miles  in  length  and  nearly  half  a  mile  in 
width,  with  an  angle  about  half-way,  and  depressions 

87 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

between  the  angle  and  each  end  of  the  ridge  which 
give  to  the  summit  the  appearance  of  three  small  peaks 
as  seen  from  the  east  or  west.  When  viewed  from  north 
or  south,  a  rounded  summit  is  all  that  can  be  seen ; 
while  viewed  from  positions  between  the  cardinal 
points  of  the  compass,  the  mountain  generally  has  the 
appearance  of  two  peaks. 

The  night  was  very  cold  and  clear  after  our  return. 
We  had  some  idea  of  making  another  ascent ;  but  an 
investigation  into  the  state  of  our  provisions,  together 
with  the  condition  of  the  party  generally,  determined 
us  to  begin  our  return  on  the  morning  of  the  eighth 
day.  The  two  soldiers  had  eaten  all  their  bread  but 
one  cracker  each.  The  doctor  and  I  had  enough  left, 
so  that  by  a  redistribution  we  had  four  crackers  each, 
with  which  to  return  over  a  space  that  had  required 
seven  days  of  travel  coming.  We,  of  course,  expected 
to  be  a  shorter  time  getting  back ;  but  let  it  be  ever 
so  short,  our  prospect  for  something  to  eat  was  pro- 
portionately much  more  limited.  We  had  more  meat 
than  bread,  thanks  to  the  deer  the  Indian  had  killed, 
and  we  depended  greatly  on  his  killing  more  game  for 
us  going  back :  but  this  dependence,  too,  was  cut  off ; 
the  Indian  was  snow-blind,  and  needed  our  help  to 
guide  him.  His  groans  disturbed  us  during  the  night, 
and  what  was  our  astonishment  in  the  morning  to  find 
his  eyelids  closed  with  inflammation,  and  so  swollen 
that  he  looked  as  if  he  had  been  in  a  free  fight  and  got 
the  worst  of  it.  He  could  not  have  told  a  deer  from  a 
stump  the  length  of  his  little  old  rifle. 

Our  camp  was  about  1,000  or  1,500  feet  below  the 
last  visible  shrub  ;  water  boiled  at  199°,  and,  according 
to  an  approximate  scale  we  had  with  us,  this  indicated 
an  elevation  of  7,000  feet.  We  estimated  the  highest 
peak  to  be  over  12,000  feet  high.  I  greatly  regretted 
not  being  able  to  get  the  boiling-point  on  the  top,  but 
it  was  impossible  to  have  had  a  fire  in  such  a  wind  as 
prevailed  round  the  summit. 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

As  we  returned  we  had  more  leisure  to  examine  and 
clearer  weather  to  see  the  glacier  than  we  had  coming 
up.  There  was  no  medial  moraine ;  but  an  icy  ridge 
parallel  to  the  lateral  moraines,  and  about  midway 
between  them,  extending  as  far  as  we  ascended  the 
glacier.  The  lateral  moraines  were  not  continuous, 
but  were  interrupted  by  the  walls  of  the  spurs  where 
they  projected  into  the  glacier ;  between  these  points 
the  lateral  moraines  existed.  The  glacier  sloped  away 
from  the  ridge  to  the  moraines,  more  or  less  sharply, 
and  it  was  no  easy  matter  to  get  off  the  ice,  owing  to 
the  steepness  of  the  moraine.  The  ice  melted  by 
reflection  from  the  face  of  the  moraine,  and  formed  a 
difficult  crevasse  between  it  and  the  glacier.  Bowl- 
ders of  every  shape  and  size  were  scattered  over  the 
face  of  the  glacier.  Large  ones  were  propped  up  on 
pinnacles  of  ice  ;  these  were  evidently  too  thick  for  the 
sun  to  heat  through.  The  small  bowlders  were  sunk 
more  or  less  deeply,  and  surrounded  by  water  in  the 
hot  sun ;  but  they  evidently  froze  fast  again  at  night. 

The  noise  produced  by  the  glacier  was  startling  and 
strange.  One  might  suppose  the  mountain  was  break- 
ing loose,  particularly  at  night.  Although,  so  far  as 
stillness  was  concerned,  there  was  no  difference  be- 
tween day  and  night,  at  night  the  noise  seemed  more 
terrible.  It  was  a  fearful  crashing  and  grinding  that 
was  going  on,  where  the  granite  was  powdered  that 
whitened  the  river  below,  and  where  the  bowlders  were 
polished  and  partially  rounded. 

The  great  stillness  and  solitude  were  also  very  op- 
pressive ;  no  familiar  sounds ;  nothing  except  the 
whistle  of  the  animal  before  mentioned  and  the  noise 
of  the  glacier's  motion  was  to  be  heard,  and  if  these 
had  not  occurred  at  intervals  the  solitude  would  have 
been  still  more  oppressive.  We  were  glad  to  get  down 
again  to  the  Nesqually,  where  we  could  hear  its  roar 
and  see  its  rushing  waters.  The  other  members  of 
the  party  were  so  tired  and  worn,  however,  that  they 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

seemed  to  observe  but  little,  and  as  we  were  now  on 
our  homeward  way,  their  thoughts  were  set  only  on 
our  camp  on  the  Mishawl,  with  its  provisions  and 
promise  of  rest. 

The  first  day  we  passed  two  of  the  camps  we  had 
made  coming  up,  and  reached  a  point  where  we  re- 
membered to  have  seen  a  great  quantity  of  blackber- 
ries. It  was  quite  dark  by  the  time  we  reached  the 
little  spot  of  dead  timber  —  which  seems  to  be  the 
favorite  haunt  of  the  creeping  bramble  in  this  coun- 
try —  and  to  gather  our  supper  of  berries  we  built  a 
fire  at  the  foot  of  a  large  dead  tree.  Speedily  the 
flames  were  climbing  to  the  top  of  the  withered  branches, 
and  casting  a  cheerful  light  for  a  hundred  yards  round. 
But  what  we  found  very  convenient  for  gathering  ber- 
ries proved  to  be  a  great  annoyance  when  we  wanted  to 
sleep.  During  the  night  we  were  constantly  moving  our 
place  of  rest,  at  first  on  account  of  the  falling  embers, 
and  finally  for  fear  of  the  tree  itself. 

Blackberries  are  refreshing  so  far  as  the  palate  is 
concerned ;  but  they  are  not  very  nourishing.  We 
took  our  breakfast  on  them,  and  continued  down  the 
Nesqually  from  six  in  the  morning  until  six  in  the 
evening,  traveling  slowly  because  of  the  difficult  un- 
dergrowth and  our  worn-out  and  exhausted  condition. 
We  passed  another  of  our  camps,  and  finally  stopped 
at  what  evidently  had  been  an  Indian  camp.  The 
cedar  bark,  always  to  be  found  in  such  places,  we  an- 
ticipated would  make  a  shelter  for  us  in  case  of  rain, 
which  the  clouds  promised  us. 

No  rain  fell,  however,  and  we  resumed  our  march, 
continuing  down  the  river  five  or  six  miles  farther 
than  where  we  firs-t  struck  it,  to  a  point  where  the  hills 
came  close  up  and  overhung  the  water.  There  we 
camped,  expecting  that  an  easy  march  on  the  morrow 
would  enable  us  to  reach  our  camp  on  the  Mishawl. 
We  ate  our  last  morsel,  and  the  next  morning  I  was 
awakened  by  the  conversation  of  the  two  soldiers. 

90 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

They  were  evidently  discussing  the  subject  of  hunger, 
for  the  Irishman  said:  "I've  often  seen  the  squaws 
coming  about  the  cook-house  picking  the  pitaties  out 
of  the  slop-barrel,  an'  I  thought  it  was  awful ;  but  I 
giss  I'd  do  it  mesilf  this  mornin'." 

The  morning  of  the  eleventh  day  we  left  the  Nes- 
qually  to  cross  over  to  the  Mishawl,  and  traveled  on 
the  mountain  all  day,  until  we  reached  the  stream  at 
night  completely  exhausted.  We  should  have  stopped 
sooner  than  we  did,  but  we  were  almost  perishing  with 
thirst,  not  having  had  any  water  since  we  left  the 
Nesqually  in  the  morning.  What  we  took  along  in 
our  canteens  was  exhausted  in  the  early  part  of  the  day. 
We  were  not  more  than  two  miles  from  the  camp  in 
the  prairie,  and  notwithstanding  that  we  had  had 
nothing  to  eat  all  day,  except  a  few  berries  we  had 
picked  by  the  way,  we  were  so  exhausted  that  we 
lay  down  to  sleep  as  soon  as  we  had  quenched  our  thirst. 

We  started  up-stream  the  next  morning,  thinking 
we  had  reached  the  Mishawl  below  our  camp  ;  but  soon 
discovering  our  mistake,  we  turned  down.  At  this 
point  the  Irishman's  heart  sunk  within  him,  he  was 
so  exhausted.  Thinking  we  were  lost,  he  wanted  to 
lie  down  in  the  stream  and  "drownd"  himself.  He 
was  assured  that  we  should  soon  be  in  camp,  and  we 
arrived  there  very  soon  after,  before  the  men  left  in 
charge  of  the  horses  were  up. 

Our  first  thought  was  of  something  to  eat.  I  cau- 
tioned all  about  eating  much  at  first ;  but  from  sub- 
sequent results  am  inclined  to  think  my  advice  was  not 
heeded.  I  contented  myself  with  a  half  cracker,  a 
little  butter,  and  weak  coffee  ;  and  an  hour  after,  when 
I  began  to  feel  the  beneficial  effects  of  what  I  had 
eaten,  I  took  a  little  more  substantial  meal,  but  re- 
frained from  eating  heartily. 

After  a  short  rest  we  caught  our  horses,  and  the 
doctor  and  I  rode  into  Steilacoom,  where  we  arrived 
after  a  hard  ride  late  in  the  afternoon.  As  we 

91 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

approached  the  post,  we  met  on  the  road  a  number  of 
the  inhabitants  with  whom  we  were  well  acquainted, 
and  who  did  not  recognize  us.  Nor  were  we  surprised 
when  we  got  a  glimpse  of  our  faces  in  a  glass.  Hag- 
gard and  sunburnt,  nearly  every  familiar  feature  had 
disappeared.  Since  the  loss  of  my  hat,  my  head-dress 
was  the  sleeve  of  a  red  flannel  shirt,  tied  into  a  knot 
at  the  elbow,  with  the  point  at  the  arm-pit  for  a  visor. 
Our  clothes  were  in  rags ;  one  of  the  doctor's  panta- 
loon-legs had  entirely  disappeared,  and  he  had  impro- 
vised a  substitute  out  of  a  coffee-sack.  In  our  generally 
dilapidated  condition  none  of  our  acquaintances  rec- 
ognized us  until  we  got  to  the  post.  We  passed  for 
Indians  until  we  arrived  there,  where  we  were  received 
by  the  officers  with  a  shout  at  our  ludicrous  appear- 
ance. They  were  all  sitting  under  the  oak-trees  in 
front  of  quarters,  discussing  what  had  probably  be- 
come of  us,  and  proposing  means  for  our  rescue,  when 
we  came  up. 

I  felt  the  effects  of  the  trip  for  many  days,  and  did 
not  recover  my  natural  condition  for  some  weeks.  The 
doctor  and  I  went  to  the  village  next  morning,  where 
the  people  were  startled  at  our  emaciated  appearance. 
We  found  that  the  doctor  had  lost  twenty-one  pounds 
ir^  weight  in  fourteen  days,  and  I  had  lost  fourteen 
pounds  in  the  same  time.  The  doctor,  while  we  were 
in  the  village,  was  taken  with  violent  pains  in  his  stom- 
ach, and  returned  to  his  post  quite  sick.  He  did  not 
recover  his  health  again  for  three  months. 

The  two  soldiers  went  into  the  hospital  immediately 
on  their  return,  and  I  learned  that  for  the  remainder  of 
their  service  they  were  in  the  hospital  nearly  all  the 
time.  Four  or  five  years  after,  Carroll  applied  to  me 
for  a  certificate  on  which  to  file  an  application  for  a 
pension,  stating  that  he  had  not  been  well  since  his 
trip  to  the  mountain.  The  Indian  had  an  attack  of 
gastritis,  and  barely  escaped  with  his  life  after  a  pro- 
tracted sickness.  I  attribute  my  own  escape  from  a 

92 


FIRST  ATTEMPTED  ASCENT,   1857 

lingering  illness  to  the  precautions  I  took  in  eating  when 
satisfying  the  first  cravings  of  hunger,  on  our  return  to 
camp. 

We  are  not  likely  to  have  any  competitors  in  this 
attempt  to  explore  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier. 
Packwood  and  McAllister,  two  citizens  of  Pierce 
County,  Washington  Territory,  explored  up  the  Nes- 
qually,  and  crossed  over  to  the  head  of  the  Cowlitz 
River,  and  thence  by  what  was  called  Cowlitz  Pass 
(since  called  Packwood  Pass),  to  the  east  side  of  the 
mountains,  searching  for  a  trail  to  the  mining  regions 
of  the  upper  Columbia.  More  recently,  surveyors  in 
the  employ  of  the  Pacific  Railroad  Company  have  been 
surveying  through  the  same  route  for  a  railway  passage. 

When  the  locomotive  is  heard  in  that  region  some 
day,  when  American  enterprise  has  established  an  ice- 
cream saloon  at  the  foot  of  the  glacier,  and  sherry- 
cobblers  may  be  had  at  twenty-five  cents  half-way  up 
to  the  top  of  the  mountain,  attempts  to  ascend  that 
magnificent  snow-peak  will  be  quite  frequent.  But 
many  a  long  year  will  pass  away  before  roads  are 
sufficiently  good  to  induce  any  one  to  do  what  we  did 
in  the  summer  of  1857. 


93 


VI.    FIRST    SUCCESSFUL   ASCENT,    1870 
BY  GENERAL  HAZARD  STEVENS 

GENERAL  HAZARD  STEVENS  was  born  at  Newport,  Rhode  Island, 
on  June  9,  1842.  His  father  was  Major  General  Isaac  I. 
Stevens,  and  his  mother,  Margaret  (Hazard)  Stevens,  was  a 
granddaughter  of  Colonel  Daniel  Lyman  of  the  Revolution. 
In  1854  and  1855,  while  the  son  was  only  thirteen  years  of 
age,  he  accompanied  his  father,  then  the  first  governor  of 
Washington  Territory,  on  treaty-making  expeditions  among 
the  Indian  tribes.  Later  he  accompanied  his  father  into  the 
Union  Army  as  an  officer  on  his  father's  staff.  He  was  severely 
wounded  in  the  same  battle  where  his  father  was  killed  while 
leading  the  charge  at  Chantilly,  September  i,  1862. 

Hazard  Stevens  continued  in  the  army,  and  at  the  end  of  the  war 
he  was  mustered  out  as  a  brigadier  general  of  volunteers.  He 
then  returned  to  Washington  Territory  and  went  to  work  to 
support  his  mother  and  sisters.  On  August  17,  1870,  he  and 
P.  B.  Van  Trump  made  the  first  successful  ascent  of  Mount 
Rainier. 

In  1874,  he  followed  the  other  members  of  the  family  back  to 
Boston  where  he  remained  until  his  mother's  death,  a  few 
months  ago.  He  then  returned  to  Puget  Sound,  and  is  now  a 
successful  farmer  near  Olympia. 

His  companion  on  the  ascent,  P.  B.  Van  Trump,  remained  in 
Washington.  For  a  number  of  years  he  was  a  ranger  at 
Indian  Henry's  Hunting  Ground  in  the  Mount  Rainier  National 
Park.  There  he  was  a  quaint  and  attractive  figure  to  all 
visitors.  In  1915,  he  returned  East  to  live  among  kinsfolk  in 
New  York  State. 

The  names  of  both  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  have  been  generously 
bestowed  upon  glaciers,  creeks,  ridges,  and  canons  within  the 
Mount  Rainier  National  Park. 

General  Stevens  prefers  to  call  the  mountain  Takhoma.  The  full 
account  of  the  ascent  was  published  by  him  under  the  title 
of  "The  Ascent  of  Mount  Takhoma"  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly 
for  November,  1876.  It  is  here  reproduced  by  permission  of 
the  editor  of  that  magazine. 

94 


GENERAL  HAZARD  STEVENS. 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

Mr.  Van  Trump  made  several  ascents  after  that  first  one,  and  in 
1905  General  Stevens  also  made  a  second  ascent.  He  searched 
in  vain  for  the  relics  he  had  deposited  at  the  summit  thirty- 
five  years  earlier.  The  rocks  that  were  bare  in  1870  were  under 
snow  and  ice  in  1905. 

When  Vancouver,  in  1792,  penetrated  the  Straits 
of  Fuca  and  explored  the  unknown  waters  of  the 
Mediterranean  of  the  Pacific,  wherever  he  sailed,  from 
the  Gulf  of  Georgia  to  the  farthest  inlet  of  Puget 
Sound,  he  beheld  the  lofty,  snow-clad  barrier  range  of 
the  Cascades  stretching  north  and  south  and  bound- 
ing the  eastern  horizon.  Towering  at  twice  the  alti- 
tude of  all  others,  at  intervals  of  a  hundred  miles  there 
loomed  up  above  the  range  three  majestic,  snowy 
peaks  that 

"Like  giants  stand 
To  sentinel  enchanted  land/* 

In  the  matter-of-fact  spirit  of  a  British  sailor  of  his 
time,  he  named  these  sublime  monuments  of  nature  in 
honor  of  three  lords  of  the  English  admiralty,  Hood, 
Rainier,  and  Baker.  Of  these  Rainier  is  the  central, 
situated  about  half-way  between  the  Columbia  River 
and  the  line  of  British  Columbia,  and  is  by  far  the 
loftiest  and  largest.  Its  altitude  is  14,444  feet>  while 
Hood  is  11,025  feet,  and  Baker  is  10,810  feet  high. 
The  others,  too,  are  single  cones,  while  Rainier,  or 
Takhoma,1  is  an  immense  mountain-mass  with  three 
distinct  peaks,  an  eastern,  a  northern,  and  a  southern ; 
the  two  last  extending  out  and  up  from  the  main  cen- 
tral dome,  from  the  summit  of  which  they  stand  over 
a  mile  distant,  while  they  are  nearly  two  miles  apart 
from  each  other. 

Takhoma  overlooks  Puget  Sound  from  Olympia  to 
Victoria,  one  hundred  and  sixty  miles.  Its  snow-clad 

1  Tak-ho'ma  or  Ta-ho'ma  among  the  Yakimas,  Klickitats,  Puyallups,  Nis- 
quallys,  and  allied  tribes  of  Indians,  is  the  generic  term  for  mountain,  used  pre- 
cisely as  we  use  the  word  "mount,"  as  Takhoma  Wynatchie,  or  Mount  Wynatchie. 
But  they  all  designate  Rainier  simply  as  Takhoma,  or  The  Mountain,  just  as  the 
mountain  men  used  to  call  it  the  "Old  He."  (Note  in  the  original  article.) 

95 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

dome  is  visible  from  Portland  on  the  Willamette,  one 
hundred  and  twenty  miles  south,  and  from  the  table- 
land of  Walla  Walla,  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  east. 
A  region  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  across,  including 
nearly  all  of  Washington  Territory,  part  of  Oregon, 
and  part  of  Idaho,  is  commanded  in  one  field  of  vision 
by  this  colossus  among  mountains. 

Takhoma  had  never  been  ascended.  It  was  a  virgin 
peak.  The  superstitious  fears  and  traditions  of  the 
Indians,  as  well  as  the  dangers  of  the  ascent,  had 
prevented  their  attempting  to  reach  the  summit,  and 
the  failure  of  a  gallant  and  energetic  officer,  whose  cour- 
age and  hardihood  were  abundantly  shown  during  the 
rebellion,  had  in  general  estimation  proved  it  insur- 
mountable. 

For  two  years  I  had  resolved  to  ascend  Takhoma, 
but  both  seasons  the  dense  smoke  overspreading  the 
whole  country  had  prevented  the  attempt.  Mr.  Philo- 
mon  Beecher  Van  Trump,  humorous,  generous,  whole- 
souled,  with  endurance  and  experience  withal,  for  he 
had  roughed  it  in  the  mines,  and  a  poetic  appreciation 
of  the  picturesque  and  the  sublime,  was  equally  eager 
to  scale  the  summit.  Mr.  Edward  T.  Coleman,  an 
English  gentleman  of  Victoria,  a  landscape  artist  and 
an  Alpine  tourist,  whose  reputed  experience  in  Switzer- 
land had  raised  a  high  opinion  of  his  ability  above  the 
snow-line,  completed  the  party. 

Olympia,  the  capital  of  Washington  Territory,  is 
a  beautiful,  maple-embowered  town  of  some  two 
thousand  inhabitants,  situated  at  the  southernmost 
extremity  of  Puget  Sound,  and  west  of  Takhoma, 
distant  in  an  air  line  seventy-five  miles.  The  inter- 
vening country  is  covered  with  dense  fir  forests,  almost 
impenetrable  to  the  midday  sun,  and  obstructed  with 
fallen  trees,  upturned  roots  and  stumps,  and  a  perfect 
jungle  of  undergrowth,  through  which  the  most  ener- 
getic traveler  can  accomplish  but  eight  or  nine  miles  a 
day.  It  was  advisible  to  gain  the  nearest  possible  point 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

by  some  trail,  before  plunging  into  the  unbroken  forest. 
The  Nisqually  River,  which  rises  on  the  southern  and 
western  slopes  of  Takhoma,  and  empties  into  the  sound 
a  few  miles  north  of  Olympia,  offered  the  most  direct 
and  natural  approach.  Ten  years  before,  moreover, 
a  few  enterprising  settlers  had  blazed  out  a  trail  across 
the  Cascade  Range,  which  followed  the  Nisqually 
nearly  up  to  its  source,  thence  deflected  south  to  the 
Cowlitz  River,  and  pursued  this  stream  in  a  northeast- 
ern course  to  the  summit  of  the  range,  thus  turning 
the  great  mountain  by  a  wide  circuit.  The  best-in- 
formed mountain  men  represented  the  approaches  on 
the  south  and  southeast  as  by  far  the  most  favorable. 
The  Nisqually-Cowlitz  trail,  then,  seemed  much  the 
best,  for  the  Nisqually,  heading  in  the  south  and 
southwest  slopes,  and  the  Cowlitz,  in  the  southeastern, 
afforded  two  lines  of  approach,  by  either  of  which  the 
distance  to  the  mountain,  after  leaving  the  trail,  could 
not  exceed  thirty  miles. 

One  August  afternoon,  Van  Trump  and  I  drove  out 
to  Yelm  Prairie,  thirty  miles  east  of  Olympia,  and  on 
the  Nisqually  River.  We  dashed  rapidly  on  over 
a  smooth,  hard,  level  road,  traversing  wide  reaches  of 
prairie,  passing  under  open  groves  of  oaks  and  firs, 
and  plunging  through  masses  of  black,  dense  forest 
in  ever-changing  variety.  The  moon  had  risen  as  we 
emerged  upon  Yelm  Prairie ;  Takhoma,  bathed  in 
cold,  white,  spectral  light  from  summit  to  base,  ap- 
peared startlingly  near  and  distinct.  Our  admiration 
was  not  so  noisy  as  usual.  Perhaps  a  little  of  dread 
mingled  with  it.  In  another  hour  we  drove  nearly 
across  the  plain  and  turned  into  a  lane  which  con- 
ducted us  up  a  beautiful  rising  plateau,  crowned  with  a 
noble  grove  of  oaks  and  overlooking  the  whole  prairie. 
A  comfortable,  roomy  house  with  a  wide  porch  nestled 
among  the  trees,  and  its  hospitable  owner,  Mr.  James 
Longmire,  appeared  at  the  door  and  bade  us  enter. 

The  next  morning  we  applied  to  Mr.  Longmire  for 

H  97 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

a  guide,  and  for  his  advice  as  to  our  proposed  trip. 
He  was  one  of  the  few  who  marked  out  the  Nisqually- 
Cowlitz  trail  years  ago.  He  had  explored  the  moun- 
tains about  Takhoma  as  thoroughly,  perhaps,  as  any 
other  white  man.  One  of  the  earliest  settlers,  quiet, 
self-reliant,  sensible,  and  kindly,  a  better  counselor 
than  he  could  not  have  been  found.  The  trail,  he  said, 
had  not  been  traveled  for  four  years,  and  was  entirely 
illegible  to  eyes  not  well  versed  in  woodcraft,  and  it 
would  be  folly  for  any  one  to  attempt  to  follow  it  who 
was  not  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  country.  He 
could  not  leave  his  harvest,  and  moreover  in  three  weeks 
he  was  to  cross  the  mountains  for  a  drove  of  cattle. 
His  wife,  too,  quietly  discouraged  his  going.  She  de- 
scribed his  appearance  on  his  return  from  previous 
mountain  trips,  looking  as  haggard  and  thin  as  though 
he  had  just  risen  from  a  sick-bed.  She  threw  out  ef- 
fective little  sketches  of  toil,  discomfort,  and  hard- 
ship incident  to  mountain  travel,  and  dwelt  upon  the 
hard  fare.  The  bountiful  country  breakfast  heaped 
before  us,  the  rich  cream,  fresh  butter  and  eggs,  snowy, 
melting  biscuits,  and  broiled  chicken,  with  rich,  white 
gravy,  heightened  the  effect  of  her  words. 

But  at  length,  when  it  appeared  that  no  one  else  who 
knew  the  trail  could  be  found,  Mr.  Longmire  yielded  to 
our  persuasions,  and  consented  to  conduct  us  as  far  as 
the  trail  led,  and  to  procure  an  Indian  guide  before  leav- 
ing us  to  our  own  resources.  As  soon  as  we  returned 
home  we  went  with  Mr.  Coleman  to  his  room  to  see  a 
few  indispensable  equipments  he  had  provided,  in  order 
that  we  might  procure  similar  ones.  The  floor  was 
literally  covered  with  his  traps,  and  he  exhibited  them 
one  by  one,  expatiating  upon  their  various  uses.  There 
was  his  ground-sheet,  a  large  gum  blanket  equally  ser- 
viceable to  Mr.  Coleman  as  a  tent  in  camp  and  a  bath- 
tub at  the  hotel.  There  was  a  strong  rope  to  which  we 
were  all  to  be  tied  when  climbing  the  snow-fields,  so 
that  if  one  fell  into  a  chasm  the  others  could  hold  him 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

up.  The  "creepers"  were  a  clumsy,  heavy  arrangement 
of  iron  spikes  made  to  fasten  on  the  foot  with  chains  and 
straps,  in  order  to  prevent  slipping  on  the  ice.  He  had 
an  ice-axe  for  cutting  steps,  a  spirit-lamp  for  making 
tea  on  the  mountains,  green  goggles  for  snow-blindness, 
deer's  fat  for  the  face,  Alpine  staffs,  needles  and  thread, 
twine,  tacks,  screws,  screwdriver,  gimlet,  file,  several 
medical  prescriptions,  two  boards  for  pressing  flowers, 
sketching  materials,  and  in  fact  every  article  that  Mr. 
Coleman  in  his  extensive  reading  had  found  used  or 
recommended  by  travelers.  Every  one  of  these  he 
regarded  as  indispensable.  The  Alpine  staff  was,  he 
declared,  most  important  of  all,  a  great  assistance  in 
traveling  through  the  woods  as  well  as  on  the  ice ; 
and  he  illustrated  on  his  hands  and  knees  how  to  cross 
a  crevasse  in  the  ice  on  two  staffs.  This  interview 
naturally  brought  to  mind  the  characteristic  incident 
related  of  Packwood,  the  mountain  man  who,  as  hunter 
and  prospector,  had  explored  the  deepest  recesses  of  the 
Cascades.  He  had  been  engaged  to  guide  a  railroad 
surveying  party  across  the  mountains,  and  just  as 
the  party  was  about  to  start  he  approached  the  chief 
and  demanded  an  advance  to  enable  him  to  buy  his 
outfit  for  the  trip.  "How  much  do  you  want  ?"  asked 
the  chief,  rather  anxiously,  lest  Packwood  should  over- 
draw his  prospective  wages.  "Well,  about  two  dollars 
and  a  half,"  was  the  reply ;  and  at  the  camp-fire  that 
evening,  being  asked  if  he  had  bought  his  outfit,  Pack- 
wood,  thrusting  his  hand  into  his  pocket,  drew  forth 
and  exhibited  with  perfect  seriousness  and  compla- 
cency his  entire  outfit,  —  a  jack-knife  and  a  plug  of 
tobacco. 

Half  a  dozen  carriages  rattled  gayly  out  of  Olympia 
in  the  cool  of  the  morning,  filled  with  a  laughing,  singing, 
frolicking  bevy  of  young  ladies  and  gentlemen.  They 
were  the  Takhoma  party  starting  on  their  adventurous 
trip,  with  a  chosen  escort  accompanying  them  to  their 
first  camp.  They  rested  several  hours  at  Longmire's 

99 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

during  the  heat  of  the  day,  and  the  drive  was  then  con- 
tinued seven  miles  farther,  to  the  Lacamas,  an  irregular- 
shaped  prairie  two  miles  in  length  by  half  a  mile  in 
breadth.  Here  live  two  of  Mr.  Longmire's  sons. 
Their  farms  form  the  last  settlement,  and  at  the  gate 
of  Mr.  Elkane  Longmire's  house  the  road  ends.  A 
wooded  knoll  overlooking  the  prairie,  with  a  spring  of 
water  at  its  foot,  was  selected  as  the  camp-ground. 
Some  of  the  party  stretched  a  large  sail  between  the 
trees  as  a  tent,  others  watered  and  fed  the  horses,  and 
others  busied  themselves  with  the  supper.  Two  eager 
sportsmen  started  after  grouse,  while  their  more  prac- 
tical companions  bought  half  a  dozen  chickens,  and 
had  them  soon  dressed  and  sputtering  over  the  fire. 
The  shades  of  night  were  falling  as  the  party  sat  down 
on  the  ground  and  partook  of  a  repast  fit  for  the  Olym- 
pians, and  with  a  relish  sharpened  by  the  long  journey 
and  a  whole  day's  fast. 

Early  in  the  morning  Mr.  Longmire  arrived  in  camp 
with  two  mules  and  a  pack-horse,  and  our  mountain 
outfit  was  rapidly  made  up  into  suitable  bales  and 
packed  upon  the  horse  and  one  of  the  mules,  the  other 
mule  being  reserved  for  Longmire's  own  riding.  We 
assembled  around  the  breakfast  with  spirits  as  gay  and 
appetites  as  sharp  as  ever.  Then,  with  many  good-bys 
and  much  waving  of  handkerchiefs,  the  party  broke  up. 
Four  roughly  clad  pedestrians  moved  off  in  single  file, 
leading  their  pack  animals,  and  looking  back  at  every 
step  to  catch  the  last  glimpse  of  the  bright  garments 
and  fluttering  cambrics,  while  the  carriages  drove  rap- 
idly down  the  road  and  disappeared  in  the  dark,  sullen 
forest. 

We  stepped  off  briskly,  following  a  dim  trail  in  an  east- 
erly course,  and  crossing  the  little  prairie  entered  the  tim- 
ber. After  winding  over  hilly  ground  for  about  three 
miles,  we  descended  into  the  Nisqually  bottom  and 
forded  a  fine  brook  at  the  foot  of  the  hill.  For  the  next 
ten  miles  our  route  lay  across  the  bottom,  and  along 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

the  bank  of  the  river,  passing  around  logs,  following 
old,  dry  beds  of  the  river  and  its  lateral  sloughs,  ankle- 
deep  in  loose  sand,  and  forcing  our  way  through  dense 
jungles  of  vine-maple.  The  trail  was  scarcely  visible, 
and  much  obstructed  by  fallen  trees  and  underbrush, 
and  its  difficulties  were  aggravated  by  the  bewildering 
tracks  of  Indians  who  had  lately  wandered  about  the 
bottom  in  search  -of  berries  or  rushes.  We  repeatedly 
missed  the  trail,  and  lost  hours  in  retracing  our  steps 
and  searching  for  the  right  course.  The  weather  was 
hot  and  sultry,  and  rendered  more  oppressive  by  the 
dense  foliage ;  myriads  of  gnats  and  mosquitoes  tor- 
mented us  and  drove  our  poor  animals  almost  frantic ; 
and  our  thirst,  aggravated  by  the  severe  and  unaccus- 
tomed toil,  seemed  quenchless.  At  length  we  reached 
the  ford  of  the  Nisqually.  Directly  opposite,  a  perpen- 
dicular bluff  of  sand  and  gravel  in  alternate  strata 
rose  to  the  height  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  its  base 
washed  by  the  river  and  its  top  crowned  with  firs.  The 
stream  was  a  hundred  yards  wide,  waist-deep,  and  very 
rapid.  Its  waters  were  icy  cold,  and  of  a  milk-white  hue. 
This  color  is  the  characteristic  of  glacial  rivers.  The 
impalpable  powder  of  thousands  of  tons  of  solid  rocks 
ground  up  beneath  the  vast  weight  and  resistless  though 
imperceptible  flow  of  huge  glaciers,  remains  in  solution 
in  these  streams,  and  colors  them  milk-white  to  the  sea. 
Leading  the  animals  down  the  bank  and  over  a  wide, 
dry  bar  of  cobblestones,  we  stood  at  the  brink  of  the 
swift,  turbulent  river,  and  prepared  to  essay  its  pas- 
sage. Coleman  mounted  behind  Van  Trump  on  the 
little  saddle-mule,  his  long  legs  dangling  nearly  to  the 
ground,  one  hand  grasping  his  Alpine  staff,  the  other 
the  neck-rope  of  the  pack-mule,  which  Longmire  be- 
strode. Longmire  led  in  turn  the  pack-horse,  behind 
whose  bulky  load  was  perched  the  other  member  of  the 
party.  The  cavalcade,  linked  together  in  this  order, 
had  but  just  entered  the  stream  when  Coleman  dropped 
the  neckrope  he  was  holding.  The  mule,  bewildered 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

by  the  rush  and  roar  of  the  waters,  turned  directly 
down-stream,  and  in  another  instant  our  two  pack 
animals,  with  their  riders,  would  have  been  swept  away 
in  the  furious  rapids,  had  not  Longmire  with  great 
presence  of  mind  turned  their  erratic  course  in  the 
right  direction  and  safely  brought  them  to  the  opposite 
shore.  Following  the  bottom  along  the  river  for  some 
distance,  we  climbed  up  the  end  of  the  bluff  already 
mentioned,  by  a  steep  zigzag  trail,  and  skirted  along  its 
brink  for  a  mile.  Far  below  us  on  the  right  rushed  the 
Nisqually.  On  the  left  the  bluff  fell  off  in  a  steep  hill- 
side thickly  clothed  with  woods  and  underbrush,  and 
at  its  foot  plowed  the  Owhap,  a  large  stream  emptying 
into  the  Nisqually  just  below  our  ford.  Another  mile 
through  the  woods  brought  us  out  upon  the  Mishell 
Prairie,  a  beautiful,  oval  meadow  of  a  hundred  acres, 
embowered  in  the  tall,  dense  fir  forest,  with  a  grove 
of  lofty,  branching  oaks  at  its  farther  extremity,  and 
covered  with  green  grass  and  bright  flowers.  It  takes 
its  name  from  the  Mishell  River,  which  empties  into  the 
Nisqually  a  mile  above  the  prairie. 

We  had  marched  sixteen  miles.  The  packs  were 
gladly  thrown  off  beneath  a  lofty  fir  ;  the  animals  were 
staked  out  to  graze.  A  spring  in  the  edge  of  the  woods 
afforded  water,  and  while  Mr.  Coleman  busied  himself 
with  his  pipe,  his  flask,  his  note-book,  his  sketch-book, 
and  his  pouch  of  multifarious  odds  and  ends,  the  other 
members  of  the  party  performed  the  duties  incident  to 
camp-life :  made  the  fire,  brought  water,  spread  the 
blankets,  and  prepared  supper.  The  flags  attached  to 
our  Alpine  staffs  waved  gayly  overhead,  and  the  sight 
of  their  bright  folds  fluttering  in  the  breeze  deepened 
the  fixed  resolve  to  plant  them  on  Takhoma's  hoary 
head,  and  made  failure  seem  impossible.  Mr.  Coleman 
announced  the  altitude  of  Mishell  Prairie  as  eight 
hundred  feet  by  barometer.  By  an  unlucky  fall  the 
thermometer  was  broken. 

The  march  was  resumed  early  next  morning.     As 

102 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

we  passed  the  lofty  oaks  at  the  end  of  the  little  prairie, 
"On  that  tree,"  said  Longmire,  pointing  out  one  of  the 
noblest,  "Maxon's  company  hanged  two  Indians  in  the 
war  of  '56.  Ski-hi  and  his  band,  after  many  depreda- 
tions upon  the  settlements,  were  encamped  on  the  Mis- 
hell,  a  mile  distant,  in  fancied  security,  when  Maxon 
and  his  men  surprised  them  and  cut  off  every  soul 
except  the  two  prisoners  whom  they  hanged  here." 

For  eight  miles  the  trail  led  through  thick  woods, 
and  then,  after  crossing  a  wide  "burn,  '  past  a  number 
of  deserted  Indian  wigwams,  where  another  trail  from 
the  Nisqually  plains  joined  ours,  it  descended  a  grad- 
ual slope,  traversed  a  swampy  thicket  and  another 
mile  of  heavy  timber,  and  debouched  on  the  Mishell 
River.  This  is  a  fine,  rapid,  sparkling  stream,  knee- 
deep  and  forty  feet  wide,  rippling  and  dashing 
over  a  gravelly  bed  with  clear,  cold,  transparent  water. 
The  purity  of  the  clear  water,  so  unlike  the  yeasty  Nis- 
qually, proves  that  the  Mishell  is  no  glacial  river.  Ris- 
ing in  an  outlying  range  to  the  northwest  of  Takhoma, 
it  flows  in  a  southwest  course  to  its  confluence  with  the 
Nisqually  near  our  previous  night's  camp.  We  un- 
saddled for  the  noon-rest.  Van  Trump  went  up  the 
stream,  fishing ;  Longmire  crossed  to  look  out  the  trail 
ahead,  and  Coleman  made  tea  solitaire. 

An  hour  passed,  and  Longmire  returned.  "The  trail 
is  blind,"  said  he,  "and  we  have  no  time  to  lose."  Just 
then  Van  Trump  returned ;  and  the  little  train  was 
soon  in  readiness  to  resume  the  tramp.  Longmire  rode 
his  mule  across  the  stream,  telling  us  to  drive  the  pack- 
animals  after  him  and  follow  by  a  convenient  log  near 
by.  As  the  mule  attempted  to  climb  a  low  place  in  the 
opposite  bank,  which  offered  an  apparently  easy  exit 
from  the  river,  his  hind  legs  sank  in  a  quicksand,  he 
sat  down  quickly,  if  not  gracefully,  and,  not  fancying 
that  posture,  threw  himself  clear  under  water.  His 
dripping  rider  rose  to  his  feet,  flung  the  bridle-rein  over 
his  arm,  and,  springing  up  the  bank  at  a  more  practi- 

103 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

cable  point,  strode  along  the  trail  with  as  little  delay 
and  as  perfect  unconcern  as  though  an  involuntary 
ducking  was  of  no  more  moment  than  climbing  over  a 
log. 

The  trail  was  blind.  Longmire  scented  it  through 
thickets  of  salal,  fern,  and  underbrush,  stumbling  over 
roots,  vines,  and  hollows  hidden  in  the  rank  vegetation, 
now  climbing  huge  trunks  that  the  animals  could  barely 
scramble  over,  and  now  laboriously  working  his  way 
around  some  fallen  giant  and  traveling  two  hundred 
yards  in  order  to  gain  a  dozen  yards  on  the  course. 
The  packs,  continually  jammed  against  trees  and 
shaken  loose  by  this  rough  traveling,  required  frequent 
repacking  —  no  small  task.  At  the  very  top  of  a  high, 
steep  hill,  up  which  we  had  laboriously  zigzagged 
shortly  after  crossing  the  Mishell,  the  little  packhorse, 
unable  to  sustain  the  weight  of  the  pack,  which  had 
shifted  all  to  one  side,  fell  and  rolled  over  and  over  to 
the  bottom.  Bringing  up  the  goods  and  chattels  one 
by  one  on  our  own  shoulders  to  the  top  of  the  hill,  we 
replaced  the  load  and  started  again.  The  course  was 
in  a  southerly  direction,  over  high  rolling  ground  of 
good  clay  soil,  heavily  timbered,  with  marshy  swales  at 
intervals,  to  the  Nisqually  River  again,  a  distance  of 
twelve  miles.  We  encamped  on  a  narrow  flat  between 
the  high  hill  just  descended  and  the  wide  and  noisy 
river,  near  an  old  ruined  log-hut,  the  former  residence 
of  a  once  famed  Indian  medicine  man,  who,  after  the 
laudable  custom  of  his  race,  had  expiated  with  his  life 
his  failure  to  cure  a  patient. 

Early  next  morning  we  continued  our  laborious 
march  along  the  right  bank  of  the  Nisqually.  Towards 
noon  we  left  the  river,  and  after  thridding  in  an  easterly 
course  a  perfect  labyrinth  of  fallen  timber  for  six  miles, 
and  forcing  our  way  with  much  difficulty  through  the 
tangled  jungle  of  an  extensive  vine-maple  swamp,  at 
length  crossed  Silver  Creek  and  gladly  threw  off  the 
packs  for  an  hour's  rest. 

104 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

A  short  distance  after  crossing  Silver  Creek  the  trail 
emerged  upon  more  open  ground,  and  for  the  first  time 
the  Nisqually  Valley  lay  spread  out  in  view  before  us. 
On  the  left  stretched  a  wall  of  steep,  rocky  mountains, 
standing  parallel  to  the  course  of  the  river  and  ex- 
tending far  eastward,  growing  higher  and  steeper  and 
more  rugged  as  it  receded  from  view.  At  the  very 
extremity  of  this  range  Takhoma  loomed  aloft,  its  dome 
high  above  all  others  and  its  flanks  extending  far 
down  into  the  valley,  and  all  covered,  dome  and  flanks, 
with  snow  of  dazzling  white,  in  striking  contrast  with 
the  black  basaltic  mountains  about  it.  Startlingly 
near  it  looked  to  our  eyes,  accustomed  to  the  restricted 
views  and  gloom  of  the  forest. 

After  our  noon  rest  we  continued  our  journey  up  the 
valley,  twisting  in  and  out  among  the  numerous  trunks 
of  trees  that  encumbered  the  ground,  and  after  several 
hours  of  tedious  trudging  struck  our  third  camp  on 
Copper  Creek,  the  twin  brother  to  Silver  Creek,  just  at 
dusk.  We  were  thoroughly  tired,  having  made  twenty 
miles  in  thirteen  hours  of  hard  traveling. 

Starting  at  daylight  next  morning,  we  walked  two 
miles  over  rough  ground  much  broken  by  ravines,  and 
then  descended  into  the  bed  of  the  Nisqually  at  the 
mouth  of  Goat  Creek,  another  fine  stream  which  empties 
here.  We  continued  our  course  along  the  river  bed, 
stumbling  over  rocky  bars  and  forcing  our  way  through 
dense  thickets  of  willow,  for  some  distance,  then  as- 
cended the  steep  bank,  went  around  a  high  hill  over 
four  miles  of  execrable  trail,  and  descended  to  the 
river  again,  only  two  miles  above  Goat  Creek.  At 
this  point  the  Takhoma  branch  or  North  Fork  joins 
the  Nisqually.  This  stream  rises  on  the  west  side 
of  Takhoma,  is  nearly  as  large  as  the  main  river, 
and  like  it  shows  its  glacial  origin  by  its  milk-white 
water  and  by  its  icy  cold,  terribly  swift  and  furious 
torrent.  Crossing  the  Takhoma  branch,  here  thirty 
yards  wide,  we  kept  up  the  main  river,  crossing  and 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

recrossing  the  stream  frequently,  and  toiling  over 
rocky  bars  for  four  miles,  a  distance  which  consumed 
five  hours,  owing  to  the  difficulties  of  the  way.  We 
then  left  the  Nisqually,  turning  to  the  right  and  travel- 
ing in  a  southerly  course,  and  followed  up  the  bed  of  a 
swampy  creek  for  half  a  mile,  then  crossed  a  level  tract 
much  obstructed  with  fallen  timber,  then  ascended  a 
burnt  ridge,  and  followed  it  for  two  miles  to  a  small, 
marshy  prairie  in  a  wide  canyon  or  defile  closed  in  by 
rugged  mountains  on  either  side,  and  camped  beside 
a  little  rivulet  on  the  east  side  of  the  prairie.  This  was 
Bear  Prairie,  the  altitude  of  which  by  the  barometer 
was  2630  feet.  The  canyon  formed  a  low  pass  between 
the  Nisqually  and  Cowlitz  rivers,  and  the  little  rivulet 
near  which  we  camped  flowed  into  the  latter  stream. 
The  whole  region  had  been  swept  by  fire :  thousands 
of  giant  trunks  stock  blackened  and  lifeless,  the  pic- 
ture of  desolation. 

As  we  were  reclining  on  the  ground  around  the  camp- 
fire,  enjoying  the  calm  and  beatific  repose  which  comes 
to  the  toil-worn  mountaineer  after  his  hearty  supper, 
one  of  these  huge  trunks,  after  several  warning  creaks, 
came  toppling  and  falling  directly  over  our  camp. 
All  rushed  to  one  side  or  another  to  avoid  the  impend- 
ing crash.  As  one  member  of  the  party,  hastily  catch- 
ing up  in  one  hand  a  frying-pan  laden  with  tin  plates 
and  cups,  and  in  the  other  the  camp  kettle  half  full  of 
boiling  water,  was  scrambling  away,  his  foot  tripped  in 
a  blackberry  vine  and  he  fell  outstretched  at  full  length, 
the  much-prized  utensils  scattering  far  and  wide, 
while  the  falling  tree  came  thundering  down  in  the  rear, 
doing  no  other  damage,  however,  than  burying  a  pair 
of  blankets. 

The  following  day  Longmire  and  the  writer  went 
down  the  canyon  to  its  junction  with  the  Cowlitz 
River,  in  search  of  a  band  of  Indians  who  usually  made 
their  headquarters  at  this  point,  and  among  whom 
Longmire  hoped  to  find  some  hunter  familiar  with  the 

1 06 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

mountains  who  might  guide  us  to  the  base  of  Takhoma. 
The  tiny  rivulet  as  we  descended  soon  swelled  to  a 
large  and  furious  torrent,  and  its  bed  filled  nearly  the 
whole  bottom  of  the  gorge.  The  mountains  rose  on 
both  sides  precipitously,  and  the  traces  of  land-slides 
which  had  gouged  vast  furrows  down  their  sides  were 
frequent.  With  extreme  toil  and  difficulty  we  made 
our  way,  continually  wading  the  torrent,  clambering 
over  broken  masses  of  rock  which  filled  its  bed,  or  cling- 
ing to  the  steep  hillsides,  and  reached  the  Cowlitz 
at  length  after  twelve  miles  of  this  fatiguing  work,  but 
only  to  find  the  Indian  camp  deserted.  Further  search, 
however,  was  rewarded  by  the  discovery  of  a  rude 
shelter  formed  of  a  few  skins  thrown  over  a  frame- 
work of  poles,  beneath  which  sat  a  squaw  at  work  upon 
a  half-dressed  deerskin.  An  infant  and  a  naked  child 
of  perhaps  four  years  lay  on  the  ground  near  the  fire  in 
front.  Beside  the  lodge  and  quietly  watching  our  ap- 
proach, of  which  he  alone  seemed  aware,  stood  a  tall, 
slender  Indian  clad  in  buckskin  shirt  and  leggings, 
with  a  striped  woolen  breech-clout,  and  a  singular 
head  garniture  which  gave  him  a  fierce  and  martial  ap- 
pearance. This  consisted  of  an  old  military  cap,  the 
visor  thickly  studded  with  brassheaded  nails,  while 
a  large  circular  brass  article,  which  might  have  been  the 
top  of  an  oil-lamp,  was  fastened  upon  the  crown.  Sev- 
eral eagle  feathers  stuck  in  the  crown  and  strips  of  fur 
sewed  upon  the  sides  completed  the  edifice,  which, 
notwithstanding  its  components,  appeared  imposing 
rather  than  ridiculous.  A  long  Hudson  Bay  gun, 
the  stock  also  ornamented  with  brass-headed  tacks, 
lay  in  the  hollow  of  the  Indian's  shoulder. 

He  received  us  with  great  friendliness,  yet  not  with- 
out dignity,  shaking  hands  and  motioning  us  to  a  seat 
beneath  the  rude  shelter,  while  his  squaw  hastened  to 
place  before  us  suspicious-looking  cakes  of  dried  berries, 
apparently  their  only  food.  After  a  moderate  indul- 
gence in  this  delicacy,  Longmire  made  known  our 

107 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

wants.  The  Indian  spoke  fluently  the  Chinook  jargon, 
that  high-bred  lingo  invented  by  the  old  fur-traders. 
He  called  himself  "Sluiskin,"  and  readily  agreed  to 
guide  us  to  Rainier,  known  to  him  only  as  Takhoma, 
and  promised  to  report  at  Bear  Prairie  the  next  day.  It 
was  after  seven  in  the  evening  when  we  reached  camp, 
thoroughly  fagged. 

Punctual  to  promise,  Sluiskin  rode  up  at  noon 
mounted  upon  a  stunted  Indian  pony,  while  his  squaw 
and  pappooses  followed  upon  another  even  more  puny 
and  forlorn.  After  devouring  an  enormous  dinner, 
evidently  compensating  for  the  rigors  of  a  long  fast, 
in  reply  to  our  inquiries  he  described  the  route  he  pro- 
posed to  take  to  Takhoma.  Pointing  to  the  almost 
perpendicular  height  immediately  back  or  east  of  our 
camp,  towering  three  thousand  feet  or  more  overhead, 
the  loftiest  mountain  in  sight,  "We  go  to  the  top  of  that 
mountain  to-day,"  said  he,  "and  to-morrow  we  follow 
along  the  high,  backbone  ridge  of  the  mountains,  now 
up,  now  down,  first  on  one  side  and  then  on  the  other, 
a  long  day's  journey,  and  at  last,  descending  far  down 
from  the  mountains  into  a  deep  valley,  reach  the  base 
of  Takhoma."  Sluiskin  illustrated  his  Chinook  with 
speaking  signs  and  pantomine.  He  had  frequently 
hunted  the  mountain  sheep  upon  the  snow-fields  of 
Takhoma,  but  had  never  ascended  to  the  summit.  It 
was  impossible  to  do  so,  and  he  put  aside  as  idle  talk 
our  expressed  intention  of  making  the  ascent. 

We  had  already  selected  the  indispensable  articles 
for  a  week's  tramp,  a  blanket  apiece,  the  smallest  coffee- 
pot and  frying-pan,  a  scanty  supply  of  bacon,  flour, 
coffee,  etc.,  and  had  made  them  up  into  suitable  packs 
of  forty  pounds  each,  provided  with  slings  like  a  knap- 
sack, and  had  piled  together  under  the  lee  of  a  huge 
fallen  trunk  our  remaining  goods.  Longmire,  who 
although  impatient  to  return  home,  where  his  presence 
was  urgently  needed,  had  watched  and  directed  our 
preparations  during  the  forenoon  with  kindly  solicitude, 

108 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

now  bade  us  good-by  :  mounted  on  one  mule  and  lead- 
ing the  other,  he  soon  disappeared  down  the  trail  on 
his  lonely,  homeward  way.  He  left  us  the  little 
pack-horse,  thinking  it  would  be  quite  capable  of 
carrying  our  diminished  outfit  after  our  return  from 
Takhoma. 

Sluiskin  led  the  way.  The  load  upon  his  shoulders 
was  sustained  by  a  broad  band,  passing  over  his  head, 
upon  which  his  heavy,  brass-studded  rifle,  clasped  in 
both  hands,  was  poised  and  balanced.  Leaving  be- 
hind the  last  vestige  of  trail,  we  toiled  in  single  file 
slowly  and  laboriously  up  the  mountain  all  the  after- 
noon. The  steepness  of  the  ascent  in  many  places 
required  the  use  of  both  hand  and  foot  in  climbing,  and 
the  exercise  of  great  caution  to  keep  the  heavy  packs 
from  dragging  us  over  backwards.  Coleman  lagged 
behind  from  the  start,  and  at  intervals  his  voice  could 
be  heard  hallooing  and  calling  upon  us  to  wait.  To- 
wards sunset  we  reached  a  level  terrace,  or  bench,  near 
the  summit,  gladly  threw  off  our  packs,  and  waited  for 
Coleman,  who,  we  supposed,  could  not  be  far  below. 
He  not  appearing,  we  hallooed  again  and  again.  No 
answer !  We  then  sent  Sluiskin  down  the  mountain  to 
his  aid.  After  an  hour's  absence  the  Indian  returned. 
He  had  descended,  he  said,  a  long  distance,  and  at  last 
caught  sight  of  Coleman.  He  was  near  the  foot  of  the 
mountain,  had  thrown  away  his  pack,  blankets  and  all, 
and  was  evidently  returning  to  camp.  And  Sluiskin 
finished  his  account  with  expressions  of  contempt  for 
the  "cultus  King  George  man."  What  was  to  be 
done  ?  Coleman  carried  in  his  pack  all  our  bacon,  our 
only  supply  of  meat,  except  a  few  pounds  of  dried  beef. 
He  also  had  the  barometer,  the  only  instrument  that 
had  survived  the  jolts  and  tumbles  of  our  rough  trip. 
But,  on  the  other  hand,  he  had  been  a  clog  upon  our 
march  from  the  outset.  He  was  evidently  too  infirm 
to  endure  the  toil  before  us,  and  would  not  only  be  un- 
able to  reach,  still  less  ascend  Takhoma,  but  might  even 

109 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

impede  and  frustrate  our  own  efforts.-  Knowing  that 
he  would  be  safe  in  camp  until  our  return,  we  hastily 
concluded  to  proceed  without  him,  trusting  to  our 
rifles  for  a  supply  of  meat. 

Sluiskin  led  us  along  the  side  of  the  ridge  in  a  south- 
erly direction  for  two  miles  farther,  to  a  well-sheltered, 
grassy  hollow  in  the  mountain-top,  where  he  had  often 
previously  encamped.  It  was  after  dark  when  we 
reached  this  place.  The  usual  spring  had  gone  dry, 
and,  parched  with  thirst  we  searched  the  gulches  of  the 
mountain-side  for  water  an  hour,  but  without  success. 
At  length  the  writer,  recalling  a  scanty  rill  which  trickled 
across  their  path  a  mile  back,  taking  the  coffee-pot  and 
large  canteen,  retraced  his  steps,  succeeded  in  filling 
these  utensils  after  much  fumbling  in  the  dark  and  con- 
sequent delay,  and  returned  to  camp.  He  found  Van 
Trump  and  the  Indian,  anxious  at  the  long  delay, 
mounted  on  the  crest  of  the  ridge  some  two  hundred 
yards  from  camp,  waving  torches  and  shouting  lustily 
to  direct  his  steps.  The  mosquitoes  and  flies  came 
in  clouds,  and  were  terribly  annoying.  After  supper 
of  coffee  and  bread,  we  drank  up  the  water,  rolled  our- 
selves in  our  blankets,  and  lay  down  under  a  tree  with 
our  flags  floating  from  under  the  boughs  overhead. 
Hot  as  had  been  the  day,  the  night  was  cold  and  frosty, 
owing,  doubtless,  to  the  altitude  of  our  camp. 

At  the  earliest  dawn  next  morning  we  were  moving 
on  without  breakfast,  and  parched  with  thirst.  Sluis- 
kin led  us  in  a  general  course  about  north-northeast, 
but  twisting  to  nearly  every  point  of  the  compass,  and 
climbing  up  and  down  thousands  of  feet  from  moun- 
tain to  mountain,  yet  keeping  on  the  highest  backbone 
between  the  headwaters  of  the  Nisqually  and  Cowlitz 
rivers.  After  several  hours  of  this  work  we  came  to  a 
well-sheltered  hollow,  one  side  filled  with  a  broad  bed 
of  snow,  at  the  foot  of  which  nestled  a  tiny,  tranquil 
lakelet,  and  gladly  threw  off  our  heavy  packs,  assuaged 
our  thirst,  and  took  breakfast,  —  bread  and  coffee 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

again.  Early  as  it  was,  the  chill  of  the  frosty  night  still 
in  the  air,  the  mosquitoes  renewed  their  attacks,  and 
proved  as  innumerable  and  vexatious  as  ever. 

Continuing  our  march,  we  crossed  many  beds  of  snow, 
and  drank  again  and  again  from  the  icy  rills  which 
flowed  out  of  them.  The  mountains  were  covered  with 
stunted  mountain-ash  and  low,  stubby  firs  with  short, 
bushy  branches,  and  occasionally  a  few  pines.  Many 
slopes  were  destitute  of  trees  but  covered  with  luxuri- 
ant grass  and  the  greatest  profusion  of  beautiful  flowers 
of  vivid  hues.  This  was  especially  the  case  with  the 
southern  slopes,  while  the  northern  sides  of  the  moun- 
tains were  generally  wooded.  We  repeatedly  ate  ber- 
ries, and  an  hour  afterwards  ascended  to  where  berries 
of  the  same  kind  were  found  scarcely  yet  formed.  The 
country  was  much  obscured  with  smoke  from  heavy 
fires  which  had  been  raging  on  the  Cowlitz  the  last  two 
days.  But  when  at  length,  after  climbing  for  hours 
an  almost  perpendicular  peak,  —  creeping  on  hands  and 
knees  over  loose  rocks,  and  clinging  to  scanty  tufts  of 
grass  where  a  single  slip  would  have  sent  us  rolling  a 
thousand  feet  down  to  destruction,  —  we  reached  the 
highest  crest  and  looked  over,  we  exclaimed  that  we 
were  already  well  repaid  for  all  our  toil.  Nothing  can 
convey  an  idea  of  the  grandeur  and  ruggedness  of  the 
mountains.  Directly  in  front,  and  apparently  not  over 
two  miles  distant,  although  really  twenty,  old  Takhoma 
loomed  up  more  gigantic  than  ever.  We  were  far  above 
the  level  of  the  lower  snow-line  on  Takhoma.  The  high 
peak  upon  which  we  clung  seemed  the  central  core  or 
focus  of  all  the  mountains  around,  and  on  every  side  we 
looked  down  vertically  thousands  of  feet,  deep  down  into 
vast,  terrible  defiles,  black  and  fir-clothed,  which 
stretched  away  until  lost  in  the  distance  and  smoke. 
Between  them,  separating  one  from  another,  the 
mountain-walls  rose  precipitously  and  terminated  in 
bare,  columnar  peaks  of  black  basaltic  or  volcanic  rock, 
as  sharp  as  needles.  It  seemed  incredible  that  any 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

human  foot  could  have  followed  out  the  course  we  came, 
as  we  looked  back  upon  it. 

After  a  few  hours  more  of  this  climbing,  we  stood 
upon  the  summit  of  the  last  mountain-ridge  that  sepa- 
rated us  from  Takhoma.  We  were  in  a  saddle  of  the 
ridge ;  a  lofty  peak  rose  on  either  side.  Below  us  ex- 
tended a  long,  steep  hollow  or  gulch  rilled  with  snow, 
the  farther  extremity  of  which  seemed  to  drop  off 
perpendicularly  into  a  deep  valley  or  basin.  Across 
this  valley,  directly  in  front,  filling  up  the  whole  horizon 
and  view  with  an  indescribable  aspect  of  magnitude 
and  grandeur,  stood  the  old  leviathan  of  mountains. 
The  broad,  snowy  dome  rose  far  among  and  above  the 
clouds.  The  sides  fell  off  in  vertical  steeps  and  fearful 
black  walls  of  rock  for  a  third  of  its  altitude ;  lower 
down,  vast,  broad,  gently  sloping  snow-fields  sur- 
rounded the  mountain,  and  were  broken  here  and  there 
by  ledges  or  masses  of  the  dark  basaltic  rock  protrud- 
ing above  them.  Long,  green  ridges  projected  from 
this  snow-belt  at  intervals,  radiating  from  the  moun- 
tain and  extending  many  miles  until  lost  in  the  distant 
forests.  Deep  valleys  lay  between  these  ridges.  Each 
at  its  upper  end  formed  the  bed  of  a  glacier,  which 
closed  and  filled  it  up  with  solid  ice.  Below  the  snow- 
line  bright  green  grass  with  countless  flowers,  whose 
vivid  scarlet,  blue,  and  purple  formed  bodies  of  color 
in  the  distance,  clothed  the  whole  region  of  ridges  and 
valleys,  for  a  breadth  of  five  miles.  The  beautiful 
balsam  firs,  about  thirty  feet  in  height,  and  of  a  purple, 
dark-green  color,  stood  scattered  over  the  landscape, 
now  singly,  now  in  groves,  and  now  in  long  lines,  as 
though  planted  in  some  well-kept  park.  Farther  down 
an  unbroken  fir  forest  surrounded  the  mountain  and 
clad  the  lower  portions  of  the  ridges  and  valleys.  In 
every  sheltered  depression  or  hollow  lay  beds  of  snow 
with  tiny  brooks  and  rivulets  flowing  from  them.  The 
glaciers  terminated  not  gradually,  but  abruptly,  with  a 
wall  of  ice  from  one  to  five  hundred  feet  high,  from  be- 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

neath  which  yeasty  torrents  burst  forth  and  rushed 
roaring  and  tumbling  down  the  valleys.  The  prin- 
cipal of  these,  far  away  on  our  left  front,  could  be  seen 
plunging  over  two  considerable  falls,  half  hidden  in 
the  forest,  while  the  roar  of  waters  was  distinctly  audible. 

At  length  we  cautiously  descended  the  snow-bed, 
and,  climbing  at  least  fifteen  hundred  feet  down  a 
steep  but  ancient  land-slide  by  means  of  the  bushes 
growing  among  the  loose  rocks,  reached  the  valley, 
and  encountered  a  beautiful,  peaceful,  limpid  creek. 
Van  Trump  could  not  resist  the  temptation  of  unpack- 
ing his  bundle,  selecting  one  of  his  carefully  preserved 
flies,  and  trying  the  stream  for  trout,  but  without  a 
single  rise.  After  an  hour's  rest  and  a  hearty  repast  we 
resumed  our  packs,  despite  Sluiskin's  protests,  who 
seemed  tired  out  with  his  arduous  day's  toil  and  pleaded 
hard  against  traveling  farther.  Crossing  the  stream, 
we  walked  through  several  grassy  glades,  or  meadows, 
alternating  with  open  woods.  We  soon  came  to  the  foot 
of  one  of  the  long  ridges  already  described,  and  ascend- 
ing it  followed  it  for  several  miles  through  open  woods, 
until  we  emerged  upon  the  enchanting  emerald  and 
flowery  meads  which  clothe  these  upper  regions. 
Halting  upon  a  rising  eminence  in  our  course,  and  look- 
ing back,  we  beheld  the  ridge  of  mountains  we  had 
just  descended  stretching  from  east  to  west  in  a  steep, 
rocky  wall ;  a  little  to  the  left,  a  beautiful  lake,  evidently 
the  source  of  the  stream  just  crossed,  which  we  called 
Clear  Creek,  and  glimpses  of  which  could  be  seen  among 
the  trees  as  it  flowed  away  to  the  right,  down  a  rapidly 
descending  valley  along  the  foot  of  the  lofty  mountain- 
wall.  Beyond  the  lake  again,  still  farther  to  the  left, 
the  land  also  subsided  quickly.  It  was  at  once  evident 
that  the  lake  was  upon  a  summit,  or  divide,  between 
the  waters  of  the  Nisqually  and  Cowlitz  rivers.  The 
ridge  which  we  were  ascending  lay  north  and  south, 
and  led  directly  up  to  the  mountain. 

We  camped,  as  the  twilight  fell  upon  us,  in  an  aro- 
i  113 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

matic  grove  of  balsam  firs.  A  grouse,  the  fruit  of  Slu- 
iskin's  rifle,  broiled  before  the  fire,  and  impartially 
divided  gave  a  relish  to  the  dry  bread  and  coffee.  After 
supper  we  reclined  upon  our  blankets  in  front  of  the 
bright,  blazing  fire,  well  satisfied.  The  Indian,  when 
starting  from  Bear  Prairie,  had  evidently  deemed  our 
intention  of  ascending  Takhoma  too  absurd  to  deserve 
notice.  The  turning  back  of  Mr.  Coleman  only  deep- 
ened his  contempt  for  our  prowess.  But  his  views  had 
undergone  a  change  with  the  day's  march.  The  affair 
began  to  look  serious  to  him,  and  now  in  Chinook, 
interspersed  with  a  few  words  of  broken  English  and 
many  signs  and  gesticulations,  he  began  a  solemn  ex- 
hortation and  warning  against  our  rash  project. 

Takhoma,  he  said,  was  an  enchanted  mountain, 
inhabited  by  an  evil  spirit,  who  dwelt  in  a  fiery  lake  on 
its  summit.  No  human  being  could  ascend  it  or  even 
attempt  its  ascent,  and  survive.  At  first,  indeed,  the 
way  was  easy.  The  broad  snow-fields,  over  which  he 
had  so  often  hunted  the  mountain  goat,  interposed  no 
obstacle,  but  above  them  the  rash  adventurer  would 
be  compelled  to  climb  up  steeps  of  loose,  rolling  rocks, 
which  would  turn  beneath  his  feet  and  cast  him  head- 
long into  the  deep  abyss  below.  The  upper  snow- 
slopes,  too,  were  so  steep  that  not  even  a  goat,  far  less 
a  man,  could  get  over  them.  And  he  would  have  to 
pass  below  lofty  walls  and  precipices  whence  avalanches 
of  snow  and  vast  masses  of  rocks  were  continually 
falling ;  and  these  would  inevitably  bury  the  intruder 
beneath  their  ruins.  Moreover,  a  furious  tempest 
continually  swept  the  crown  of  the  mountain,  and  the 
luckless  adventurer,  even  if  he  wonderfully  escaped  the 
perils  below,  would  be  torn  from  the  mountain  and 
whirled  through  the  air  by  this  fearful  blast.  And  the 
awful  being  upon  the  summit,  who  would  surely  punish 
the  sacrilegious  attempt  to  invade  his  sanctuary,  — 
who  could  hope  to  escape  his  vengeance  ?  Many 
years  ago,  he  continued,  his  grandfather,  a  great  chief 

114 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,    1870 

and  warrior,  and  a  mighty  hunter,  had  ascended  part 
way  up  the  mountain,  and  had  encountered  some  of  these 
dangers,  but  he  fortunately  turned  back  in  time  to  escape 
destruction  ;  and  no  other  Indian  had  ever  gone  so  far. 

Finding  that  his  words  did  not  produce  the  desired 
effect,  he  assured  us  that,  if  we  persisted  in  attempting 
the  ascent,  he  would  wait  three  days  for  our  return, 
and  would  then  proceed  to  Olympia  and  inform  our 
friends  of  our  death  ;  and  he  begged  us  to  give  him  a 
paper  (a  written  note)  to  take  to  them,  so  that  they 
might  believe  his  story.  Sluiskin's  manner  during  this 
harangue  was  earnest  in  the  extreme,  and  he  was  un- 
doubtedly sincere  in  his  forebodings.  After  we  had 
retired  to  rest,  he  kept  up  a  most  dismal  chant,  or  dirge, 
until  late  in  the  night.  The  dim,  white,  spectral  mass 
towering  so  near,  the  roar  of  the  torrents  below  us,  and 
the  occasional  thunder  of  avalanches,  several  of  which 
fell  during  the  night,  added  to  the  weird  effect  of  Sluis- 
kin's song. 

The  next  morning  we  moved  two  miles  farther  up  the 
ridge  and  made  camp  in  the  last  clump  of  trees,  quite 
within  the  limit  of  perpetual  snow.  Thence,  with 
snow-spikes  upon  our  feet  and  Alpine  staff  in  hand,  we 
went  up  the  snow-fields  to  reconnoiter  the  best  line  of 
ascent.  We  spent  four  hours,  walking  fast,  in  reaching 
the  foot  of  the  steep,  abrupt  part  of  the  mountain. 
After  carefully  scanning  the  southern  approaches,  we 
decided  to  ascend  on  the  morrow  by  a  steep,  rocky 
ridge  that  seemed  to  lead  up  to  the  snowy  crown. 

Our  camp  was  pitched  on  a  high  knoll  crowned  by  a 
grove  of  balsam  firs,  near  a  turbulent  glacial  torrent. 
About  nine  o'clock,  after  we  had  lain  down  for  the 
night,  the  firs  round  our  camp  took  fire  and  suddenly 
burst  out  in  a  vivid  conflagration.  The  night  was  dark 
and  windy,  and  the  scene  —  the  vast,  dim  outlines  of 
Takhoma,  the  white  snow-fields,  the  roaring  torrent, 
the  crackling  blaze  of  the  burning  trees  —  was  strikingly 
wild  and  picturesque. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

In  honor  of  our  guide  we  named  the  cascade  at  our 
feet  Sluiskin's  Falls ;  the  stream  we  named  Glacier 
Creek,  and  the  mass  of  ice  whence  it  derives  its  source 
we  styled  the  Little  Nisqually  Glacier. 

Before  daylight  the  next  morning,  Wednesday, 
August  17,  1870,  we  were  up  and  had  breakfasted, 
and  at  six  o'clock  we  started  to  ascend  Takhoma.  Be- 
sides our  Alpine  staffs  and  creepers,  we  carried  a  long 
rope,  and  ice-axe,  a  brass  plate  inscribed  with  our 
names,  our  flags,  a  large  canteen,  and  some  luncheon. 
We  were  also  provided  with  gloves,  and  green  goggles 
for  snow-blindness,  but  found  no  occasion  to  use  the 
latter.  Having  suffered  much  from  the  heat  of  the 
sun  since  leaving  Bear  Prairie,  and  being  satisfied  from 
our  late  reconnoissance  that  we  could  reach  the  sum- 
mit and  return  on  the  same  day,  we  left  behind  our 
coats  and  blankets.  In  three  hours  of  fast  walking 
we  reached  the  highest  point  of  the  preceding  day's 
trip,  and  commenced  the  ascent  by  the  steep,  rocky 
ridge  already  described  as  reaching  up  to  the  snowy 
dome.  We  found  it  to  be  a  very  narrow,  steep,  irregu- 
lar backbone,  being  solid  rock,  while  the  sides  were 
composed  of  loose  broken  rocks  and  debris.  Up  this 
ridge,  keeping  upon  the  spine  when  possible,  and  some- 
times forced  to  pick  our  way  over  the  loose  and  broken 
rocks  at  the  sides,  around  columnar  masses  which  we 
could  not  directly  climb  over,  we  toiled  for  five  hundred 
yards,  ascending  at  an  angle  of  nearly  forty-five  degrees. 
Here  the  ridge  connected,  by  a  narrow  neck  or  saddle, 
with  a  vast  square  rock,  whose  huge  and  distinct  out- 
line can  be  clearly  perceived  from  a  distance  of  twenty- 
five  miles.  This,  like  the  ridge,  is  a  conglomerate  of 
basalt  and  trap,  in  well-defined  strata,  and  is  rapidly 
disintegrating  and  continually  falling  in  showers  and 
even  masses  of  rocks  and  rubbish,  under  the  action  of 
frost  by  night  and  melting  snow  by  day.  It  lies  im- 
bedded in  the  side  of  the  mountain,  with  one  side  and 
end  projected  and  overhanging  deep,  terrible  gorges, 

116 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

and  it  is  at  the  corner  or  junction  of  these  two  faces 
that  the  ridge  joined  it  at  a  point  about  a  thousand  feet 
below  its  top.  On  the  southern  face  the  strata  were 
inclined  at  an  angle  of  thirty  degrees.  Crossing  by  the 
saddle  from  the  ridge,  despite  a  strong  wind  which  swept 
across  it,  we  gained  a  narrow  ledge  formed  by  a  stratum 
more  solid  than  its  fellows,  and  creeping  along  it,  hug- 
ging close  to  the  main  rock  on  our  right,  laboriously  and 
cautiously  continued  the  ascent.  The  wind  was  blow- 
ing violently.  We  were  now  crawling  along  the  face 
of  the  precipice  almost  in  mid-air.  On  the  right  the 
rock  towered  far  above  us  perpendicularly.  On  the 
left  it  fell  sheer  off,  two  thousand  feet,  into  a  vast  abyss. 
A  great  glacier  filled  its  bed  and  stretched  away  for 
several  miles,  all  seamed  or  wrinkled  across  with  count- 
less crevasses.  We  crept  up  and  along  a  ledge,  not  of 
solid,  sure  rock,  but  one  obstructed  with  the  loose  stones 
and  debris  which  were  continually  falling  from  above, 
and  we  trod  on  the  upper  edge  of  a  steep  slope  of  this 
rubbish,  sending  the  stones  at  every  step  rolling  and 
bounding  into  the  depth  below.  Several  times  during 
our  progress  showers  of  rocks  fell  from  the  precipice 
above  across  our  path,  and  rolled  into  the  abyss,  but 
fortunately  none  struck  us. 

Four  hundred  yards  of  this  progress  brought  us  to 
where  the  rock  joined  the  overhanging  edge  of  the  vast 
neve  or  snow-field  that  descended  from  the  dome  of 
the  mountain  and  was  from  time  to  time,  as  pressed 
forward  and  downward,  breaking  off  in  immense 
masses,  which  fell  with  a  noise  as  of  thunder  into  the 
great  canyon  on  our  left.  The  junction  of  rock 
and  ice  afforded  our  only  line  of  ascent.  It  was  an 
almost  perpendicular  gutter,  but  here  our  ice-axe  came 
into  play,  and  by  cutting  steps  in  the  ice  and  availing 
ourselves  of  every  crevice  or  projecting  point  of  the 
rock,  we  slowly  worked  our  way  up  two  hundred  yards 
higher.  Falling  stones  were  continually  coming  down, 
both  from  the  rock  on  our  right  and  from  the  ice  in 

117 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

front,  as  it  melted  and  relaxed  its  hold  upon  them.  Mr. 
Van  Trump  was  hit  by  a  small  one,  and  another  struck 
his  staff  from  his  hands.  Abandoning  the  rock,  then, 
at  the  earliest  practicable  point,  we  ascended  directly 
up  the  ice,  cutting  steps  for  a  short  distance,  until  we 
reached  ice  so  corrugated,  or  drawn  up  in  sharp  pin- 
nacles, as  to  afford  a  foothold.  These  folds  or  pinnacles 
were  about  two  or  three  feet  high,  and  half  as  thick,  and 
stood  close  together.  It  was  like  a  very  violent  chop 
sea,  only  the  waves  were  sharper.  Up  this  safe  footing 
we  climbed  rapidly,  the  side  of  the  mountain  becoming 
less  and  less  steep,  and  the  ice  waves  smaller  and  more 
regular,  and,  after  ascending  about  three  hundred  yards, 
stood  fairly  upon  the  broad  dome  of  mighty  Takhoma. 
It  rose  before  us  like  a  broad,  gently  swelling  headland 
of  dazzling  white,  topped  with  black,  where  the  rocky 
summit  projected  above  the  neve.  Ascending  diago- 
nally towards  the  left,  we  continued  our  course.  The 
snow  was  hard  and  firm  under  foot,  crisp  and  light  for 
an  inch  or  two,  but  solidified  into  ice  a  foot  or  less 
beneath  the  surface.  The  whole  field  was  covered 
with  the  ice-waves  already  described,  and  intersected 
by  a  number  of  crevasses  which  we  crossed  at  narrow 
places  without  difficulty.  About  half-way  up  the  slope, 
we  encountered  one  from  eight  to  twenty  feet  wide  and 
of  profound  depth.  The  most  beautiful  vivid  emerald- 
green  color  seemed  to  fill  the  abyss,  the  reflection  of  the 
bright  sunlight  from  side  to  side  of  its  pure  ice  walls. 
The  upper  side  or  wall  of  the  crevasse  was  some  twelve 
feet  above  the  lower,  and  in  places  overhung  it,  as 
though  the  snow-field  on  the  lower  side  had  bodily 
settled  down  a  dozen  feet.  Throwing  a  bight  of  the 
rope  around  a  projecting  pinnacle  on  the  upper  side, 
we  climbed  up,  hand  over  hand,  and  thus  effected  a 
crossing.  We  were  now  obliged  to  travel  slowly,  with 
frequent  rests.  In  that  rare  atmosphere,  after  taking 
seventy  or  eighty  steps,  our  breath  would  be  gone,  our 
muscles  grew  tired  and  strained,  and  we  experienced  all 

118 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

the  sensations  of  extreme  fatigue.  An  instant's  pause, 
however,  was  sufficient  to  recover  strength  and  breath, 
and  we  would  start  again.  The  wind,  which  we  had 
not  felt  while  climbing  the  steepest  part  of  the  moun- 
tain, now  again  blew  furiously,  and  we  began  to  suffer 
from  the  cold.  Our  course,  —  directed  still  diagonally 
towards  the  left,  thus  shunning  the  severe  exertion  of 
climbing  straight  up  the  dome,  although  at  an  ordinary 
altitude  the  slope  would  be  deemed  easy,  —  brought 
us  first  to  the  southwest  peak.  This  is  a  long,  exceed- 
ingly sharp,  narrow  ridge,  springing  out  from  the  main 
dome  for  a  mile  into  mid-air.  The  ridge  affords  not 
over  ten  or  twelve  feet  of  foothold  on  top,  and  the 
sides  descend  almost  vertically.  On  the  right  side  the 
snow  lay  firm  and  smooth  for  a  few  feet  on  top,  and 
then  descended  in  a  steep,  unbroken  sheet,  like  an  im- 
mense, flowing  curtain,  into  the  tremendous  basin 
which  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  mountain  between 
the  southern  and  northern  peaks,  and  which  is  inclosed 
by  them  as  by  two  mighty  arms.  The  snow  on  the  top 
and  left  crest  of  the  ridge  was  broken  into  high,  sharp 
pinnacles,  with  cracks  and  fissures  extending  to  the 
rocks  a  few  feet  below.  The  left  side,  too  steep  for  the 
snow  to  lie  on,  was  vertical,  bare  rock.  The  wind  blew 
so  violently  that  we  were  obliged  to  brace  ourselves  with 
our  Alpine  staffs  and  use  great  caution  to  guard  against 
being  swept  off  the  ridge.  We  threw  ourselves  behind 
the  pinnacles  or  into  the  cracks  every  seventy  steps, 
for  rest  and  shelter  against  the  bitter,  piercing  wind. 
Hastening  forward  in  this  way  along  the  dizzy,  narrow, 
and  precarious  ridge,  we  reached  at  length  the  highest 
point.  Sheltered  behind  a  pinnacle  of  ice  we  rested  a 
moment,  took  out  our  flags  and  fastened  them  upon 
the  Alpine  staffs,  and  then,  standing  erect  in  the 
furious  blast,  waved  them  in  triumph  with  three  cheers. 
We  stood  a  moment  upon  that  narrow  summit,  bracing 
ourselves  against  the  tempest  to  view  the  prospect. 
The  whole  country  was  shrouded  in  a  dense  sea  of 

119 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

smoke,  above  which  the  mountain  towered  two  thou- 
sand feet  in  the  clear,  cloudless  ether.  A  solitary  peak 
far  to  the  southeast,  doubtless  Mount  Adams,  and  one 
or  two  others  in  the  extreme  northern  horizon,  alone 
protruded  above  the  pall.  On  every  side  of  the  moun- 
tain were  deep  gorges  falling  off  precipitously  thousands 
of  feet,  and  from  these  the  thunderous  sound  of  ava- 
lanches would  rise  occasionally.  Far  below  were  the 
wide-extended  glaciers  already  described.  The  wind 
was  now  a  perfect  tempest,  and  bitterly  cold ;  smoke 
and  mist  were  flying  about  the  base  of  the  mountian, 
half  hiding,  half  revealing  its  gigantic  outlines ;  and 
the  whole  scene  was  sublimely  awful. 

It  was  now  five  P.M.  We  had  spent  eleven  hours  of 
unremitted  toil  in  making  the  ascent,  and,  thoroughly 
fatigued,  and  chilled  by  the  cold,  bitter  gale,  we  saw 
ourselves  obliged  to  pass  the  night  on  the  summit  with- 
out shelter  or  food,  except  our  meagre  lunch.  It  would 
have  been  impossible  to  descend  the  mountain  before 
nightfall,  and  sure  destruction  to  attempt  it  in  darkness. 
We  concluded  to  return  to  a  mass  of  rocks  not  far  below, 
and  there  pass  the  night  as  best  we  could,  burrowing 
in  the  loose  debris. 

The  middle  peak  of  the  mountain,  however,  was  evi- 
dently the  highest,  and  we  determined  to  first  visit  it. 
Retracing  our  steps  along  the  narrow  crest  of  Peak 
Success,  as  we  named  the  scene  of  our  triumph,  we 
crossed  an  intervening  depression  in  the  dome,  and 
ascended  the  middle  peak,  about  a  mile  distant  and 
two  hundred  feet  higher  than  Peak  Success.  Climbing 
over  a  rocky  ridge  which  crowns  the  summit,  we  found 
ourselves  within  a  circular  crater  two  hundred  yards 
in  diameter,  filled  with  a  solid  bed  of  snow,  and  inclosed 
with  a  rim  of  rocks  projecting  above  the  snow  all  around. 
As  we  were  crossing  the  crater  on  the  snow,  Van  Trump 
detected  the  odor  of  sulphur,  and  the  next  instant  nu- 
merous jets  of  steam  and  smoke  were  observed  issuing 
from  the  crevices  of  the  rocks  which  formed  the  rim  on 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

the  northern  side.  Never  was  a  discovery  more  wel- 
come !  Hastening  forward,  we  both  exclaimed,  as  we 
warmed  our  chilled  and  benumbed  extremities  over 
one  of  Pluto's  fires,  that  here  we  would  pass  the  night, 
secure  against  freezing  to  death,  at  least.  These  jets 
were  from  the  size  of  that  of  a  large  steampipe  to  a 
faint,  scarcely  perceptible  emission,  and  issued  all 
along  the  rim  among  the  loose  rocks  on  the  northern 
side  for  more  than  half  the  circumference  of  the  crater. 
At  intervals  they  would  puff  up  more  strongly,  and  the 
smoke  would  collect  in  a  cloud  until  blown  aside  and 
scattered  by  the  wind,  and  then  their  force  would  abate 
for  a  time. 

A  deep  cavern,  extending  into  and  under  the  ice,  and 
formed  by  the  action  of  heat,  was  found.  Its  roof  was 
a  dome  of  brilliant  green  ice  with  long  icicles  pendent  from 
it,  while  its  floor,  composed  of  the  rocks  and  debris 
which  formed  the  side  of  the  crater,  descended  at  an 
angle  of  thirty  degrees.  Forty  feet  within  its  mouth 
we  built  a  wall  of  stones,  inclosing  a  space  five  by  six 
feet  around  a  strong  jet  of  steam  and  heat.  Unlike  the 
angular,  broken  rocks  met  with  elsewhere,  within  the 
crater  we  found  well-rounded  bowlders  and  stones  of 
all  sizes  worn  as  smooth  by  the  trituration  of  the  crater 
as  by  the  action  of  water.  Nowhere,  however,  did  we 
observe  any  new  lava  or  other  evidences  of  recent  vol- 
canic action  excepting  these  issues  of  steam  and  smoke. 
Inclosed  within  the  rude  shelter  thus  hastily  con- 
structed, we  discussed  our  future  prospects  while  we 
ate  our  lunch  and  warmed  ourselves  at  our  natural  regis- 
ter. The  heat  at  the  orifice  was  too  great  to  bear  for 
more  than  an  instant,  but  the  steam  wet  us,  the  smell 
of  sulphur  was  nauseating,  and  the  cold  was  so  severe 
that  our  clothes,  saturated  with  the  steam,  froze  stiff 
when  turned  away  from  the  heated  jet.  The  wind 
outside  roared  and  whistled,  but  it  did  not  much 
affect  us,  secure  within  our  cavern,  except  when  an  oc- 
casional gust  came  down  perpendicularly.  However, 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

we  passed  a  most  miserable  night,  freezing  on  one  side, 
and  in  a  hot  steam-sulphur-bath  on  the  other. 

The  dawn  at  last  slowly  broke,  cold  and  gray.  The 
tempest  howled  still  wilder.  As  it  grew  light,  dense 
masses  of  driven  mist  went  sweeping  by  overhead  and 
completely  hid  the  sun,  and  enveloped  the  mountain  so 
as  to  conceal  objects  scarce  a  hundred  feet  distant. 
We  watched  and  waited  with  great  anxiety,  fearing 
a  storm  which  might  detain  us  there  for  days  without 
food  or  shelter,  or,  worse  yet,  snow,  which  would  render 
the  descent  more  perilous,  or  most  likely  impossible. 
And  when,  at  nine  A.M.,  an  occasional  rift  in  the  driving 
mist  gave  a  glimpse  of  blue  sky,  we  made  haste  to  de- 
scend. First,  however,  I  deposited  the  brass  plate 
inscribed  with  our  names  in  a  cleft  in  a  large  bowlder 
on  the  highest  summit,  —  a  huge  mount  of  rocks  on 
the  east  side  of  our  crater  of  refuge,  which  we  named 
Crater  Peak,  —  placed  the  canteen  alongside,  and 
covered  it  with  a  large  stone.  I  was  then  literally 
freezing  in  the  cold,  piercing  blast,  and  was  glad  to 
hurry  back  to  the  crater,  breathless  and  benumbed. 

We  left  our  den  of  refuge  at  length,  after  exercising 
violently  to  start  the  blood  through  our  limbs,  and,  in 
attempting  to  pass  around  the  rocky  summit,  discov- 
ered a  second  crater,  larger  than  the  first,  perhaps  three 
hundred  yards  in  diameter.  It  is  circular,  filled  with  a 
bed  of  snow,  with  a  rocky  rim  all  around  and  numerous 
jets  of  steam  issuing  from  the  rocks  on  the  northern 
side.  Both  craters  are  inclined  —  the  first  to  the 
west,  and  the  latter  to  the  east  with  a  much  steeper 
inclination,  about  thirty  degrees.  The  rim  of  the 
second  crater  is  higher,  or  the  snow-field  inside  lower, 
than  that  of  the  first,  and  upon  the  east  side  rises  in  a 
rocky  wall  thirty  feet  above  the  snow  within.  From 
the  summit  we  obtained  a  view  of  the  northern  peak, 
still  partially  enveloped  in  the  driving  mist.  It  ap- 
peared about  a  mile  distant,  several  hundred  feet  lower 
than  the  center  peak,  and  separated  from  it  by  a  deeper, 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

more  abrupt  depression  or  gap  than  that  separating 
Crater  and  Success  peaks.  Like  the  latter,  too,  it  is 
a  sharp,  narrow  ridge  springing  out  from  the  main 
mountain,  and  swept  bare  of  snow  on  its  summit  by 
the  wind.  The  weather  was  still  too  threatening,  the 
glimpses  of  the  sun  and  sky  through  the  thick,  flying 
scud  were  too  few  and  fugitive,  to  warrant  us  in  visiting 
this  peak,  which  we  named  Peak  Takhoma,  to  perpetu- 
ate the  Indian  name  of  the  mountain. 

Our  route  back  was  the  same  as  on  the  ascent.  At 
the  steepest  and  most  perilous  point  in  descending  the 
steep  gutter  where  we  had  been  forced  to  cut  steps  in 
the  ice,  we  fastened  one  end  of  the  rope  as  securely  as 
possible  to  a  projecting  rock,  and  lowered  ourselves 
down  by  it  as  far  as  it  reached,  thereby  passing  the 
place  with  comparative  safety.  We  were  forced  to 
abandon  the  rope  here,  having  no  means  of  unfastening 
it  from  the  rock  above.  We  reached  the  foot  of  the 
rocky  ledge  or  ridge,  where  the  real  difficulties  and 
dangers  of  the  ascent  commenced,  at  1.30  P.M.,  four 
and  a  half  hours  after  leaving  the  crater.  We  had  been 
seven  and  a  half  hours  in  ascending  from  this  point  to 
the  summit  of  Peak  Success,  and  in  both  cases  we 
toiled  hard  and  lost  no  time. 

We  now  struck  out  rapidly  and  joyfully  for  camp. 
When  nearly  there  Van  Trump,  in  attempting  to 
descend  a  snowbank  without  his  creepers,  which  he 
had  taken  off  for  greater  ease  in  walking,  fell,  shot  like 
lightning  forty  feet  down  the  steep  incline,  and  struck 
among  some  loose  rocks  at  its  foot  with  such  force  as 
to  rebound  several  feet  into  the  air ;  his  face  and  hands 
were  badly  skinned,  and  he  received  some  severe 
bruises  and  a  deep,  wide  gash  upon  his  thigh.  Fortu- 
nately the  camp  was  not  far  distant,  and  thither 
with  great  pain  and  very  slowly  he  managed  to  hobble. 
Once  there  I  soon  started  a  blazing  fire,  made  coffee, 
and  roasted  choice  morsels  of  a  marmot,  Sluiskin  hav- 
ing killed  and  dressed  four  of  these  animals  during 

123 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

our  absence.  Their  flesh,  like  the  badger's,  is  ex- 
tremely muscular  and  tough,  and  has  a  strong,  dis- 
agreeable, doggy  odor. 

Towards  the  close  of  our  repast,  we  observed  the 
Indian  approaching  with  his  head  down,  and  walking 
slowly  and  wearily  as  though  tired  by  a  long  tramp. 
He  raised  his  head  as  he  came  nearer,  and,  seeing  us 
for  the  first  time,  stopped  short,  gazed  long  and  fixedly, 
and  then  slowly  drew  near,  eying  us  closely  the  while, 
as  if  to  see  whether  we  were  real  flesh  and  blood  or  dis- 
embodied ghosts  fresh  from  the  evil  demon  of  Ta- 
khoma.  He  seemed  both  astonished  and  delighted  to 
find  us  safe  back,  and  kept  repeating  that  we  were 
strong  men  and  had  brave  hearts  :  "  Skookum  tilicum, 
skookum  tumtum."  He  expected  never  to  see  us 
again,  he  said,  and  had  resolved  to  start  the  next  morn- 
ing for  Olympia  to  report  our  destruction. 

The  weather  was  still  raw  and  cold.  A  dense  cloud 
overhung  and  shrouded  the  triple  crown  of  Takhoma 
and  made  us  rejoice  at  our  timely  descent.  The 
scanty  shelter  afforded  by  the  few  balsam  firs  about  our 
camp  had  been  destroyed  by  the  fire,  and  the  situation 
was  terribly  exposed  to  the  chilly  and  piercing  wind  that 
blew  from  the  great  ice-fields.  Van  Trump,  however, 
was  too  badly  hurt  to  think  of  moving  that  night. 
Heating  some  large  stones  we  placed  them  at  our  feet, 
and  closely  wrapped  in  our  blankets  slept  soundly  upon 
the  open  ground,  although  we  awoke  in  the  morning 
benumbed  and  chilled. 

We  found  many  fresh  tracks  and  signs  of  the  moun- 
tain-sheep upon  the  snowfields,  and  hair  and  wool 
rubbed  off  upon  rocks,  and  places  where  they  had  lain 
at  night.  The  mountain-sheep  of  Takhoma  is  much 
larger  than  the  common  goat,  and  is  found  only  upon 
the  loftiest  and  most  secluded  peaks  of  the  Cascade 
Range.  Even  Sluiskin,  a  skillful  hunter  and  accus- 
tomed to  the  pursuit  of  this  animal  for  years,  failed  to 
kill  one,  notwithstanding  he  hunted  assiduously  during 

124 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

our  entire  stay  upon  the  mountain,  three  days.  Sluis- 
kin  was  greatly  chagrined  at  his  failure,  and  promised 
to  bring  each  of  us  a  sheep-skin  the  following  summer, 
a  promise  which  he  faithfully  fulfilled. 

The  glacial  system  of  Takhoma  is  stupendous.  The 
mountain  is  really  the  focal  centre  and  summit  of  a 
region  larger  than  Massachusetts,  and  the  five  large 
rivers  which  water  this  region  all  find  their  sources  in 
its  vast  glaciers.  They  are  the  Cowlitz,  which  empties 
into  the  Columbia ;  the  White,  Puyallup,  and  Nis- 
qually  rivers,  which  empty  into  Puget  Sound  sixty, 
forty,  and  twelve  miles  respectively  north  of  Olympia  ; 
and  the  Wenass,  which  flows  eastward  through  the 
range  and  empties  into  the  Yakima,  which  joins  the 
Columbia  four  hundred  miles  above  its  mouth.  These 
are  all  large  streams  from  seventy  to  a  hundred  miles 
in  length.  The  White,  Puyallup,  and  Cowlitz  rivers 
are  each  navigable  for  steamboats  for  some  thirty 
miles,  and  like  the  Nisqually  show  their  glacial  origin 
by  their  white  and  turgid  water,  which  indeed  gives  the 
former  its  name. 

The  southwestern  sides  of  the  mountain  furnish  the 
glaciers  which  form  the  sources  of  the  Nisqually,  and 
one  of  these,  at  Sluiskin's  Falls,  has  been  already  de- 
scribed. The  main  Nisqually  glacier  issues  from  the 
deep  abyss  overhung  by  the  vast  rock  along  the  face  of 
which  our  route  of  ascent  lay,  and  extends  in  a  narrow 
and  somewhat  crooked  canyon  for  two  miles.  The  ice 
at  its  extremity  rises  in  an  abrupt  wall  five  hundred 
feet  high,  and  a  noisy  torrent  pours  out  with  great  force 
from  beneath.  This  feature  is  characteristic  of  every 
glacier.  The  main  Cowlitz  glacier  issues  from  the  south- 
east side,  just  to  the  right  of  our  ridge  of  ascent.  Its 
head  fills  a  deep  gorge  at  the  foot  of  the  eastern  front 
or  face  of  the  great  mass  of  rock  just  referred  to,  and  the 
southern  face  of  which  overhangs  the  main  Nisqually 
glacier.  Thus  the  heads  of  these  glaciers  are  sepa- 
rated only  by  this  great  rock,  and  are  probably  not 

125 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

more  than  half  a  mile  apart,  while  their  mouths  are 
three  miles  apart.  Several  smaller  glaciers  serve  to 
swell  the  waters  of  the  Cowlitz.  In  like  manner  the 
glaciers  from  the  western  side  form  the  Puyallup,  and 
those  from  the  northern  and  northwestern  sides  the 
White  River.  The  principal  White  River  glacier  is 
nearly  ten  miles  long,  and  its  width  is  from  two  to  four 
miles.  Its  depth,  or  the  thickness  of  its  ice,  must  be 
thousands  of  feet.  Streams  and  rivulets  under  the 
heat  of  the  sun  flow  down  its  surface  until  swallowed 
by  the  crevasses,  and  a  lakelet  of  deep  blue  water  an 
eighth  of  a  mile  in  diameter  has  been  observed  upon 
the  solid  ice.  Pouring  down  from  the  mountain,  the 
ice  by  its  immense  weight  and  force  has  gouged  out  a 
mass  upon  the  northeastern  side  a  mile  in  thickness. 
The  geological  formation  of  Takhoma  poorly  resists  the 
eroding  power  of  these  mighty  glaciers,  for  it  seems  to 
be  composed  not  of  solid  rock,  but  of  a  basaltic  con- 
glomerate in  strata,  as  though  the  volcanic  force  had 
burst  through  and  rent  in  pieces  some  earlier  basaltic 
outflow,  and  had  heaped  up  this  vast  pile  from  the 
fragments  in  successive  strata.  On  every  side  the 
mountain  is  slowly  disintegrating. 

What  other  peak  can  offer  to  scientific  examination 
or  to  the  admiration  of  tourists  fourteen  living  glaciers 
of  such  magnitude,  issuing  from  every  side,  or  such 
grandeur,  beauty,  and  variety  of  scenery  ? 

At  daylight  we  broke  up  our  camp  at  Sluiskin's  Falls, 
and  moved  slowly,  on  account  of  Van  Trump's  hurt, 
down  the  ridge  about  five  miles  to  Clear  Creek,  where 
we  again  regaled  ourselves  upon  a  hearty  repast  of  mar- 
mots, or  "raw  dog,"  as  Van  Trump  styled  them  in 
derision  both  of  the  viand  and  of  the  cookery.  I  was 
convinced  from  the  lay  of  the  country  that  Clear  Creek 
flowed  into  the  Nisqually,  or  was,  perhaps,  the  main 
stream  itself,  and  that  the  most  direct  and  feasible  route 
back  to  Bear  Prairie  would  be  found  by  following  down 
the  valley  of  these  streams  to  the  trail  leading  from 

126 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

the  Nisqually  to  Bear  Prairie.  Besides,  it  was  evidently 
impossible  for  Van  Trump,  in  his  bruised  and  injured 
state,  to  retrace  our  rough  route  over  the  mountains. 
Leaving  him  as  comfortable  as  possible,  with  all  our 
scanty  stock  of  flour  and  marmots,  sufficient  to  last 
him  nearly  a  week  in  case  of  need,  I  started  imme- 
diately after  dinner,  with  Sluiskin  leading  the  way, 
to  explore  this  new  route.  The  Indian  had  opposed 
the  attempt  strenuously,  insisting  with  much  urgency 
that  the  stream  flowed  through  canyons  impossible  for 
us  to  traverse.  He  now  gradually  veered  away  from 
the  course  of  the  stream,  until  ere-long  he  was  leading 
directly  up  the  steep  mountain  range  upon  our  former 
route,  when  I  called  him  back  peremptorily,  and  kept 
him  in  the  rear  for  a  little  distance.  Traveling  through 
open  timber,  over  ground  rapidly  descending,  we  came 
at  the  end  of  two  miles  to  where  the  stream  is  hemmed 
in  between  one  of  the  long  ridges  or  spurs  from  Ta- 
khoma  and  the  high  mountain-chain  on  the  south. 
The  stream,  receiving  many  affluents  on  both  sides,  its 
clear  waters  soon  discolored  by  the  yeasty  glacial  tor- 
rents, here  loses  its  peaceful  flow,  and  for  upwards  of 
three  miles  rushes  furiously  down  a  narrow,  broken,  and 
rocky  bed  in  a  succession  of  falls  and  cascades  of  great 
picturesque  beauty.  With  much  toil  and  difficulty 
we  picked  our  way  over  a  wide  "talus"  of  huge,  broken 
granite  blocks  and  bowlders,  along  the  foot  of  a  vast 
mountain  of  solid  granite  on  the  south  side  of  the  river, 
until  near  the  end  of  the  defile,  then  crossed  the  stream, 
and  soon  after  encountered  a  still  larger  branch  coming 
from  the  north,  direct  from  Takhoma,  the  product, 
doubtless,  of  the  glaciers  on  the  southern  and  south- 
western sides.  Fording  this  branch  just  above  its  con- 
fluence with  the  other,  we  followed  the  general  course 
of  the  river,  now  unmistakably  the  Nisqually,  for 
about  four  miles  ;  then,  leaving  it,  we  struck  off  nearly 
south  through  the  forest  for  three  miles,  and  emerged 
upon  the  Bear  Prairie.  The  distance  was  about  thir- 
ty 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

teen  miles  from  where  we  left  Van  Trump,  and  we  were 
only  some  six  hours  in  traveling  it,  while  it  took  seven- 
teen hours  of  terribly  severe  work  to  make  the  moun- 
tain-route under  Sluiskin's  guidance. 

Without  his  help  on  the  shorter  route,  too,  it  would 
have  taken  me  more  than  twice  the  time  it  did.  For 
the  manner  in  which,  after  entering  the  defile  of  the 
Nisqually,  Sluiskin  again  took  the  lead  and  proceeded 
in  a  direct  and  unhesitating  course,  securing  every 
advantage  of  the  ground,  availing  himself  of  the  wide, 
rocky  bars  along  the  river,  crossing  and  recrossing  the 
milky  flood  which  rushed  along  with  terrific  swiftness 
and  fury,  and  occasionally  forcing  his  way  through  the 
thick  timber  and  underbrush  in  order  to  cut  off  wide 
bends  of  the  river,  and  at  length  leaving  it  and  striking 
boldly  through  the  forest  to  Bear  Prairie,  proved  him 
familiar  with  every  foot  of  the  country.  His  objections 
to  the  route  evidently  arose  from  the  jealousy  so  com- 
mon with  his  people  of  further  exploration  of  the 
country  by  the  whites.  As  long  as  they  keep  within 
the  limits  already  known  and  explored,  they  are  faith- 
ful and  indefatigable  guides,  but  they  invariably  inter- 
pose every  obstacle  their  ingenuity  can  suggest  to  deter 
the  adventurous  mountaineer  from  exposing  the  few 
last  hidden  recesses  that  remain  unexplored. 

Mr.  Coleman  was  found  safe  in  camp,  and  seemed  too 
glad  to  see  us  to  think  of  reproaching  us  for  our  sum- 
mary abandonment.  He  said  that  in  attempting  to 
follow  us  he  climbed  up  so  precipitous  a  place  that, 
encumbered  with  his  heavy  pack,  he  could  neither 
advance  nor  recede.  He  was  compelled,  therefore,  to 
throw  off  the  pack,  which  rolled  to  the  very  bottom  of 
the  mountain,  and  being  thus  delivered  of  his  necessary 
outfit,  he  was  forced  to  return  to  camp.  He  had  been 
unable  to  find  his  pack,  but  having  come  across  some 
cricketer's  spikes  among  his  remaining  effects,  he  was 
resolved  to  continue  his  trip  to,  and  make  the  ascent 
of,  Rainier  by  himself;  he  had  just  completed  his 

128 


FIRST  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

preparations,  and  especially  had  deposited  on  top  of 
the  lofty  mountain  which  overlooked  the  prairie  two 
caches,  or  stores,  of  provisions. 

At  daylight  next  morning,  Sluiskin,  with  his  little  boy 
riding  one  of  his  own  ponies,  himself  riding  our  little 
calico-colored  pack-horse,  now  well  rested  and  saucy, 
started  back  for  Van  Trump,  with  directions  to  meet 
us  at  the  trail  on  the  Nisqually.  A  heavy,  drizzling 
rain  set  in  soon  afterwards ;  Mr.  Coleman,  who  had 
gone  early  to  bring  in  the  contents  of  his  mountain-top 
caches,  returned  about  noon  with  a  very  small  bundle, 
and,  packing  our  traps  upon  Sluiskin's  other  pony,  we 
moved  over  to  the  rendezvous,  pitched  Coleman's 
large  gum-sheet  as  a  partial  shelter,  made  a  rousing 
fire,  and  tried  to  be  comfortable.  Late  in  the  after- 
noon the  pony  set  up  a  violent  neighing,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  Van  Trump,  and  Sluiskin  with  his  little  boy 
behind  him,  rode  up,  drenched  to  the  skin.  By  follow- 
ing the  bed  of  the  river,  frequently  crossing  and  recross- 
ing,  the  Indian  had  managed  to  ride  to  the  very  foot  of 
the  Nisqually  defile,  when,  leaving  the  horses  in  this 
boy's  care,  he  hastened  to  Van  Trump  and  carefully  led 
and  assisted  him  down.  Despite  the  pain  of  his  severe 
hurts,  the  latter  was  much  amused  at  Sluiskin's  account 
of  our  trip,  and  of  finding  Mr.  Coleman  safe  in  camp 
making  tea,  and  for  long  after  would  repeat  as  an  ex- 
cellent joke  Sluiskin's  remark  on  passing  the  point 
where  he  had  attempted  to  mislead  me,  "Skookum 
tenas  man  hiyu  goddam/' 

We  sent  the  horses  back  by  the  Indian  to  Bear 
Prairie  for  grass,  there  being  no  indications  of  the  rain 
ceasing.  The  storm  indeed  lasted  three  days,  during 
which  we  remained  sheltered  beneath  the  gum-sheet  as 
far  as  possible,  and  endeavored  to  counteract  the  rain 
by  heaping  up  our  fire  in  front.  About  eight  o'clock 
on  the  second  morning,  Sluiskin  reported  himself  with 
our  horse,  which  he  returned,  he  said,  because  he  was 
about  to  return  to  his  lodge  on  the  Cowlitz,  being  des- 

K  129 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

titute  of  shelter  and  food  for  his  family  on  Bear  Prairie. 
He  vigorously  replenished  the  fire,  declined  breakfast, 
jeered  Coleman  for  turning  back,  although  probably 
the  latter  did  not  comprehend  his  broken  lingo,  and 
departed. 

Sluiskin  was  an  original  and  striking  character. 
Leading  a  solitary  life  of  hardships  amidst  these  wilds, 
yet  of  unusual  native  intelligence,  he  had  contrived, 
during  rare  visits  to  the  settlements,  to  acquire  the 
Chinook  jargon,  besides  a  considerable  stock  of  English 
words,  while  his  fund  of  general  information  was  really 
wonderful.  He  was  possessed  of  a  shrewd,  sarcastic 
wit,  and,  making  no  pretense  to  the  traditional  gravity 
of  his  race,  did  not  scruple  to  use  it  freely.  Yet  be- 
neath this  he  cherished  a  high  sense  of  pride  and  per- 
sonal independence.  Although  of  the  blood  of  the 
numerous  and  powerful  Yakimas,  who  occupied  the 
country  just  east  of  the  Cascades,  he  disdained  to  ren- 
der allegiance  to  them  or  any  tribe,  and  undoubtedly 
regarded  the  superintendent  of  Indian  affairs,  or  even 
the  great  father  at  Washington  himself,  with  equally 
contemptuous  indifference. 

As  the  last  rays  of  the  sun,  one  warm,  drowsy  summer 
afternoon,  were  falling  aslant  the  shady  streets  of  Olym- 
pia,  Mr.  Longmire's  well-worn  family  carry-all,  drawn 
by  two  fat,  grass-fed  horses,  came  rattling  down  the 
main  street  at  a  most  unusual  pace  for  them  ;  two  bright 
flags  attached  to  Alpine  staffs,  one  projecting  from  each 
door,  fluttered  gayly  overhead,  while  the  occupants 
of  the  carriage  looked  eagerly  forth  to  catch  the  first 
glimpse  of  welcoming  friends.  We  returned  after  our 
tramp  of  two  hundred  and  forty  miles  with  visages 
tanned  and  sun-scorched,  and  with  forms  as  lean  and 
gaunt  as  greyhounds,  and  were  received  and  lionized 
to  the  full,  like  veterans  returning  from  an  arduous  and 
glorious  campaign.  For  days  afterward,  in  walking 
along  the  smooth  and  level  pavements,  we  felt  a  strong 
impulse  to  step  high,  as  though  still  striding  over  the 

130 


FIRST   SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

innumerable  fallen  logs  and  boughs  of  the  forest,  and 
for  weeks  our  appetites  were  a  source  of  astonishment 
to  our  friends  and  somewhat  mortifying  to  ourselves. 
More  than  two  months  had  elapsed  before  Mr.  Van 
Trump  fully  recovered  from  his  hurts.  We  published 
at  the  time  short  newspaper  accounts  of  the  ascent, 
and,  although  an  occasional  old  Puget  Sounder  will 
still  growl,  "They  say  they  went  on  top  of  Mount 
Rainier,  but  I'd  like  to  see  them  prove  it,"  we  were 
justly  regarded  as  the  first,  and  as  I  believe  the  only 
ones  up  to  the  present  time,  who  have  ever  achieved 
the  summit  of  Takhoma. 


VII.    INDIAN   WARNING   AGAINST    DEMONS 
BY  SLUISKIN,   INDIAN  GUIDE 

THE  beautiful  Sluiskin  Falls,  at  the  head  of  Paradise  Valley, 
have  been  admired  by  countless  visitors  to  the  Mount  Rainier 
National  Park.  The  name  was  bestowed  upon  them  by  Stevens 
and  Van  Trump  after  their  return  from  what  the  Indian  guide 
believed  was  sure  death.  Before  they  had  left  him  at  the 
camp  near  the  falls  and  started  to  climb  over  the  snow  and  ice, 
he  delivered  an  eloquent  plea  in  the  Chinook  jargon  accom- 
panied by  natural  but  effective  gestures. 

The  speech  was  remembered  and  repeated  by  the  white  men  when 
they  returned  among  their  friends.  One  of  those  who  com- 
mitted it  to  memory  was  former  Congressman  M.  C.  George 
of  Oregon.  He  furnished  a  copy.  General  Stevens  in  1915 
revised  it,  but  added:  "My  Chinook  I  have  somewhat  lost, 
so  the  rendering  is  probably  not  so  correct  as  it  might  be." 

However,  the  Indian  speech  and  the  translation  by  General  Stevens 
will  likely  be  cherished  as  here  reproduced. 

Kloshe  nanich,  mesika  kloshe  tilikum.  Nika  tikigh 
wawa  kopa  mesika. 

Mesika  tikegh  klatawa  saghalie  Takhoma,  hyiu 
pelton.  Halo  tilikum  mamook  okoke  pe  mitlite. 
Hyas  tyee  mitlite  kopa  saghalie  illahee  kopa  hyiu  piah. 
Wake  tikigh  tilikum  chako  kopa  yahka  illahee. 

Ahnkuttie  nika  papa  yahka  papa,  hyas  skookum 
tyee  kopa  konaway  Yakima  tilikum,  klatawa  wake 
siah  yahka  la  tet.  Alta  nanich  piah  chuck  pe  keek- 
wulee  tyee  chako  mimoluse  yahka  pe  hyak  klatawa 
keekwulee  saghalie  illahee,  pe  hyiu  kloshe  tumtum. 
Yahka  wake  mamook  alta,  halo  ikt  siwash  mamook 
klatawa. 

Kloshe  mesika  klatawa,  kloshe  mamook.  Hyiu 
snow,  kloshe  klatawa  snow  illahee,  ahnkuttie  nika 
mimoluse  Takhoma  mowich  kloshe  ooakut.  Alta 

132 


INDIAN  WARNING  AGAINST  DEMONS 

mesika  nanich  klatawa  hyiu  stone,  wake  kloshe  klatawa 
pe  mesika  teahwit  tseepie  alta  mesika  klatawa  keek- 
wulee  pe  mimoluse,  keekwulee  pe  mimoluse.  Mesika 
klatawa  hyas  mesachie  snow  pe  keekwulee  hyas 
mesachie  illahee  yahka  Takhoma  mowich  halo  klatawa. 
Mesika  klatawa  hyas  saghalie  illahee  hyiu  stone  chako, 
hyiu  stone  chako,  pe  mesika  mimoluse  pe  kokshut 
mesika. 

Spose  mesika  klatawa  kopa  okoke  saghalie  illahee 
alta  mesika  hyiu  skookum  pe  cole  wind  alta  yahka 
mahsh  mesika  kopa  keekwulee  illahee  pe  mimoluse 
mesika.  Spose  mesika  mitlite  mesachie  iktas  hyas 
keekwulee  tyee  mitlite  Takhoma  mesika  mimoluse  pe 
mesika  mahsh  okoke  piah  chuck. 

Wake  mesika  klatawa ! 

Mesika  mamook  nika  tumtum  kwass,  spose  mesika 
klatawa  Takhoma  saghalie.  Mesika  mimoluse  me- 
sika spose  klatawa  Takhoma.  Mesika  mimoluse  pe 
mesika  tilikum  sollecks  kopa  nika. 

Wake  klatawa ! 

Wake  klatawa ! 

Spose  mesika  klatawa,  nika  mitlite  mokst  sun  pe 
alta  nika  klatawa  kopa  Olympia  pe  wawa  kopa  mesika 
tilikum  alta  mesika  mimoluse  siah  saghalie  Takhoma. 
Mesika  potlatch  pehpah  kopa  nika  mamook  kumtuks 
mesika  mimoluse  wake  nika  mesachie. 

Kopet  wawa  nika. 

TRANSLATION  BY  GENERAL  STEVENS 

Listen  to  me,  my  good  friends.     I  must  talk  to  you. 

Your  plan  to  climb  Takhoma  is  all  foolishness.  No 
one  can  do  it  and  live.  A  mighty  chief  dwells  upon 
the  summit  in  a  lake  of  fire.  He  brooks  no  intruders. 

Many  years  ago  my  grandfather,  the  greatest  and 
bravest  chief  of  all  the  Yakima,  climbed  nearly  to  the 
summit.  There  he  caught  sight  of  the  fiery  lake  and 
the  infernal  demon  coming  to  destroy  him,  and  he 

133 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

fled  down  the  mountain,  glad  to  escape  with  his  life. 
Where  he  failed,  no  other  Indian  ever  dared  make  the 
attempt. 

At  first  the  way  is  easy,  the  task  seems  light.  The 
broad  snowfields,  over  which  I  have  often  hunted  the 
mountain  goat,  offer  an  inviting  path.  But  above 
them  you  will  have  to  climb  over  steep  rocks  over- 
hanging deep  gorges  where  a  misstep  would  hurl  you 
far  down  —  down  to  certain  death.  You  must  creep 
over  steep  snow  banks  and  cross  deep  crevasses  where 
a  mountain  goat  could  hardly  keep  his  footing.  You 
must  climb  along  steep  cliffs  where  rocks  are  contin- 
ually falling  to  crush  you,  or  knock  you  off  into  the 
bottomless  depths. 

And  if  you  should  escape  these  perils  and  reach 
the  great  snowy  dome,  then  a  bitterly  cold  and  furious 
tempest  will  sweep  you  off  into  space  like  a  withered 
leaf.  But  if  by  some  miracle  you  should  survive  all 
these  perils  the  mighty  demon  of  Takhoma  will  surely 
kill  you  and  throw  you  into  the  fiery  lake. 

Don't  you  go ! 

You  make  my  heart  sick  when  you  talk  of  climbing 
Takhoma.  You  will  perish  if  you  try  to  climb  Ta- 
khoma. You  will  perish  and  your  people  will  blame 
me. 

Don't  go ! 

Don't  go ! 

If  you  will  go,  I  will  wait  here  two  days,  and  then 
go  to  Olympia  and  tell  your  people  that  you  perished 
on  Takhoma.  Give  me  a  paper  to  them  to  let  them 
know  that  I  am  not  to  blame  for  your  death. 

My  talk  is  ended. 


134 


SAMUEL  FRANKLIN  EMMONS. 


VIII.    SECOND   SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 
BY  S.   F.   EMMONS 

LATER  in  the  same  year,  1870,  when  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  made 
their  first  successful  ascent,  the  achievement  was  also  accom- 
plished by  S.  F.  Emmons  and  A.  D.  Wilson  of  the  Geological 
Exploration  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel.  Samuel  Franklin 
Emmons  was  born  at  Boston  on  March  29,  1841.  He  died 
painlessly  and  unexpectedly  on  the  eve  of  his  seventieth  birth- 
day, March  28,  1911. 

George  F.  Becker  gave  him  a  fervent  eulogy  which  appeared  in  the 
Transactions  of  the  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers 
for  1911.  He  says  :  "There  is  not  a  geological  society  or  even 
a  mining  camp  from  Arctic  Finland  to  the  Transvaal,  or  from 
Alaska  to  Australia,  where  Emmons' s  name  is  not  honored  and 
his  authority  recognized."  With  all  his  fame  and  ability,  the 
biographer  declares,  he  was  modest  to  diffidence. 

His  account  of  the  ascent  is  in  the  form  of  a  letter  to  his  chief, 
Clarence  King,  who  published  it  in  the  American  Journal  of 
Science  for  March,  1871.  It  is  here  reproduced  from  that 
source.  The  photograph  of  Mr.  Emmons  was  obtained  from 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
Mr.  Emmons  calls  the  mountain  Tachoma. 

The  Mountain's  largest  glacier,  to  which  he  refers  with  enthusiasm, 
was  for  a  long  time  known  by  the  name  of  White  River  which  it 
feeds.  It  is  peculiarly  appropriate  that  that  glacier  should 
bear  the  name  given  it  on  the  official  map  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  —  Emmons  Glacier. 

The  glaciers  of  Mt.  Tachoma,  or  Rainier  as  it  is 
more  commonly  called,  form  the  principal  sources  of 
four  important  rivers  of  Washington  Territory,  viz : 
the  Cowlitz,  which  flows  into  the  Columbia,  and  the 
Nisqually,  Puyallup  and  White  rivers  which  empty 
into  Puget  Sound.  In  accordance  with  your  instruc- 
tions, Mr.  A.  D.  Wilson  and  I  visited  this  mountain 
in  the  early  part  of  October,  1870,  and  carried  the  work 

135 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  making  its  complete  survey,  both  geological  and 
topographical,  as  far  as  the  lateness  of  the  season  and 
the  means  at  our  disposal  would  permit.  As  the  topo- 
graphical work  has  not  yet  been  plotted,  the  figures 
given  in  my  notes  are  merely  estimates,  and  liable  to 
subsequent  correction.  I  herewith  transmit  an  ab- 
stract from  my  notes  upon  the  glaciers,  embracing 
those  of  rather  more  than  half  the  slopes  of  the  moun- 
tain, those  on  the  eastern  side,  from  the  extreme 
southern  to  the  extreme  northern  point. 

The  summit  of  Tachoma  is  formed  by  three  peaks, 
a  southern,  an  eastern,  and  a  northwestern :  of  these 
the  eastern  is  the  highest ;  those  on  the  south  and 
northwest,  being  apparently  a  few  hundred  feet  lower, 
are  distant  about  a  mile  and  a  half  to  two  miles  from 
this,  and  separated  by  deep  valleys.  The  eastern 
peak,  which  would  seem  to  have  formed  originally  the 
middle  of  the  mountain  mass,  is  a  crater  about  a  quar- 
ter of  a  mile  in  diameter  of  very  perfect  circular  form. 
Its  sides  are  bare  for  about  60  feet  from  the  rim,  be- 
low which  they  are  covered  by  a  neve  having  a  slope  of 
from  28°  to  31°.  This  neve  extending  from  the  shoul- 
ders of  the  southwestern  peak  to  those  of  the  northern, 
a  width  of  several  miles,  descends  to  a  vertical  distance 
of  about  2000  feet  below  the  crater  rim,  an  immense 
sheet  of  white  granular  ice,  having  the  general  form  of 
the  mountain  surface,  and  broken  only  by  long  trans- 
verse crevasses,  one  of  those  observed  being  from  one 
to  two  miles  in  length  :  it  is  then  divided  up  by  the 
several  jutting  rock-masses  or  shoulder  of  the  mountain 
into  the  Nisqually,  Cowlitz  and  White  River  glaciers, 
falling  in  distinct  ice  cascades  for  about  3000  feet  at 
very  steep  angles,  which  sometimes  approach  the  per- 
pendicular. From  the  foot  of  these  cascades  flow  the 
glaciers  proper,  at  a  more  gentle  angle,  growing  nar- 
rower and  sinking  deeper  into  the  mountain  as  they 
descend.  From  the  intervening  spurs,  which  slope 
even  more  gradually,  they  receive  many  tributary 

136 


SECOND  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

glaciers,  while  some  of  these  secondary  glaciers  form 
independent  streams,  which  only  join  the  main  river 
many  miles  below  the  end  of  the  glaciers. 

The  Nisqually,  the  narrowest  of  the  three  main 
glaciers  above  mentioned,  has  the  most  sinuous  course, 
varying  in  direction  from  southwest  to  south,  while 
its  lower  extremity  is  somewhat  west  of  south  of  the 
main  peak :  it  receives  most  of  its  tributaries  from  the 
spur  to  the  east,  and  has  a  comparatively  regular 
slope  in  its  whole  length  below  the  cascades.  There 
are  some  indications  of  dirt-bands  on  its  surface,  when 
seen  from  a  considerable  elevation.  Toward  its  lower 
end  it  is  very  much  broken  up  by  transverse  and  longi- 
tudinal crevasses :  this  is  due  to  the  fact,  that  it  has 
here  cut  through  the  more  yielding  strata  of  volcanic 
rock,  and  come  upon  an  underlying  and  unconformable 
mass  of  syenite.  The  ice  front  at  its  base  is  about 
500  feet  in  height,  and  the  walls  of  lava  which  bound  its 
sides  rise  from  1000  to  1500  feet  above  the  surface  of 
the  ice,  generally  in  sheer  precipices. 

The  bed  of  the  Cowlitz  glacier  is  generally  parallel 
to  that  of  the  Nisqually,  though  its  curves  are  less 
marked :  the  ice  cascades  in  which  each  originates, 
fall  on  either  side  of  a  black  cliff  of  bedded  lava  and 
breccia  scarcely  a  thousand  feet  in  horizontal  thick- 
ness, while  the  mouths  of  the  glaciers,  if  I  may  be 
allowed  the  expression,  are  about  three  miles  apart. 
From  the  jutting  edge  of  this  cliff  hang  enormous 
icicles  from  75  to  100  feet  in  length.  The  slope  of 
this  glacier  is  less  regular,  being  broken  by  subordinate 
ice  cascades.  Like  the  Nisqually  its  lower  extremity 
stretches  out  as  it  were  into  the  forest,  the  slopes  on 
either  side,  where  not  too  steep,  being  covered  with 
the  mountain  fir  (Picea  nobilis)  for  several  hundred  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  ice,  while  the  Pinus  flexilis  grows 
at  least  2000  feet  higher  than  the  mouth  of  the  glacier. 

The  general  course  of  this  glacier  is  south,  but  at  its 
extremity  it  bends  to  the  eastward,  apparently  de- 

137 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

fleeted  from  its  course  by  a  cliff  of  older  felsitic  rock, 
more  resisting  than  the  lava.  The  consequence  of 
this  deflection  is  a  predominance  of  longitudinal  over 
transverse  crevasses  at  this  point,  and  an  unusually 
large  moraine  at  its  western  side,  which  rises  several 
hundred  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  glaciers,  and 
partakes  of  the  character  of  both  lateral  and  terminal 
moraines :  the  main  medial  moraine  of  the  glacier 
joins  this  near  its  lower  end.  This  medial  moraine 
proceeds  from  the  cliff  which  bounds  the  ice  cascade 
source  of  the  glacier  on  the  north,  and  brings  down  a 
dark  porous  lava  which  is  only  found  high  up  on  the 
mountain  near  the  crater.  The  position  of  the  medial 
moraine  on  the  glacier  would  indicate  that  at  least 
half  its  mass  came  from  the  spur  on  the  east,  which  is 
probably  the  case. 

This  spur,  comprehending  the  whole  mass  between 
the  Cowlitz  and  White  Rivers  glaciers,  has  the  shape 
of  a  triangle  whose  apex  is  formed  by  a  huge  pinnacle 
of  rock,  which,  as  its  bedding  indicates,  once  formed 
part  of  the  crust  of  the  mountain,  but  now  stands 
isolated,  a  jagged  peak  rising  about  3000  feet  above 
the  glaciers  at  its  foot,  so  steep  that  neither  ice  nor 
snow  rest  upon  it.  One  of  the  tributaries  to  the  Cow- 
litz glacier  from  this  spur  brings  down  with  it  a  second 
medial  moraine,  which  is  traceable  to  the  mouth  of  the 
glacier,  though  in  general  these  tributary  glaciers  bring 
no  medial  moraines. 

On  the  eastern  slopes  of  this  spur  between  the  two 
above  named  glaciers,  spread  secondary  glaciers,  fre- 
quently of  great  width,  but  owing  to  the  limited  height 
of  their  initial  points,  of  inconsiderable  length.  These 
end  generally  in  perpendicular  cliffs  overhanging  the 
rocky  amphitheaters  at  the  heads  of  the  smaller 
streams  which  flow  eastward  into  the  Cowlitz.  Look- 
ing up  from  the  bottom  of  one  of  these  amphitheaters 
one  sees  a  semi-circular  wall  of  nearly  2000  feet  of 
sheer  rock,  surmounted  by  about  500  feet  of  ice,  from 

138 


SECOND  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

under  which  small  streams  of  water  issue,  falling  in 
silvery  cascades  on  to  the  green  bottom  below. 

A  ridge  of  high  jagged  peaks  connects  this  spur  with 
the  main  range  of  the  Cascade  Mts.  in  the  east,  and 
forms  the  water-shed  between  the  White  and  Cowlitz 
rivers.  From  the  connecting  saddle  one  can  look 
northward  across  the  brink  of  six  glaciers,  which  all 
contribute  to  the  White  River ;  of  these  the  first  four 
come  from  the  triangular  spur  already  mentioned  and 
are  of  comparatively  little  extent.  The  first  two  are, 
however,  interesting  from  the  vein  structure  which 
they  exhibit ;  they  both  originate  in  an  irregularly  ob- 
long basin,  having  the  shape  somewhat  of  an  inclined 
ellipse,  turning  on  its  longer  diameter,  the  outlets  of 
the  glacier  being  opposite  the  foci.  Seen  from  a  high 
point  the  veins  form  concentric  lines  generally  parallel 
to  the  sides  of  the  basin ;  the  ends  of  those  towards 
the  center  gradually  bend  round,  until  they  join 
together  in  the  form  of  a  figure  8,  and  finally  just  above 
the  outlets  form  two  small  ellipses.  They  thus  con- 
stantly preserve  a  direction  at  right  angles  to  that  of 
the  pressure  exerted,  downward  by  the  movement  of 
the  ice  mass,  and  upward  by  the  resistance  to  this 
movement  of  the  rock  mass  between  the  two  outlets. 

The  main  White  River  glacier,  the  grandest  of  the 
whole,1  pours  straight  down  from  the  rim  of  the  crater 
in  a  northeasterly  direction,  and  pushes  its  extremity 
farther  out  into  the  valley  than  any  of  the  others.  Its 
greatest  width  on  the  steep  slope  of  the  mountain  must 
be  four  or  five  miles,  narrowing  towards  its  extremity 
to  about  a  mile  and  a  half;  its  length  can  be  scarcely 
less  than  ten  miles.  The  great  eroding  power  of  glacial 
ice  is  strikingly  illustrated  in  this  glacier,  which  seems 
to  have  cut  down  and  carried  away  on  the  northeastern 
side  of  the  mountain,  fully  a  third  of  its  mass.  The 
thickness  of  rock  cut  away  as  shown  by  the  walls  on 
either  side,  and  the  isolated  peak  at  the  head  of  the 

1  It  is  a  pleasure  to  note  that  this  fine  glacier  now  bears  the  name  of  Emmons. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

triangular  spur,  in  which  the  bedding  of  the  successive 
flows  of  lava,  forming  the  original  mountain  crust,  is 
very  regular  and  conformable,  may  be  roughly  esti- 
mated at  somewhat  over  a  mile.  Of  the  thickness  of 
the  ice  of  the  glacier  I  have  no  data  for  making  esti- 
mates, though  it  may  probably  be  reckoned  in  thou- 
sands of  feet. 

It  has  two  principal  medial  moraines,  which,  where 
crossed  by  us,  formed  little  mountain  ridges  having 
peaks  nearly  100  feet  high.  The  sources  of  these 
moraines  are  cliffs  on  the  steeper  mountain  slope, 
which  seem  mere  black  specks  in  the  great  white  field 
above :  between  these  are  great  cascades,  and  below 
immense  transverse  crevasses,  which  we  had  no  time 
or  means  to  visit.  The  surface  water  flows  in  rills 
and  brooks,  on  the  lower  portion  of  the  glacier,  and 
moulins  are  of  frequent  occurrence.  We  visited  one 
double  moulin  where  two  brooks  poured  into  two  cir- 
cular wells,  each  about  ten  feet  in  diameter,  joined 
together  at  the  surface  but  separated  below :  we  could 
not  approach  near  enough  the  edge  to  see  the  bottom  of 
either,  but,  as  stones  thrown  in  sent  back  no  sound, 
judged  they  must  be  very  deep. 

This  glacier  forks  near  the  foot  of  the  steeper  moun- 
tain slope,  and  sends  off  a  branch  to  the  northward, 
which  forms  a  large  stream  flowing  down  to  join  the 
main  stream  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  below.  Looking 
down  on  this  from  a  high  overhanging  peak,  we  could 
see,  as  it  were,  under  our  feet,  a  little  lake  of  deep  blue 
water,  about  an  eighth  of  a  mile  in  diameter,  standing 
in  the  brown  gravel-covered  ice  of  the  end  of  the 
glacier.  On  the  back  of  the  rocky  spur,  which  divides 
these  two  glaciers,  a  secondary  glacier  has  scooped  out 
a  basin-shaped  bed,  and  sends  down  an  ice  stream, 
having  all  the  characteristics  of  a  true  glacier,  but  its 
ice  disappears  several  miles  above  the  mouths  of  the 
large  glaciers  on  either  side.  Were  nothing  known  of 
the  movement  of  glaciers,  an  instance  like  this  would 

140 


SECOND  SUCCESSFUL  ASCENT,   1870 

seem  to  afford  sufficient  evidence  that  such  movement 
exists,  and  that  gravity  is  the  main  motive  power. 
From  our  northern  and  southern  points  we  could  trace 
the  beds  of  several  large  glaciers  to  the  west  of  us, 
whose  upper  and  lower  portions  only  were  visible,  the 
main  body  of  the  ice  lying  hidden  by  the  high  inter- 
vening spurs. 

Ten  large  glaciers  observed  by  us,  and  at  least  half 
as  many  more  hidden  by  the  mountain  from  our  view, 
proceeding  thus  from  an  isolated  peak,  form  a  most 
remarkable  system,  and  one  worthy  of  a  careful  and 
detailed  study. 


141 


IX.    EXPLORATIONS     ON   THE     NORTHERN 
SLOPES,   1881-1883 

BY  BAILEY  WILLIS 

THE  Northwest  for  April,  1883,  which  was  Number  2  of  Volume  I 
of  that  magazine,  contained  an  article  by  Bailey  Willis,  Assist- 
ant Geologist  of  the  Northern  Transcontinental  Survey.  The 
article  is  entitled  "Canyons  and  Glaciers.  A  Journey  to  the 
Ice  Fields  of  Mount  Tacoma."  Mr.  Willis  was  born  at  Idle- 
wild-pn-Hudson,  New  York,  on  May  31,  1857.  It  speaks  well 
for  his  skill  and  training  that  he  should  have  attained  to  such 
a  position  at  twenty-four  years  of  age. 

Since  then  he  has  worked  out  a  great  career  in  the  United  States 
Geojogical  Survey,  in  China  and  in  other  parts  of  the  world. 
He  is  now  Professor  of  Geology  at  Stanford  University.  He 
has  kindly  revised  for  this  publication  the  product  of  his 
younger  years.  And  there  has  also  been  found  a  photograph 
of  the  geologist  as  he  appeared  when  the  surveys  were  made. 

To  this  day,  people  who  visit  the  northern  slopes  and  parks  of 
the  mountain  become  familiar  with  the  Bailey  Willis  trail  and 
from  Moraine  Park  they  get  a  view  of  the  wonderful  Willis 
Wall  named  in  his  honor. 

The  Puyallup  River,  which  empties  into  Puget  Sound 
near  New  Tacoma,  heads  in  three  glaciers  on  Mount 
Tacoma.  During  the  summer  months,  when  the  ice 
and  snow  on  the  mountains  are  thawing,  the  water  is 
discolored  with  mud  from  the  glaciers  and  carries  a 
large  amount  of  sediment  out  to  Commencement  Bay. 
If  the  Coast  Survey  charts  are  correct,  soundings  near 
the  centre  of  the  bay  have  changed  from  one  hun- 
dred fathoms  and  "no  bottom"  in  1867,  to  eighty 
fathoms  and  "gray  mud"  in  1877.  But  when  the 
nights  in  the  hills  begin  to  be  frosty,  the  stream  be- 
comes clearer,  and  in  winter  the  greater  volume  of 
spring  water  gives  it  a  deep  green  tint. 

142 


BAILEY  WILLIS. 
From  a  photograph  taken  in  1883. 


EXPLORATIONS  ON  THE  NORTHERN  SLOPES 

For  twenty  miles  from  the  Sound  the  valley  is  nearly 
level.  The  bluffs  along  the  river  are  of  coarse  gravel, 
the  soil  is  alluvium,  and  a  well  sunk  a  hundred  feet 
at  the  little  town  of  Puyallup  passed  through  gravel 
and  sand  to  tide  mud  and  brackish  water.  From  the 
foot-hills  to  its  mouth  the  river  meanders  over  an  old 
valley  of  unknown  depth,  now  filled  with  material 
brought  down  by  its  several  branches.  About  eighteen 
miles  above  its  mouth  the  river  forks,  and  the  northern 
portion  takes  the  name  of  Carbon  River  ;  the  southern 
was  formerly  called  the  South  Fork,  but  it  should  re- 
tain the  name  of  Puyallup  to  its  next  division  far  up  in 
the  mountains.  A  short  distance  above  their  junction 
both  Carbon  River  and  the  Puyallup  escape  from  nar- 
row, crooked  canons,  whose  vertical  sides,  one  hun- 
dred to  three  hundred  feet  high,  are  often  but  fifty  feet 
apart.  From  these  walls  steep,  heavily  timbered  slopes 
rise  two  hundred  to  eight  hundred  feet  to  the  summits 
of  the  foot-hills.  These  canons  link  the  buried  river 
basin  of  the  lower  stream  with  the  upper  river  valleys. 
The  latter  extend  from  the  heads  of  the  canons  to  the 
glaciers.  They  are  apparently  the  deserted  beds  of 
mightier  ice  rivers,  now  shrunk  to  the  very  foot  of 
Mount  Tacoma. 

From  New  Tacoma  the  entire  course  of  the  Puyallup 
and  part  of  Carbon  River  are  in  view.  Across  Com- 
mencement Bay  are  the  tide  marshes  of  the  delta  ; 
back  from  these  salt  meadows  the  light  green  of  the 
cottonwoods,  alder  and  vine-maple  mark  the  river's 
course,  till  it  is  lost  in  the  dark  monotone  of  the  fir 
forest.  No  break  in  the  evergreen  surface  indicates 
the  place  of  the  river  canons ;  but  far  out  among  the 
foot-hills  a  line  of  mist  hangs  over  the  upper  valley  of 
Carbon  River,  which  winds  away  eastward,  behind 
the  rising  ground,  to  the  northern  side  of  Mount  Ta- 
coma. Milk  Creek,  one  of  its  branches,  drains  the 
northwest  spur,  and  on  the  western  slope  the  snows 
accumulate  in  two  glaciers,  from  which  flow  the  North 

143 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

and  South  Forks  of  the  Puyallup.  These  streams 
meet  in  a  level  valley  at  the  base  of  three  singular 
peaks,  and  plunge  united  into  the  dark  gateway  of  the 
canon. 

A  trip  to  the  grand  snow  peak  from  which  these 
rivers  spring  was  within  a  year  a  very  difficult  under- 
taking. There  was  no  trail  through  the  dense  forest, 
no  supply  depot  on  the  route.  No  horse  nor  donkey 
could  accompany  the  explorer,  who  took  his  blankets 
and  provisions  on  his  back,  and  worked  his  way  slowly 
among  the  towering  tree  trunks,  through  underbrush 
luxuriant  as  a  tropic  jungle.  But  last  summer  a  good 
horse  trail  was  built  from  Wilkeson  to  Carbon  River, 
crossing  it  above  the  canon,  sixteen  miles  below  the 
glacier,  and  during  the  autumn  it  was  extended  to  the 
head  of  the  Puyallup.  Wilkeson  is  reached  by  a  branch 
railroad  from  New  Tacoma.  It  is  on  a  small  tributary 
of  Carbon  River,  called  Fletts  Creek,  at  a  point  where 
the  brook  runs  from  a  narrow  gorge  into  a  valley  about 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide.  Coal  mines  are  opened  at  this 
point.  The  horse  trail  climbs  at  once  from  Wilkeson 
to  the  first  terrace,  four  hundred  feet  above  the  valley ; 
then  winds  a  quarter  of  a  mile  back  through  the  forest 
to  the  second  ascent  of  a  hundred  feet,  and  then  a  mile 
over  the  level  to  the  third.  Hidden  here  beneath  the 
thick  covering  of  moss  and  undergrowth  of  the  prime- 
val forest,  fourteen  hundred  feet  above  the  present 
ocean  level,  are  ancient  shore  lines  of  the  sea,  which 
has  left  its  trace  in  similar  terraces  in  all  the  valleys 
about  the  Sound.1  Thence  the  trail  extends  south- 
ward over  a  level  plateau.  Carbon  River  Canon  is 
but  half  a  mile  away  on  the  west,  and  five  miles  from 
Wilkeson  the  valley  above  the  canon  is  reached.  The 
descent  to  the  river  is  over  three  miles  along  the  hill- 
side eastward. 

1  The  terraces  to  which  reference  is  here  made  are  not  the  work  of  the  sea,  but 
of  lakes  whose  waters  gathered  between  the  mountain  slopes  and  retreating 
glaciers  of  the  ice  period.  See  the  article  by  H.  I.  Bretz.  Geol.  Survey  of  Wash., 
Bull.  8,  1912. 

-   144 


EXPLORATIONS  ON  THE  NORTHERN  SLOPES 

From  Wilkeson  to  the  river  the  way  is  all  through 
a  belt  of  forest,  where  the  conditions  of  growth  are  very 
favorable.  The  fir  trees  are  massive,  straight  and  free 
from  limbs  to  a  great  height.  The  larger  ones,  eight 
to  twelve  feet  in  diameter  on  a  level  with  a  man's 
head,  carry  their  size  upward,  tapering  very  grad- 
ually, till  near  the  top  they  shoot  out  a  thick  mat  of 
foliage  and  the  trunk  in  a  few  feet  diminishes  to  a 
point.  One  such  was  measured  ;  it  stands  like  a  huge 
obelisk  180  feet,  without  a  limb,  supporting  a  crown  of 
but  forty  feet  more.  The  more  slender  trees  are, 
curiously  enough,  the  taller ;  straight,  clear  shafts 
rise  100  to  150  feet,  topped  with  foliage  whose  highest 
needles  would  look  down  on  Trinity  spire.  Cedars, 
hemlocks,  spruce  and  white  fir  mingle  with  these  giants, 
but  they  do  not  compete  with  them  in  height ;  they  fill 
in  the  spaces  in  the  vast  colonnades.  Below  is  the  car- 
pet of  deep  golden  green  moss  and  glossy  ferns,  and  the 
tangle  of  vines  and  bushes  that  cover  the  fallen  trunks 
of  the  fathers  of  the  forest. 

The  silence  of  these  mountains  is  awesome,  the  soli- 
tude oppressive.  The  deer,  the  bear,  the  panther  are 
seldom  met ;  they  see  and  hear  first  and  silently  slip 
away,  leaving  only  their  tracks  to  prove  their  num- 
bers. There  are  very  few  birds.  Blue  jays,  and  their 
less  showy  gray,  but  equally  impudent,  cousins,  the 
"whiskey jacks,"  assemble  about  a  camp;  but  in  pass- 
ing through  the  forest  one  may  wander  a  whole  day 
and  see  no  living  thing  save  a  squirrel,  whose  shrill 
chatter  is  startling  amid  the  silence.  The  wind  plays  in 
the  tree  tops  far  overhead,  but  seldom  stirs  the  branches 
of  the  smaller  growth.  The  great  tree  trunks  stand 
immovable.  The  more  awful  is  it  when  a  gale  roars 
through  the  timber ;  when  the  huge  columns  sway  in 
unison  and  groan  with  voices  strangely  human.  It  is 
fearful  to  lie  in  the  utter  darkness  of  a  stormy  night, 
listening  to  the  pulsating  rush  of  the  wind,  the  moan 
of  the  forest  and  the  crash  of  uprooted  giants  upon 

L  145 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

the  ground  —  listening  with  bated  breath  for  the  re- 
port which  may  foretell  the  fall  of  yonder  tall  decay- 
ing shaft,  whose  thick,  deep  cleft  bark  blazed  so  brightly 
on  the  now  dying  camp  fire.  The  effect  of  one  such 
storm  is  seen  in  Carbon  River  Valley,  above  and  be- 
low where  the  trail  crosses.  The  blast  followed  the 
stream  and  the  mountain  slope  on  the  south  side ;  over 
an  area  eight  miles  long  and  a  half  a  mile  to  a  mile 
wide  the  forest  is  prostrate.  Single  trees  stand  gaunt 
and  charred  by  a  recent  fire,  but  their  comrades  are 
piled  like  jackstraws,  the  toys  of  the  tornado.  Over 
and  under  each  other  they  lie,  bent  and  interlaced, 
twenty,  thirty  feet  deep.  Pigmy  man  strained  his 
eyes  to  see  their  tops,  when  they  stood  erect ;  now  he 
vainly  stands  on  tiptoe  to  look  over  them  in  their  fallen 
majesty. 

To  the  head  of  Carbon  River  from  the  bridge,  on 
which  the  trail  crosses  it,  is  about  sixteen  miles.  The 
rocky  bed  of  the  river  is  100  to  200  yards  wide,  a  gray 
strip  of  polished  boulders  between  sombre  mountain 
slopes,  that  rise  sharply  from  it.  The  stream  winds  in 
ever-shifting  channels  among  the  stones.  About  six 
milts  above  the  bridge  Milk  Creek  dashes  down  from 
its  narrow  gorge  into  the  river.  The  high  pinnacles 
of  the  spur  from  which  it  springs  are  hidden  by  the 
nearer  fir-clad  ridges.  Between  their  outlines  shines 
the  northern  peak  of  Mount  Tacoma,  framed  in  dark 
evergreen  spires.  Its  snow  fields  are  only  three  miles 
distant,  but  Carbon  River  has  come  a  long  way  round. 
For  six  miles  eastward  the  undulating  lines  of  the 
mountains  converge,  then  those  on  the  north  suddenly 
cross  the  view,  where  the  river  canon  turns  sharply 
southward. 

Three  miles  from  this  turn  is  Crescent  Mountain,  its 
summit  a  semi-circular  gray  wall  a  thousand  feet  high.1 
At  sunset  the  light  from  the  west  streams  across  the 

1  The  amphitheaters  which  the  young  geologist  mistook  for  craters  are  now 
known  to  be  glacier  basins  eroded  by  ice. 

146 


EXPLORATIONS  ON  THE  NORTHERN  SLOPES 

head  of  Milk  Creek  and  Carbon  River,  illuminating 
these  cliffs  as  with  the  glow  of  volcanic  fires,  while 
twilight  deepens  in  the  valley.  The  next  turn  of  the 
river  brings  Mount  Tacoma  again  in  view.  Close  on 
the  right  a  huge  buttress  towers  up,  cliff  upon  cliff, 
2,500  feet,  a  single  one  of  the  many  imposing  rock 
masses  that  form  the  Ragged  Spur  between  Carbon 
River  and  Milk  Creek.  The  more  rapid  fall  of  the  river, 
the  increasing  size  of  the  boulders,  show  the  nearness  of 
the  glacier.  Turning  eastward  to  the  south  of  Cres- 
cent Mountain,  you  pass  the  group  of  trees  that  hide  it. 

This,  first  sight  is  a  disappointment.  The  glacier  is 
a  very  dirty  one.  The  face  is  about  300  feet  long  and 
thirty  to  forty  feet  high.  It  entirely  fills  the  space  be- 
tween two  low  cliffs  of  polished  gray  rock.  Through- 
out the  mass  the  snows  of  successive  winters  are  in- 
terstratified  with  the  summers'  accumulations  of  earth 
and  rock.  From  a  dark  cavern,  whose  depths  have 
none  of  the  intense  blue  color  so  beautiful  in  crevasses 
in  clear  ice,  Carbon  River  pours  out,  a  muddy  torrent. 
The  top  of  the  glacier  is  covered  with  earth  about  six 
inches  deep,  contributed  to  its  mass  by  the  cliffs  on 
either  side  and  by  an  island  of  rock,  where  a  few  pines 
grow,  entirely  surrounded  by  the  ice  river.  The  eye 
willingly  passes  over  this  dirty  mass  to  the  gleaming 
northeast  spur  of  the  mountain,  where  the  sunlight 
lingers  after  the  chill  night  wind  has  begun  to  blow  from 
the  ice  fields. 

The  disappointment  of  this  view  of  the  glacier  leaves 
one  unprepared  for  the  beauty  of  that  from  Crescent 
Mountain.  The  ascent  from  a  point  a  short  distance 
down  the  river  is  steep,  but  not  dangerous.  The  lower 
slopes  are  heavily  timbered,  but  at  an  elevation  of  4,000 
feet  juniper  and  dwarf  pine  are  dotted  over  the  grassy 
hillside.  Elk,  deer  and  white  mountain  goats  find  here 
a  pleasant  pasture  ;  their  trails  look  like  well  trodden 
sheep  paths  on  a  New  England  hill.  A  curious  badger- 
like  animal,  sitting  erect  on  his  hind  legs,  greets  one 

147 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

with  a  long  shrill  whistle  that  would  make  a  schoolboy 
envious,  but  trots  quickly  away  on  nearer  approach. 
The  crest  of  the  southwest  rim  of  the  amphitheater 
is  easily  gained,  and  the  grandeur  of  the  view  bursts 
upon  you  suddenly.  Eastward  are  the  cliffs  and  canons 
of  the  Cascade  Range.  Northward  forest-covered  hill 
and  valley  reach  to  Mount  Baker  and  the  snow  peaks 
that  break  the  horizon  line.  Westward  are  the  blue 
waters  of  the  Sound,  the  snow-clad  Olympics  and  a 
faint  soft  line  beyond  ;  it  may  be  the  ocean  or  a  fog 
bank  above  it.  Southward,  9,000  feet  above  you,  so 
near  you  must  throw  your  head  back  to  see  its  sum- 
mit, is  grand  Mount  Tacoma ;  its  graceful  northern 
peak  piercing  the  sky,  it  soars  single  and  alone. 
Whether  touched  by  the  glow  of  early  morning  or 
gleaming  in  bright  noonday,  whether  rosy  with  sunset 
light  or  glimmering  ghost-like,  in  the  full  moon,  whether 
standing  out  clear  and  cloudless  or  veiled  among  the 
mists  it  weaves  from  the  warm  south  winds,  it  is  al- 
ways majestic  and  inspiring,  always  attractive  and 
lovely.  It  is  the  symbol  of  an  awful  power  clad  in 
beauty. 

This  northern  slope  of  the  mountain  is  very  steep, 
and  the  consolidated  snow  begins  its  downward  move- 
ment from  near  the  top.  Little  pinnacles  of  rock  pro- 
ject through  the  mass  and  form  eddies  in  the  current. 
A  jagged  ridge  divides  it,  and  part  descends  into  the 
deep  unexplored  canon  of  White  River,  probably  the 
deepest  chasm  in  the  flanks  of  Mount  Tacoma.  The 
other  part  comes  straight  on  toward  the  southern  side 
of  Crescent  Mountain,  a  precipice  2,000  feet  high ; 
diverted,  it  turns  in  graceful  flowing  curves,  breaks 
into  a  thousand  ice  pyramids  and  descends  into  the 
narrow  pass,  where  its  beauty  is  hidden  under  the 
ever-falling  showers  of  rock. 

This  rim  you  stand  upon  is  very  narrow ;  a  hundred 
feet  wide,  sometimes  less,  between  the  cliff  that  rises 
2,000  feet  above  the  glacier  and  the  descent  of  a  thou- 


EXPLORATIONS  ON  THE   NORTHERN  SLOPES 

sand  feet  on  the  other  side.  Snow  lies  upon  part  of 
this  slope ;  stones,  started  from  the  edge,  leap  in 
lengthening  bounds  over  its  firm  surface  and  plunge 
with  a  splash  into  the  throat  of  the  lakelet  that  lies 
in  the  amphitheater.  The  ice  slope,  dipping  into  the 
clear  water,  passes  from  purest  white  to  deepest  blue  as 
it  passes  out  of  sight  in  the  depths  of  the  basin. 

A  two  days'  visit  to  this  trackless  region  sufficed 
only  to  see  a  small  part  of  the  magnificent  scenery. 
White  River  Canon,  the  cliffs  of  Ragged  Spur,  the 
northern  slope  of  Mount  Tacoma,  where  the  climber 
is  always  tempted  upward,  might  occupy  him  for 
weeks.  Across  the  snow  fields,  where  Milk  Creek 
rises,  is  the  glacier  of  the  North  Fork  of  the  Puyallup, 
and  the  end  of  the  horse  trail  we  left  at  Carbon  River 
is  within  six  miles  of  its  base.  When  a  trail  is  built 
up  Carbon  River,  the  way  across  this  divide  will  be 
found,  and,  with  comfortable  stopping  places  on  the 
two  rivers,  the  tourist  can  pass  a  delightful  week  amid 
scenery  we  now  cross  the  ocean  to  Switzerland  to  see. 


149 


X.    DISCOVERY  OF  CAMP  MUIR,   1888 
BY  MAJOR   E.   S.   INGRAHAM 

MAJOR  EDWARD  STURGIS  INGRAHAM  has  visited  the  mountain 
annually  since  1888.  He  has  ascended  to  the  summit  seven 
times  and  has  spent  as  many  nights  in  the  crater.  It  was  he 
who  gave  to  a  number  of  the  prominent  features  of  the  Park 
their  beautiful  and  enduring  names. 

On  his  first  ascent  in  1888  the  party  included  John  Muir,  most 
famous  naturalist  of  the  Pacific  Slope.  Since  he  found  a 
sheltered  pumice  patch  and  suggested  camping  there  for  the 
night,  Major  Ingraham  called  it  Camp  Muir,  now  well  known 
to  all  climbers. 

Major  Ingraham  prepared  an  account  of  the  ascent  which  was  pub- 
lished in  The  Puget  Sound  Magazine  for  October,  1888.  That 
magazine  has  long  since  ceased  to  be  issued.  It  was  edited 
by  the  editor  of  this  present  work,  who  has  rescued  the  article 
from  the  rare  and  almost  forgotten  files. 

After  an  extensive  career  as  superintendent  of  schools,  printer, 
militia  officer  and  miner,  Major  Ingraham  has  been  devoting 
his  later  years  to  the  boy  scout  work,  in  which  his  love  for  the 
mountains  plays  an  important  part. 

A  glacier  on  the  mountain  bears  the  name  of  Ingraham.  How  that 
came  to  be,  is  related  by  him  as  follows  :  "One  time  when  I  was 
on  the  mountain  encamped  at  the  Camp  of  the  Clouds,  Pro- 
fessor I.  C.  Russell  and  another  man,  both  in  their  shirt  sleeves, 
came  tottering  into  my  camp  at  early  morning.  They  had 
been  caught  upon  the  summit  and  had  spent  a  shivering  night 
in  the  crater.  I  treated  them  the  best  I  knew  how  and  they 
departed.  When  their  maps  came  out  I  found  that  a  beautiful 
glacier  had  been  named  for  me  —  Ingraham  Glacier." 

Mount  Rainier,  one  of  Nature's  masterpieces,  is  the 
most  striking  object  of  grandeur  and  beauty  amidst 
the  unsurpassed  scenery  of  Washington  Territory. 
Occupying  nearly  a  central  position  geographically 
in  the  Territory,  it  is  alike  an  object  of  pride  to  the 
inhabitants  of  the  Great  Plain  of  the  Columbia  and 

150 


MAJOR  EDWARD  STURGIS  INGRAHAM. 


DISCOVERY  OF  CAMP  MUIR,   1888 

to  the  dwellers  on  Puget  Sound.  There  are  other 
peaks  that  command  our  attention,  but  it  is  to  the 
old  monarch  that  we  turn  with  unfeigned  pride  and 
exclaim,  "Behold  a  masterpiece!" 

The  height  of  Mount  Rainier,  as  estimated  by  tri- 
angulation,  is  14,444  feet.  This  height  was  verified 
by  barometer  in  the  hands  of  one  party  that  reached 
the  summit  in  the  month  of  August  of  the  present  year. 
From  many  points  of  view  it  appears  a  single  peak ; 
but  in  reality  it  is  composed  of  three  peaks  of  nearly 
the  same  height.  These  peaks  may  be  designated  as 
northern,  crater  and  southern.  They  are  not  in  direct 
line,  but  occupy  apexes  of  an  obtuse-angled  triangle. 
The  northern  peak  is  a  cone,  with  its  apex  about  two 
miles  from  the  summit  of  crater  peak ;  the  southern 
peak  is  somewhat  flattened  on  top,  and  is  about  one 
and  one-half  miles  from  crater  peak.  Crater  peak, 
as  the  name  suggests,  has  two  large  craters,  with  well- 
defined  rims  —  one  sloping  slightly  towards  the  north- 
east, and  the  other  towards  the  southwest.  The  cul- 
minating point  of  this  peak  is  a  sugarloaf-shape  mass 
of  pure  snow,  about  one  hundred  feet  above  all  adja- 
cent points.  The  northern  and  southern  peaks  are 
inaccessible,  except  from  crater  peak,  owing  to  the 
precipitous  condition  of  their  sides,  which  are  so  steep 
that  snow  will  not  cling  to  them  except  in  small 
patches.  Down  these  sides,  during  some  seasons  of 
the  year,  avalanches  go  thundering  almost  hourly  with 
a  roar  that  makes  the  tourist  shudder  with  fear. 

The  volcanic  condition  of  Mount  Rainier  is  every- 
where apparent.  For  miles  before  the  base  is  reached 
vast  quantities  of  ashes,  forming  the  greater  part  of 
the  soil  of  that  region,  plainly  tell  of  extensive  erup- 
tions ;  the  immediate  foothills  are  covered  with  masses 
of  red  and  black  lava ;  while  pumice  is  found  in  great 
abundance  upon  some  of  the  ridges.  All  these  evi- 
dences suggest  that,  long  ages  ago,  Rainier  was  the 
scene  of  volcanic  activity  of  immense  magnitude. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Ascend  to  the  top,  behold  the  two  well-defined  craters, 
with  their  rims  perfect ;  descend  those  walls,  and  try 
to  count  the  many  jets  of  steam  constantly  puffing 
forth  their  sulphurous  odors,  and  one  is  led  to  believe 
that  Rainier  has  been  active  at  a  comparatively  recent 
period. 

Mount  Rainier,  with  its  many  glaciers,  is  the  source 
of  the  principal  rivers  of  Western  Washington.  From 
the  summit  of  the  three  peaks  the  snow  forges  its  way 
downward  until  it  is  compressed  into  ice ;  the  ice  in 
turn  is  compressed  until  it  assumes  that  peculiar  blue 
tint  that  characterizes  ice  under  great  pressure.  These 
ice  streams  move  slowly  down  the  valleys,  about  one 
foot  in  twenty-four  hours,  conforming  to  their  beds. 
Where  the  bed  is  inclined,  the  glacier  breaks  into  in- 
numerable masses,  somewhat  regular,  with  great  yawn- 
ing crevasses  between.  While  crossing  one  of  the 
White  River  glaciers  below  an  ice-fall  I  had  to  stand 
clear  of  a  dozen  bowlders  that  came  rolling  down  from 
the  brink,  telling  very  forcibly  that  the  glacier  was 
moving.  These  glaciers  plow  their  way  down  the 
valleys  to  an  elevation  of  between  30x30  and  4000  feet, 
and  there  dissolve  into  water.  Some  of  them  termi- 
nate in  a  gentle  incline ;  others  present  a  high  wall  of 
clear  ice,  with  the  river  issuing  from  an  immense  cave ; 
still  others  deposit  vast  quantities  of  stones  and  earth, 
forming  what  is  called  the  "terminal  moraine."  The 
glaciers  of  the  northern  peak,  five  in  number,  form 
the  Puyallup  and  its  principal  tributary,  the  Carbon ; 
the  twelve  glaciers  of  the  eastern  slope  of  crater  peak 
yield  the  icy  waters  of  the  White  and  Cowlitz ;  the 
glaciers  of  the  southern  peak  form  the  several 
sources  of  the  Nisqually.  The  glaciers  are  from  one 
to  two  miles  in  width,  and  from  six  to  twelve  miles 
in  length.  Like  the  rivers  which  they  form,  they 
themselves  have  tributaries.  When  two  glaciers  unite, 
their  inside  lateral  moraines  join  and  form  a  medial 
moraine. 

152 


DISCOVERY  OF  CAMP  MUIR,   1888 

The  ascent  of  Mount  Rainier  is  difficult  and  dan- 
gerous. Three  different  parties  have  reached  the 
summit  from  the  south  side — namely,  Hazard  Stevens 
and  P.  B.  Van  Trump  in  1870;  P.  B.  Van  Trump, 
James  Longmire  and  Mr.  Bailey,  in  1883  ;  and  a  party 
of  seven,  of  which  the  writer  was  the  projector,  in 
August  of  the  present  year.  A  party  of  three  from 
Snohomish  claim  to  have  reached  the  summit  by  the 
northeast  side  in  the  summer  of  1884.  Several  others 
and  myself  have  made  two  attempts  to  reach  the  sum- 
mit from  that  side,  but  came  to  an  impassable  crevasse 
at  an  elevation  of  about  14,000  feet  on  both  occasions. 

On  the  morning  of  the  loth  of  last  August  a  party  of 
eight  gentlemen  left  Seattle  for  Yelm  with  the  neces- 
sary equipments  and  provisions  for  a  two  weeks' 
sojourn  among  the  eternal  hills.  At  Yelm  we  secured 
the  necessary  horses  to  convey  our  outfit  to  the  snow 
line  on  the  south  side.  The  day  at  Yelm  was  clear 
and  beautiful  —  Mount  Rainier  never  looked  so  grand 
before.  Its  three  peaks  stood  out  in  bold  relief  against 
the  sky,  while  its  walls  of  ice  sparkled  with  resplendent 
beauty.  During  the  morning  and  evening  the  play  of 
colors  around  its  base,  extending  in  graduated  bands 
far  towards  the  zenith,  made  our  artist  groan  aloud 
because  of  his  inability  to  transfer  them  to  canvas. 
It  took  us  three  days  from  the  time  we  left  Yelm  to 
reach  the  Longmire  Mineral  Springs.  These  springs 
were  discovered  by  Mr.  James  Longmire  in  1883. 
They  number  twenty-five  or  more,  and  are  heavily 
charged  with  carbon  dioxide  and  other  gases  that 
combine  to  make  the  water  a  very  pleasant  drink  as 
well  as  a  health-giving  beverage.  Around  each  spring 
is  an  incrustation  of  soda  compounds  deposited  by  the 
water.  One  spring,  over  which  a  rude  bath-house  has 
been  constructed,  pours  forth  a  large  quantity  of  water 
at  a  temperature  of  85°  Fahr.  A  bath  in  this  water  is 
pleasant  and  invigorating.  The  view  from  the  springs 
is  very  beautiful.  On  the  right  is  the  swift  flowing 

153 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Nisqually ;  on  the  left,  a  solid  white  wall  of  basaltic 
rock  rises  to  a  height  of  nearly  one  thousand  feet ; 
while  in  front,  seeming  only  a  mile  away,  Mount 
Rainier  stands  in  silent  majesty.  There  were  several 
visitors  at  the  springs.  In  the  near  future  these 
springs  will  be  sought  by  hundreds  of  invalids.  We 
would  gladly  have  remained  at  the  springs  for  several 
days,  but,  with  the  old  monarch  so  near,  we  could  not 
delay.  The  next  day  found  all  of  the  party  but  two  on 
the  tramp.  That  day's  work  was  to  ascend  to  Camp 
of  the  Clouds,  distant  about  five  miles  from  the  springs. 
It  was  no  small  task.  The  trail  is  steep  and  rugged,  and 
has  been  traveled  but  little.  About  three  miles  from 
the  springs  it  crosses  the  Nisqually.  From  that  point 
for  a  mile  it  is  one  of  the  steepest  trails  I  have  ever 
traveled.  When  the  top  was  reached  we  were  regaled 
by  the  sight  and  odor  of  flowers  that  surpassed  descrip- 
tion in  odor  and  variety.  From  this  point  to  Camp  of 
the  Clouds,  two  miles  further  on,  our  path  was  liter- 
ally strewed  with  beautiful  flowers.  This  entire  region 
is  a  paradise  for  the  botanist,  and  the  flowers  deserve 
a  much  fuller  description. 

At  last,  after  four  days  of  hard  tramping,  we  have 
reached  permanent  camp  at  an  elevation  of  about 
6,000  feet.  Here  we  unpack,  pitch  our  tent  and  turn 
our  jaded  horses  loose.  Here  we  wish  all  our  friends 
with  us,  and  here  we  would  gladly  remain  a  month  in 
deep  enjoyment  of  the  grandeur  and  beauty  around  us, 
but  our  time  is  limited  and  our  friends  far  away. 

Monday  noon,  August  I4th,  we  carefully  prepare 
for  the  ascent.  It  is  light  artillery  now  —  a  pair  of 
blankets,  a  small  supply  of  provisions,  principally 
chocolate,  and  our  Alpine  staves  complete  the  outfit. 
With  cheerful  hearts  and  steady  nerves  we  begin  the 
climb.  It  is  our  purpose  to  ascend  to  a  height  of  about 
10,000  feet  and  there  make  camp  for  the  night.  Soon 
we  pass  the  timber  line.  Our  pathway  now  lies  over 
the  eternal  snow,  broken  only  by  a  projecting  spur  of 

154 


DISCOVERY  OF  CAMP  MUIR,   1888 

the  mountain.  After  five  hours  of  hard  climbing,  we 
come  to  a  ridge  covered  with  sand  and  pumice.  From 
the  presence  of  the  latter  we  know  it  to  be  a  spot  com- 
paratively free  from  wind,  for,  on  account  of  the  light- 
ness of  the  pumice,  it  is  easily  blown  away.  Here  we 
decide  to  camp.  Two  by  two  we  go  to  work  preparing 
our  beds.  This  we  do  by  clearing  away  the  loose 
stones  from  a  space  about  three  by  six  feet,  stirring  the 
sand  up  with  our  pikes  and  making  a  wall  of  rocks 
around  the  cleared  place.  After  a  half  hour's  toil  we 
declare  our  beds  prepared.  Hastily  partaking  of  a 
little  chocolate  and  hardtack,  we  "turn  in/'  although 
the  hour  is  early ;  but  the  wind  is  rising  and  the  sharp, 
stinging  cold  is  upon  us.  After  passing  a  miserable 
night,  we  break  camp  at  4  :  30  o'clock.  Throwing  aside 
our  blankets  and  part  of  our  provisions,  we  begin  the 
final  ascent.  Our  course  takes  us  along  the  crest  of  a 
rocky  ridge  and  beneath  a  perpendicular  wall  of  basalt 
over  a  thousand  feet  in  height.  Here  the  courage  of 
one  of  the  party  failed  him,  and  he  concluded  to  go  no 
farther.  The  most  dangerous  part  of  the  ascent  is 
along  the  base  of  this  cliff.  The  earth  pitches  at  an 
angle  of  35°  from  its  base,  and  at  three  particular 
places  this  incline  is  not  over  six  feet  wide,  ending  in 
a  perpendicular  jump-off  of  fifteen  hundred  feet  to  the 
Nisqually  glacier  below.  After  a  half  hour's  crouch- 
ing and  crawling  we  get  past  this  dangerous  part  of  our 
undertaking.  We  must  now  ascend  almost  perpendic- 
ularly one  thousand  feet  to  the  top  of  this  wall.  Ordi- 
narily steps  have  to  be  cut  in  the  snow  and  ice,  but  on 
this  occasion  the  snow  lay  in  little  drifts  that  served 
as  steps.  Up  this  ladder  of  snow  and  ice,  prepared  by 
the  winds,  we  climb,  pausing  every  few  steps  "to  take 
breath."  The  top  is  reached  at  last.  Upon  consult- 
ing our  barometer  we  find  we  are  12,000  feet  above 
the  sea  level.  A  halt  is  ordered  to  put  six  steel  brads 
in  the  sole  of  each  boot,  to  prevent  us  from  slipping 
on  the  ice  and  hard  snow  that  we  must  now  encounter. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

From  the  crest  of  this  cliff  the  incline  of  the  moun- 
tain to  the  summit  is  less  than  at  any  other  point  and 
consequently  fewer  crevasses,  the  terror  of  the  moun- 
taineer. Bracing  ourselves  for  the  final  effort,  we 
resumed  the  march.  On  account  of  the  continuous 
ascent  and  the  rarity  of  the  atmosphere  we  have  to 
rest  every  twenty  or  thirty  steps.  Still  ascending, 
avoiding  the  crevasses  by  a  zigzag  path,  we  at  last 
reach  the  last  one,  or  what  might  more  properly  be 
called  the  first  crevasse.  This  crevasse  is  formed  by 
the  first  breaking  off  of  the  snow  as  it  begins  to  slide 
down  the  mountain.  The  upper  side  is  often  a  per- 
pendicular wall  of  hard  snow  from  ten  to  fifty  feet 
high.  This  same  crevasse,  for  it  extends  half  way 
round  the  mountain,  prevented  our  further  progress 
on  two  previous  occasions,  when  attempting  to  reach 
the  summit  from  the  northeast  slope.  Luckily  on  this 
occasion  we  found  a  bridge  that  afforded  us  a  safe 
passage  over.  From  this  point  we  can  see  a  clear  path 
to  the  summit.  Upward  we  climb  to  where  the  rim  of 
the  crater  seems  but  a  few  hundred  feet  away.  Look ! 
there  is  a  jet  of  steam  right  ahead ;  one  grand  effort 
and  I  sit  upon  the  rim  of  the  crater.  I  shout  a  word 
of  triumph  which  sounds  strangely  shrill  to  my  com- 
panions below,  who,  one  by  one,  soon  gain  my  exalted 
position.  The  feeling  of  triumph  that  filled  the  heart 
of  each  one  as  he  gained  that  sublime  height  can  be 
realized  by  no  one  who  has  not  been  in  a  similar  posi- 
tion. 

Space  precludes  an  extensive  description  of  the  view 
from  our  elevated  position ;  Washington,  Oregon  and 
the  Sound  and  sea  lay  below  us.  A  roll  of  clouds  ex- 
tending entirely  around  the  horizon  somewhat  ob- 
structed the  prospect,  yet  added  to  the  beauty  of  the 
scene.  Mts.  Baker,  Adams,  Hood,  St.  Helens,  and 
Jefferson  appeared  above  the  clouds ;  the  Cascade 
and  Olympic  ranges,  Puget  Sound  and  numerous  river 
basins  appeared  below,  while  the  smoke  of  distant 

156 


DISCOVERY  OF  CAMP  MUIR,   1888 

cities  completed  the  scene.  Reluctantly  turning  from 
this  grand  panorama  of  nature,  I  gave  my  attention 
to  an  examination  of  the  craters.  There  are  two, 
elliptical  in  shape,  and  from  one-half  to  three-fourths  of 
a  mile  across.  Their  rims  are  bare  outside,  and  in  to 
an  average  depth  of  thirty  feet  from  the  crest.  This  is 
owing  to  the  internal  heat  and  escaping  steam,  which 
issues  from  a  hundred  jets  within  the  circumference  of 
the  craters.  The  steam  escapes  in  intermittent  jets 
from  little  orifices  about  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in 
diameter.  The  walls  of  the  crater  in  some  places  are 
quite  warm,  all  of  which  plainly  indicates  that  Mount 
Rainier  is  a  volcano,  not  extinct  but  slumbering. 

The  amount  of  steam  that  escapes  from  the  crater 
at  any  one  time  varies  with  the  atmospheric  pressure. 
In  fact,  Mount  Rainier  is  a  reliable  barometer,  fore- 
telling a  storm  with  certainty.  Everyone  who  has 
noted  the  appearance  of  the  mountain  from  time  to 
time  is  familiar  with  the  peculiar  white  cloud  that  is 
frequently  seen  suspended  just  above  the  summit, 
while  no  other  clouds  are  in  sight.  This  peculiar 
cloud,  caused  by  the  condensation  of  escaping  steam, 
is  called  "Rainier's  cap,"  and  is  the  forerunner  of  a 
storm.  There  was  considerable  snow  in  the  craters, 
but  it  had  the  appearance  of  having  recently  fallen. 
I  believe,  should  it  cease  to  snow  for  two  or  three 
months,  the  crater  would  become  entirely  bare  inside  ; 
but  this  is  not  possible,  for  it  snows  on  Mount  Rainier 
even  in  midsummer. 

Our  party  spent  about  two  hours  on  the  summit. 
We  would  gladly  have  tarried  longer,  but  the  clouds 
were  gradually  approaching  from  all  points,  and  we 
did  not  care  to  take  the  chance  of  spending  a  night  in 
the  crater.  Our  descent  in  some  places  was  even  more 
dangerous  than  the  ascent,  owing  to  the  falling  rock. 
I  recall  with  a  shudder  the  successful  dodging  of  a 
shower  of  bowlders  on  their  way  down  from  the  top  of 
a  cliff  two  thousand  feet  above.  They  were  singing  as 

157 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

merrily  as  a   cannon  ball  just    shot   from   a   thirty- 
pounder  as  they  passed  my  head. 

Our  party  left  the  summit  about  two  o'clock,  and 
some  of  us  reached  "Camp  of  the  Clouds"  by  six 
o'clock,  descending  in  four  hours  the  same  distance 
that  we  were  twelve  hours  in  covering  on  the  upward 
climb.  The  names  of  the  party  making  this  very  suc- 
cessful ascent  are  :  John  Muir,  P.  B.  Van  Trump,  A.  C. 
Warner,  D.  W.  Bass,  N.  O.  Booth,  C.  V.  Piper  and 
E.  S.  Ingraham. 


158 


PROFESSOR  ISRAEL  COOK  RUSSELL. 


XI.    EXPLORING   THE    MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS 
GLACIERS,   1896 

BY  PROFESSOR  I.   C.   RUSSELL 

THE  name  of  Professor  Israel  Cook  Russell  is  permanently  asso- 
ciated with  Mount  Rainier.  He  was  one  of  America's  noted 
geologists.  He  was  born  near  Garrattsville,  New  York, 
on  December  10,  1852.  Graduating  from  the  University  of 
the  City  of  New  York  in  1872,  he  at  once  began  his  career  in 
science.  In  1874,  he  was  a  member  of  the  United  States  party 
at  Queenstown,  New  Zealand,  to  observe  the  transit  of  Venus. 
From  1878  to  1892,  he  wrought  valuable  work  in  geology  for 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey.  This  took  him  to  Alaska 
and  various  other  parts  of  the  country.  He  succeeded 
Alexander  Winchell  as  Professor  of  Geology  in  the  University 
of  Michigan  in  1892  and  continued  to  spend  his  summers  in 
field  work.  One  of  his  trips  was  to  the  West  Indies  during  the 
eruption  of  Mount  Pelee. 

Most  of  his  summer  trips  were  devoted  to  the  mountains  and 
valleys  of  Oregon  and  Washington.  It  was  during  one  of 
these  trips,  in  the  summer  of  1896,  that  he  made  the  explora- 
tions of  Mount  Rainier  the  extensive  record  of  which,  fully 
illustrated,  appeared  in  the  Eighteenth  Annual  Report  of  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey  for  1896-1897.  The  essential 
portions  of  that  record  are  here  reproduced  by  permission  of 
Director  George  Otis  Smith  of  the  Survey,  who  also  kindly 
furnished  a  portrait  of  his  former  colleague. 

Professor  Russell  was  honored  with  the  Doctor  of  Laws  degree 
by  his  alma  mater  and  by  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  He 
died  suddenly  at  the  zenith  of  his  power  in  1906,  leaving 
a  widow,  Mrs.  J.  Augusta  (Olmstead)  Russell  and  three 
daughters.  An  earnest  appreciation  of  his  character  and  work 
by  G.  K.  Gilbert  was  published  in  The  Journal  of  Geology, 
Volume  XIV,  number  8,  November-December,  1906.  When 
The  Mountaineers  Club  ascended  the  mountain  in  1909  they 
named  in  his  honor  Russell  Cliff,  a  majestic  crest  near  the 
summit  and  overlooking  the  Winthrop  and  Emmons  glaciers, 
and  later  a  glacier  on  the  northern  slope,  near  Carbon  Glacier, 
was  named  Russell  Glacier. 

159 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

The  reconnaissance  during  which  the  notes  for  this 
essay  were  obtained  began  [1896]  at  Carbonado,  a 
small  coal-mining  town  about  20  miles  southeast  of 
Tacoma,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  a  branch  of  the 
Union  [Northern]  Pacific  Railroad.  Carbonado  is 
situated  on  the  border  of  the  unbroken  forest.  East- 
ward to  beyond  the  crest  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  is 
a  primeval  forest,  the  density  and  magnificence  of 
which  it  is  impossible  adequately  to  describe  to  one 
who  is  not  somewhat  familiar  with  the  Puget  Sound 
region.  From  Carbonado  a  trail,  cut  through  the 
forest  under  the  direction  of  Willis  in  1881,  leads  to 
Carbon  River,  a  stream  flowing  from  Mount  Rainier, 
which  it  formerly  crossed  by  a  bridge  that  is  now 
destroyed,  and  thence  continues  to  the  west  of  the 
mountain  to  Busywild.  A  branch  of  this  trail  leads 
eastward  to  the  north  side  of  the  mountain,  making 
accessible  a  beautiful  region  near  the  timber  line, 
known  as  Spray  Park. 

Our  party  consisted  of  Bailey  Willis,  geologist  in 
charge,  George  Otis  Smith  and  myself,  assistants,  and 
F.  H.  Ainsworth,  Fred  Koch,  William  B.  Williams, 
and  Michael  Autier,  camp  hands. 

From  Carbonado  we  proceeded  with  pack  animals 
along  the  Willis  trail,  already  mentioned,  to  the  cross- 
ing of  Carbon  River.  We  then  left  the  main  trail  and 
went  up  the  right  bank  of  the  river  by  a  trail  recently 
cut  as  far  as  the  mouth  of  Chenuis  Creek.  At  that 
locality  our  party  was  divided ;  Willis  and  myself, 
taking  blankets,  rations,  etc.,  and  crossing  the  river, 
proceeded  up  its  bowlder-strewn  left  bank  to  the  foot 
of  Carbon  Glacier.  The  remainder  of  the  party  cut  a 
trail  along  the  right  bank,  and  in  the  course  of  a  few 
days  succeeded  in  making  a  depot  of  supplies  near 
where  the  river  emerges  from  beneath  the  extremity 
of  the  glacier.  The  pack  train  was  then  taken  back  to 
near  Carbonado  for  pasture. 

The  tramp  from  Carbonado  to  the  foot  of  the  Carbon 

160 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

Glacier  was  full  of  interest,  as  it  revealed  the  charac- 
teristics of  a  great  region,  covered  with  a  dense  forest, 
which  is  a  part  of  the  deeply  dissected  Tertiary  pene- 
plain surrounding  Mount  Rainier.  The  rocks  from 
Carbonado  to  Carbon  River  crossing  are  coal  bear- 
ing. Extensive  mines  are  worked  at  Carbonado,  and 
test  shafts  have  been  opened  at  a  few  localities  near 
the  trail  which  we  followed.  At  Carbonado  the  river 
flows  through  a  steep-sided  canyon  about  300  feet 
deep.  Near  where  the  Willis  trail  crosses  the  stream 
the  canyon  broadens,  is  deeply  filled  with  bowlders, 
and  is  bordered  by  forest-covered  mountains  fully  3, coo 
feet  in  elevation.  On  account  of  the  dense  forests, 
the  scenery  throughout  the  region  traversed  is  wild  and 
picturesque.  At  a  few  localities  glimpses  were  ob- 
tained of  the  great  snow-clad  dome  of  Mount  Rainier, 
rising  far  over  the  intervening  tree-covered  foothills. 

The  forests  of  the  Puget  Sound  region  are  the  most 
magnificent  on  the  continent.  The  moist  atmosphere 
and  genial  climate  have  led  to  a  wonderfully  luxuriant 
growth,  especially  of  evergreens.  Huge  fir  trees  and 
cedars  stand  in  close-set  ranks  and  shoot  upward 
straight  and  massive  to  heights  which  frequently  ex- 
ceed 250  feet,  and  sometimes  are  even  in  excess  of  300 
feet.  The  trees  are  frequently  10  to  12  feet  or  more 
in  diameter  at  the  height  of  one's  head  and  rise  in  mas- 
sive columns  without  a  blemish  to  the  first  branches, 
which  are  in  many  instances  150  feet  from  the  ground. 
The  soil  beneath  the  mighty  trees  is  deeply  covered  with 
mosses  of  many  harmonious  tints,  and  decked  with 
rank  ferns,  whose  gracefully  bending  fronds  attain  a 
length  of  6  to  8  feet.  Lithe,  slender  maples,  termed 
vine-maples  from  their  habit  of  growth,  are  plentiful, 
especially  along  the  small  water  courses.  In  many 
places  the  broad  leaves  of  the  devil's  club  (Fatsiahorrida) 
give  an  almost  tropical  luxuriance  to  the  shadowy 
realm  beneath  the  lofty  canopies  formed  by  the  firs 
and  cedars. 

M  161 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

[A  quotation  from  Bailey  Willis  is  omitted,  as  the 
whole  article  is  published  in  this  work  —  Chapter  IX.] 

The  mighty  forest  through  which  we  traveled  from 
Carbonado  to  the  crossing  of  Carbon  River  extends 
over  the  country  all  about  Mount  Rainier  and  clothes 
the  sides  of  the  mountain  to  a  height  of  about  6,000 
feet.  From  distant  points  of  view  it  appears  as  an 
unbroken  emerald  setting  for  the  gleaming,  jewel-like 
summit  of  the  snow-covered  peak. 

In  spite  of  the  many  attractions  of  the  forest,  it 
was  with  a  sense  of  relief  that  we  entered  the  canyon 
of  Carbon  River  and  had  space  to  see  about  us.  The 
river  presents  features  of  geographical  interest,  espe- 
cially in  the  fact  that  it  is  filling  in  its  valley.  The 
load  of  stone  contributed  by  the  glaciers,  from  which 
the  stream  comes  as  a  roaring  turbid  flood,  is  greater 
than  it  can  sweep  along,  and  much  of  its  freight  is 
dropped  by  the  way.  The  bottom  of  the  canyon  is  a 
desolate,  flood-swept  area  of  rounded  bowlders,  from 
100  to  200  yards  broad.  The  stream  channel  is 
continually  shifting,  and  is  frequently  divided  by 
islands  of  bowlders,  heaped  high  during  some  period 
of  flood.  Many  of  the  stream  channels  leading  away 
from  Mount  Rainier  are  known  to  have  the  charac- 
teristics of  the  one  we  ascended,  and  show  that  the 
canyons  were  carved  under  different  conditions  from 
those  now  prevailing.  The  principal  amount  of  can- 
yon cutting  must  have  been  done  before  the  streams 
were  overloaded  with  debris  contributed  by  glaciers 
—  that  is,  the  deep  dissection  of  the  lower  slope  of 
Mount  Rainier  and  of  the  platform  on  which  it  stands 
must  have  preceded  the  Glacial  epoch. 

After  a  night's  rest  in  the  shelter  of  the  forest,  lulled 
to  sleep  by  the  roar  of  Carbon  River  in  its  tumultuous 
course  after  its  escape  from  the  ice  caverns,  we  climbed 
the  heavily  moraine-covered  extremity  of  Carbon 
Glacier.  At  night,  weary  with  carrying  heavy  packs 

162 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

over  the  chaos  of  stones  that  cover  the  glaciers,  we 
slept  on  a  couch  of  moss  beautified  with  lovely  blos- 
soms, almost  within  the  spray  of  Philo  Falls,  a  cataract 
of  clear  icy  water  that  pours  into  the  canyon  of  Carbon 
Glacier  from  snow  fields  high  up  on  the  western  wall 
of  the  canyon. 

I  will  ask  the  reader  to  defer  the  study  of  the  gla- 
ciers until  we  have  made  a  reconnaissance  of  the  moun- 
tain and  climbed  to  its  summit,  as  he  will  then  be 
better  prepared  to  understand  the  relation  of  the 
glaciers,  neves,  and  other  features  with  which  it  will 
be  necessary  to  deal.  In  this  portion  of  our  fireside 
explorations  let  us  enjoy  a  summer  outing,  deferring 
until  later  the  more  serious  task  of  questioning  the 
glaciers. 

From  Philo  Falls  we  ascended  still  higher,  by  follow- 
ing partially  snow-filled  lanes  between  the  long  lateral 
moraines  that  have  been  left  by  the  shrinking  of  Car- 
bon Glacier,  and  found  three  parallel,  sharp-crested 
ridges  about  a  mile  long  and  from  100  to  150  feet  high, 
made  of  bowlders  and  stones  of  all  shapes,  which 
record  the  former  positions  of  the  glacier.  Along 
the  western  border  of  the  oldest  and  most  westerly  of 
these  ridges  there  is  a  valley,  perhaps  100  yards  wide, 
intervening  between  the  abandoned  lateral  moraine 
and  the  western  side  of  the  valley,  which  rises  in  preci- 
pices to  forest-covered  heights  at  least  1,000  feet  above. 
Between  the  morainal  ridges  there  are  similar  narrow 
valleys,  each  of  which  at  the  time  of  our  visit,  July  15, 
was  deeply  snow-covered.  The  ridges  are  clothed  with 
spruce  and  cedar  trees,  together  with  a  variety  of 
shrubs  and  flowering  annuals.  The  knolls  rising 
through  the  snow  are  gorgeous  with  flowers.  A 
wealth  of  purple  Bryanthus,  resembling  purple 
heather,  and  of  its  constant  companion,  if  not  near 
relative,  the  Cassiope,  with  white,  waxy  bells,  closely 
simulating  the  white  heather,  make  glorious  the  mossy 
banks  from  which  the  lingering  snow  has  but  just 

163 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

departed.  Acres  of  meadow  land,  still  soft  with  snow 
water  and  musical  with  rills  and  brooks  flowing  in 
uncertain  courses  over  the  deep,  rich  turf,  are  beauti- 
ful with  lilies,  which  seemed  woven  in  a  cloth  of  gold 
about  the  borders  of  the  lingering  snow  banks.  We 
are  near  the  upper  limit  of  timber  growth,  where 
park-like  openings,  with  thickets  of  evergreens,  give  a 
special  charm  to  the  mountain  side.  The  morainal 
ridge  nearest  the  glacier  is  forest-covered  on  its  outer 
slope,  while  the  descent  to  the  glacier  is  a  rough,  deso- 
late bank  of  stones  and  dirt.  The  glacier  has  evidently 
but  recently  shrunk  away  from  this  ridge,  which  was 
formed  along  its  border  by  stones  brought  from  a 
bold  cliff  that  rises  sheer  from  the  ice  a  mile  upstream. 
Standing  on  the  morainal  ridge  overlooking  the  gla- 
cier, one  has  to  the  eastward  an  unobstructed  view  of 
the  desolate  and  mostly  stone  and  dirt  covered  ice. 
Across  the  glacier  another  embankment  can  be  seen, 
similar  to  the  one  on  the  west,  and,  like  it,  recording  a 
recent  lowering  of  the  surface  of  the  glacier  of  about 
150  feet.  Beyond  the  glacier  are  extremely  bold  and 
rugged  mountains,  scantily  clothed  with  forests  nearly 
to  their  summits.  The  position  of  the  timber  line 
shows  that  the  bare  peaks  above  are  between  8,000 
and  9,000  feet  high.  Looking  southward,  up  the  gla- 
cier, we  have  a  glimpse  into  the  wild  amphitheater  in 
which  it  has  its  source.  The  walls  of  the  great  hol- 
low in  the  mountain  side  rise  in  seemingly  vertical 
precipices  about  4,000  feet  high.  Far  above  is  a  shin- 
ing, snow-covered  peak,  which  Willis  named  the 
Liberty  Cap.  It  is  one  of  the  culminating  points  of 
Mount  Rainier,  but  not  the  actual  summit.  Its  ele- 
vation is  about  14,300  feet  above  the  sea.  Toward  the 
west  the  view  is  limited  by  the  forest-covered  morainal 
ridges  near  at  hand  and  by  the  precipitous  slopes 
beyond,  which  lead  to  a  northward-projecting  spur  of 
Mount  Rainier,  known  as  the  Mother  Mountains. 
This,  our  first  view  of  Mount  Rainier  near  at  hand,  has 

164 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

shown  that  the  valley  down  which  Carbon  Glacier 
flows,  as  well  as  the  vast  amphitheater  in  which  it  has 
its  source,  is  sunk  in  the  flanks  of  the  mountain.  To 
restore  the  northern  slope  of  the  ancient  volcano  as  it 
existed  when  the  mountain  was  young  we  should  have 
to  fill  the  depression  in  which  the  glacier  lies  at  least 
to  the  height  of  its  bordering  ridges.  On  looking  down 
the  glacier  we  see  it  descending  into  a  vast  gulf  bor- 
dered by  steep  mountains,  which  rise  at  least  3,000 
feet  above  its  bottom.  This  is  the  canyon  through 
which  the  water  formed  by  the  melting  of  the  glacier 
escapes.  To  restore  the  mountain  this  great  gulf 
would  also  have  to  be  filled.  Clearly  the  traveler 
in  this  region  is  surrounded  by  the  records  of  mighty 
changes.  Not  only  does  he  inquire  how  the  volcanic 
mountain  was  formed,  but  how  it  is  being  destroyed. 
The  study  of  the  glaciers  will  do  much  toward  making 
clear  the  manner  in  which  the  once  smooth  slopes  have 
been  trenched  by  radiating  valleys,  leaving  mountain- 
like  ridges  between. 

Another  line  of  inquiry  which  we  shall  find  of  interest 
as  we  advance  is  suggested  by  the  recent  shrinkage 
of  Carbon  Glacier.  Are  all  of  the  glaciers  that  flow 
from  the  mountain  wasting  away  ?  If  we  find  this  to 
be  the  case,  what  climatic  changes  does  it  indicate  ? 

From  our  camp  among  the  morainal  ridges  by  the 
side  of  Carbon  Glacier  we  made  several  side  trips, 
each  of  which  was  crowded  with  observations  of 
interest.  One  of  these  excursions,  made  by  Mr.  Smith 
and  myself,  was  up  the  snow  fields  near  camp  ;  past 
the  prominent  outstanding  pinnacles  known  as  the 
Guardian  Rocks,  one  red  and  the  other  black ;  and 
through  Spray  Park,  with  its  thousands  of  groves  of 
spire-like  evergreens,  with  flower-enameled  glades 
between.  On  the  bare,  rocky  shoulder  of  the  moun- 
tain, where  the  trees  now  grow,  we  found  the  unmis- 
takable grooves  and  striations  left  by  former  glaciers. 
The  lines  engraved  in  the  rock  lead  away  from  the 

165 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

mountain,  showing  that  even  the  boldest  ridges  were 
formerly  ice-covered.  Our  route  took  us  around  the 
head  of  the  deep  canyon  through  which  flows  Cataract 
Creek.  In  making  this  circuit  we  followed  a  rugged 
saw-tooth  crest,  and  had  some  interesting  rock-climb- 
ing. Finally,  the  sharp  divide  between  Cataract 
Creek  and  a  small  stream  flowing  westward  to  Crater 
Lake  was  reached,  and  a  slide  on  a  steep  snow  slope 
took  us  quickly  down  to  where  the  flowers  made  a 
border  of  purple  and  gold  about  the  margins  of  the 
snow.  Soon  we  were  in  the  forest,  and  gaining  a 
rocky  ledge  among  the  trees,  could  look  down  on 
Crater  Lake,  deeply  sunk  in  shaggy  mountains  which 
still  preserve  all  oif  their  primitive  freshness  and  beauty. 
Snow  lay  in  deep  drifts  beneath  the  shelter  of  the 
forest,  and  the  lake  was  ice-covered  except  for  a  few 
feet  near  the  margin.  This  was  on  July  20.  I  have 
been  informed  that  the  lake  is  usually  free  of  ice 
before  this  date,  but  the  winter  preceding  our  visit 
was  of  more  than  usual  severity,  the  snowfall  being 
heavy,  and  the  coming  of  summer  was  therefore  much 
delayed. 

The  name  Crater  Lake  implies  that  its  waters  occupy 
a  volcanic  crater.  Willis  states  that  Nature  has  here 
placed  an  emerald  seal  on  one  of  Pluto's  sally  ports  ; 
but  that  the  great  depression  now  water-filled  is  a 
volcanic  crater  is  not  so  apparent  as  we  might  expect. 
The  basin  is  in  volcanic  rock,  but  none  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  a  crater  due  to  volcanic  explosions  can  be 
recognized.  The  rocks,  so  far  as  I  saw  them,  are 
massive  lavas,  and  not  fragmental  scoriae  or  other 
products  of  explosive  eruptions.  On  the  bold,  rounded 
rock  ledges  down  which  we  climbed  in  order  to  reach 
the  shore,  there  were  deep  glacial  scorings,  showing 
that  the  basin  was  once  deeply  filled  with  moving  ice. 
My  observations  were  not  sufficiently  extended  to 
enable  me  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  origin  of  the 
remarkable  depression,  but  whatever  may  have  been 

166 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

its  earlier  history,  it  has  certainly  been  profoundly 
modified  by  ice  erosion. 

Following  the  lake  shore  southward,  groping  our 
way  beneath  the  thick,  drooping  branches  which  dip  in 
the  lake,  we  reached  the  notch  in  the  rim  of  the  basin 
through  which  the  waters  escape  and  start  on  their 
journey  to  Mowich  River  and  thence  to  the  sea.  We 
there  found  the  branch  of  the  Willis  trail  leading  to 
Spray  Park,  and  turned  toward  camp.  Again  we 
enjoyed  the  luxury  of  following  a  winding  pathway 
through  silent  colonnades  formed  by  the  moss-grown 
trunks  of  noble  trees.  On  either  side  of  the  trail  worn 
in  the  brown  soil  the  ferns  and  flowering  shrubs  were 
bent  over  in  graceful  curves,  and  at  times  filled  the 
little-used  lane,  first  traversed  fifteen  years  before. 

The  trail  led  us  to  Eagle  Cliff,  a  bold,  rocky  promon- 
tory rising  as  does  El  Capitan  from  the  Yosemite,  1,800 
feet  from  the  forest-lined  canyon  of  Mowich  River. 
From  Eagle  Cliff  one  beholds  the  most  magnificent 
view  that  is  to  be  had  in  all  the  wonderful  region  about 
Mount  Rainier.  The  scene  beheld  on  looking  east- 
ward toward  the  mighty  mountain  is  remarkable 
alike  for  its  magnificence  and  for  the  artistic  grouping 
of  the  various  features  of  the  sublime  picture.  In  the 
vast  depths  at  one's  feet  the  tree-tops,  through  which 
the  mists  from  neighboring  cataracts  are  drifting,  im- 
part a  somber  tone  and  make  the  valley's  bottom  seem 
far  more  remote  than  it  is.  The  sides  of  the  canyon 
are  formed  by  prominent  serrate  ridges,  leading  upward 
to  the  shining  snow  fields  of  the  mighty  dome  that 
heads  the  valley.  Nine  thousand  feet  above  our 
station  rose  the  pure  white  Liberty  Cap,  the  crowning 
glory  of  the  mountain  as  seen  from  the  northward. 
The  snow  descending  the  northwest  side  of  the  great 
central  dome  is  gathered  between  the  ridges  forming 
the  sides  of  the  valley,  and  forms  a  white  neve  from 
which  flows  Willis  Glacier.  In  looking  up  the  valley 
from  Eagle  Cliff  the  entire  extent  of  the  snow  fields 

167 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

and  of  the  river-like  stream  of  ice  flowing  from  them  is 
in  full  view.  The  ice  ends  in  a  dirt-covered  and  rock- 
strewn  terminus,  just  above  a  huge  rounded  dome 
that  rises  in  its  path.  In  1881  the  ice  reached  nearly 
to  the  top  of  the  dome  and  broke  off  in  an  ice  cliff,  the 
detached  blocks  falling  into  the  gulf  below.  The 
glacier  has  now  withdrawn  its  terminus  well  above 
the  precipice  where  it  formerly  fell  as  an  ice  cascade, 
and  its  surface  has  shrunk  away  from  well-defined 
moraines  in  much  the  same  manner  as  has  already 
been  noted  in  the  case  of  Carbon  Glacier.  A  more 
detailed  account  of  the  retreat  of  the  extremity  of 
Willis  Glacier  l  will  be  given  later. 

From  Eagle  Cliff  we  continued  our  tramp  eastward 
along  the  trail  leading  to  Spray  Park,  climbed  the  zig- 
zag pathway  up  the  face  of  a  cliff  in  front  of  Spray 
Falls,  and  gained  the  picturesque  and  beautiful  park- 
like  region  above.  An  hour's  tramp  brought  us  again 
near  the  Guardian  Rocks.  A  swift  descent  down  the 
even  snow  fields  enabled  us  to  reach  camp  just  as  the 
shadows  of  evening  were  gathering  in  the  deeper  can- 
yons, leaving  the  silent  snow  fields  above  all  aglow  with 
reflected  sunset  tints. 

Taking  heavy  packs  on  our  backs  on  the  morning  of 
July  21,  we  descended  the  steep  broken  surface  of  the 
most  recent  moraine  bordering  Carbon  Glacier  in  its 
middle  course,  and  reached  the  solid  blue  ice  below. 
Our  course  led  us  directly  across  the  glacier,  along  the 
lower  border  of  the  rapidly  melting  covering  of  winter 
snow.  The  glacier  is  there  about  a  mile  across.  Its 
central  part  is  higher  than  its  border,  and  for  the  most 
part  the  ice  is  concealed  by  dirt  and  stones.  Just 
below  the  neve,  however,  we  found  a  space  about  half 
a  mile  long  in  which  melting  had  not  led  to  the  concen- 
tration of  sufficient  debris  to  make  traveling  difficult. 
Farther  down  the  glacier,  where  surface  melting  was 
more  advanced,  the  entire  glacier,  with  the  exception 

1  Called  the  North  Mowich  Glacier  on  the  present  map. 
1 68 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

of  a  few  lanes  of  clear  ice  between  the  ill-defined  medial 
moraines,  was  completely  concealed  beneath  a  desolate 
sheet  of  angular  stones.  On  reaching  the  east  side  of 
the  glacier  we  were  confronted  with  a  wall  of  clay  and 
stones,  the  inner  slope  of  a  moraine  similar  in  all  re- 
spects to  the  one  we  had  descended  to  reach  the  west 
border  of  the  glacier.  A  little  search  revealed  a  locality 
where  a  tongue  of  ice  in  a  slight  embayment  projected 
some  distance  up  the  wall  of  morainal  material,  and  a 
steep  climb  of  50  or  60  feet  brought  us  to  the  summit. 
The  glacier  has  recently  shrunk  —  that  is,  its  surface 
has  been  lowered  from  80  to  100  feet  by  melting. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  glacier  we  found  several 
steep,  sharp-crested  ridges,  clothed  with  forest  trees, 
with  narrow,  grassy,  and  flower-strewn  dells  between, 
in  which  banks  of  snow  still  lingered.  The  ridges  are 
composed  of  bowlders  and  angular  stones  of  a  great 
variety  of  sizes  and  shapes,  and  are  plainly  lateral 
moraines  abandoned  by  the  shrinking  of  the  glacier. 
Choosing  a  way  up  one  of  the  narrow  lanes,  bordered 
on  each  side  by  steep  slopes  densely  covered  with  trees 
and  shrubs,  we  found  secure  footing  in  the  hard  gran- 
ular snow,  and  soon  reached  a  more  open,  parklike 
area,  covered  with  mossy  bosses  of  turf,  on  which  grew 
a  great  profusion  of  brilliant  flowers.  Before  us  rose 
the  great  cliffs  which  partially  inclose  the  amphi- 
theater in  which  Carbon  Glacier  has  its  source.  These 
precipices,  as  already  stated,  have  a  height  of  about 
4,000  feet,  and  are  so  steep  that  the  snow  does  not 
cling  to  them,  but  descends  in  avalanches.  Above  the 
cliffs,  where  the  inclination  is  less  precipitous,  the  snow 
lies  in  thick  layers,  the  edges  of  which  are  exposed  in  a 
vertical  precipice  rising  above  the  avalanche-swept 
rock-slope  below.  Far  above,  and  always  the  central 
object  in  the  wild  scenery  surrounding  us,  rose  the 
brilliant  white  Liberty  Cap,  one  of  the  pinnacles  on 
the  rim  of  the  great  summit  crater.  Our  way  then 
turned  eastward,  following  the  side  of  the  mountain, 

169 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

and  led  us  through  a  region  just  above  the  timber  line, 
which  commands  far  reaching  views  to  the  wild  and 
rugged  mountains  to  the  northeast.  This  open  tract, 
leading  down  to  groves  of  spruce  trees  and  diversified 
by  charming  lakelets,  bears  abundant  evidence  of 
having  formerly  been  ice-covered,  and  is  known  as 
Moraine  Park. 

In  order  to  retain  our  elevation  we  crossed  diagon- 
ally the  steep  snow  slopes  in  the  upper  portion  of  the 
Moraine  Park.  Midway  over  the  snow  we  rested  at 
a  sharp  crest  of  rock,  and  found  that  it  is  composed 
of  light-colored  granite.  Later  we  found  that  much  of 
the  area  between  the  Carbon  and  Winthrop  glaciers 
is  composed  of  this  same  kind  of  rock.  Granite  forms 
a  portion  of  the  border  of  the  valley  through  which 
flow  the  glaciers  just  named,  and  furnished  them  with 
much  granitic  debris,  which  is  carried  away  as  moraines 
and  later  worked  over  into  well-rounded  bowlders  by 
the  streams  flowing  from  the  ice.  The  presence  of 
granite  pebbles  in  the  course  of  Carbon  and  White 
rivers,  far  below  the  glaciers,  is  thus  accounted  for. 

A  weary  tramp  of  about  4  miles  from  the  camp  we 
had  left  brought  us  to  the  border  of  Winthrop  Glacier. 
In  the  highest  grove  of  trees,  which  are  bent  down  and 
frequently  lie  prone  on  the  ground,  although  still  liv- 
ing, we  selected  a  well-sheltered  camping-place.  Bal- 
sam boughs  furnished  luxuriant  beds,  and  the  trees 
killed  by  winter  storms  enabled  us  to  have  a  roaring 
camp  fire.  Fresh  trail  of  mountain  goats  and  their  but 
recently  abandoned  bed  showed  that  this  is  a  favorite 
resort  for  those  hardy  animals.  Marmots  were  also 
abundant,  and  frequently  awakened  the  echoes  with 
their  shrill,  whistling  cries.  The  elevation  of  our 
camp  was  about  8,000  feet. 

From  our  camp  on  the  cliffs  above  the  west  border 
of  Winthrop  Glacier  we  made  excursions  across  that 
glacier  and  to  its  heavily  moraine-covered  extremity. 
The  snow  mantle  that  is  spread  over  the  region  about 

170 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

Mount  Rainier  each  winter  melts  first  on  the  rugged 
plateau  surrounding  the  base  of  the  mountain,  and, 
as  the  summer's  heat  increases,  gradually  withdraws 
up  the  mountain  sides,  but  never  so  as  to  uncover  the 
more  elevated  region.  The  snow  line  —  that  is,  the 
position  to  which  the  lower  border  of  the  mantle  of 
perennial  snow  withdraws  late  in  summer  —  has  an 
elevation  of  about  9,000  feet.  The  lower  margin  of  the 
wintry  covering  is  always  irregular,  however,  extending 
farthest  down  on  the  glaciers  and  retreating  highest 
on  the  rocks.  At  the  time  of  our  visit  the  snow  had 
melted  off  of  nearly  all  the  region  below  our  camp, 
leaving  only  dirt-stained  snow  banks  in  the  more  com- 
pletely sheltered  recesses  and  in  deeply  shaded  dells 
in  the  adjacent  forests.  On  the  glaciers  all  the  region 
at  a  greater  elevation  than  our  camp  was  white  and 
free  from  dirt  and  stones,  while  the  hard  glacial  ice 
was  abundantly  exposed  at  lower  altitudes  and  ended 
in  a  completely  moraine-covered  terminus.  Above 
us  all  was  barren,  white,  and  wintry ;  below  lay  the 
flowery  vales  and  grass  parks,  warm  and  inviting, 
leading  to  the  welcome  shade  of  noble  forests.  Our 
course  led  upward  into  the  frozen  region. 

On  leaving  the  camp  on  the  border  of  Winthrop 
Glacier  we  began  our  alpine  work.  There  were  five 
in  the  party  selected  for  the  difficult  task  of  scaling 
Mount  Rainier;  namely:  Willis,  Smith,  Ainsworth, 
Williams,  and  myself.  Taking  our  blankets,  a  small 
supply  of  rations,  an  alcohol  lamp,  alpenstocks,  a  rope 
100  feet  long  to  serve  as  a  life  line,  and  a  few  other 
articles  necessary  for  traveling  above  timber  line,  we 
began  the  ascent  of  Winthrop  Glacier  early  on  the 
morning  of  July  23.  Our  route  was  comparatively 
easy  at  the  start,  but  became  steeper  and  steeper  as 
we  advanced.  The  snow  was  firm  and,  except  for  the 
numerous  crevasses,  presented  no  great  difficulties  to 
be  overcome.  In  several  places  the  neve  rises  in  domes 
as  if  forced  up  from  beneath,  but  caused  in  reality 

171 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

by  bosses  of  rock  over  which  the  glacier  flows.  These 
domes  are  broken  by  radiating  crevasses  which  inter- 
sect in  their  central  portions,  leaving  pillars  and  castle- 
like  masses  of  snow  with  vertical  sides.  At  one  locality, 
in  attempting  to  pass  between  two  of  these  shattered 
domes,  we  found  our  way  blocked  by  an  impassable 
crevasse.  Considerable  time  was  lost  in  searching  for 
a  practicable  upward  route,  but  at  length,  by  making 
a  detour  to  the  right,  we  found  a  way  which,  although 
steep,  allowed  us  to  pass  the  much  crevassed  area  and 
gain  the  sharp  ridge  of  rock  which  divides  the  neve 
snow  flowing  from  the  central  dome  of  the  moun- 
tain, and  marks  the  separation  between  Winthrop  and 
Emmons  glaciers.  This  prow-like  promontory,  ris- 
ing some  500  feet  above  the  glaciers  on  either  hand, 
we  named  The  Wedge.  This  is  the  upward  pointing, 
acute  angle  of  a  great  V-shaped  portion  of  the  lower 
slope  of  the  mountain,  left  in  bold  relief  by  the  erosion 
of  the  valleys  on  either  side.  As  will  be  described 
later,  there  are  several  of  these  remnants  about  the 
sides  of  the  mountain  at  the  same  general  horizon, 
which  record  a  somewhat  definite  stage  in  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  mountain  by  ice  erosion. 

On  reaching  The  Wedge  we  found  it  an  utterly  deso- 
late rocky  cape  in  a  sea  of  snow.  We  were  at  an  al- 
titude of  about  10,000  feet,  and  far  above  timber. 
Water  was  obtained  by  spreading  snow  on  smooth 
rocks  or  on  rubber  sheets,  and  allowing  it  to  melt  by 
the  heat  of  the  afternoon  sun.  Coffee  was  prepared 
over  the  alcohol  lamp,  sheltered  from  the  wind  by  a 
bed  sheet  supported  by  alpenstocks.  After  a  frugal 
lunch,  we  made  shelf-like  ledges  in  a  steep  slope  of 
earth  and  stones  and  laid  down  our  blankets  for  the 
night.  From  sheltered  nooks  amid  the  rocks,  exposed 
to  the  full  warmth  of  the  declining  sun,  we  had  the  icy 
slopes  of  the  main  central  dome  of  the  mountain  in  full 
view  and  chose  what  seemed  the  most  favorable  route 
for  the  morrow's  climb. 


172 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

Surrounded  as  we  were  by  the  desolation  and  soli- 
tude of  barren  rocks,  on  which  not  even  a  lichen  had 
taken  root,  and  pure  white  snow  fields,  we  were  much 
surprised  to  receive  passing  visits  from  several  hum- 
ming-birds which  shot  past  us  like  winged  jewels. 
They  came  up  the  valley  occupied  by  the  Emmons 
Glacier,  turned  sharply  at  The  Wedge,  and  went  down 
the  way  of  the  Winthrop  Glacier.  What  tempts  these 
children  of  the  sunlight  and  the  flowers  into  the  frozen 
regions  seems  a  mystery.  That  the  humming-birds 
are  bold  explorers  was  not  new  to  me,  for  the  reason 
that  on  several  occasions  in  previous  years,  while  on 
the  snow-covered  slopes  of  Mount  St.  Elias,  far  above 
all  vestiges  of  vegetation,  my  heart  had  been  glad- 
dened by  glimpses  of  their  brilliant  plumage. 

When  the  sun  declined  beyond  the  great  snow- 
covered  dome  that  towered  above  us,  and  the  blue 
shadows  crept  down  the  previously  dazzling  cliffs,  the 
air  became  cold  and  a  strong  wind  made  our  perch  on 
the  rocks  uncomfortable.  Wrapping  ourselves  in  our 
blankets  we  slept  until  the  eastern  sky  began  to  glow 
with  sunrise  tints. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  July  24  [1896]  we  began  the 
climb  of  the  steep  snow  slopes  leading  to  the  summit  of 
the  mountain.  Roped  together  as  we  had  been  on  the 
previous  day,  we  slowly  worked  our  way  upward,  in  a 
tortuous  course,  in  order  to  avoid  the  many  yawning 
crevasses.  The  way  was  steep  and  difficult.  Some 
members  of  the  party  felt  the  effects  of  the  rarefied 
air,  and  as  we  lacked  experience  in  true  alpine  work  our 
progress  was  slow  and  laborious.  Many  of  the  cre- 
vasses that  our  course  crossed  were  of  the  nature  of 
faults.  Their  upper  rims  stood  several  feet  above 
their  lower  margins,  and  thus  added  to  the  difficulty 
of  passing  them.  Our  aim  at  first  was  to  traverse  the 
neve  of  Emmons  Glacier  and  gain  the  less  rugged  slope 
bordering  it  on  the  south,  but  the  intervening  region 
was  greatly  broken  and,  as  we  found  after  several 

173 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

approaches  to  it,  utterly  impassable.  The  climb  pre- 
sented no  special  difficulties  other  than  the  extreme 
fatigue  incident  to  climbing  steep  snow  slopes,  espe- 
cially while  attached  to  a  life  line,  and  the  delays  neces- 
sitated by  frequently  turning  and  retracing  our  steps 
in  order  to  get  around  wide  crevasses. 

Once  while  crossing  a  steep  snow  slope  diagonally, 
and  having  a  wide  crevasse  below  us,  Ainsworth,  who 
was  next  to  the  rear  of  the  line,  lost  his  footing  and  slid 
down  the  slope  on  his  back.  Unfortunately,  at  that 
instant,  Williams,  who  was  at  the  rear  of  the  line, 
removed  his  alpenstock  from  the  snow,  was  overturned 
by  the  pull  on  the  line,  and  shot  headfirst  down  the 
slope  and  disappeared  over  the  brink  of  the  crevasse. 
A  strong  pull  came  on  the  members  of  the  party  who 
were  in  advance,  but  our  alpenstocks  held  fast,  and 
before  assistance  could  be  extended  to  the  man  dan- 
gling in  midair,  he  climbed  the  taut  rope  and  stood 
unhurt  among  us  once  more.  The  only  serious  result  of 
the  accident  was  the  loss  of  an  alpenstock. 

Pressing  on  toward  the  dark  rim  of  rock  that  we 
could  now  and  then  catch  glimpses  of  at  the  head  of 
the  snow  slopes  and  which  we  knew  to  be  the  outer 
portion  of  the  summit  crater,  we  crossed  many  frail 
snow  bridges  and  climbed  precipitous  slopes,  in  some  of 
which  steps  had  to  be  cut.  As  we  neared  the  summit 
we  met  a  strong  westerly  gale  that  chilled  us  and  be- 
numbed our  fingers.  At  length,  weary  and  faint  on 
account  of  the  rarity  of  the  air,  we  gained  the  lower 
portion  of  the  rim  of  stones  marking  the  position  of 
the  crater.  While  my  companions  rested  for  a  few 
moments  in  the  shelter  of  the  rocks,  I  pressed  on  up 
the  rugged  slope  and  gained  the  top  of  the  rim. 

The  stones  exposed  at  the  summit  are  bare  of  snow, 
possibly  on  account  of  the  heat  from  below,  and  are 
rounded  and  their  exposed  surfaces  polished.  The 
smooth,  black  bowlders  shine  in  the  sunlight  much 
the  same  as  the  sand-burnished  stones  in  desert  regions. 

174 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

Here  on  the  mountain's  brow,  exposed  to  an  almost 
continuous  gale,  the  rocks  have  been  polished  by  drift- 
ing snow  crystals.  The  prevailing  rounded  form  that 
the  stones  present  may  be  the  result  of  weathering, 
or  possibly  is  due  to  the  manner  in  which  the  fragments 
were  ejected  from  the  volcano.  My  hasty  examina- 
tions suggested  the  former  explanation. 

Descending  into  the  crater,  I  discovered  crevices 
from  which  steam  was  escaping,  and  on  placing  my 
hands  on  the  rocks  was  rejoiced  to  find  them  hot. 
My  companions  soon  joined  me,  and  we  began  the 
exploration  of  the  crater,  our  aim  being  to  find  the  least 
uncomfortable  place  in  which  to  take  refuge  from  the 
freezing  blast  rather  than  to  make  scientific  discoveries. 

The  crater  that  we  had  entered  is  one  of  the  smaller 
and  more  recent  ones  in  the  truncated  summit  of  the 
peak,  and  is  deeply  filled  with  snow,  but  the  rim  is 
bare  and  well  defined.  The  steam  and  heat  from  the 
rocks  have  melted  out  many  caverns  beneath  the  snow. 
In  one  of  these  we  found  shelter. 

The  cavern  we  chose  in  which  to  pass  the  night, 
although  irregular,  was  about  60  feet  long  by  40  wide, 
and  had  an  arched  ceiling  some  20  feet  high.  The  snow 
had  been  melted  out  from  beneath,  leaving  a  roof  so 
thin  that  a  diffused  blue  light  penetrated  the  chamber. 
The  floor  sloped  steeply,  and  on  the  side  toward  the 
center  of  the  crater  there  was  a  narrow  space  between 
the  rocks  and  the  descending  roof  which  led  to  unex- 
plored depths.  As  a  slide  into  this  forbidding  gulf  would 
have  been  exceedingly  uncomfortable,  if  not  serious, 
our  life  line  was  stretched  from  crag  to  crag  so  as  to 
furnish  a  support  and  allow  us  to  walk  back  and  forth 
during  the  night  without  danger  of  slipping.  Three 
arched  openings  or  doorways  communicated  with  other 
chambers,  and  through  these  drafts  of  cold  air  were 
continually  blowing.  The  icy  air  chilled  the  vapor 
rising  from  the  warm  rocks  and  filled  the  chamber  with 
steam  which  took  on  grotesque  forms  in  the  uncertain, 

175 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

fading  light.  In  the  central  part  of  the  icy  chamber 
was  a  pinnacle  of  rock,  from  the  crevices  of  which  steam 
was  issuing  with  a  low  hissing  sound.  Some  of  the 
steam  jets  were  too  hot  to  be  comfortable  to  the  un- 
gloved hand.  In  this  uninviting  chamber  we  passed 
the  night.  The  muffled  roar  of  the  gale  as  it  swept  over 
the  mountain  could  be  heard  in  our  retreat  and  made 
us  thankful  for  the  shelter  the  cavern  afforded. 

The  floor  of  our  cell  was  too  uneven  and  too  steeply 
inclined  to  admit  of  lying  down.  Throughout  the 
night  we  leaned  against  the  hot  rocks  or  tramped 
wearily  up  and  down  holding  the  life  line.  Cold 
blasts  from  the  branching  ice  chambers  swept  over  us. 
Our  clothes  were  saturated  with  condensed  steam. 
While  one  side  of  the  body  resting  against  the  rocks 
would  be  hot,  the  strong  drafts  of  air  with  a  freezing 
temperature  chilled  the  other  side.  After  long  hours 
of  intense  darkness  the  dome  of  snow  above  us  became 
faintly  illuminated,  telling  that  the  sun  was  again 
shining.  After  a  light  breakfast  and  a  cup  of  tea, 
prepared  over  our  alcohol  lamp,  we  resumed  our  explo- 
ration, none  the  worse  for  the  exposures  of  the  night. 

Following  the  inner  rim  of  the  crater  so  as  to  be 
sheltered  from  the  gale  still  blowing  steadily  from  the 
west,  we  gained  its  northern  border  and  climbed  to  the 
topmost  pinnacle,  known  as  Columbia's  Crest.  This 
pinnacle  rises  about  50  feet  above  the  general  level  of 
the  irregular  rim  of  the  crater,  and  is  the  highest  point 
on  the  mountain.  Its  elevation,  as  previously  stated, 
is  14,526  feet.1 

The  magnificent  view  described  by  former  visitors 
to  this  commanding  station,  which  we  had  hoped  would 
reward  our  efforts,  was  concealed  beneath  a  canopy  of 
smoke  that  covered  all  of  the  region  about  the  mountain 
to  a  depth  of  about  10,000  feet.  The  surface  of  the 
layer  of  smoke  was  sharply  defined,  and  appeared  like 
an  undulating  sea  surrounding  the  island  on  which 

1  Since  shown  to  be  14,408  feet. 
176 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

we  stood.  Far  to  the  northward  rose  the  regular 
conical  summit  of  Mount  Baker,  like  an  isolated  sea- 
girt island.  A  few  of  the  rugged  and  more  elevated 
summits,  marking  the  course  of  the  Cascade  Moun- 
tains, could  be  discerned  to  the  eastward.  The  sum- 
mits of  Mount  Adams  and  Mount  St.  Helens  were  in 
plain  view  and  seemingly  near  at  hand.  All  of  the 
forest-covered  region  between  these  elevated  summits 
was  blotted  out  by  the  dense,  heavy  layer  of  smoke,  which 
rose  until  it  met  the  westerly  gale  of  the  upper  regions. 
During  the  ascent  of  Mount  Rainier  by  Emmons 
and  Wilson,  previously  referred  to,  more  favorable 
atmospheric  conditions  prevailed  than  at  the  time  of 
my  visit,  and  the  region  about  the  base  of  the  moun- 
tain was  clearly  revealed.  In  describing  the  view 
from  the  summit  Emmons  says  : 

From  the  northeastern  rim  of  the  crater  we  could  look  down  an 
unbroken  slope  of  nearly  10,000  feet  to  the  head  of  the  White 
River,  the  upper  half  or  two-thirds  of  which  was  so  steep  that  one 
had  the  feeling  of  looking  over  a  perpendicular  wall.  [It  was  up 
this  slope  that  the  climb  briefly  described  above  was  made.] 
The  systems  of  glaciers  and  the  streams  which  flowed  from  them 
lay  spread  out  as  on  a  map  at  our  feet;  radiating  out  in  every 
direction  from  the  central  mass,  they  all  with  one  accord  curve  to 
the  westward  to  send  their  waters  down  toward  Puget  Sound  or 
the.  Lower  Columbia.  [Attention  has  already  been  directed  to 
the  westward  curvature  of  the  streams  from  Mount  Rainier  on 
reaching  the  tilted  peneplain  on  which  the  mountain  stands,  and 
the  explanation  has  been  suggested  that  they  are  consequent 
streams  the  direction  of  which  was  determined  by  the  original 
slope  of  the  now  deeply  dissected  plateau.] 

Looking  to  the  more  distant  country,  the  whole  stretch  of  Puget 
Sound,  seeming  like  a  pretty  little  lake  embowered  in  green, 
could  be  seen  in  the  northwest,  beyond  which  the  Olympic  Moun- 
tains extend  out  into  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  Cascade  Mountains, 
lying  dwarfed  at  our  feet,  could  be  traced  northward  into  British 
Columbia,  and  southward  into  Oregon,  while  above  them,  at 
comparatively  regular  intervals,  rose  the  ghost-like  forms  of  our 
companion  volcanoes.  To  the  eastward  the  eye  ranged  for  hun- 
dreds of  miles  over  chain  on  chain  of  mountain  ridges,  which 
gradually  disappeared  in  the  dim,  blue  distance. 

N  177 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

In  the  truncated  summit  of  Mount  Rainier  there  are 
three  craters.     The  largest  one,  partially  filled  by  the 
building  of  the  two  others,  is  the  oldest,  and  has  suf- 
fered so  greatly  from  subsequent  volcanic  explosions 
and  erosion  that  no  more  than  its  general  outline  can 
be  traced.     Peak  Success  and  Liberty  Cap  are  promi- 
nent points  on  the  rim  of  what  remains  of  this  huge 
crater.     Its  diameter,  as  nearly  as  can  be  judged,  is 
about  2-J  miles.     Within  the  great  crater,  in  the  for- 
mation of  which  the  mountain  was  truncated  and,  as 
previously  stated,  lost  fully  2,000  feet  of  its  summit, 
there  are  two  much  smaller  and  much  more  recent 
craters.     The  larger  of  these,  the  one  in  which  we  took 
refuge,  is  about  300  yards  in  diameter,  and  the  second, 
which   is   an   incomplete   circle,   its   rim  having  been 
broken  by  the  formation  of  its  more  recent  compan- 
ion, is  perhaps  200  yards  across.     The  rim  of  each  now 
partially  snow-filled   bowl   is  well   defined,   and   rises 
steeply  from  within  to  a  sharp  crest.     The  character 
of  the  inner  slopes  shows  that  much  rocky  material 
has  been  detached   and  has  fallen  into  the   cavities 
from  which  it  was   ejected.     The   rock  in   the   crater 
walls  is  in  fragments  and  masses,  some  of  them  well 
rounded  and  probably  of  the  nature  of  volcanic  bombs. 
In   each  of  the   smaller   craters   there   are  numerous 
steam  jets.     These  show  that  the  rock  below  is  still 
hot,  and  that  water  percolating  downward  is  changed 
to   steam.     These   steam  jets   evidently  indicate  the 
presence  of  residual  heat  and  not  an  actual  connec- 
tion with  a  volcanic  center  deep  below  the  surface. 
All  the  evidence  available  tends  to  show  that  Rainier 
is  an  extinct  volcano.     It  belongs,   however,  to  the 
explosive  type  of  volcanoes,  of  which  Vesuvius  is  the 
best-known  example,  and  there  is  no  assurance  that 
its  energies  may  not  be  reawakened. 

In  descending  we  chose  the  south  side  of  the  moun- 
tain, knowing  from  the  reports  of  many  excursionists 
who  had  ascended  the  peak  from  that  direction  that 

178 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

a  practicable  route  could  probably  be  found.  Thread- 
ing our  way  between  numerous  crevasses  we  soon  came 
in  sight  of  a  bold,  outstanding  rock  mass,  which  we 
judged  to  be  Gibraltar,  and  succeeded  in  reaching  it 
with  but  little  difficulty.  On  gaining  the  junction  of 
the  rock  with  the  snow  fields  rising  above  it,  we  found 
evidences  of  a  trail,  which  was  soon  lost,  however,  and 
only  served  to  show  that  our  general  course  was  the 
right  one.  A  deep,  narrow  space  between  the  border 
of  Nisqually  Glacier  and  the  precipitous  side  of  Gib- 
raltar, from  which  the  snow  and  ice  had  been  melted 
by  the  heat  reflected  from  the  cliffs  on  our  left,  led  us 
down  to  a  shelf  on  the  lower  side  of  the  promontory, 
which  proved  a  safe  and  easy  way  to  the  crest  of  a 
rocky  rib  on  the  mountain  side  which  extended  far 
down  toward  the  dark  forests  in  view  below. 

Gibraltar  is  a  portion  of  the  cone  of  Rainier  built 
before  the  explosion  which  truncated  the  mountain. 
It  is  an  outstanding  and  very  prominent  rock  mass, 
left  in  bold  relief  by  the  ice  excavation  which  has 
carved  deep  valleys  on  each  side.  The  rock  divides 
the  descending  neve  in  the  same  manner  as  does  The 
Wedge,  and  causes  a  part  of  the  snow  drainage  to  flow 
to  the  Cowlitz  and  the  other  part  to  be  tributary  to 
the  Nisqually  Glacier.  The  rocks  forming  Gibraltar 
consist  largely  of  fragments  ejected  from  the  crater 
above,  but  present  a  rude  stratification  due  to  the 
presence  of  lava  flows.  When  seen  from  the  side  and 
at  a  convenient  distance,  it  is  evident  that  the  planes 
of  bedding,  if  continued  upward  at  the  same  angle, 
would  reach  above  the  present  summit  of  the  mountain. 
Gibraltar,  like  The  Wedge,  and  several  other  secondary 
peaks  on  the  sides  of  Mount  Rainier,  are,  as  previously 
explained,  the  sharp,  upward-pointing  angles  of  large 
V-shaped  masses  of  the  original  volcanic  cone,  left  in 
bold  relief  by  the  excavation  of  deep  valleys  radiating 
from  the  central  peak.  On  the  backs,  so  to  speak,  of 
these  great  V-shaped  portions  of  the  mountain  which 

179 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

now  seem  to  rest  against  the  central  dome,  secondary 
glaciers,  or  interglaciers  as  they  may  be  termed,  have 
excavated  valleys  and  amphitheaters.  In  the  V-shaped 
mass  of  which  Gibraltar  is  the  apex,  a  broad  amphi- 
theater-like depression  has  been  cut  out,  leaving  a  bold 
cliff  above  it.  The  excavation  of  the  amphitheater 
did  not  progress  far  enough  up  the  mountain  to  cut 
away  the  apex  of  the  V-shaped  mass,  but  left  it  with  a 
precipice  on  its  lower  side.  This  remnant  is  Gibraltar. 
An  attempt  will  be  made  later  to  describe  more  fully 
the  process  of  glacial  erosion  of  a  conical  mountain, 
and  to  show  that  the  secondary  topographic  features 
of  Mount  Rainier  are  not  without  system,  as  they 
appear  at  first  view,  but  really  result  from  a  process 
which  may  be  said  to  have  a  definite  end  in  view. 

Below  Gibraltar  the  descent  was  easy.  Our  life 
line  was  no  longer  needed.  Tramping  in  single  file 
over  the  hard  surfaces  of  the  snow  field,  remnants  of 
the  previous  winter's  snow,  we  made  rapid  progress, 
and  about  noon  gained  the  scattered  groves  of  spruce 
trees  which  form  such  an  attractive  feature  of  Paradise 
Park. 

Fortunately,  we  found  Prof.  E.  S.  Ingraham,  of 
Seattle,  and  a  party  of  friends,  including  several  ladies, 
encamped  in  Paradise  Park,  and  the  hospitality  of  the 
camp  was  extended  to  us.  During  the  afternoon  we 
basked  in  the  warm  sunshine,  and  in  the  evening 
gathered  about  a  roaring  campfire  and  enjoyed  the 
society  of  our  companions,  who  were  enthusiastic  in 
their  praise  of  the  wonderful  scenes  about  their  camp. 

The  southern  side  of  Mount  Rainier  is  much  less 
precipitous  than  its  northern  face,  and  the  open  park- 
like  region  near  timber  line  is  broader,  more  diversi- 
fied, and  much  more  easy  of  access.  The  general 
elevation  of  the  park  is  between  5,000  and  7,000  feet, 
and  it  is  several  thousand  acres  in  extent.  Its  bound- 
aries are  indefinite.  It  merges  into  the  heavily  for- 
ested region  to  the  south,  and  into  more  alpine  regions 

180 


EXPLORING  THE  MOUNTAIN  AND  ITS  GLACIERS,  1896 

on  the  side  toward  the  mountain,  which  towers  above  it 
on  the  north.  To  the  east  it  is  bordered  by  Cowlitz 
Glacier,  and  on  the  west  by  Nisqually  Glacier.  Each 
of  these  fine  ice  rivers  descends  far  below  timber  line. 
The  small  interglacier,  known  as  the  Paradise  Glacier, 
may  be  considered  as  lying  within  the  limits  of  the 
park. 

Paradise  Park  presents  many  and  varied  charms.  It 
is  a  somewhat  rugged  land,  with  a  deep  picturesque 
valley  winding  through  it.  The  trees  grow  in  isolated 
groves.  Each  bunch  of  dark-green  firs  and  balsams 
is  a  cluster  of  gracefully  tapering  spires.  The  undu- 
lating meadows  between  the  shady  groves  are  brilliant 
in  summer  with  a  veritable  carpet  of  gorgeous  blos- 
soms. In  contrast  to  the  exquisite  charms  of  the 
groves  and  flower-decked  rolling  meadows  are  deso- 
late ice  fields  and  rugged  glaciers  which  vary,  through 
many  tints  and  shades,  from  silvery  whiteness  to  in- 
tense blue.  Added  to  these  minor  charms,  and  tower- 
ing far  above  them,  is  the  massive  summit  of  Rainier. 
At  times  the  sublime  mountain  appears  steel  blue  in 
the  unclouded  sky,  or  rosy  with  the  afterglow  at  sun- 
set, or  all  aflame  with  the  glories  of  the  newborn  day. 
Clouds  gather  about  the  lofty  summit  and  transform 
it  into  a  storm  king.  Avalanches  rushing  down  its 
side  awaken  the  echoes  in  the  neighboring  forest. 
The  appearance  of  the  mountain  is  never  the  same  on 
different  days  ;  indeed,  it  changes  its  mood  and  exerts  a 
varying  influence  on  the  beholder  from  hour  to  hour. 

While  the  central  attraction  to  the  lover  of  moun- 
tain scenery  in  Paradise  Park  is  the  vast  snow-covered 
dome  of  Mount  Rainier,  there  are  other  mountains  in 
view  that  merit  attention.  To  the  east  rises  the 
serrate  and  rugged  Tattoosh  range,  which  is  remark- 
able for  the  boldness  with  which  its  bordering  slopes 
rise  from  the  forested  region  about  it  and  the  angularity 
of  its  many  serrate  summits.  This  range  has  never 
been  explored  except  by  miners  and  hunters,  who  have 

181 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

made  no  record  of  their  discoveries.  It  is  virgin  ground 
to  the  geologist  and  geographer.  Distant  views  sug- 
gest that  the  Tattoosh  Mountains  have  been  sculp- 
tured from  a  plateau,  probably  an  upraised  peneplain 
in  which  there  existed  a  great  mass  of  igneous  rock 
rounded  by  less  resistant  Tertiary  sediments.  The 
softer  rocks  have  been  removed,  leaving  the  harder  and 
more  resistant  ones  in  bold  relief,  to  become  sculp- 
tured by  rain  and  frost  into  a  multitude  of  angular 
peaks.  This  attractive,  and  as  yet  unstudied,  group 
of  peaks  is  in  plain  view  from  Paradise  Park,  and  may 
be  easily  reached  from  there  by  a  single  day's  tramp. 
Many  other  delightful  excursions  are  open  to  one  who 
pitches  his  tent  in  the  alpine  meadows  on  the  south 
side  of  Mount  Rainier. 


182 


PROFESSOR  EDGAR  McCLURE. 


XII.  McCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC 
DEATH,   1897 

BY    HERBERT    L.     BRUCE    AND     PROFESSOR     H.     H. 

McALISTER 

VISITORS  to  Paradise  Valley,  who  climb  above  the  Camp  of  the 
Clouds  to  the  snowfields,  are  sure  to  be  attracted  to  McClure 
Rock.  It  is  the  scene  of  one  of  the  mountain's  earliest 
tragedies,  in  which  Professor  Edgar  McClure  of  the  University 
of  Oregon  lost  his  life.  He  was  trying  to  measure  accurately 
the  height  of  the  great  mountain  as  he  had  already  done  for 
Mount  Adams  and  other  peaks. 

The  record  of  his  extensive  observations  was  computed  with  the 
greatest  care  by  his  colleague,  Professor  H.  H.  McAlister  of 
the  University  of  Oregon.  An  account  of  the  work  so  tragically 
ended  was  prepared  by  Herbert  L.  Bruce.  Both  articles  were 
published  in  the  Seattle  Post-Intelligencer  for  November  7, 
1897,  from  which  paper  they  are  here  reproduced.  The  por- 
trait of  Professor  McClure  is  furnished  by  his  brother,  Horace 
McClure,  editorial  writer  for  the  Seattle  Daily  Times. 

The  height  of  the  mountain,  14,528  feet,  thus  obtained,  remained 
in  use  until  1914,  when  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 
announced  its  new  and  latest  findings  to  be  14,408  feet. 

One  of  the  most  tragic  incidents  in  modern  science 
was  the  death  of  Professor  Edgar  McClure,  who  lost 
his  life  on  Mount  Rainier  July  27,  1897.  Occupying, 
as  he  did,  the  chair  of  chemistry  in  the  University  of 
Oregon,  his  personal  tastes,  instincts  and  ambitions 
were  essentially  scientific.  In  addition  to  this  he  was  a 
member  of  the  Mazamas,  whose  purposes  in  the  line 
of  scientific  exploration  have  lent  a  romantic  interest 
and  a  cumulative  value  to  the  geography  of  the  north- 
west. The  particular  expedition  with  which  Professor 
McClure  was  associated  when  he  met  his  untimely 
death,  left  Portland  with  the  distinct  object  of  making 

183 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

the  ascent  of  Mount  Rainier,  recording  such  geo- 
graphical and  topographical  observations  as  might  be 
feasible.  As  a  member  of  the  expedition  Professor 
McClure  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  elevation  depart- 
ment and  set  before  himself  a  somewhat  more  distinct 
and  definite  purpose,  viz.,  to  ascertain  by  the  most 
approved  methods  and  with  the  most  accurately  grad- 
uated instruments  the  precise  height  of  the  famous  and 
beautiful  mountain.  How  well  he  accomplished  this 
purpose  will  best  appear  in  the  subjoined  letter  from 
Professor  E.  H.  McAlister,  his  friend  and  colleague, 
who  with  infinite  care  and  sympathetic  zeal  has  worked 
out  the  data,  which  would  otherwise  have  been  un- 
decipherable not  only  to  the  general  public  but  to  the 
average  scholar.  As  he  himself  said  when  he  had  com- 
pleted his  arduous  task :  "  I  have  done  everything 
possible  to  wring  the  truth  from  the  observations.  In 
my  judgment  they  should  become  historic  on  account 
of  the  probability  of  their  great  accuracy." 

To  the  accomplishment  of  this  object  Professor 
McClure  brought  all  the  varied  resources  of  a  ripe  cul- 
ture and  an  ardent,  vigorous  young  manhood.  His 
plans  were  all  laid  with  the  greatest  care.  To  him  their 
fulfillment  meant  not  so  much  a  personal  or  selfish 
triumph  as  a  victory  for  science.  The  very  instrument 
on  which  he  most  relied  for  accurate  determinations, 
as  will  be  seen  from  Professor  McAlister's  statement, 
was  not  only  hallowed  by  scientific  associations,  but 
was  prepared  for  its  high  mission  more  lovingly  and 
assiduously  than  a  favorite  racer  would  be  groomed 
for  the  course.  Twice  had  it  looked  upon  the  beauties 
of  the  Columbia  river  from  the  summit  of  Mount 
Hood,  and  on  three  other  lofty  peaks  it  had  served  its 
silent  but  efficient  ministry  to  the  cause  of  science.  On 
one  of  these,  Mount  Adams,  the  altitude  determined 
with  this  instrument  was  accepted  by  the  United  States 
government,  yet  a  new  tube  was  filled  for  it,  Professor 
McClure  himself  preparing  the  mercury  by  distillation, 

184 


McCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC  DEATH,  1897 

and  seeing  to  it  that  the  vacuum  was  exceptionally 
perfect.  That  the  barometer  was  most  carefully 
handled  at  the  time  of  observation  will  fully  appear 
from  the  record  below.  It  was  suspended  by  a  ring 
and  allowed  to  hang  until  it  had  assumed  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  surrounding  air  before  being  read.  Not 
only  this,  but  all  the  subsidiary  phenomena  which 
could  have  the  slightest  bearing  on  the  result  were 
laboriously  determined.  Concurrent  observations  were 
made  at  all  salient  surrounding  stations,  while  for  a 
week  before  the  date  of  actual  observation  Professor 
McClure  himself  had  made  numerous  observations  both 
of  pressure  and  of  temperature  at  various  sub-stations 
in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Rainier,  and  his  collaborates 
has  secured  simultaneous  observations  from  Seattle  and 
Portland.  Uniting  as  he  did  the  fervor  of  the  pioneer 
explorer  with  the  accuracy  of  the  laboratory  chemist, 
Professor  McClure  was  peculiarly  fitted  to  obtain  a 
result  which  bids  fair  to  become  historic. 

The  broken  barometer  will  appeal  powerfully  to 
every  lover  of  science.  If,  as  has  been  suggested,  a 
monument  be  reared  to  mark  the  spot  where  the  young 
scientist  gave  up  his  life,  no  fitter  design  could  be 
adopted  than  a  stone  shaft  bearing  on  its  face  a  bas- 
relief  of  the  historic  instrument  which  he  bore  on  his 
back  with  sacred  care.  It  is  entirely  probable  that 
this  barometer,  coupled  with  his  unselfish  solicitude  for 
the  safety  of  other  members  of  the  expedition,  was  the 
immediate  cause  of  his  death.  He  carried  it  in  a  double 
case ;  a  wooden  one  which  his  own  hands  had  con- 
structed, and  outside  of  this  a  strong  leather  tube. 
From  the  latter  stout  thongs  enabled  him  to  strap  the 
instrument  on  his  back,  much  as  a  pioneer  huntsman 
would  wear  his  trusty  rifle.  While  standing  on  the 
perilous  ledge  whence  he  took  the  fatal  plunge,  he 
turned  to  sound  warning  to  his  companions  whom  he 
was  leading  in  a  search  for  the  lost  pathway  down  the 
mountain.  "Don't  come  down  here  ;  it  is  too  steep," 

185 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

he  called,  turning  so  as  to  make  his  voice  more  audible. 
These  were  his  last  words.  He  vanished  in  the  night 
and  the  abyss.  It  is  likely  that  the  tube,  three  and  a 
half  feet  in  length,  caught  as  he  turned  and  helped  to 
hurl  him  from  his  precarious  footing.  Like  his  own 
high  strung  frame,  the  delicate  instrument  was 
shattered ;  but  neither  of  the  twain  went  away  from 
the  world  without  leaving  an  imperishable  record. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  the  close  correspondence  of 
his  independent  observations  with  those  made  by 
others.  The  height  of  the  mountain  had  been  meas- 
ured many  times  before  he  essayed  to  measure  it. 
Some  observers  had  measured  it  by  triangulation,  and 
others,  notably  Major  E.  S.  Ingraham,  of  Seattle,  had 
given  its  altitude  from  the  readings  of  mercurial  barom- 
eters. Major  Ingraham  gave  the  height  at  14,524 
feet.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  result  obtained  by 
Professor  McClure  was  just  four  feet  greater,  a  re- 
markable coincidence  at  that  vast  altitude  and  among 
conditions  of  hardship,  exposure  and  uncertainty. 
Prior  to  Professor  McClure's  record,  the  latest  measure- 
ment of  Rainier  had  been  made  by  George  F.  Hyde, 
of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  in  1896.  He 
pursued  the  method  of  triangulation,  and,  taking  as  his 
base  a  line  at  Ellensburg,  in  connection  with  the  sea 
level  gauge  at  Tacoma,  he  figured  out  the  extreme 
height  of  Rainier  at  14,519  feet. 

The  value  of  Professor  McClure's  determination 
will  be  heightened  rather  than  lessened  by  the  peculiar 
difficulty  and  rareness  of  scientific  work  in  an  unex- 
plored territory  and  from  a  base  which  has  not  all  the 
appurtenances  and  advantages  of  the  older  scientific 
stations  of  the  East  and  of  Europe.  In  this  respect 
his  work  is  like  that  of  Agassiz  and  of  Audubon.  Not 
unlike  those  great  masters  was  he  in  his  intense  and 
lofty  devotion  to  science.  Not  unlike  them  he  wrought 
with  rigid  accuracy  where  others  had  worked  almost 
at  random.  Not  unlike  them  he  aroused  among  his 

1 86 


McCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC  DEATH,  1897 

friends  and  students  the  conviction  that  he  was  a  born 
high  priest  of  nature,  whose  chief  mission  in  the  world 
was  to  reveal  her  secrets  to  mankind.  He  offered  up 
his  life  virtually  a  sacrifice  to  the  cause  of  popular  and 
practical  science,  and  in  as  lofty  a  sense  as  ever  dignified 
a  Roman  arena  he  was  a  martyr  to  the  cause  of  truth. 
To  use  the  matchless  figure  employed  by  Bryon  in 
describing  the  death  of  Henry  Kirk  White,  who  died  a 
victim  to  his  own  passionate  devotion  to  literary  art, 
he  was  like  the  struck  eagle  whose  own  feather  "winged 
the  shaft  that  quivered  in  his  heart." 

Just  in  harmony  with  this  thought  came  countless 
expressions  of  sympathy  and  condolence  to  the  members 
of  Professor  McClure's  family  when  the  sad  news  of 
his  death  went  abroad.  One  of  the  most  touching, 
and,  to  my  mind,  one  of  the  most  typical  of  all  these 
came  from  an  obscure  man  in  an  obscure  corner  of 
Kentucky.  He  was  not  a  great  man  himself,  as  the 
world  counts  greatness,  this  man  in  Kentucky;  but 
he  knew  a  great  man  when  he  saw  him.  He  had  known 
Edgar  McClure  ;  and  when  he  heard  the  circumstances 
of  his  death  he  sat  down  and  wrote  a  brief  note.  One 
sentence  in  it  was  worthy  of  Whittier  or  Emerson.  It 
was  this :  "  Edgar  McClure  died  as  he  had  always  lived 
—  on  the  mountain  top." 

In  transmitting  his  results  to  Horace  McClure, 
brother  of  the  deceased  scientist,  Professor  McAlister 
brings  to  a  proper  close  a  labor  of  love,  one  that  is  as 
creditable  to  his  scholarly  culture  as  it  is  to  his  un- 
selfish and  devoted  friendship. 

HERBERT  L.  BRUCE. 

LETTER  OF  TRANSMISSION 

University  of  Oregon, 
Eugene,  Or.,  October  28,  1897. 

MR.  HORACE  McCLURE  —  Dear  Sir:  I  herewith 
transmit  to  you  for  publication  my  report  upon  the 

187 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

observations  of  your  late  brother,  Professor  Edgar 
McClure,  relative  to  the  altitude  of  Mount  Rainier, 
the  data  having  been  referred  to  me  for  reduction  and 
computation  by  yourself  and  by  the  officials  of  the 
Mazama  Club. 

It  is  but  just  to  myself  to  say  that  the  long  delay 
in  the  appearance  of  this  report  has  been  caused  by  un- 
avoidable difficulties  in  the  collection  of  subsidiary 
data ;  in  particular,  the  comparison  sheet  showing  the 
instrumental  error  of  Professor  McClure's  barometer 
could  not  be  found  until  the  9th  of  this  month,  when 
it  was  discovered  among  some  effects  left  by  him  in 
Portland.  A  further  delay  has  been  occasioned  in 
obtaining  a  few  other  important  data.  A  report  ap- 
proximately correct  could  have  been  made  some  time 
ago,  but  I  felt  it  was  due  to  the  memory  of  Professor 
McClure's  reputation  for  extreme  accuracy  that  no 
report  whatever  should  be  published  until  I  was  able  to 
state  a  result  for  which  I  could  vouch  as  being  the  very 
best  that  the  observations  were  capable  of  affording. 

The  thanks  of  all  concerned  are  due  to  Mr.  B.  S. 
Pague,  Director  of  the  Oregon  Weather  Bureau,  for 
numerous  courtesies  and  for  his  efficient  aid  in  the 
collection  of  data. 

Very  respectfully, 

E.  H.  McAusTER, 

Professor  of  Applied  Mathematics. 

THE   RESULT 

For  the  benefit  of  those  not  interested  in  the  scientific 
details  of  this  report,  it  may  be  stated  at  once  that 
the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier,  according  to  Professor 
McClure's  observations,  is  14,528  feet  above  sea  level. 
The  altitudes  of  various  sub-stations  occupied  en  route 
will  be  found  further  on.  An  account  of  the  data, 
with  description  of  the  methods  employed  in  reduction 
and  computation,  is  given,  to  indicate  the  degree  of 
reliance  to  be  placed  upon  the  result. 

1 88 


McCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC  DEATH,  1897 

The  principal  observation  to  which  this  report  refers 
was  made  by  Professor  Edgar  McClure,  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Oregon,  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier, 
Washington,  July  27, 1897,  at  4:30  P.M.,  Pacific  standard 
time.  The  observation  consists  of  a  reading  of  Green's 
standard  mercurial  barometer,  No.  1612,  together  with 
readings  of  attached  and  detached  thermometers.  It 
appears  that  the  barometer,  which  was  suspended  by 
a  ring  at  the  top,  was  allowed  so  to  hang  until  it  had 
assumed  the  temperature  of  the  surrounding  air,  be- 
fore being  read ;  that  the  sky  was  clear  at  the  time ; 
and  that  the  place  of  observation,  the  highest  on  the 
mountain,  is  designated  as  Columbia  Crest. 

The  barometric  reading,  corrected  for  instrumental 
error  and  temperature,  was  17.708  inches ;  the  air 
temperature  was  29  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

Concurrent  observations  were  made  at  9:30  A.M. 
and  hourly  during  the  afternoon  by  the  regular 
observers  at  Seattle,  Portland,  Fort  Canby,  the  Univer- 
sity of  Oregon  at  Eugene,  Roseburg,  and  one  observa- 
tion at  Walla  Walla  at  5  P.M. 

In  addition  to  these,  during  the  week  preceding  the 
27th  Professor  McClure  made  numerous  observations 
both  of  pressure  and  temperature  at  various  sub-stations 
in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Rainier,  and  simultaneous 
observations  are  furnished  from  Seattle  and  Portland. 

At  the  very  outset  of  the  work  of  reduction  it  was 
evident  that  Eugene  and  Roseburg  were  under  an 
area  of  relatively  low  barometric  pressure  on  the  27th, 
representing  atmospheric  conditions  that  did  not  pre- 
vail in  the  region  of  Mount  Rainier.  I  therefore 
rejected  the  observations  at  both  these  places,  using 
only  those  at  Seattle,  Portland,  Fort  Canby  and  Walla 
Walla.  The  strategic  position  of  these  four  points 
will  be  seen  at  once  by  a  glance  at  the  map. 

The  method  followed  in  making  the  reduction  was, 
in  brief,  to  deduce  from  the  observations  at  the  four 
base  stations  surrounding  the  mountain  the  actual 

189 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

atmospheric  conditions  prevailing  in  the  immediate 
region  of  the  mountain.  More  specifically,  the  pro- 
cess consisted  in  determining  the  atmospheric  pressure 
and  temperature  at  an  imaginary  sea  level  vertically 
under  the  mountain,  which  level  I  shall  subsequently 
call  the  "mean  base." 

In  this  I  was  greatly  assisted  by  a  careful  study  of 
the  daily  weather  charts  issued  by  the  government, 
Mr.  Pague  having  kindly  loaned  me  his  official  file  for 
July.  I  thus  practically  had  at  my  disposal  observa- 
tions from  all  the  important  points  on  the  Coast,  both 
before  and  after  the  principal  observation.  With  due 
regard  to  the  position  and  direction  of  the  isobars, 
and  giving  proper  weight  to  the  observations  at  each 
of  the  four  base  stations,  I  finally  deduced  30.130  inches 
as  the  value  of  the  pressure  at  the  mean  base  which 
best  satisfied  all  the  data.  It  ought  to  be  said,  perhaps, 
that  this  result  does  not  depend  upon  my  judgment  to 
any  appreciable  extent,  but  was  legitimately  worked 
out  from  the  observations  and  isobaric  lines. 

In  determining  the  mean  temperature  of  the  air 
column  extending  from  the  mean  base  to  the  summit 
of  the  mountain,  the  observations  made  by  Professor 
McClure  during  the  previous  week  in  the  vicinity  were 
so  numerous  and  well  timed  as  to  leave  far  less  than 
the  usual  amount  of  uncertainty.  Making  due  allow- 
ance for  the  moderate  elevations  of  the  stations,  these 
observations  show  clearly  that  the  temperature  about 
the  mountain  at  that  time  followed  that  of  Seattle 
very  closely,  and  was  also  not  much  different  from  that 
of  Portland,  but  departed  notably  from  both  the  heat 
of  Walla  Walla  and  the  low  temperature  of  Fort 
Canby.  Allowing  proper  weight  to  these  facts,  the 
observations  at  the  base  stations,  with  that  of  Professor 
McClure  at  the  summit,  gave  49  degrees  Fahrenheit 
as  the  mean  temperature  of  the  air  column. 

I  regard  the  method  of  reduction  outlined  above  as 
possessing  decided  advantages  over  any  other  that 

190 


McCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC  DEATH,  1897 

could  be  applied  to  the  problem  in  hand  ;  especially 
because  it  admits  of  using  the  isobaric  charts  with 
great  freedom  and  effectiveness,  thereby  increasing  the 
reliability  of  the  result  to  a  marked  extent. 

The  reduction  made,  there  remained  for  the  final 
calculation  the  following  data  : 

Barometric  pressure  at  the  summit  of  Rainier 17.708  inches 

Barometric  pressure  at  mean  base 30.130  inches 

Mean  temperature  of  air  column 49  deg.  F. 

Latitude  of  Mount  Rainer 46  deg.  48  min. 

In  making  the  calculation  I  used  the  amplified  form 
of  Laplace's  formula  given  in  the  recent  publications 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  with  the  constants 
there  adopted.  Perhaps  for  the  general  reader  it 
may  be  important  to  remark  that  this  formula,  besides 
the  barometric  pressures,  contains  corrections  for  the 
temperature  of  the  air  column ;  for  latitude,  and  for 
the  variation  of  gravity  with  altitude  in  its  effect  on 
the  weight  of  the  mercury  in  the  barometer ;  for  the 
average  humidity  of  the  air ;  and  for  the  variation  of 
gravity  with  altitude  in  its  effect  on  the  weight  of  the 
air.  I  used  the  latest  edition  of  the  Smithsonian 
tables,  but  afterward  verified  the  result  by  a  numerical 
solution  of  the  formula  —  the  altitude  being,  as  stated 
at  the  beginning,  14,528  feet  above  sea  level. 

It  should  be  noted  as  an  evidence  of  the  great  care 
and  foresight  with  which  Professor  McClure  planned 
his  work  and  the  success  with  which  he  carried  it  out, 
that  the  result  of  his  observations  agrees  within  nine 
feet  with  that  obtained  by  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  in  1895,  using,  as  we  may  suppose,  the  most 
refined  methods  of  triangulation  —  the  latter  estimate 
being  14,519  feet.  In  connection  with  so  great  an 
altitude,  nine  feet  is  an  insignificant  quantity,  and  the 
close  correspondence  in  the  results  of  the  two  methods 
of  measurement  is  truly  remarkable.  I  am  not  inclined 
to  regard  it  as  accidental,  but  as  due  to  the  most  careful 
work  in  both  cases. 

191 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Having  a  full  knowledge  of  all  the  available  data, 
I  am  perhaps  better  prepared  than  anyone  else  to  pass 
judgment  upon  the  result  set  forth  ;  and  while  it  would 
be  folly  to  give  a  numerical  estimate  of  the  probable 
error,  I  feel  justified  in  saying  that  no  single  barometric 
determination  is  ever  likely  to  prove  more  accurate 
than  this  one  of  Professor  McClure's.  At  any  rate, 
the  outstanding  error  is  now  too  small  to  justify  the 
hazard  of  any  future  attempts. 

From  the  observations  made  by  Professor  McClure 
while  en  route  to  the  summit,  together  with  simulta- 
neous records  from  Seattle  and  Portland,  the  following 
altitudes  are  obtained  : 

FEET  ABOVE 
SEA  LEVEL 

Eatonville  ..................  870 

Kernahan's  ranch     ...............  1,880 

Longmire  springs     ...............  2,850 

Mazama  camp     ................  5>932 

Camp-No-Camp  ................  12,700 

South  side  Crater  Rainier 


The  data  in  these  cases  were  not  sufficient  to  admit  an 
elaborate  working-out  of  the  altitude,  so  that  the  figures 
given  are  to  be  regarded  as  rather  close  approximations, 
except  in  the  case  of  Mazama  camp,  the  altitude  of 
which  rests  upon  four  observations  and  is  correspond- 
ingly reliable. 

Professor  McClure's  barometer  had  a  notable  his- 
tory in  mountaineering.  To  quote  the  professor's 
own  words  : 

"  It  has  twice  looked  upon  the  beauties  of  the  Colum- 
bia river  from  the  summit  of  Mount  Hood.  It  was  the 
first  barometer  taken  to  the  top  of  Mount  Hood,  and 
gave  the  true  elevation,  11,225  feet>  in  place  of  17,000 
or  18,000  feet  previously  claimed.  This  barometric 
measurement  of  Mount  Hood  was  made  in  August, 
1867,  by  a  government  party  under  the  direction  of 
Lieutenant  R.  S.  Williamson.  The  second  barometric 
measurement  of  Mount  Hood  was  made  with  the  same 

192 


McCLURE'S  ACHIEVEMENT  AND  TRAGIC  DEATH,  1897 

instrument  in  August,  1870,  by  Professor  George  H. 
Collier." 

In  August,  1891,  the  barometer  was  carried  by 
Professor  McClure  to  the  summit  of  Diamond  Peak  ;  in 
August,  1894,  by  the  writer,  to  the  summit  of  the  middle 
peak  of  the  Three  Sisters,  in  Oregon,  giving  an  altitude 
of  10,080  feet,  not  hitherto  published;  in  July,  1895, 
Professor  McClure  took  it  with  the  Mazamas  to  Mount 
Adams,  and  in  July,  1897,  to  the  summit  of  Mount 
Rainier. 

A  new  tube  was  filled  and  inserted  about  two  years 
ago,  Professor  McClure  preparing  the  mercury  by 
distillation  and  the  writer  boiling  it  in  the  tube.  The 
vacuum  was  exceptionally  perfect.  The  comparison 
sheet  previously  mentioned  snowed  that  the  instrument 
on  the  occasion  of  its  last  trip  read  .0x35  inch  above 
standard. 

In  thus  completing  the  labors  of  Professor  McClure, 
with  whom  I  was  so  long  and  so  intimately  associated, 
I  feel  a  very  melancholy  satisfaction.  For  his  sake,  I 
have  spared  no  pains  in  collecting  all  the  useful  data 
that  could  be  obtained,  to  make  the  result  reliable  to 
the  last  degree  possible  in  such  a  case.  I  leave  that 
result  as  a  sufficient  guarantee  of  the  accuracy  of  the 
whole  work  from  beginning  to  end. 


193 


XIII.  FIELD  NOTES  ON  MOUNT  RAINIER,  1905 


HENRY  LANDES  is  Professor  of  Geology  and  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Science,  University  of  Washington,  and  he  has  also  served 
as  State  Geologist  of  Washington,  since  1895.  He  was  born 
at  Carroll,  Indiana,  on  December  22,  1867.  He  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Indiana  in  1892  and  obtained  the  Master 
of  Arts  degree  at  Harvard  University  in  1893.  He  was  assist- 
ant to  the  State  Geologist  of  New  Jersey  and  Principal  of 
the  High  School  at  Rockland,  Maine,  before  being  elected  to 
his  present  professorship  at  the  University  of  Washington  in 
1895.  For  a  year  and  a  half,  1914-1915,  he  was  Acting  Presi- 
dent of  the  University  of  Washington. 

He  has  published  many  articles  and  pamphlets  on  geological  sub- 
jects. The  one  here  given  appeared  in  Mazama,  published  in 
December,  1905,  by  the  Mazamas  in  Portland,  Oregon.  It  is 
reproduced  here  with  the  permission  of  the  author  and  of  the 
mountaineering  club. 

The  Columbia  River  afforded  to  the  first  people  who 
came  to  Washington  and  Oregon  the  easiest  and  most 
feasible  route  across  the  Cascade  Mountains.  It  was 
through  this  gateway  that  travel  passed  from  one  side 
of  the  range  to  the  other  until  the  advent  of  the  rail- 
ways in  comparatively  recent  years.  The  early  trav- 
elers along  the  river  who  were  of  an  observing  or  scien- 
tific bent,  noted  that  the  rocks  were,  in  general,  dark, 
heavy  and  massive  and  of  the  class  commonly  known  as 
basalt.  Here  and  there  a  sort  of  pudding  stone  or 
agglomerate  was  observed,  which  in  some  instances 
might  represent  a  sedimentary  deposit,  but  which  here 
had  clearly  an  igneous  origin. 

The  observations  of  the  early  travelers  were  supple- 
mented later  by  the  further  studies  of  geologists  ;  and 
from  the  facts  noted  along  the  Columbia  River,  the 

194 


PROFESSOR  HENRY  LANDES. 


FIELD  NOTES  ON  MOUNT  RAINIER,   1905 

generalization  holds  good  to  a  great  extent  on  the 
Oregon  side,  but  it  is  by  no  means  true  on  the  Wash- 
ington side,  as  has  been  shown  by  later  studies. 
Granite  rocks  are  encountered  within  a  few  miles  of 
the  Columbia  River  as  one  travels  north  along  the 
Cascade  Range.  Associated  with  these  granite  rocks 
are  found  rocks  of  a  metamorphic  type,  such  as  gneiss, 
schists,  quartzites,  crystalline  limestone,  slate,  etc. 
Such  rocks  exist  south  of  Mount  Rainier,  but  are  not 
conspicuous.  North  of  this  point,  however,  and 
throughout  all  of  the  northern  Cascades  they  form  the 
great  bulk  of  the  rock. 

In  other  words,  in  the  Cascades  of  Washington, 
igneous  activity  has  been  much  more  common  in  the 
region  south  of  Rainier  than  in  that  north  of  the  moun- 
tain. When  the  first  observations  were  made  upon  the 
great  lava  flows  of  southeastern  Washington,  which 
form  a  part  of  the  greatest  lava  plain  in  the  world,  it 
was  supposed  that  the  lava  had  its  origin  in  the  vol- 
canoes of  the  Cascades.  Later  investigations  have 
shown  this  view  to  be  erroneous.  The  lava  of  the  plain 
has  come  directly  from  below  through  great  longitudinal 
fissures  instead  of  through  circular  openings  such  as 
one  finds  in  volcanoes. 

It  is  probable  that  the  Cascades,  like  most  other 
mountains,  have  had  several  different  periods  of  up- 
lift. We  have  several  notable  examples  of  mountains 
which  have  had  an  initial  uplift  and  then  have  been 
reduced  to  base  by  erosion.  By  a  second  upheaval  the 
plain  has  been  converted  into  a  plateau,  and  this  in 
time  assumes  a  very  rugged,  mountainous  character 
as  a  result  of  the  combined  forces  of  air  and  water. 
Eventually  these  same  forces  would  reduce  the  region 
to  a  plain  again.  Just  how  many  times  this  thing 
has  happened  in  the  Cascades  we  do  not  know.  Bailey 
Willis  has  shown  that  in  the  northern  Cascades,  at 
least,  the  whole  country  was  reduced  to  a  plain  prior 
to  the  last  uplift,  which  took  place  in  comparatively 

195 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

recent  times.  Out  of  this  plateau,  formed  by  the  up- 
lifting of  the  plain,  has  arisen  through  the  active  attack 
of  erosive  forces  the  truly  mountainous  character  of 
the  district.  Erosion  has  been  at  the  maximum  in  the 
mountains  because  of  the  heavy  precipitation.  Pre- 
cipitation in  the  high  mountains  being  chiefly  in  the 
form  of  snow  has  led  to  the  formation  of  glaciers, 
producing  thereby  a  rapidity  of  erosion  of  the  first 
order.  The  active  work  of  ice  and  running  water  has 
given  to  the  mountains  an  extremely  rugged  appear- 
ance, characterized  by  valleys  of  great  depth  extending 
into  the  very  heart  of  the  mountains  and  with  precipi- 
tous divides. 

It  must  be  understood  that  the  time  consumed  in 
the  uplifting  of  the  Cascades,  and  the  conversion  from 
plain  to  plateau,  was  of  considerable  duration.  With 
the  beginning  of  the  uplift,  the  sluggish  streams  of  the 
plain  became  rejuvenated,  and  took  up  actively  once 
more  the  work  of  erosion.  By  the  time  the  maximum 
uplift  was  reached,  the  plateau  had  lost  to  a  certain 
degree  its  character  of  extreme  levelness.  The  streams 
had  already  entrenched  themselves  in  rather  conspic- 
uous valleys.  It  is  believed  that  the  great  volcanoes 
of  Washington  —  Rainier  and  its  associates  —  began 
their  activities  about .  the  time  the  uplift  described 
above  reached  its  maximum  height.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Rainier  the  rock  of  the  old  plateau  is  granite ;  and 
the  volcano  may  be  said  to  be  built  upon  a  platform 
of  that  material.  On  the  north  side  of  the  mountain 
granite  appears  conspicuously  at  a  height  of  about  7,000 
feet ;  while  on  the  south  side  it  appears  at  points  varying 
from  5,000  to  6,000  feet  above  the  sea. 

That  the  surface  of  the  granite  platform  was  irregular 
and  uneven  may  be  seen  in  the  walls  of  the  Nisqually 
canyon,  near  the  lower  terminus  of  the  glacier.  As  one 
ascends  the  canyon  to  the  glacier,  the  contact  between 
the  lava  rock  and  the  granite  shows  quite  plainly  on 
both  the  right  and  the  left  side.  On  the  left  the  contact 

196 


FIELD  NOTES  ON  MOUNT  RAINIER,   1905 

is  at  least  1,000  feet  above  that  on  the  right  side.  A 
little  way  above  the  lower  end  of  the  glacier,  on  each 
side  of  the  canyon,  a  good  opportunity  presents  itself 
to  study  the  contact  of  the  lava  and  granite.  The 
granite  at  this  place  shows  clearly  that  it  was  once  a 
land  surface ;  and  one  may  note  weathering  for  a 
distance  downward  of  seventy-five  or  one  hundred 
feet.  The  upper  portion  of  the  granite  shows  the  usual 
characteristics  of  weathering,  namely,  the  conversion 
of  feldspar  into  kaolin,  the  oxidation  of  iron,  etc.  At 
this  point  the  lava  overlying  the  granite  is  quite  basic 
and  massive.  The  first  flow  reached  a  thickness  here 
of  fully  three  hundred  feet,  and  exhibits  a  fine  develop- 
ment of  basaltic  structure. 

In  following  up  the  canyon  walls  one  observes  that 
the  activity  of  the  volcano  for  some  time  was  char- 
acterized almost  exclusively  by  lava  flows.  In  the 
main  the  lava  is  an  andesite,  and  is  very  generally  of  a 
porphyritic  structure.  Some  of  the  lava  flows  were  of 
great  extent,  and  reached  points  many  miles  distant 
from  the  center  of  the  mountain.  While  the  earlier 
stages  of  the  activity  of  the  volcano  were  characterized 
by  lava  flows  of  great  thickness,  by  and  by  explosive 
products  began  to  appear,  and  interbedded  with  the 
sheets  of  lava  one  finds  bombs,  lapilli,  cinders,  etc. 

It  may  be  said  in  general  that  as  the  volcano  grew  in 
years  it  changed  more  and  more  from  eruptions  of  the 
quiet  type  to  those  of  the  explosive  character.  It  is 
plain  that  a  long  period  of  time  was  consumed  in  the 
making  of  that  great  volcanic  pile,  and  that  the  erup- 
tions were  by  no  means  continuous.  It  is  clearly  shown 
that  after  certain  outflows  of  lava,  quietude  reigned  for 
a  time  ;  that  at  last  the  surface  of  the  rock  became  cool 
and  that  erosive  agents  broke  it  up  into  great  masses  of 
loose  stones.  In  later  flows  of  lava  these  stones  were 
picked  up  and  cemented  into  layers  of  pudding  stone, 
which  are  styled  agglomerates. 

Rocks  of  an  agglomerate  type  are  well  shown  in  the 

197 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

walls  of  Gibraltar.  This  massive  pile  is  largely  made 
up  of  boulders,  great  and  small,  rather  loosely  held  to- 
gether by  a  lava  cement.  The  work  of  frost  and  ice, 
expansion  and  contraction,  loosens  the  boulders  readily, 
and  their  constant  falling  from  the  cliffs  gives  to  this 
part  of  the  mountain's  ascent  its  dangerous  character. 
While  this  volcano  belongs  to  a  very  late  period  in  the 
history  of  the  earth,  it  is  very  clear  that  there  has  been 
no  marked  activity  for  many  thousands  of  years.  The 
presence  of  steam,  which  is  emitted  from  the  hundreds 
of  small  openings  about  the  crater,  undoubtedly  shows 
the  presence  of  heated  rock  at  no  great  distance  below 
the  surface.  Rock  is  a  poor  conductor,  however,  and 
cooling  takes  place  with  very  great  slowness  after  a 
depth  of  comparatively  few  feet  is  reached. 

Like  most  volcanoes,  the  composite  character  of  the 
cone  is  shown  on  Mount  Rainier.  After  a  certain 
height  is  reached  in  the  building  up  of  a  cone,  the  rising 
lava  in  the  throat,  or  the  explosive  activities  within, 
sometimes  produce  an  opening  through  the  walls  of 
the  cone,  and  a  new  outlet  to  the  surface  is  formed. 
This  often  gives  the  volcano  a  sort  of  hummocky  or 
warty  appearance,  and  produces  a  departure  from  the 
symmetrical  character.  In  the  case  of  Rainier  it  seems 
to  the  writer  that  upon  the  summit  four  distinct  craters, 
or  outlets,  are  distinguishable.  The  first  crater  reached 
by  the  usual  route  of  ascent  is  the  largest  one,  and  may 
be  styled  the  East  crater.  It  is  nearly  circular  in 
outline,  with  a  diameter  of  about  one-half  mile.  Its 
walls  are  bare  of  snow  for  nearly  the  whole  of  its  cir- 
cumference, but  the  pit  is  filled  with  snow  and  ice. 
Going  across  the  crater  to  the  westward,  one  passes 
over  what  is  really  the  highest  point  on  the  mountain, 
and  then  goes  down  into  a  smaller  crater,  or  the  West 
crater.  This  is  similar  in  character  and  outline  to  its 
neighbor,  but  here  the  many  jets  of  issuing  steam  are 
much  more  prominent.  At  a  point  a  few  hundred 
feet  lower  on  the  mountain-side  there  is  a  peak  known 

198 


FIELD  NOTES  ON  MOUNT  RAINIER,   1905 

as  Liberty  Cap.  A  cross-section  of  the  cap  is  in  plain 
view  and  shows  very  clearly  that  this  is  a  minor  cone 
or  local  point  of  eruption.  It  is  made  up  of  rock  very 
similar  to  the  main  mass  of  the  mountain ;  and  it  is 
likely  that  the  volcanic  activity  of  the  mountain  was 
centered  here  for  some  time.  Looking  directly  south 
from  the  West  crater  one  sees  at  a  distance  of  less  than 
a  mile  another  peak  which  is  entirely  snow-covered ; 
but  which  may  represent  an  instance  parallel  with 
that  of  the  peak  on  the  north  side. 

Mount  Rainier  is  so  deeply  covered  with  ice  and  snow 
that  the  glacial  aspects  of  the  mountain  are  far  more 
conspicuous  than  the  volcanic  ones.  The  facts  about 
the  vulcanism  and  the  history  of  the  growth  of  the 
mountain  are  very  difficult  to  study ;  and  it  will  be 
a  long  time  before  they  are  fully  known.  The  glaciers, 
on  the  other  hand,  are  very  conspicuous,  comparatively 
easy  of  access,  and  the  many  facts  concerning  their 
extent,  rate  of  motion,  recession,  or  advance,  may  be 
quite  readily  determined.  The  glaciers,  while  very 
prominent  at  the  present  time,  were  at  one  time  much 
larger  than  now.  There  are  many  things  which  go  to 
prove  that  they  formerly  reached  much  farther  down 
the  valleys. 

From  the  top  of  the  mountain  one  may  see  off  to 
the  westward  for  many  miles  south  of  Puget  Sound 
prairies  of  large  size,  covering  a  great  many  square 
miles.  These  prairies  represent  the  plains  of  gravel 
derived  from  the  melting  glaciers,  when  these  stood 
in  their  vicinity.  From  these  points  of  maximum 
extension  the  glaciers  have  slowly  receded  to  their 
present  position. 

That  the  glaciers  are  receding  at  the  present  time  is 
a  matter  of  common  observation.  At  the  lower  end  of 
the  Nisqually  glacier  the  advancing  line  of  vegetation 
is  about  one-fourth  mile  below  the  present  limit  of  the 
ice.  It  is  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Longmire  that  the  glacier 
has  retreated  about  that  far  since  he  first  came  to  the 

199 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

valley,  twenty-five  years  ago.  General  Stevens  was 
able  to  point  out  several  instances  of  notable  shrinkages 
in  the  glaciers,  especially  in  the  Paradise  glacier,  since 
his  ascent  of  the  mountain  in  1870.  It  will  interest 
students  of  glaciers  to  know  that  some  permanent 
monuments  have  been  set  up  at  the  lower  end  of  the 
Nisqually  glacier;  and  that  arrangements  have  been 
made  whereby  the  retreat  of  the  ice  may  be  accurately 
measured  from  year  to  year. 


EMILE  MATTHES. 


XIV.     GLACIERS   OF   MOUNT   RAINIER 

BY  F.  E.  MATTHES 

FRANCOIS  EMILE  MATTHES  was  born  at  Amsterdam,  Holland,  on 
March  1 6,  1874.  After  pursuing  studies  in  Holland,  Switzer- 
land and  Germany,  he  came  to  the  United  States  in  1891  and 
graduated  from  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  in 
1895.  Since  1896  he  has  been  at  work  with  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  mostly  in  the  field  of  topography.  He  has 
been  honored  by  and  is  a  member  of  many  scientific  societies. 

His  topographic  work  on  the  maps  of  Yosemite  and  Mount  Rainier 
National  Parks  made  for  him  many  appreciative  friends  on  the 
Pacific  Coast.  His  pamphlet  on  "Mount  Rainier  and  Its 
Glaciers"  was  published  by  the  United  States  Department  of 
the  Interior  in  1914.  He  secured  consent  for  its  republication 
in  the  present  work. 

The  impression  still  prevails  in  many  quarters  that 
true  glaciers,  such  as  are  found  in  the  Swiss  Alps,  do 
not  exist  within  the  confines  of  the  United  States,  and 
that  to  behold  one  of  these  rare  scenic  features  one 
must  go  to  Switzerland,  or  else  to  the  less  accessible 
Canadian  Rockies  or  the  inhospitable  Alaskan  coast. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  permanent  bodies  of  snow  and 
ice,  large  enough  to  deserve  the  name  of  glaciers,  occur 
on  many  of  our  western  mountain  chains,  notably  in 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  where  only  recently  a  national 
reservation  —  Glacier  National  Park  —  was  named  for 
its  ice  fields ;  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  of  California,  and 
farther  north,  in  the  Cascade  Range.  It  is  on  the 
last-named  mountain  chain  that  glaciers  especially 
abound,  clustering  as  a  rule  in  groups  about  the  higher 
summits  of  the  crest.  But  this  range  also  supports 
a  series  of  huge,  extinct  volcanoes  that  tower  high 
above  its  sky  line  in  the  form  of  isolated  cones.  On 

201 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

these  the  snows  lie  deepest  and  the  glaciers  reach 
their  grandest  development.  Ice  clad  from  head  to 
foot  the  year  round,  these  giant  peaks  have  become 
known  the  country  over  as  the  noblest  landmarks  of 
the  Pacific  Northwest.  Foremost  among  them  are 
Mount  Shasta,  in  California  (14,162  feet)  ;  Mount 
Hood,  in  Oregon  (11,225  feet);  Mount  St.  Helens 
(9,697  feet),  Mount  Adams  (12,307  feet),  Mount  Rainier 
(14,408  feet),  and  Mount  Baker  (10,730  feet),  in  the 
State  of  Washington. 

Easily  king  of  all  is  Mount  Rainier.  Almost  250 
feet  higher  than  Mount  Shasta,  its  nearest  rival  in 
grandeur  and  in  mass,  it  is  overwhelmingly  impres- 
sive, both  by  the  vastness  of  its  glacial  mantle  and  by 
the  striking  sculpture  of  its  cliffs.  The  total  area  of 
its  glaciers  amounts  to  no  less  than  45  square  miles, 
an  expanse  of  ice  far  exceeding  that  of  any  other  single 
peak  in  the  United  States.  Many  of  its  individual 
ice  streams  are  between  4  and  6  miles  long  and  vie 
in  magnitude  and  in  splendor  with  the  most  boasted 
glaciers  of  the  Alps.  Cascading  from  the  summit  in 
all  directions,  they  radiate  like  the  arms  of  a  great 
starfish.  All  reach  down  to  the  foot  of  the  mountain 
and  some  advance  considerably  beyond. 

As  for  the  plea  that  these  glaciers  lie  in  a  scarcely 
opened,  out-of-the-way  region,  a  forbidding  wilderness 
as  compared  with  maturely  civilized  Switzerland,  it  no 
longer  has  the  force  it  once  possessed.  Rainier's  ice 
fields  can  now  be  reached  from  Seattle  or  Tacoma,  the 
two  principal  cities  of  western  Washington,  in  a  com- 
fortable day's  journeying,  either  by  rail  or  by  auto- 
mobile. The  cooling  sight  of  crevassed  glaciers  and 
the  exhilarating  flower-scented  air  of  alpine  meadows 
need  no  longer  be  exclusive  pleasures,  to  be  gained 
only  by  a  trip  abroad. 

Mount  Rainier  stands  on  the  west  edge  of  the  Cas- 
cade Range,  overlooking  the  lowlands  that  stretch  to 
Puget  Sound.  Seen  from  Seattle  or  Tacoma,  60  and 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

50  miles  distant,  respectively,  it  appears  to  rise  directly 
from  sea  level,  so  insignificant  seem  the  ridges  about 
its  base.  Yet  these  ridges  themselves  are  of  no  mean 
height.  They  rise  3,000  to  4,000  feet  above  the  val- 
leys that  cut  through  them,  and  their  crests  average 
6,000  feet  in  altitude.  Thus  at  the  southwest  en- 
trance of  the  park,  in  the  Nisqually  Valley,  the  eleva- 
tion above  sea  level,  as  determined  by  accurate  spirit 
leveling,  is  2,003  feet,  while  Mount  Wow  (Goat  Moun- 
tain), immediately  to  the  north,  rises  to  an  altitude 
of  6,045  feet.  But  so  colossal  are  the  proportions  of 
the  great  volcano  that  they  dwarf  even  mountains  of 
this  size  and  give  them  the  appearance  of  mere  foot- 
hills. In  the  Tatoosh  Range  Pinnacle  Peak  is  one 
of  the  higher  summits,  6,562  feet  in  altitude.  That 
peak  rises  nearly  4,000  feet  above  the  Nisqually 
River,  which  at  Longmire  has  an  elevation  of  2,700 
feet,  yet  it  will  be  seen  that  Mount  Rainier  towers 
still  7,846  feet  higher  than  Pinnacle  Peak. 

From  the  top  of  the  volcano  one  fairly  looks  down 
upon  the  Tatoosh  Range,  to  the  south ;  upon  Mount 
Wow,  to  the  southwest ;  upon  the  Mother  Mountains, 
to  the  northwest,  indeed,  upon  all  the  ridges  of  the 
Cascade  Range.  Only  Mount  Adams,  Mount  St. 
Helens,  and  Mount  Hood  loom  like  solitary  peaks 
above  the  even  sky  line,  while  the  ridges  below  this 
line  seem  to  melt  together  in  one  vast,  continuous 
mountain  platform.  And  such  a  platform,  indeed, 
one  should  conceive  the  Cascade  Range  once  to  have 
been.  Only  it  is  now  thoroughly  dissected  by  pro- 
found, ramifying  valleys,  and  has  been  resolved  into 
a  sea  of  wavelike  crests  and  peaks. 

Mount  Rainier  stands,  in  round  numbers,  10,000 
feet  high  above  its  immediate  base,  and  covers  100 
square  miles  of  territory,  or  one-third  of  the  area  of 
Mount  Rainier  National  Park.  In  shape  it  is  not  a 
simple  cone  tapering  to  a  slender,  pointed  summit 
like  Fuji  Yama,  the  great  volcano  of  Japan.  It  is, 

203 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

rather,  a  broadly  truncated  mass  resembling  an  enor- 
mous tree  stump  with  spreading  base  and  irregularly 
broken  top.  Its  life  history  has  been  a  varied  one. 
Like  all  volcanoes,  Rainier  has  built  up  its  cone  with 
the  material  ejected  by  its  own  eruptions  —  with 
cinders  and  bombs  (steam-shredded  particles  and 
lumps  of  lava),  and  with  occasional  flows  of  liquid 
lava  that  have  solidified  into  layers  of  hard,  basaltic 
rock.  At  one  time  it  attained  an  altitude  of  not  less 
than  16,000  feet,  if  one  may  judge  by  the  steep  in- 
clination of  the  lava  and  cinder  layers  visible  in  its 
flanks.  Then  a  great  explosion  followed  that  destroyed 
the  top  part  of  the  mountain,  and  reduced  its  height 
by  some  2,000  feet.  The  volcano  was  left  beheaded, 
and  with  a  capacious  hollow  crater,  surrounded  by 
a  jagged  rim. 

Later  on  this  great  cavity,  which  measured  nearly 
3  miles  across,  from  south  to  north,  was  filled  by  two 
small  cinder  cones.  Successive  feeble  eruptions  added 
to  their  height  until  at  last  they  formed  together  a 
low,  rounded  dome  —  the  eminence  that  now  consti- 
tutes the  mountain's  summit.  It  rises  only  about 
400  feet  above  the  rim  of  the  old  crater,  and  is  an  in- 
conspicuous feature,  not  readily  identifiable  from  all 
sides  as  the  highest  point.  In  fact,  so  broad  is  the 
mountain's  crown  that  from  no  point  at  its  base  can 
one  see  the  top.  The  higher  portions  of  the  old  crater 
rim,  moreover,  rise  to  elevations  within  a  few  hundred 
feet  of  the  summit,  and,  especially  when  viewed  from 
below,  stand  out  boldly  as  separate  peaks  that  mask 
and  seem  to  overshadow  the  central  dome.  Espe- 
cially prominent  are  Peak  Success  (14,150  feet)  on  the 
southwest  side,  and  Liberty  Cap  (14,112  feet)  on  the 
northwest  side. 

The  altitude  of  the  main  summit  has  for  many  years 
been  in  doubt.  Several  figures  have  been  announced 
from  time  to  time,  no  two  of  them  in  agreement  with 
each  other ;  but  all  of  these,  it  is  to  be  observed,  were 

204 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

obtained  by  more  or  less  approximate  methods.  In 
1913  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  in  con- 
nection with  its  topographic  surveys  of  the  Mount 
Rainier  National  Park,  was  able  to  make  a  new  series 
of  measurements  by  triangulation  methods  at  close 
range.  These  give  the  peak  an  elevation  of  14,408 
feet,  thus  placing  it  near  the  top  of  the  list  of  high 
summits  of  the  United  States.  This  last  figure,  it 
should  be  added,  is  not  likely  to  be  in  error  by  more 
than  a  foot  or  two  and  may  with  some  confidence  be 
regarded  as  final.  Greater  exactness  of  determination 
is  scarcely  practicable  in  the  case  of  Mount  Rainier, 
as  its  highest  summit  consists  actually  of  a  mound  of 
snow  the  height  of  which  naturally  varies  somewhat 
with  the  seasons  and  from  year  to  year. 

This  crowning  snow  mound,  which  was  once  sup- 
posed to  be  the  highest  point  in  the  United  States,  still 
bears  the  proud  name  of  Columbia  Crest.  It  is  es- 
sentially a  huge  snowdrift  or  snow  dune,  heaped  up 
by  the  westerly  winds.  Driving  furiously  up  through 
the  great  breach  in  the  west  flank  of  the  mountain, 
between  Peak  Success  and  Liberty  Cap,  they  eddy 
lightly  as  they  shoot  over  the  summit  and  there  deposit 
their  load  of  snow. 

The  drift  is  situated  at  the  point  where  the  rims  of 
the  two  summit  craters  touch,  and  represents  the  only 
permanent  snow  mass  on  these  rims,  for  some  of  the 
internal  heat  of  the  volcano  still  remains  and  suffices 
to  keep  these  rock-crowned  curving  ridges  bare  of  snow 
the  better  part  of  the  year.  It  is  intense  enough,  even, 
to  produce  numerous  steam  jets  along  the  inner  face 
of  the  rim  of  the  east  crater,  which  appears  to  be  the 
most  recently  formed  of  the  two.  The  center  of  this 
depression,  however,  is  filled  with  snow,  so  that  it  has 
the  appearance  of  a  shallow,  white-floored  bowl  some 
1,200  feet  in  diameter.  Great  caverns  are  melted  out 
by  the  steam  jets  under  the  edges  of  the  snow  mass, 
and  these  caverns  afford  shelters  which,  though  unin- 

205 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

viting,  are  not  to  be  despised.  They  have  proved  a 
blessing  to  more  than  one  party  that  has  found  itself 
compelled  to  remain  overnight  on  the  summit,  saving 
them  from  death  in  the  icy  gales. 

That  Mount  Rainier  should  still  retain  so  much  of 
its  internal  heat  is  not  surprising  in  view  of  the  recency 
of  its  eruptions.  It  is  known  to  have  been  active  at 
intervals  during  the  last  century,  and  actual  record 
exists  of  slight  eruptions  in  1843,  1854,  ^58,  and  1870. 
Indian  legends  mention  a  great  cataclysmal  outburst 
at  an  earlier  period. 

At  present  the  volcano  may  be  regarded  as  dormant 
and  no  apprehension  need  be  felt  as  to  the  possibility 
of  an  early  renewal  of  its  activity.  The  steam  jets  in 
the  summit  crater,  it  is  true,  as  well  as  the  hot  springs 
at  the  mountain's  foot  (Longmire  Springs),  attest  the 
continued  presence  of  subterranean  fires,  but  they  are 
only  feeble  evidences  as  compared  with  the  geysers, 
the  steam  jets,  and  the  hot  springs  of  the  Yellowstone 
National  Park.  Yet  that  region  is  not  considered  any 
less  safe  to  visit  because  of  the  presence  of  these  ther- 
mal phenomena. 

In  spite  of  Mount  Rainier's  continued  activity  until 
within  the  memory  of  man  its  sides  appear  to  have 
been  snow  clad  for  a  considerable  length  of  time. 
Indeed,  so  intense  and  so  long-continued  has  been  the 
eroding  action  of  the  ice  that  the  cone  is  now  deeply 
ice-scarred  and  furrowed.  Most  of  its  outer  layers, 
in  fact,  appear  already  to  have  been  stripped  away. 
Here  and  there  portions  of  them  remain  standing  on 
the  mountain's  flanks  in  the  form  of  sharp-crested 
crags  and  ridges,  and  from  these  one  may  roughly 
surmise  the  original  dimensions  of  the  cone.  Mere 
details  in  the  volcano's  sculpture,  these  residual  masses 
are,  some  of  them,  so  tall  that,  were  they  standing 
among  ordinary  mountains,  they  would  be  reckoned 
as  great  peaks.  Particularly  noteworthy  is  Little 
Tahoma,  a  sharp,  triangular  tooth  on  the  east  flank, 

206 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

that  rises  to  an  elevation  of  11,117  feet-  In  its  steep, 
ice-carved  walls  one  may  trace  ascending  volcanic 
strata  aggregating  2,000  feet  in  thickness  that  point 
upward  to  the  place  of  their  origin,  the  former  sum- 
mit of  the  mountain,  which  rose  almost  half  a  mile 
higher  than  the  present  top. 

Nor  is  the  great  crater  rim  left  by  the  explosion 
that  carried  off  the  original  summit  preserved  in  its 
entirety.  Peak  Success  and  Liberty  Cap  are  the  only 
two  promontories  that  give  trustworthy  indication  of 
its  former  height  and  strength.  Probably  they  repre- 
sent the  more  massive  portions  on  the  southwest  and 
northwest  sides,  respectively,  while  the  weaker  por- 
tions to  the  east  and  south  have  long  since  crumbled 
away  under  the  heavy  ice  cascades  that  have  been  over- 
riding them  for  ages.  Only  a  few  small  rocky  points 
remain  upon  which  the  snows  split  in  their  descent. 
The  most  prominent,  as  well  as  the  most  interesting, 
is  the  one  on  the  southeast  side,  popularly  known  as 
Gibraltar  Rock.  Really  a  narrow,  wedge-shaped  mass, 
it  appears  in  profile  like  a  massive,  square-cut  promon- 
tory. The  trail  to  the  summit  of  the  mountain  passes 
along  its  overhanging  south  face  and  then  ascends  by 
a  precipitous  chute  between  ice  and  rock.  It  is  this 
part  of  the  ascent  that  is  reputed  as  the  most  precarious 
and  hazardous. 

From  the  rim  points  downward  the  ice  cover  of  the 
cone  divides  into  a  number  of  distinct  stream-like 
tongues  or  glaciers,  each  sunk  in  a  great  hollow  path- 
way of  its  own.  Between  these  ice-worn  trenches 
the  uneroded  portions  of  the  cone  stand  out  in  high 
relief,  forming  as  a  rule  huge  triangular  "wedges," 
heading  at  the  sharp  rim  points  and  spreading  thence 
downward  to  the  mountain's  base.  There  they  as- 
sume the  aspect  of  more  gently  sloping,  grassy  table- 
lands, the  charming  alpine  meadows  of  which  Para- 
dise Park  and  Spray  Park  are  the  most  famous.  Sep- 
arating these  upland  parks  are  the  profound  ice-cut 

207 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

canyons  which,  beyond  the  glacier  ends,  widen  out  into 
densely  forested  valleys,  each  containing  a  swift- 
flowing  river.  No  less  than  a  dozen  of  these  ice-fed 
torrents  radiate  from  the  volcano  in  all  directions, 
while  numerous  lesser  streams  course  from  the  snow 
fields  between  the  glaciers. 

Thus  the  cone  of  Mount  Rainier  is  seen  to  be  dis- 
sected from  its  summit  to  its  foot.  Sculptured  by  its 
own  glacier  mantle,  its  slopes  have  become  diversified 
with  a  fretwork  of  ridges,  peaks,  and  canyons. 

The  first  ice  one  meets  on  approaching  the  moun- 
tain from  Longmire  Springs  lies  in  the  upper  end  of 
the  Nisqually  Valley.  The  wagon  road,  which  up  to 
this  point  follows  the  west  side  of  the  valley,  winding 
in  loops  and  curves  along  the  heavily  wooded  moun- 
tain flank,  here  ventures  out  upon  the  rough  bowlder 
bed  of  the  Nisqually  River  and  crosses  the  foaming 
torrent  on  a  picturesque  wooden  bridge.  A  scant 
thousand  feet  above  this  structure,  blocking  the  valley 
to  a  height  of  some  400  feet,  looms  a  huge  shapeless 
pile  of  what  seems  at  first  sight  only  rock  debris,  gray 
and  chocolate  in  color.  It  is  the  dirt-stained  end  of 
one  of  the  largest  glaciers  —  the  Nisqually.  From  a 
yawning  cave  in  its  front  issues  the  Nisqually  stream, 
a  river  full  fledged  from  the  start. 

The  altitude  here,  it  should  be  noted,  is  a  trifle  under 
4,000  feet  (elevation  of  bridge  is  3,960  feet)  ;  hence 
the  ice  in  view  lies  more  than  10,000  feet  below  the 
summit  of  the  mountain,  the  place  of  its  origin.  And 
in  this  statement  is  strikingly  summed  up  the  whole 
nature  and  economy  of  a  glacier  such  as  the  Nisqually. 

A  glacier  is  not  a  mere  stationary  blanket  of  snow 
and  ice  clinging  inert  to  the  mountain  flank.  It  is  a 
slowly  moving  streamlike  body  that  descends  by  virtue 
of  its  own  weight.  The  upper  parts  are  continually 
being  replenished  by  fresh  snowfalls,  which  at  those 
high  altitudes  do  not  entirely  melt  away  in  summer ; 
while  the  lower  end,  projecting  as  it  does  below  the 

208 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

snow  line,  loses  annually  more  by  melting  than  it  re- 
ceives by  precipitation,  and  is  maintained  only  by  the 
continued  accession  of  masses  from  above.  The  rate 
at  which  the  ice  advances  has  been  determined  by 
Prof.  J.  N.  Le  Conte,  of  the  University  of  California. 
In  1903  he  placed  a  row  of  stakes  across  the  glacier, 
and  with  the  aid  of  surveying  instruments  obtained  ac- 
curate measurements  of  the  distances  through  which 
they  moved  from  day  to  day.  He  found  that  in  sum- 
mer, when  the  movement  is  greatest,  it  averages  16 
inches  per  day.  This  figure,  however,  applies  only  to 
the  central  portion  of  the  glacier  —  the  main  current, 
so  to  speak  —  for  the  margins  necessarily  move  more 
slowly,  being  retarded  by  friction  against  the  channel 
sides. 

The  snout  of  the  Nisqually  Glacier,  accordingly,  is 
really  composed  of  slowly  advancing  ice,  but  so  rapid 
is  the  melting  at  this  low  altitude  that  it  effectually 
counterbalances  the  advance,  and  thus  the  ice  front 
remains  essentially  stationary  and  apparently  fixed 
in  place.  Actually,  it  is  subject  to  slight  back  and 
forward  movements,  amounting  to  a  foot  or  more  per 
day ;  for,  as  one  may  readily  imagine,  fluctuations  in 
snowfall  and  in  temperature,  above  or  below  the  nor- 
mal, are  ever  likely  to  throw  the  balance  one  way  or 
another. 

A  glacier  may  also  make  periodic  advances  or  retreats 
on  a  larger  scale  in  obedience  to  climatic  changes  ex- 
tending over  many  years.  Thus  all  the  glaciers  on 
Mount  Rainier,  as  well  as  many  in  other  parts  of  the 
world,  are  at  present,  and  have  been  for  some  time, 
steadily  retreating  as  the  result  of  milder  climate  or  of 
a  lessening  in  snow  supply.  Only  so  recently  as  1885 
the  Nisqually  Glacier  reached  down  to  the  place  now 
occupied  by  the  bridge,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that  at 
that  time  no  engineer  would  have  had  the  daring  to  plan 
the  road  as  it  is  now  laid.  In  the  last  25  years,  how- 
ever, the  Nisqually  Glacier  has  retreated  fully  1,000  feet, 
p  209 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Evidences  of  similar  wholesale  recession  are  to  be 
observed  at  the  ends  of  the  other  glaciers  of  Mount 
Rainier,  but  the  measure  of  their  retreat  is  not  re- 
corded with  the  precision  that  was  possible  in  the  case 
of  the  Nisqually  Glacier.  Eyewitnesses  still  live  at 
Longmire  Springs  who  can  testify  to  the  former  ex- 
tension of  the  Nisqually  Glacier  down  to  the  site  of 
the  wagon  bridge. 

As  one  continues  the  ascent  by  the  wagon  road  a 
partial  view  of  the  glacier's  lower  course  is  obtained, 
and  there  is  gained  some  idea  of  its  stream-like  char- 
acter. More  satisfying  are  the  views  from  Paradise 
Park.  Here  several  miles  of  the  ice  stream  (its  total 
length  is  nearly  5  miles)  lie  stretched  out  at  one's 
feet,  while  looking  up  toward  the  mountain  one  beholds 
the  tributary  ice  fields  and  ice  streams,  pouring,  as  it 
were,  from  above,  from  right  and  left,  rent  by  innu- 
merable crevasses  and  resembling  foaming  cascades 
suddenly  crystallized  in  place.  The  turmoil  of  these 
upper  branches  may  be  too  confusing  to  be  studied 
with  profit,  but  the  more  placid  lower  course  presents  a 
favorable  field  for  observation,  and  a  readily  accessible 
one  at  that. 

A  veritable  frozen  river  it  seems,  flowing  between 
smooth,  parallel  banks,  half  a  mile  apart.  Its  surface, 
in  contrast  to  the  glistening  ice  cascades  above,  has  the 
prevailingly  somber  tint  of  old  ice,  relieved  here  and 
there  by  bright  patches  of  last  winter's  snow.  These 
lie  for  the  most  part  in  gaping  fissures  or  crevasses 
that  run  athwart  the  glacier  at  short  intervals  and 
divide  its  body  into  narrow  slices.  In  the  upper  course, 
where  the  glacier  overrides  obstacles  in  its  bed,  the 
crevasses  are  particularly  numerous  and  irregularly 
spaced,  sometimes  occurring  in  two  sets  intersecting  at 
right  angles,  and  producing  square-cut  prisms.  Far- 
ther down  the  ice  stream's  current  is  more  sluggish 
and  the  crevasses  heal  up  by  degrees,  providing  a 
united  surface,  over  which  one  may  travel  freely. 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Gradually,  also,  the  glacier  covers  itself  with  debris. 
Angular  rock  fragments,  large  and  small,  and  quan- 
tities of  dust,  derived  from  the  rock  walls  bordering 
the  ice  stream  higher  up,  litter  its  surface  and  hide  the 
color  of  the  ice.  At  first  only  a  narrow  ridge  of  such 
material  —  a  moraine,  as  it  is  called  —  accompanies 
the  ice  river  on  each  side,  resembling  a  sharp-crested 
embankment  built  by  human  hands  to  restrain  its 
floods  ;  but  toward  the  lower  end  of  the  glacier,  as  the 
ice  wastes  away,  the  debris  contained  in  it  is  released 
in  masses,  and  forms  brown  marginal  bands,  fringing 
the  moraines.  In  fact,  from  here  on  down  it  becomes 
difficult  to  tell  where  the  ice  of  the  glacier  ends  at  the 
sides  and  where  the  moraines  begin. 

The  lower  part  of  the  glacier  also  possesses  a  peculiar 
feature  in  the  form  of  a  debris  ridge  about  midway  on 
its  back  —  a  medial  moraine.  Most  of  the  way  it 
stretches  like  a  slender,  dark  ribbon,  gradually  nar- 
rowing upstream.  One  may  trace  it  with  the  eye  up 
to  its  point  of  origin,  the  junction  of  the  two  main 
branches  of  the  glacier,  at  the  foot  of  a  sharp  rock  spur 
on  the  mountain's  flank. 

In  the  last  mile  of  the  Nisqually's  course,  this  medial 
moraine  develops  from  a  mere  dirt  band  to  a  conspicu- 
ous embankment,  projecting  40  feet  above  the  ice.  Not 
the  entire  body  of  the  ridge,  however,  is  made  up  of  rock 
debris.  The  feature  owes  its  elevation  chiefly  to  the  pro- 
tective influence  of  the  debris  layer  on  its  surface,  which 
is  thick  enough  to  shield  the  ice  beneath  from  the  hot 
rays  of  the  sun,  and  greatly  retards  melting,  while  the 
adjoining  unprotected  ice  surfaces  are  rapidly  reduced. 

A  short  distance  above  the  glacier's  terminus  the 
medial  moraine  and  the  ever-broadening  marginal 
bands  come  together.  No  more  clear  ice  remains 
exposed,  irregular  mounds  and  ridges  of  debris  cover 
the  entire  surface  of  the  glacier,  and  the  moraine- 
smothered  mass  assumes  the  peculiar  inchoate  appear- 
ance that  is  so  striking  upon  first  view. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

In  utter  contrast  with  the  glacier's  dying  lower  end 
are  the  bright  snow  fields  on  the  summit  in  which  it 
commences  its  career.  Hard  by  the  rock  rim  of  the 
east  summit  crater  the  snows  begin,  enwrapping  in  an 
even,  immaculate  layer  the  smooth  sides  of  the  cinder 
cone.  Only  a  few  feet  deep  at  first,  they  thicken 
downward  by  degrees,  until,  a  thousand  feet  below  the 
crater,  they  possess  sufficient  depth  and  weight  to 
acquire  movement.  Occasional  angular  crevasses  here 
interrupt  the  slope  and  force  the  summit-bound  trav- 
eler to  make  wearying  detours. 

Looking  down  into  a  gash  of  this  sort  one  beholds 
nothing  but  clean  snow,  piled  in  many  layers.  Only 
a  faint  blue  tinges  the  crevasse  walls,  darkening  but 
slowly  with  the  depth,  in  contrast  to  the  intense  indigo 
hue  characteristic  of  the  partings  in  the  lower  course 
of  the  glacier.  There  the  material  is  a  dense  ice,  more 
or  less  crystalline  in  texture ;  here  it  is  scarcely  more 
than  snow,  but  slightly  compacted  and  loosely  granu- 
lar —  what  is  generally  designated  by  the  Swiss  term 


neve.'3 


For  several  thousand  feet  down,  as  far  as  the  10,000- 
foot  level,  in  fact,  does  the  snow  retain  this  granular 
consistency.  One  reason  for  the  slowness  with  which 
it  compacts  is  found  in  the  low  temperatures  that  pre- 
vail at  high  altitudes  and  preclude  any  considerable 
melting.  The  air  itself  seldom  rises  above  the  freezing 
point,  even  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  and  as  a  conse- 
quence the  snow  never  becomes  soft  and  mushy,  as 
it  does  at  lower  levels. 

When  snow  assumes  the  mushy,  "wet-sugar"  state, 
it  is  melting  internally  as  well  as  at  its  outer  surface, 
owing  both  to  the  water  that  soaks  into  it  and  to  the 
warming  of  the  air  inclosed  within  its  innumerable 
tiny  pores  (which  tiny  air  spaces,  by  the  way,  give  the 
snow  its  brilliant  whiteness).  Snow  in  this  condition 
has,  paradoxical  though  it  may  sound,  a  temperature 
a  few  tenths  of  a  degree  higher  than  the  melting  point 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

—  a  fact  recently  established  by  delicate  temperature 
measurements  made  on  European  glaciers.     It  is  this 
singular  fact,  no  doubt,  that  explains  how  so  many 
minute  organisms  are  able  to  flourish  and  propagate 
in  summer  on  the  lower  portions  of  many  glaciers.     It 
may  be  of  interest  to  digress  here  briefly  in  order  to 
speak  of  these  little  known  though  common  forms  of  life. 

Several  species  of  insects  are  among  the  regular  in- 
habitants of  glaciers.  Most  of  them  belong  to  a  very 
low  order  —  the  Springtails,  or  Thysanura  —  and  are 
so  minute  that  in  spite  of  their  dark  color  they  escape 
the  attention  of  most  passers-by.  If  one  looks 
closely,  however,  they  may  readily  be  observed  hop- 
ping about  like  miniature  fleas  or  wriggling  deftly  into 
the  cavities  of  the  snow.  It  seems  to  incommode  them 
but  little  if  in  their  acrobatic  jumps  they  occasionally 
alight  in  a  puddle  or  in  a  rill,  for  they  are  thickly  clad 
with  furry  scales  that  prevent  them  from  getting  wet 

—  just  as  a  duck  is  kept  dry  by  its  greasy  feathers. 
Especially  plentiful  on  the  lower  parts  of  the  Rainier 

glaciers,  and  more  readily  recognized,  are  slender  dark- 
brown  worms  of  the  genus  Mesenchytraeus,  about  I  inch 
in  length.  Millions  and  millions  of  them  may  be  seen 
on  favorable  days  in  July  and  August  writhing  on  the 
surface  of  the  ice,  evidently  breeding  there  and  feed- 
ing on  organic  matter  blown  upon  the  glacier  in  the 
form  of  dust.  So  essential  to  their  existence  is  the 
chill  of  the  ice  that  they  enter  several  inches,  and 
sometimes  many  feet  below  the  surface  on  days  when 
the  sun  is  particularly  hot,  reappearing  late  in  the 
afternoon. 

Mention  also  deserves  to  be  made  of  that  microscopic 
plant  Protococcus  nivalis,  which  is  responsible  for  the 
mysterious  pink  or  light,  rose-colored  patches  so  often 
met  with  on  glaciers  —  the  "red  snow"  of  a  former 
superstition.  Each  patch  represents  a  colony  or  cul- 
ture comprising  billions  of  individuals.  It  is  probable 
that  they  represent  but  a  small  fraction  of  the  total 

213 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

microflora  thriving  on  the  snow,  the  other  species  re- 
maining invisible  for  lack  of  a  conspicuous  color. 

To  return  to  the  frigid  upper  neves,  it  is  not  to  be 
supposed  that  they  suffer  no  loss  whatever  by  melt- 
ing. The  heat  radiated  directly  to  them  by  the  sun 
is  alone  capable  of  doing  considerable  damage,  even 
while  the  air  remains  below  the  freezing  point.  At 
these  high  altitudes  the  sun  heat  is  astonishingly  in- 
tense, as  more  than  one  uninitiated  mountain  climber 
has  learned  to  his  sorrow  by  neglecting  to  take  the 
customary  precaution  of  blacking  his  face  before  making 
the  ascent.  In  a  few  hours  the  skin  is  literally  scorched 
and  begins  to  blister  painfully. 

At  the  foot  of  the  mountain  the  sun  heat  is  relatively 
feeble,  for  much  of  it  is  absorbed  by  the  dust  and 
vapor  in  the  lower  layers  of  the  atmosphere,  but  on 
the  summit,  which  projects  2  miles  higher,  the  air  is 
thin  and  pure,  and  lets  the  rays  pass  through  but  little 
diminished  in  strength. 

The  manner  in  which  the  sun  affects  the  snow  is 
peculiar  and  distinctive.  Instead  of  reducing  the 
surface  evenly,  it  melts  out  many  close-set  cups  and 
hollows,  a  foot  or  more  in  diameter  and  separated  by 
sharp  spires  and  crests.  No  water  is  visible  any- 
where, either  in  rills  or  in  pools,  evaporation  keeping 
pace  with  the  reduction.  If  the  sun's  action  is  per- 
mitted to  continue  uninterrupted  for  many  days,  as 
may  happen  in  a  hot,  dry  summer,  these  snow  cups 
deepen  by  degrees,  until  at  length  they  assume  the 
aspect  of  gigantic  bee  cells,  several  feet  in  depth.  Snow 
fields  thus  honeycombed  may  be  met  with  on  the  slopes 
above  Gibraltar  Rock.  They  are  wearisome  to  tra- 
verse, for  the  ridges  and  spines  are  fairly  resistant,  so 
that  one  must  laboriously  clamber  over  them.  Most 
exasperating,  however,  is  the  going  after  a  snowstorm 
has  filled  the  honeycombs.  Then  the  traveler,  waist 
deep  in  mealy  snow,  is  left  to  flounder  haphazard 
through  a  hidden  labyrinth. 

214 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Of  interest  in  this  connection  is  the  great  snow  cliff 
immediately  west  of  Gibraltar  Rock.  Viewed  from 
the  foot  of  that  promontory,  the  sky  line  of  the  snow 
castle  fairly  bristles  with  honeycomb  spines ;  while 
below,  in  the  face  of  the  snow  cliff,  dark,  wavy  lines, 
roughly  parallel  to  the  upper  surface,  repeat  its  pattern 
in  subdued  form.  They  represent  the  honeycombs  of 
previous  seasons,  now  buried  under  many  feet  of  snow, 
but  still  traceable  by  the  dust  that  was  imprisoned 
with  them. 

•  The  snow  cliff  west  of  Gibraltar  Rock  is  of  interest 
also  for  other  reasons.  It  is  the  end  of  a  great  snow 
cascade  that  descends  from  the  rim  of  the  old  crater. 
Several  such  cascades  may  be  seen  on  the  south  side 
of  the  mountain,  separated  by  craggy  remnants  of  the 
crater  rim.  Above  them  the  summit  neves  stretch  in 
continuous  fields,  but  from  the  rim  on  down,  the 
volcano's  slopes  are  too  precipitous  to  permit  a  gradual 
descent,  and  the  neves  break  into  wild  cascades  and 
falls.  Fully  two  to  three  thousand  feet  they  tumble, 
assembling  again  in  compact,  sluggish  ice  fields  on  the 
gentler  slopes  below. 

Of  the  three  cascades  that  feed  the  Nisqually  Glacier 
only  the  central  one,  it  is  to  be  observed,  forms  a  con- 
tinuous connection  between  the  summit  neves  and  the 
lower  ice  fields.  The  two  others,  viz.  the  one  next  to 
Gibraltar  and  the  westernmost  of  the  three,  terminate 
in  vertical  cliffs,  over  great  precipices  of  rock.  From 
them  snow  masses  detach  at  intervals  and  produce 
thundering  avalanches  that  bound  far  out  over  the 
inclined  ice  fields  below.  Especially  frequent  are  the 
falls  from  the  cliff  near  Gibraltar.  They  occur  hourly 
at  certain  times,  but  as  a  rule  at  periods  of  one  or 
more  days. 

From  the  westernmost  cascade  avalanches  are  small 
and  rare.  Indeed,  as  one  watches  them  take  place  at 
long  intervals  throughout  a  summer  one  can  not  but 
begin  to  doubt  whether  they  are  in  themselves  really 

215 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

sufficient  to  feed  and  maintain  so  extensive  an  ice 
field  as  lies  stretched  out  under  them.  Surely  much 
more  snow  must  annually  melt  away  from  the  broad 
surface  of  that  field,  exposed  as  it  lies  to  the  midday 
sun,  than  the  insignificant  avalanches  can  replace. 
Were  they  its  only  source  of  supply,  the  ice  field,  one 
feels  confident,  would  soon  cease  to  exist. 

The  fact  is  that  the  ice  field  in  question  is  not  de- 
pendent for  its  support  on  the  avalanches  from  above. 
It  may  receive  some  contributions  to  its  volume  through 
them,  but  in  reality  it  is  an  independent  ice  body, 
nourished  chiefly  by  direct  snow  precipitation  from  the 
clouds.  And  this  is  true,  in  large  measure,  of  all  the 
ice  fields  lying  under  the  ice  cascades.  The  Nisqually 
Glacier,  accordingly,  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  composed 
merely  of  the  cascading  neves,  reunited  and  cemented 
together,  but  as  taking  a  fresh  start  at  these  lower 
levels.  Improbable  though  this  may  seem  at  first,  it 
is  nevertheless  a  fact  that  is  readily  explained. 

The  winter  snows  on  Mount  Rainier  are  heaviest  in 
the  vicinity  of  its  base ;  indeed,  the  snowfall  at  those 
low  levels  is  several  times  greater  than  that  on  the 
summit.  This  in  itself  may  seem  anomalous.  So  ac- 
customed is  one  to  think  that  the  snowfall  on  high 
mountains  increases  with  the  altitude  that  it  seems 
strange  to  find  a  case  in  which  the  opposite  is  true. 
Yet  Mount  Rainier  stands  by  no  means  alone  in  this 
regard.  The  Sierra  Nevada  and  the  Andes,  the 
Himalayas  and  the  Alps,  all  show  closely  analogous 
conditions. 

In  each  of  these  lofty  mountain  regions  the  precipi- 
tation is  known  to  be  heaviest  at  moderate  altitudes, 
while  higher  up  it  decreases  markedly.  The  reason  is 
that  the  storm  clouds  —  the  clouds  that  carry  most  of 
the  rain  and  snow  —  hang  in  a  zone  of  only  moderate 
elevation,  while  higher  up  the  atmosphere  contains 
but  little  moisture  and  seldom  forms  clouds  of  any 
great  density. 

216 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

In  the  Rainier  region  the  height  of  the  storm  clouds 
is  in  large  measure  regulated  by  the  relief  of  the  Cas- 
cade Range ;  for  it  is  really  this  cooling  mountain  bar- 
rier that  compels  the  moisture-laden  winds  from  the 
Pacific  Ocean  to  condense  and  to  discharge.  It  fol- 
lows that  the  storm  clouds  are  seldom  much  elevated 
above  the  sky  line  of  the  Cascade  Mountains ;  they 
cling,  so  to  speak,  to  its  crest  and  ridges,  while  the  cone 
of  Mount  Rainier  towers  high  above  them  into  serener 
skies.  Many  a  day  may  one  look  down  from  the  sum- 
mit, or  even  from  a  halfway  point,  such  as  Camp 
Muir  (10,062  feet),  upon  the  upper  surface  of  the 
clouds.  Like  a  layer  of  fleecy  cotton  they  appear, 
smothering  the  lower  mountains  and  enveloping  the 
volcano's  base. 

Clouds,  it  is  true,  are  frequently  seen  gathering  about 
the  mountain's  crown,  usually  in  the  form  of  a  circular 
cap  or  hood,  precursor  of  a  general  storm,  but  such 
clouds  yield  but  very  little  snow. 

No  accurate  measurements  have  been  made  of  the 
snowfall  at  the  mountain's  foot,  but  in  the  Nisqually 
Valley,  at  Longmire  Springs,  the  winter  snows  are 
known  often  to  exceed  20  feet  in  depth.  The  summer 
heat  at  this  low  level  (2,762  feet)  is,  of  course,  abun- 
dantly able  to  remove  all  of  it,  at  least  by  the  end  of 
May.  But  higher  up  every  thousand  feet  of  elevation 
suffices  to  prolong  appreciably  the  life  of  the  snowy 
cover.  In  Paradise  Park,  for  instance,  at  altitudes 
between  5,000  and  6,000  feet,  huge  snowdrifts  encum- 
ber the  flowering  meadows  until  far  into  July.  Above 
an  altitude  of  6,000  feet  permanent  drifts  and  snow 
fields  survive  in  certain  favored  spots,  while  at  the 
7,ooo-foot  level  the  snow  line,  properly  speaking,  is 
reached.  Above  this  line  considerable  snow  remains 
regularly  from  one  winter  to  the  next,  and  extensive 
ice  fields  and  glaciers  exist  even  without  protection 
from  the  sun. 

It  is  between  the  8,000  and  10,000  foot  levels,  how- 

217 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

ever,  that  one  meets  with  the  conditions  most  favor- 
able for  the  development  of  glaciers.  Below  this  zone 
the  summer  heat  largely  offsets  the  heavy  precipita- 
tion, while  above  it  the  snowfall  itself  is  relatively 
scant.  Within  the  belt  the  annual  addition  of  snow 
to  the  ice  fields  is  greater  than  anywhere  else  on  Mount 
Rainier.  The  result  is  manifest  in  the  arrangement 
and  distribution  of  the  glaciers  on  the  cone.  By  far 
the  greater  number  originate  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
io,ooo-foot  level,  while  those  ice  streams  which  cas- 
cade from  the  summit,  such  as  the  Nisqually,  are  in 
a  sense  reborn  some  4,000  feet  lower  down. 

A  striking  example  of  an  ice  body  nourished  wholly 
by  the  snows  falling  on  the  lower  slope  of  Mount 
Rainier  is  the  Paradise  Glacier.  In  no  wise  connected 
with  the  summit  neves,  it  makes  its  start  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  less  than  9,00x3  feet.  Situated  on  the  spreading 
slope  between  the  diverging  canyons  of  the  Nisqually 
on  the  west  and  of  the  Cowlitz  on  the  northeast,  it 
constitutes  a  typical  "interglacier,"  as  intermediate 
ice  bodies  of  this  kind  are  termed. 

Its  appearance  is  that  of  a  gently  undulating  ice 
field,  crevassed  only  toward  its  lower  edge  and  re- 
markably clean  throughout.  No  debris-shedding  cliffs 
rise  anywhere  along  its  borders,  and  this  fact,  no  doubt, 
largely  explains  its  freedom  from  morainal  accumula- 
tions. 

The  absence  of  cliffs  also  implies  a  lack  of  protecting 
shade.  Practically  the  entire  expanse  of  the  glacier 
lies  exposed  to  the  full  glare  of  the  sun.  As  a  conse- 
quence its  losses  by  melting  are  very  heavy,  and  a 
single  hot  summer  may  visibly  diminish  the  glacier's 
bulk.  Nevertheless  it  seems  to  hold  its  own  as  well 
as  any  other  glacier  on  Mount  Rainier,  and  this  ability 
to  recuperate  finds  its  explanation  in  the  exceeding 
abundance  of  fresh  snows  that  replenish  it  every  winter. 

The  Paradise  Glacier,  however,  is  not  the  product 
wholly  of  direct  precipitation  from  the  clouds.  Much 

218 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  its  mass  is  supplied  by  the  wind,  and  accumulates 
in  the  lee  of  the  high  ridge  to  the  west,  over  which  the 
route  to  Camp  Muir  and  Gibraltar  Rock  is  laid.  The 
westerly  gales  keep  this  ridge  almost  bare  of  snow, 
permitting  only  a  few  drifts  to  lodge  in  sheltered  de- 
pressions. But  east  of  the  ridge  there  are  great  eddies 
in  which  the  snow  forms  long,  smooth  slopes  that  de- 
scend several  hundred  feet  to  the  main  body  of  the 
glacier.  These  slopes  are  particularly  inviting  to  tour- 
ists for  the  delightful  "glissades"  which  they  afford. 
Sitting  down  on  the  hard  snow  at  the  head  of  such  a 
slope,  one  may  indulge  in  an  exhilarating  glide  of  amaz- 
ing swiftness,  landing  at  last  safely  on  the  level  snows 
beneath. 

The  generally  smooth  and  united  surface  of  the 
Paradise  Glacier,  it  may  be  added,  contributes  not 
a  little  to  its  attractiveness  as  a  field  for  alpine  sports. 
On  it  one  may  roam  at  will  without  apprehension  of 
lurking  peril ;  indeed  one  can  journey  across  its  entire 
width,  from  Paradise  Park  to  the  Cowlitz  Rocks, 
without  encountering  a  single  dangerous  fissure.  This 
general  absence  of  crevasses  is  accounted  for  largely 
by  the  evenness  of  the  glacier's  bed  and  by  its  hollow 
shape,  owing  to  which  the  snows  on  all  sides  press 
inward  and  compact  the  mass  in  the  center.  Only 
toward  its  frontal  margin,  where  the  glacier  plunges 
over  an  abrupt  rock  step,  as  well  as  in  the  hump  of  that 
part  known  as  Stevens  Glacier,  is  the  ice  rent  by  long 
crevasses  and  broken  into  narrow  blades.  Here  it 
may  be  wise  for  the  inexperienced  not  to  venture  with- 
out a  competent  guide,  for  the  footing  is  apt  to  be 
treacherous,  and  jumping  over  crevasses  or  crossing 
them  by  frail  snow  bridges  are  feats  never  accomplished 
without  risk. 

In  the  early  part  of  summer  the  Paradise  Glacier 
has  the  appearance  of  a  vast,  unbroken  snow  field, 
blazing,  immaculate,  in  the  sun.  But  later,  as  the 
fresh  snows  melt  away  from  its  surface,  grayish  patches 

219 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  old  crystalline  ice  develop  in  places,  more  especially 
toward  the  glacier's  lower  margin.  Day  by  day  these 
patches  expand  until,  by  the  end  of  August,  most  of 
the  lower  ice  field  has  been  stripped  of  its  brilliant 
mantle.  Its  countenance,  once  bright  and  serene,  now 
assumes  a  grim  expression  and  becomes  crisscrossed  by 
a  thousand  seams,  like  the  visage  of  an  aged  man. 

Over  this  roughened  surface  trickle  countless  tiny 
rills  which,  uniting,  form  swift  rivulets  and  torrents, 
indeed  veritable  river  systems  on  a  miniature  scale 
that  testify  with  eloquence  to  the  rapidity  with  which 
the  sun  consumes  the  snow.  Strangely  capricious  in 
course  are  these  streamlets,  for,  while  in  the  main 
gravitating  with  the  glacier's  slope,  they  are  ever  likely 
to  be  caught  and  deflected  by  the  numerous  seams  in 
the  ice.  These  seams,  it  should  be  explained,  are  lines 
of  former  crevasses  that  have  healed  again  under  pres- 
sure in  the  course  of  the  glacier's  slow  descent.  As  a 
rule  they  inclose  a  small  amount  of  dirt,  and  owing 
to  its  presence  are  particularly  vulnerable  to  erosion. 
Along  them  the  streamlets  rapidly  intrench  themselves 
-  perhaps  by  virtue  of  their  warmth,  what  little  there 
is  of  it,  as  much  as  by  actual  abrasion  —  and  hollow 
out  channels  of  a  freakish  sort,  here  straight  and 
canal-like,  there  making  sharp  zigzag  turns ;  again 
broadening  into  profound,  canoe-shaped  pools,  or 
emptying  into  deeper  trenches  by  little  sparkling  cata- 
racts, or  passing  under  tiny  bridges  and  tunnels  —  a 
veritable  toy  land  carved  in  ice. 

But  unfortunately  these  pretty  features  are  ephem- 
eral, many  of  them  changing  from  day  to  day ;  for, 
evenings,  as  the  lowering  sun  withdraws  its  heat, 
the  melting  gradually  comes  to  a  halt,  and  the  little 
streams  cease  to  flow.  The  soft  babbling  and  gurgling 
and  the  often  exquisitely  melodious  tinkle  of  dripping 
water  in  hidden  glacial  wells  are  hushed,  and  the  silent 
frost  proceeds  to  choke  up  passages  and  channels,  so 
that  next  day's  waters  have  to  seek  new  avenues. 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

In  the  region  where  the  new  crevasses  open  the  sur- 
face drainage  comes  abruptly  to  an  end.  Here  gaping 
chutes  of  deepest  azure  entrap  the  torrents  and  the 
waters  rush  with  musical  thunder  to  the  interior  of 
the  glacier  and  finally  down  to  its  bed. 

At  its  lower  border  the  Paradise  Glacier  splits  into 
several  lobes.  The  westernmost  sends  forth  the  Para- 
dise River,  which,  turning  southwestward,  plunges 
over  the  Sluiskin  Fall  (named  for  the  Klickitat  Indian 
who  guided  Van  Trump  and  Hazard  Stevens  to  the 
mountain  in  1870,  when  they  made  the  first  success- 
ful ascent)  and  runs  the  length  of  Paradise  Valley. 
The  middle  lobe  has  become  known  as  Stevens  Glacier 
(named  for  Hazard  Stevens)  and  ends  in  Stevens  Creek, 
a  stream  which  almost  immediately  drops  over  a  preci- 
pice of  some  600  feet  —  the  Fairy  Falls  —  and  winds 
southeastward  through  rugged  Stevens  Canyon.  The 
easternmost  lobes,  known  collectively  as  Williwakas 
Glacier,  send  forth  two  little  cascades,  which,  uniting, 
form  Williwakas  Creek.  This  stream  is  a  tributary  of 
the  Cowlitz  River,  as  is  Stevens  Creek. 

Immediately  adjoining  the  Paradise  Glacier  on  the 
northeast,  and  not  separated  from  it  by  any  definite 
barrier,  lies  the  Cowlitz  Glacier,  one  of  the  stateliest 
ice  streams  of  Mount  Rainier.  It  flows  in  a  south- 
easterly direction,  and  burrows  its  nose  deeply  into  the 
forest-covered  hills  at  the  mountain's  foot.  Its  upper 
course  consists  of  two  parallel-flowing  ice  streams,  in- 
trenched in  profound  troughs,  which  they  have  en- 
larged laterally  until  now  only  a  narrow,  ragged  crest 
of  rock  remains  between  them,  resembling  a  partition 
a  thousand  feet  in  height.  At  the  upper  end  of  this 
crest  stands  Gibraltar  Rock. 

At  the  point  of  confluence  of  the  two  branches  there 
begins  a  long  medial  moraine  that  stretches  like  a 
black  tape  the  whole  length  of  the  lower  course.  To 
judge  by  its  position  midway  on  the  glacier's  back,  the 
two  tributaries  must  be  very  nearly  equal  in  strength, 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

yet,  when  traced  to  their  sources,  they  are  found  to 
originate  in  widely  different  ways.  The  north  branch, 
named  Ingraham  Glacier  (after  Maj.  E.  S.  Ingraham, 
one  of  Rainier's  foremost  pioneers),  comes  from  the 
neves  on  the  summit ;  while  the  south  branch  heads  in 
a  pocket  immediately  under  Gibraltar.  No  snow 
comes  to  it  from  the  summit ;  hence  we  can  not  escape 
the  conclusion  that  it  receives  through  direct  precipita- 
tion and  through  wind  drifting  about  as  much  snow  as 
its  sister  branch  receives  from  the  summit  regions. 
Like  the  glacier  troughs  below,  the  pocket  appears  to 
have  widened  laterally  under  the  influence  of  the  ice, 
and  is  now  separated  from  the  Nisqually  ice  fields  to 
the  west  by  only  a  narrow  rock  partition,  the  Cowlitz 
Cleaver,  as  it  is  locally  called.  Up  this  narrow  crest 
the  route  to  Gibraltar  Rock  ascends.  The  name 
"cleaver,"  it  may  be  said  in  passing,  is  most  apt  for 
the  designation  of  a  narrow  rock  crest  of  this  sort,  and 
well  deserves  to  be  more  generally  used  in  the  place  of 
awkward  foreign  terms,  such  as  arrete  and  grat. 

Both  branches  of  the  Cowlitz  Glacier  cascade  steeply 
immediately  above  their  confluence,  but  the  lower  glacier 
has  a  gentle  gradient  and  a  fairly  uneventful  course. 
Like  the  lower  Nisqually,  it  is  bordered  by  long  morainal 
ridges,  and  toward  its  end  acquires  broad  marginal  dirt 
bands.  For  nearly  a  mile  these  continue,  leaving  a 
gradually  narrowing  lane  of  clear  ice  between  them. 
Then  they  coalesce  and  the  whole  ice  body  becomes 
strewn  with  rock  debris. 

The  Cowlitz  Glacier,  including  its  north  branch,  the 
Ingraham  Glacier,  measures  slightly  over  6  miles  in 
length.  Throughout  that  distance  the  ice  stream  lies 
sunk  in  a  steep-walled  canyon  of  its  own  carving.  Im- 
posing cliffs  of  columnar  basalt,  ribbed  as  if  draped  in 
corduroy,  overlook  its  lower  course.  Slender  water- 
falls glide  down  their  precipitous  fronts,  like  silver 
threads,  guided  by  the  basalt  flutings. 

From  the  end  of  the  glacier  issues  the  Muddy  Fork 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  the  Cowlitz  River,  which,  joining  the  Ohanapecosh, 
forms  the  Cowlitz  River  proper,  one  of  the  largest 
streams  of  the  Cascade  Range.  For  nearly  a  hundred 
miles  the  Cowlitz  River  follows  a  southwesterly  course, 
finally  emptying  in  the  Columbia  River  a  short  dis- 
tance below  Portland,  Oregon. 

The  name  Muddy  Fork  is  a  most  apt  one,  for  the 
stream  leaves  the  glacier  heavily  charged  with  debris 
and  mud,  and  while  it  gradually  clears  itself  as  it 
proceeds  over  its  gravelly  bed,  it  is  still  turbid  when 
it  reaches  the  Ohanapecosh.  That  stream  is  relatively 
clear,  for  it  heads  in  a  glacier  of  small  extent  and  little 
eroding  power,  and  consequently  begins  its  career 
with  but  a  moderate  load  ;  furthermore  it  receives  on 
its  long  circuitous  course  a  number  of  tributaries  from 
the  Cascade  Range,  all  of  them  containing  clear  water. 

The  name  Muddy,  however,  might  with  equal  ap- 
propriateness be  given  to  every  one  of  the  streams 
flowing  from  the  ice  fields  of  Mount  Rainier.  So  easily 
disintegrated  are  the  volcanic  materials  of  which  that 
peak  is  composed,  that  the  glaciers  are  enabled  to  erode 
with  great  rapidity,  even  in  their  present  shrunken 
state.  They  consequently  deliver  to  the  streams  vast 
quantities  of  debris,  much  of  it  in  the  form  of  cobbles 
and  bowlders,  but  much  of  it  also  in  the  form  of  "  rock 
flour." 

A  considerable  proportion  of  a  glacier's  erosional 
work  is  performed  by  abrasion  or  grinding,  its  bed 
being  scoured  and  grooved  by  the  rock  blocks  and 
smaller  debris  held  by  the  passing  ice.  As  a  result 
glacier  streams  ordinarily  carry  much  finely  com- 
minuted rock,  or  rock  flour,  and  this,  because  of  its 
fineness,  remains  long  in  suspension  and  imparts  to 
the  water  a  distinctive  color.  In  regions  of  light- 
colored  rocks  the  glacier  streams  have  a  characteristic 
milky  hue,  which,  as  it  fades  out,  passes  over  into  a 
delicate  turquoise  tint.  But  the  lavas  of  Mount 
Rainier  produce  for  the  most  part  dark-hued  flour,  and 

223 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

as  a  consequence  the  rivers  coming  from  that  peak  are 
dyed  a  somber  chocolate  brown. 

A  word  may  not  be  out  of  place  here  about  the  sharp 
daily  fluctuations  of  the  ice-fed  rivers  of  the  Mount 
Rainier  National  Park,  especially  in  view  of  the  diffi- 
culties these  streams  present  to  crossing.  There  are 
fully  a  score  of  turbulent  rivers  radiating  from  the 
peak,  and  as  a  consequence  one  can  not  journey  far 
through  the  park  without  being  obliged  to  cross  one 
of  them.  On  all  the  permanent  trails  substantial 
bridges  obviate  the  difficulty,  but  in  the  less  developed 
portions  of  the  park,  fording  is  still  the  only  method 
available.  It  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  these  rivers, 
being  nourished  by  melting  snow,  differ  greatly  in  habit 
from  streams  in  countries  where  glaciers  are  absent. 
Generally  speaking,  they  are  highest  in  summer  and 
lowest  in  winter ;  also,  since  their  flow  is  intimately 
dependent  upon  the  quantity  of  snow  being  melted  at 
a  given  time,  it  follows  that  in  summer  when  the  sun 
reaches  its  greatest  power  they  swell  daily  to  a  prodi- 
gious volume,  reaching  a  maximum  in  the  afternoon, 
while  during  the  night  and  early  morning  hours  they 
again  ebb  to  a  relatively  moderate  size.  In  the  fore- 
noon of  a  warm  summer  day  one  may  watch  them  grow 
hourly  in  volume  and  in  violence,  until  toward  the 
middle  of  the  day  they  become  raging  torrents  of  liquid 
mud  in  which  heavy  cobbles  and  even  bowlders  may 
be  heard  booming  as  they  roll  before  the  current.  It 
would  be  nothing  short  of  folly  to  attempt  to  ford  under 
these  conditions,  whether  on  horseback  or  on  foot.  In 
the  evening,  however,  and  still  better,  in  the  early 
morning,  one  may  cross  with  safety ;  the  streams  then 
have  the  appearance  of  mere  mountain  brooks  wander- 
ing harmlessly  over  broad  bowlder  beds. 

High  above  the  Ingraham  Glacier  towers  that  sharp, 
residual  mass  of  lava  strata  known  as  Little  Tahoma 
(11,117  feet),  the  highest  outstanding  eminence  on  the 
flank  of  Mount  Rainier.  It  forms  a  gigantic  "wedge'* 

224 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

that  divides  the  Ingraham  from  the  Emmons  Glacier 
to  the  north.  So  extensive  is  this  wedge  that  it  car- 
ries on  its  back  several  large  ice  fields  and  interglaciers, 
some  of  which,  lying  far  from  the  beaten  path  of  the 
tourist,  are  as  yet  unnamed.  Separating  them  from 
each  other  are  various  attenuated,  pinnacled  crests,  all 
of  them  subordinate  to  a  main  backbone  that  runs 
eastward  some  6  miles  and  terminates  in  the  Cowlitz 
Chimneys  (7,607  feet),  a  group  of  tall  rock  towers 
that  dominate  the  landscape  on  the  east  side  of  Mount 
Rainier. 

Most  of  the  ice  fields,  naturally,  lie  on  the  shady 
north  slope  of  the  main  backbone ;  in  fact,  a  series  of 
them  extends  as  far  east  as  the  Cowlitz  Chimneys.  One 
of  the  lesser  crests,  however,  that  running  southeast- 
ward to  the  upland  region  known  as  Cowlitz  Park,  also 
gives  protection  to  an  ice  body  of  some  magnitude,  the 
Ohanapecosh  Glacier.  Considerably  broader  than  it 
is  long  in  the  direction  of  its  flow,  this  glacier  lies  on  a 
high  shelf  a  mile  and  a  half  across,  whence  it  cascades 
down  into  the  head  of  a  walled-in  canyon.  Formerly, 
no  doubt,  it  more  than  filled  this  canyon,  but  now  it 
sends  down  only  a  shrunken  lobe.  The  stream  that 
issues  from  it,  the  Ohanapecosh  River,  is  really  the 
main  prong  and  head  of  the  Cowlitz  River. 

The  largest  and  most  elevated  of  the  ice  fields  east 
of  Little  Tahoma  is  known  for  its  peculiar  shape  as 
Fryingpan  Glacier.  It  covers  fully  3  square  miles  of 
ground  and  constitutes  the  most  extensive  and  most 
beautiful  interglacier  on  Mount  Rainier.  It  originates 
in  the  hollow  east  side  of  Little  Tahoma  itself  and 
descends  rapidly  northward,  overlooking  the  great 
Emmons  Glacier  and  finally  reaching  down  almost  to 
its  level.  It  is  not  a  long  time  since  the  two  ice  bodies 
were  confluent. 

The  eastern  portion  of  the  Fryingpan  Glacier  drains 
northeastward  and  sends  forth  several  cascading  tor- 
rents which,  uniting  with  others  coming  from  the  lesser 

Q  225 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

ice  fields  to  the  east,  form  the  Fryingpan  River,  a 
brisk  stream  that  joins  White  River  several  miles 
farther  north. 

Below  the  Fryingpan  Glacier  there  lies  a  region  of 
charming  flower-dotted  meadows  named  Summer- 
land,  a  most  attractive  spot  for  camping. 

Cloaking  almost  the  entire  east  side  of  Mount  Rainier 
is  the  Emmons  Glacier,  the  most  extensive  ice  stream 
on  the  peak  (named  after  Samuel  F.  Emmons,  the 
geologist  and  mountaineer  who  was  the  second  to 
conquer  the  peak  in  1870).  About  5-J  miles  long  and 
if  miles  wide  in  its  upper  half,  it  covers  almost  8 
square  miles  of  territory.  It  makes  a  continuous 
descent  from  the  summit  to  the  base,  the  rim  of  the  old 
crater  having  almost  completely  broken  down  under 
its  heavy  neve  cascades.  But  two  small  remnants  of 
the  rim  still  protrude  through  the  ice  and  divide  it  into 
three  cascades.  From  each  of  these  dark  rock  islands 
trails  a  long  medial  moraine  that  extends  in  an  ever- 
broadening  band  down  to  the  foot  of  the  glacier. 

Conspicuous  lateral  moraines  accompany  the  ice 
stream  on  each  side.  There  are  several  parallel  ridges 
of  this  sort,  disposed  in  successive  tiers  above  each 
other  on  the  valley  sides.  Most  impressively  do  they 
attest  the  extent  of  the  Emmons  Glacier's  recent  shrink- 
ing. The  youngest  moraine,  fresh  looking  as  if  de- 
posited only  yesterday,  lies  but  50  feet  above  the  glacier's 
surface  and  a  scant  100  feet  distant  from  its  edge ;  the 
older  ridges,  subdued  in  outline,  and  already  tinged 
with  verdure,  lie  several  hundred  feet  higher  on  the 
slope. 

The  Emmons  Glacier,  like  the  Nisqually  and  the 
Cowlitz,  becomes  densely  littered  with  morainal  debris 
at  its  lower  end,  maintaining,  however,  for  a  consider- 
able distance  a  central  lane  of  clear  ice.  The  stream 
which  it  sends  forth,  White  River,  is  the  largest  of 
all  the  ice-fed  streams  radiating  from  the  peak.  It 
flows  northward  and  then  turns  in  a  northwesterly 

226 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

direction,  emptying  finally  in  Puget  Sound  at  the  city 
of  Seattle. 

On  the  northeast  side  of  the  mountain,  descending 
from  the  same  high  neves  as  the  Emmons  Glacier,  is 
the  Winthrop  Glacier.  Not  until  halfway  down,  at 
an  elevation  of  about  10,000  feet,  does  it  detach  itself 
as  a  separate  ice  stream.  The  division  takes  place  at 
the  apex  of  that  great  triangular  interspace  so  aptly 
named  "the  Wedge."  Upon  its  sharp  cliff  edge, 
Steamboat  Prow,  the  descending  neves  part,  it  has 
been  said,  like  swift-flowing  waters  upon  the  dividing 
bow  of  a  ship  at  anchor.  The  simile  is  an  excellent 
one ;  even  the  long  foam  crest,  rising  along  the  ship's 
side,  is  represented  by  a  wave  of  ice. 

Undoubtedly  the  Wedge  formerly  headed  much 
higher  up  on  the  mountain's  flank.  Perhaps  it  ex- 
tended upward  in  the  form  of  a  long,  attenuated 
"cleaver."  It  is  easy  to  see  how  the  ice  masses  im- 
pinging upon  it  have  reduced  it  to  successively  lower 
levels.  They  are  still  unrelentingly  at  work.  It  is  on 
the  back  of  the  Wedge,  it  may  be  added  here,  that  is 
situated  that  small  ice  body  which  Maj.  Ingraham 
named  the  "Interglacier."  That  name  has  since  been 
applied  in  a  generic  sense  to  all  similar  ice  bodies  lying 
on  the  backs  of  "wedges." 

Of  greatest  interest  on  the  Winthrop  Glacier  are 
the  ice  cascades  and  domes.  Evidently  the  glacier's 
bed  is  a  very  uneven  one,  giving  rise  to  falls  and  pools, 
such  as  one  observes  in  a  turbulent  trout  stream.  The 
cascades  explain  themselves  readily  enough,  but  the 
domes  require  a  word  of  interpretation.  They  are 
underlain  by  rounded  bosses  of  especially  resistant 
rock.  Over  these  the  ice  is  lifted,  much  as  is  the 
water  of  a  swift  mountain  torrent  over  submerged 
bowlders.  Immediately  above  each  obstruction  the 
ice  appears  compact  and  free  from  crevasses,  but  as 
it  reaches  the  top  and  begins  to  pour  over  it  breaks, 
and  a  network  of  intersecting  cracks  divides  it  into 

227 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

erect,  angular  blocks  and  fantastic  obelisks.  Below 
each  dome  there  is,  as  a  rule,  a  deep  hollow  partly  in- 
closed by  trailing  ice  ridges,  analogous  to  the  whirl- 
ing eddy  that  occurs  normally  below  a  bowlder  in  a 
brook.  Thus  does  a  glacier  simulate  a  stream  of 
water  even  in  its  minor  details. 

The  domes  of  the  Winthrop  Glacier  measure  50  to 
60  feet  in  height.  A  sample  of  the  kind  of  obstruction 
that  produces  them  appears,  as  if  specially  provided 
to  satisfy  human  curiosity,  near  the  terminus  of  the 
glacier.  There  one  may  see,  close  to  the  west  wall  of 
the  troughlike  bed,  a  projecting  rock  mass,  rounded 
and  smoothly  polished,  over  which  the  glacier  rode  but 
a  short  time  ago. 

Another  feature  of  interest  sometimes  met  with  on 
the  Winthrop  Glacier,  and  for  that  matter  also  on  the 
other  ice  streams  of  Mount  Rainier,  are  the  "glacier 
tables."  These  consist  of  slabs  of  rock  mounted  each 
on  a  pedestal  of  snow  and  producing  the  effect  of  huge 
toadstools.  The  slabs  are  always  of  large  size,  while 
the  pedestals  vary  from  a  few  inches  to  several  feet 
in  height. 

The  origin  of  the  rocks  may  be  traced  to  cliffs  of 
incoherent  volcanic  materials  that  disintegrate  under 
the  frequent  alternations  of  frost  and  thaw  and  send 
down  periodic  rock  avalanches,  the  larger  fragments 
of  which  bound  out  far  upon  the  glacier's  surface. 

The  snow  immediately  under  these  large  fragments 
is  effectually  protected  from  the  sun  and  does  not  melt, 
while  the  surrounding  snow,  being  unprotected,  is 
constantly  wasting  away,  often  at  the  rate  of  several 
inches  per  day.  Thus  in  time  each  rock  is  left  poised 
on  a  column  of  its  own  conserving.  There  is,  how- 
ever, a  limit  to  the  height  which  such  a  column  can 
attain,  for  as  soon  as  it  begins  to  exceed  a  certain 
height  the  protecting  shadow  of  the  capping  stone  no 
longer  reaches  down  to  the  base  of  the  pedestal  and 
the  slanting  rays  of  the  sun  soon  undermine  it.  More 

228 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

commonly,  however,  the  south  side  of  the  column 
becomes  softened  both  by  heat  transmitted  from  the 
sun-warmed  south  edge  of  the  stone,  as  well  as  by  heat 
reflected  from  the  surrounding  glacier  surface,  and  as 
a  consequence  the  table  begins  to  tilt.  On  very  hot 
days,  in  fact,  the  inclination  of  the  table  keeps  pace 
with  the  progress  of  the  sun,  much  after  the  manner 
of  a  sun-loving  flower,  the  slant  being  to  the  southeast 
in  the  forenoon  and  to  the  southwest  in  the  after- 
noon. As  the  snow  pillar  increases  in  height  it  becomes 
more  and  more  exposed  and  the  tilting  is  accentuated, 
until  at  last  the  rock  slides  down. 

In  its  new  position  the  slab  at  once  begins  to  gen- 
erate a  new  pedestal,  from  which  in  due  time  it  again 
slides  down,  and  so  the  process  may  be  repeated  several 
times  in  the  course  of  a  single  summer,  the  rock  shift- 
ing its  location  by  successive  slips  an  appreciable  dis- 
tance across  the  glacier  in  a  southerly  direction. 

As  has  been  stated,  the  slabs  on  glacier  tables  are 
always  of  large  size.  This  is  not  a  fortuitous  circum- 
stance ;  rocks  under  a  certain  size,  and  especially  frag- 
ments of  little  thickness,  cannot  produce  pedestals ;  in 
fact,  far  from  conserving  the  snow  under  them,  they 
accelerate  its  melting  and  sink  below  the  surface.  This 
is  especially  true  of  dark-colored  rocks.  Objects  of 
dark  color,  as  is  well  known  to  physicists,  have  a  faculty 
for  absorbing  heat,  whereas  light-colored  objects,  espe- 
cially white  ones,  reflect  it  best.  Dark-colored  frag- 
ments of  rock  lying  on  a  glacier,  accordingly,  warm 
rapidly  at  their  upper  surface  and,  if  thin,  forthwith 
transmit  their  heat  to  the  snow  under  them,  causing  it 
to  melt  much  faster  than  the  surrounding  clean  snow, 
which,  because  of  its  very  whiteness,  reflects  a  large 
percentage  of  the  heat  it  receives  from  the  sun.  As  a 
consequence  each  small  rock  fragment  and  even  each 
separate  dust  particle  on  a  glacier  melts  out  a  tiny  well 
of  its  own,  as  a  rule  not  vertically  downward  but  at  a 
slight  inclination  in  the  direction  of  the  noonday  sun. 

229 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

And  thus,  in  some  localities,  one  may  behold  the  ap- 
parently incongruous  spectacle  of  large  and  heavy 
rocks  supported  on  snow  pillars  alongside  of  little 
fragments  that  have  sunk  into  the  ice. 

There  is  also  a  limit  to  the  depth  which  the  little 
wells  may  attain ;  as  they  deepen,  the  rock  fragment 
at  the  bottom  receives  the  sun  heat  each  day  for  a 
progressively  shorter  period,  until  at  last  it  receives  so 
little  that  its  rate  of  sinking  becomes  less  than  that  of 
the  melting  glacier  surface.  Nevertheless  it  will  be 
clear  that  the  presence  of  scattered  rock  debris  on  a 
glacier  must  greatly  augment  the  rate  of  melting,  as 
it  fairly  honeycombs  the  ice  and  increases  the  number 
of  melting  surfaces.  Wherever  the  debris  is  dense,  on 
the  other  hand,  and  accumulates  on  the  glacier  in  a 
heavy  layer,  its  effect  becomes  a  protective  one  and 
surface  melting  is  retarded  instead  of  accelerated.  The 
dirt-covered  lower  ends  of  the  glaciers  of  Mount 
Rainier  are  thus  to  be  regarded  as  in  a  measure  pre- 
served by  the  debris  that  cloaks  them ;  their  life  is 
greatly  prolonged  by  the  unsightly  garment. 

In  many  ways  the  most  interesting  of  all  the  ice 
streams  on  Mount  Rainier  is  the  Carbon  Glacier,  the 
great  ice  river  on  the  north  side,  which  flows  between 
those  two  charming  natural  gardens,  Moraine  Park 
and  Spray  Park.  The  third  glacier  in  point  of  length, 
it  heads,  curiously,  not  on  the  summit,  but  in  a  pro- 
found, walled-in  amphitheater,  inset  low  into  the 
mountain's  flank.  This  amphitheater  is  what  is  tech- 
nically known  as  a  glacial  cirque,  a  horseshoe-shaped 
basin  elaborated  by  the  ice  from  a  deep  gash  that 
existed  originally  in  the  volcano's  side.  It  has  the 
distinction  of  being  the  largest  of  all  the  ice-sculptured 
cirques  on  Mount  Rainier,  and  one  of  the  grandest 
in  the  world.  It  measures  more  than  a  mile  and  a 
half  in  diameter,  while  its  head  wall  towers  a  sheer 
3,600  feet.  So  well  proportioned  is  the  great  hollow, 
however,  and  so  simple  are  its  outlines  that  the  eye 

230 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

finds  difficulty  in  correctly  estimating  the  dimensions. 
Not  until  an  avalanche  breaks  from  the  3OO-foot 
neve  cliff  above  and  hurls  itself  over  the  precipice  with 
crashing  thunder,  does  one  begin  to  realize  the  depth 
of  the  colossal  recess.  The  falling  snow  mass  is  several 
seconds  in  descending,  and  though  weighing  hundreds 
of  tons,  seemingly  floats  down  with  the  leisureliness  of 
a  feather. 

These  avalanches  were  once  believed  to  be  the  authors 
of  the  cirque.  They  were  thought  to  have  worn  back 
the  head  wall  little  by  little,  even  as  a  waterfall  causes 
the  cliff  under  it  to  recede.  But  the  real  manner  in 
which  glacial  cirques  evolve  is  better  understood  to- 
day. It  is  now  known  that  cirques  are  produced 
primarily  by  the  eroding  action  of  the  ice  masses  em- 
bedded in  them.  Slowly  creeping  forward,  these  ice 
masses,  shod  as  they  are  with  debris  derived  from  the 
encircling  cliffs,  scour  and  scoop  out  their  hollow  sites, 
and  enlarge  and  deepen  them  by  degrees.  Seconding 
this  work  is  the  rock-splitting  action  of  water  freezing 
in  the  interstices  of  the  rock  walls.  This  process  is 
particularly  effective  in  the  great  cleft  at  the  glacier's 
head,  between  ice  and  cliff.  This  abyss  is  periodically 
filled  with  fresh  snows,  which  freeze  to  the  rock ;  then, 
as  the  glacier  moves  away,  it  tears  or  plucks  out  the 
frost-split  fragments  from  the  wall.  Thus  the  latter 
is  continually  being  undercut.  The  overhanging  por- 
tions fall  down,  as  decomposition  lessens  their  cohesion, 
and  so  the  entire  cliff  recedes. 

A  glacier,  accordingly,  may  be  said,  literally,  to  gnaw 
headward  into  the  mountain.  But,  as  it  does  so,  it 
also  attacks  the  cliffs  that  flank  it,  and  as  a  consequence, 
the  depression  in  which  it  lies  tends  to  widen  and  to  be- 
come semicircular  in  plan.  In  its  greatest  perfection 
a  glacial  cirque  is  horseshoe-shaped  in  outline.  The 
Carbon  Glacier's  amphitheater,  it  will  be  noticed,  con- 
sists really  of  two  twin  cirques,  separated  by  an  angular 
buttress.  But  this  projection,  which  is  the  remnant 

231 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  a  formerly  long  spur  dividing  the  original  cavity, 
is  fast  being  eliminated  by  the  undermining  process, 
so  that  in  time  the  head  wall  will  describe  a  smooth, 
uninterrupted  horseshoe  curve. 

In  its  headward  growth  the  Carbon  Glacier,  as  one 
may  readily  observe  on  the  map,  has  encroached  con- 
siderably upon  the  summit  platform  of  the  mountain, 
the  massive  northwest  portion  of  the  crater  rim  of  which 
Liberty  Cap  is  the  highest  point.  In  so  doing  it  has 
made  great  inroads  upon  the  neve  fields  that  send  down 
the  avalanches,  and  has  reduced  this  source  of  supply. 
On  the  other  hand,  by  deploying  laterally,  the  glacier 
has  succeeded  in  capturing  part  of  the  neves  formerly 
tributary  to  the  ice  fields  to  the  west,  and  has  made 

fx>d  some  of  the  losses  due  to  its  headward  cutting, 
ut,  after  all,  these  are  events  of  relatively  slight 
importance  in  the  glacier's  career ;  for  like  the  lower 
ice  fields  of  the  Nisqually,  and  like  most  glaciers  on 
the  lower  slopes  of  the  mountain,  the  Carbon  Glacier 
is  not  wholly  dependent  upon  the  summit  neves  for 
its  supply  of  ice.  The  avalanches,  imposing  though 
they  are,  contribute  but  a  minor  portion  of  its  total 
bulk.  Most  of  its  mass  is  derived  directly  from  the 
low  hanging  snow  clouds,  or  is  blown  into  the  cirque  by 
eddying  winds.  How  abundantly  capable  these  agents 
are  to  create  large  ice  bodies  at  low  altitudes  is  con- 
vincingly demonstrated  by  the  extensive  neve  fields 
immediately  west  of  the  Carbon  Glacier,  for  which  the 
name  Russell  Glacier  has  recently  been  proposed.  It 
is  to  be  noted,  however,  that  these  ice  fields  lie  spread 
out  on  shelves  fairly  exposed  to  sun  and  wind.  How 
much  better  adapted  for  the  accumulation  of  snow  is 
the  Carbon  Glacier's  amphitheater  !  Not  only  does 
it  constitute  an  admirably  designed  catchment  basin 
for  wind-blown  snow,  but  an  effective  conserver  of  the 
neves  collecting  in  it.  Opening  to  the  north  only,  its 
encircling  cliffs  thoroughly  shield  the  contained  ice 
mass  from  the  sun.  By  its  very  form,  moreover,  it 

232 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

tends  to  prolong  the  glacier's  life,  for  the  latter  lies 
compactly  in  the  hollow  with  a  relatively  small  surface 
exposed  to  melting.  The  cirque,  therefore,  is  at  once 
the  product  of  the  glacier  and  its  generator  and  con- 
server. 

Of  the  lower  course  of  the  Carbon  Glacier  little  need 
here  be  said,  as  it  does  not  differ  materially  from  the 
lower  courses  of  the  glaciers  already  described.  It 
may  be  mentioned,  however,  that  toward  its  terminus 
the  glacier  makes  a  steep  descent  and  develops  a 
series  of  parallel  medial  moraines  and  that  it  reaches 
down  to  an  elevation  of  3,365  feet,  almost  600  feet 
lower  than  any  other  ice  stream  on  Mount  Rainier. 
A  beautiful  cave  usually  forms  at  the  point  of  exit  of 
the  Carbon  River. 

West  of  the  profound  canyon  of  the  Carbon  River, 
there  rises  a  craggy  range  which  the  Indians  have 
named  the  Mother  Mountains.  From  its  narrow  back- 
bone one  looks  down  on  either  side  into  broadly  open, 
semicircular  valley  heads.  Some  drain  northward  to 
the  Carbon  River,  some  southward  to  the  Mowich 
River.  Encircling  them  run  attenuated  rock  parti- 
tions, surmounted  by  low,  angular  peaks ;  while  cut- 
ting across  their  stairwise  descending  floors  are  pre- 
cipitous steps  of  rock,  a  hundred  feet  in  height.  On 
the  treads  lie  scattered  shallow  lakelets,  strung  to- 
gether by  little  silvery  brooks  trickling  in  capricious 
courses. 

Most  impressive  is  the  basin  that  lies  immediately 
under  the  west  end  of  the  range.  Smoothly  rounded 
like  a  bowl,  it  holds  in  its  center  an  almost  circular 
lake  of  vivid  emerald  hue  —  that  mysterious  body  of 
water  known  as  Crater  Lake.  Let  it  be  said  at  once 
that  this  appellation  is  an  unfortunate  misnomer.  The 
basin  is  not  of  volcanic  origin.  It  lies  in  lava  and  other 
volcanic  rocks,  to  be  sure,  but  these  are  merely  spread- 
ing layers  of  the  cone  of  Mount  Rainier.  Ice  is  the 
agent  responsible  for  the  carving  of  the  hollow.  It 

233 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

was  once  the  cradle  of  a  glacier,  and  that  ice  mass, 

giawing  headward  and  deploying  even  as  the  Carbon 
lacier  does  to-day,  enlarged  its  site  into  a  horseshoe 
basin,  a  typical  glacial  cirque.  The  lake  in  the  center 
is  a  strictly  normal  feature ;  many  glacial  cirques 
possess  such  bowls,  scooped  out  by  the  eroding  ice 
masses  from  the  weaker  portions  of  the  rock  floor ; 
only  it  is  seldom  that  such  features  acquire  the  sym- 
metry of  form  exhibited  by  Crater  Lake.  The  lake- 
lets observed  in  the  neighboring  valley  heads  —  all  of 
which  are  abandoned  cirques  — are  of  similar  origin. 

As  for  the  skeleton  character  of  the  dividing  crests, 
it  will  be  readily  seen  to  be  the  outcome  of  the  headward 
gnawing  of  opposing  cirques.  In  some  places,  even, 
the  deploying  process  has  attenuated  the  ridges  suf- 
ficiently to  break  them  through.  West  of  Crater 
Lake  is  an  instance  of  a  crest  that  has  thus  been 
breached. 

It  is  a  significant  fact  that  the  empty  cirques  about 
the  Mother  Mountains  lie  at  elevations  ranging  between 
4,500  and  6,000  feet ;  that  is,  on  an  average  5,000  feet 
lower  than  the  cirques  on  Mount  Rainier  which  now 
produce  glaciers.  Evidently  the  snow  line  in  glacial 
times  lay  at  a  much  lower  level  than  it  does  to-day, 
and  the  ice  mantle  of  Mount  Rainier  expanded  not 
merely  by  the  forward  lengthening  of  its  ice  tongues  but 
by  the  birth  of  numerous  new  glaciers  about  the  moun- 
tain's foot.  The  large  size  of  the  empty  cirques  and 
canyons,  moreover,  leads  one  to  infer  that  many  of 
these  new  glaciers  far  exceeded  in  volume  the  ice 
streams  descending  the  volcano's  sides.  The  latter,  it 
is  true,  increased  considerably  in  thickness  during 
glacial  times,  but  not  in  proportion  to  the  growth 
of  the  low-level  glaciers.  Nor  is  this  surprising  in 
view  of  the  heavy  snow  falls  occurring  on  the  moun- 
tain's lower  slopes.  There  is  good  reason  to  believe, 
moreover,  that  the  cool  glacial  climate  resulted  in  a 
general  lowering  of  the  zone  of  heaviest  snowfall.  It 

234 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

probably  was  depressed  to  levels  between  4,000  and 
6,000  feet.  Not  only  the  cirque  glaciers  about  the 
Mother  Mountains,  but  all  the  neighboring  ice  streams 
of  the  glacial  epoch  originated  within  this  zone,  as  is 
indicated  by  the  altitudes  of  the  cirques  throughout 
the  adjoining  portions  of  the  Cascade  Range.  By  their 
confluence  these  ice  bodies  produced  a  great  system  of 
glaciers  that  filled  all  the  valleys  of  this  mountain  belt 
and  even  protruded  beyond  its  western  front. 

To  these  extensive  valley  glaciers  the  ice  flows  of 
Mount  Rainier  stood  in  the  relation  of  mere  tributa- 
ries. They  descended  from  regions  of  rather  scant 
snowfall,  for  the  peak  in  those  days  of  frigid  climate 
rose  some  10,000  feet  above  the  zone  of  heaviest  snow- 
fall, into  atmospheric  strata  of  relative  dryness.  It 
may  well  be,  indeed,  that  it  carried  then  but  little  more 
snow  upon  its  summit  than  it  does  to-day. 

The  North  Mowich  Glacier  is  the  northernmost  of 
the  series  of  ice  bodies  on  the  west  flank  of  Mount 
Rainier.  Like  the  Carbon  Glacier,  it  heads  in  a  cirque 
at  the  base  of  the  Liberty  Cap  massif,  fed  by  direct 
snow  precipitation,  by  wind  drifting,  and  by  ava- 
lanches. The  cirque  is  small  and  shallow,  not  as 
capacious  even  as  either  of  the  twin  recesses  in  the 
Carbon  Glacier's  amphitheater.  As  a  consequence  the 
ice  stream  issuing  from  it  is  of  only  moderate  volume  ; 
nevertheless  it  attains  a  length  of  3f  miles.  This  is  due 
in  part  to  the  heavy  snows  that  reenforce  it  through- 
out its  middle  course  and  in  part  to  overflows  from  the 
ice  fields  bordering  it  on  the  south.  These  ice  fields, 
almost  extensive  enough  to  be  considered  a  distinct 
glacier,  are  separated  from  the  North  Mowich  Glacier 
only  by  a  row  of  pinnacles,  the  remnants  evidently  of 
a  narrow  rock  partition  or  "cleaver,"  now  demolished 
by  the  ice.  The  lowest  and  most  prominent  of  the 
rock  spires  bears  the  appropriate  name  of  "The  Needle" 
(7,587  feet). 

The  debris-covered  lower  end  of  the  glacier  splits 

235 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

into  two  short  lobes  on  a  rounded  boss  in  the  middle 
of  the  channel.  This  boss,  but  a  short  time  ago,  was 
overridden  by  the  glacier  and  then  undoubtedly  gave 
rise  to  an  ice  dome  of  the  kind  so  numerous  farther 
up  on  the  North  Mowich  Glacier  and  also  character- 
istic of  the  Winthrop  Glacier. 

Separated  from  the  ice  fields  of  the  North  Mowich 
Glacier  by  a  great  triangular  ice  field  (named  Ed- 
munds Glacier)  lies  the  South  Mowich  Glacier,  also  a 
cirque-born  ice  stream,  heading  against  the  base  of 
the  Liberty  Cap  massif.  It  is  the  shortest  of  the 
western  glaciers,  measuring  only  a  scant  3  miles. 
Aside  from  the  snows  accumulating  in  its  ill-shaped 
cirque  it  receives  strong  reinforcements  from  its  neigh- 
bor to  the  south  —  the  Puyallup  Glacier. 

Toward  its  lower  end  it  splits  into  two  unequal  lobes, 
the  southernmost  of  which  is  by  far  the  longer.  Sharp 
cut  rock  wedges  beyond  its  front  show  that  when  the 
glacier  extended  farther  down  it  split  again  and  again. 

The  north  lobe  is  of  interest  because  the  stream  that 
cascades  from  the  Edmunds  Glacier  runs  for  a  con- 
siderable distance  under  it.  In  the  near  future  the 
lobe  is  likely  to  recede  sufficiently  to  enable  the  torrent 
to  pass  unhindered  by  its  front. 

What  especially  distinguishes  the  Puyallup  Glacier 
from  its  neighbors  to  the  north  is  the  great  elevation 
of  its  cirque.  The  Carbon,  North  Mowich,  and 
South  Mowich  Glaciers  all  head  at  levels  of  about 
10,000  feet.  The  amphitheater  of  the  Puyallup  Gla- 
cier, on  the  contrary,  opens  a  full  2,000  feet  higher 
up.  Encircled  by  a  great  vertical  wall  that  cuts  into  the 
Liberty  Cap  platform  from  the  south,  it  has  evidently 
developed  through  glacial  sapping  from  a  hollow  of 
volcanic  origin.  From  this  great  reservoir  the  Puyal- 
lup Glacier  descends  by  a  rather  narrow  chute.  Then 
it  expands  again  to  a  width  of  three-fourths  of  a  mile 
and  sends  a  portion  of  its  volume  to  the  South  Mowich 
Glacier.  In  spite  of  this  loss  it  continues  to  expand, 

236 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

reaching  a  maximum  width  of  a  mile  and  a  total  length 
of  4  miles.  No  doubt  this  is  accounted  for  by  the 
heavy  snowfalls  that  replenish  it  throughout  its  course. 

Its  lower  end  consists  of  a  tortuous  ice  lobe  that 
describes  a  beautiful  curve,  flanked  on  the  north  by 
a  vertical  lava  cliff.  A  lesser  lobe  splits  off  to  the 
south  on  a  wedge  of  rock. 

Immediately  south  of  the  elevated  amphitheater  of 
the  Puyallup  Glacier  the  crater  rim  of  the  volcano  is 
breached  for  a  distance  of  half  a  mile.  Through  this 
gap  tumbles  a  voluminous  cascade  from  the  neve  fields 
about  the  summit,  and  this  cascade,  reenforced  by  a 
flow  from  the  Puyallup  cirque,  forms  the  great  Tahoma 
Glacier,  the  most  impressive  ice  stream  on  the  south- 
west side.  Separated  from  its  northern  neighbor  by 
a  rock  cleaver  of  remarkable  length  and  straightness, 
it  flows  in  a  direct  course  for  a  distance  of  5  miles.  Its 
surface,  more  than  a  mile  broad  in  places,  is  diversified 
by  countless  ice  falls  and  cataracts. 

A  mere  row  of  isolated  pinnacles  indicates  its  eastern 
border,  and  across  the  gaps  in  this  row  its  neves  coalesce 
with  those  of  the  South  Tahoma  Glacier.  Farther 
down  the  two  ice  streams  abruptly  part  company 
and  flow  in  wide  detours  around  a  cliff-girt,  castellated 
rock  mass  —  Glacier  Island  it  has  been  named.  The 
Tahoma  Glacier,  about  a  mile  above  its  terminus, 
spits  upon  a  low,  verdant  wedge  and  sends  a  lobe  south- 
ward which  skirts  the  walls  of  this  island  rock,  and  at 
its  base  meets  again  the  South  Tahoma  Glacier.  From 
here  on  the  two  ice  streams  merge  and  form  a  single 
densely  debris-laden  mass,  so  chaotic  in  appearance 
that  one  would  scarcely  take  it  for  a  glacier.  Num- 
erous rivulets  course  over  its  dark  surface  only  to  dis- 
appear in  mysterious  holes  and  clefts.  Profound,  cir- 
cular kettles  filled  with  muddy  water  often  develop  on 
it  during  the  summer  months,  and  after  a  brief  exist- 
ence empty  themselves  again  by  subglacial  passages 
or  by  a  newly  formed  crevasse.  So  abundant  is  the 

237 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

rock  debris  released  by  melting  that  the  wind  at  times 
whips  it  up  into  veritable  dust  storms. 

Beautifully  regular  moraines  accompany  the  ice  mass 
on  both  sides,  giving  clear  evidence  of  its  recent  shrinking. 

The  partner  of  the  Tahoma  Glacier,  known  as  the 
South  Tahoma  Glacier,  heads  in  a  profound  cirque 
sculptured  in  the  flanks  of  the  great  buttress  that 
culminates  in  Peak  Success  (14,150  feet).  It  is  in- 
teresting chiefly  as  an  example  of  a  cirque-born  glacier, 
nourished  almost  exclusively  by  direct  snowfalls  from 
the  clouds  and  by  eddying  {.winds.  In  spite  of  its  po- 
sition, exposed  to  the  midday  sun,  it  attains  a  length 
of  nearly  4  miles,  a  fact  which  impressively  attests 
the  ampleness  of  its  ice  supply. 

In  glacial  times  the  glacier  had  a  much  greater  vol- 
ume and  rose  high  enough  to  override  the  south  half 
of  Glacier  Island,  as  is  clearly  shown  by  the  glacial 
grooves  and  the  scattered  ice-worn  bowlders  on  that 
eminence.  As  the  glacier  shrank  it  continued  for  some 
time  to  send  a  lobe  through  the  gulch  in  the  middle  of 
the  island.  Even  now  a  portion  of  this  lobe  remains, 
but  it  no  longer  connects  with  the  Tahoma  Glacier. 

An  excellent  nearby  view  of  the  lower  cascades  of  the 
South  Tahoma  Glacier  may  be  had  from  the  ice-scarred 
rock  platform  west  of  Pyramid  Rock.  From  that  point, 
as  well  as  from  the  other  heights  of  [Indian]  Henrys 
Hunting  Ground,  one  may  enjoy  a  panorama  of  ice  and 
rock  such  as  is  seen  in  only  few  places  on  this  continent. 

East  of  the  South  Tahoma  Glacier,  heading  against 
a  great  cleaver  that  descends  from  Peak  Success,  lies 
a  triangular  ice  field,  or  interglacier,  named  Pyramid 
Glacier.  It  covers  a  fairly  smooth,  gently  sloping  plat- 
form underlain  by  a  heavy  lava  bed,  and  breaking  off 
at  its  lower  edge  in  precipitous,  columnar  cliffs.  Into 
this  platform  a  profound  but  narrow  box  canyon  has 
been  incised  by  an  ice  stream  descending  from  the  sum- 
mit neves  east  of  Peak  Success.  This  is  the  Kautz 
Glacier,  an  ice  stream  peculiar  for  its  exceeding  slender- 

238 


GLACIERS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

ness.  On  the  map  it  presents  almost  a  worm-like  ap- 
pearance, heightened  perhaps  by  its  strongly  sinuous 
course.  In  spite  of  its  meager  width,  which  averages 
about  1,000  feet,  the  ice  stream  attains  a  length  of 
almost  4  miles  and  descends  to  an  altitude  of  4,800 
feet.  This  no  doubt  is  to  be  attributed  in  large  meas- 
ure to  the  protecting  influence  of  the  box  canyon. 

It  receives  one  tributary  of  importance,  the  Success 
Glacier,  which  heads  in  a  cirque  against  the  flanks  of 
Peak  Success.  This  ice  stream  supplies  probably  one- 
third  of  the  total  bulk  of  the  Kautz  Glacier,  as  one 
may  infer  from  the  position  of  the  medial  moraine  that 
develops  at  the  point  of  confluence.  In  the  lower 
course  of  the  glacier  this  medial  moraine  grows  in 
width  and  height  until  it  assumes  the  proportions  of 
a  massive  ridge,  occupying  about  one-third  of  the 
breadth  of  the  ice  stream's  surface. 

A  singularly  fascinating  spectacle  is  that  which  the 
moraine-covered  lower  end  of  the  glacier  presents  from 
the  heights  of  Van  Trump  Park.  A  full  1,000  feet 
down  one  looks  upon  the  ice  stream  as  it  curves  around 
a  sharp  bend  in  its  canyon. 

A  short  distance  below  the  glacier's  terminus,  the 
canyon  contracts  abruptly  to  a  gorge  only  300  feet  in 
width.  So  resistant  is  the  columnar  basalt  in  this 
locality  that  the  ice  has  been  unable  to  hew  out  a  wider 
passage.  Not  its  entire  volume,  however,  was  squeezed 
through  the  narrow  portal ;  there  is  abundant  evidence 
showing  that  in  glacial  times  when  the  ice  stream  was 
more  voluminous  it  overrode  the  rock  buttresses  on 
the  west  side  of  the  gorge. 

The  name  of  P.  B.  Van  Trump,  the  hardy  pioneer 
climber  of  Mount  Rainier,  has  been  attached  to  the 
interglacier  situated  between  the  Kautz  and  the  Nis- 
qually  Glaciers.  This  ice  body  lies  on  the  uneven  sur- 
face of  an  extensive  wedge  that  tapers  upward  to  a 
sharp  point  —  one  of  the  remnants  of  the  old  crater 
rim.  A  number  of  small  ice  fields  are  distributed  on 


239 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

this  wedge,  each  ensconced  in  a  hollow  inclosed  more 
or  less  completely  by  low  ridges.  By  gradually  de- 
ploying each  of  these  ice  bodies  has  enlarged  its  site, 
and  thus  the  dividing  ridges  have  been  converted  into 
slender  rock  walls  or  cleavers.  In  many  places  they 
have  even  been  completely  consumed  and  the  ice 
fields  coalesce.  The  Van  Trump  Glacier  is  the  most 
extensive  of  these  composite  ice  fields.  The  rapid 
melting  which  it  has  suffered  in  the  last  decades,  how- 
ever, has  gone  far  toward  dismembering  it ;  already 
several  small  ice  strips  are  threatening  to  become 
separated  from  the  main  body. 

In  glacial  times  the  Van  Trump  Glacier  sent  forth 
at  least  six  lobes,  most  of  which  converged  farther 
down  in  the  narrow  valleys  traversing  the  attractive 
alpine  region  now  known  as  Van  Trump  Park.  This 
upland  park  owes  its  scenic  charm  largely  to  its  mani- 
fold glacial  features  and  is  diversified  by  cirques,  can- 
yons, lakelets,  moraines,  and  waterfalls. 

In  the  foregoing  descriptions  the  endeavor  has  been 
to  make  clear  how  widely  the  glaciers  of  Mount  Rainier 
differ  in  character,  in  situation,  and  in  size.  They 
are  not  to  be  conceived  as  mere  ice  tongues  radiating 
down  the  slopes  of  the  volcano  from  an  ice  cap  on  its 
crown.  There  is  no  ice  cap,  properly  speaking,  and 
there  has  perhaps  never  been  one  at  any  time  in  the 
mountain's  history,  not  even  during  the  glacial  epochs. 

Several  of  the  main  ice  streams  head  in  the  neves 
gathering  about  the  summit  craters,  but  a  larger  num- 
ber originate  in  profound  amphitheaters  carved  in  the 
mountain's  flanks,  at  levels  fully  4,000  feet  below  the 
summit.  In  the  general  distribution  of  the  glaciers 
the  low  temperatures  prevailing  at  high  altitudes  have, 
of  course,  been  a  controlling  factor ;  nevertheless  in 
many  instances  their  influence  has  been  outbalanced 
by  topographic  features  favoring  local  snow  accumu- 
lation and  by  the  heavy  snowfalls  occurring  on  the 
lower  slopes. 

240 


GEORGE  OTIS  SMITH. 


XV.    THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT    RAINIER 
BY  GEORGE  OTIS  SMITH 

DIRECTOR  GEORGE  OTIS  SMITH  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  was  born  at  Hodgdon,  Maine,  on  February  22,  1871. 
He  graduated  from  Colby  College  in  1893  and  obtained  his 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  from  Johns  Hopkins  University 
in  1896.  He  had  begun  his  geological  work  in  1893  and  from 
1896  to  1907  he  was  assistant  geologist  and  geologist  of  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey.  Since  1907  he  has  been 
director  of  that  important  branch  of  the  Government  work. 

He  had  been  studying  the  rocks  of  Mount  Rainier  before  he  joined 
Professor  Russell  in  the  explorations  of  1896.  The  record  of 
those  studies  was  published  at  the  same  time  as  Professor 
Russell's  report  in  the  Eighteenth  Annual  Report  of  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey  for  1896-1897.  With  his 
permission  the  record  is  here  reproduced  in  full.  So  far  as  is 
known  to  the  present  editor  it  is  the  most  complete  study  yet 
published  on  the  rocks  of  Mount  Rainier. 

The  earliest  geological  observations  on  the  struc- 
ture of  Mount  Rainier  were  made  in  1870  by  S.  F. 
Emmons,  of  the  Geological  Exploration  of  the  Fortieth 
Parallel.  The  rock  specimens  collected  at  this  time 
were  studied  later  by  Messrs.  Hague  and  Iddings,  of 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey.1  This  petro- 
graphical  study  showed  that  "Mount  Rainier  is  formed 
almost  wholly  of  hypersthene  andesite,  with  different 
conditions  of  groundmass  and  accompanied  by  horn- 
blende and  olivine  in  places."  The  only  other  petro- 
S-aphical  study  of  these  volcanics  is  that  of  Mr.  K. 
ebbeke,  of  Munich,2  upon  a  small  collection  made 
on  Mount  Rainier  by  Professor  Zittel  in  1883. 

On  the  reconnaissance  trips  on  the  northern  and 

1  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  3d  series,  Vol.  XXVI,  1883,  pp.  222-235. 

2  Neues  Jahrbuch  fur  Min.,  etc.,  Vol.  I,  1885,  pp.  222-226. 
R  241 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

eastern  slopes  of  Mount  Rainier,  during  the  seasons  of 
1895  and  1896,  the  writer  had  opportunity  to  make 
some  general  observations  on  the  rocks  of  this  moun- 
tain, and  the  petrographical  material  then  collected 
has  since  been  studied.  The  observations  and  col- 
lections were  of  necessity  limited,  both  by  the  recon- 
naissance character  of  the  examination  and  by  the 
mantle  of  snow  and  ice  which  covers  so  large  a  part  of 
this  volcanic  cone. 

Two  classes  of  rock  are  to  be  discussed  as  occurring 
on  Mount  Rainier :  the  lavas  and  pyroclastics  which 
compose  the  volcanic  cone  and  the  granitic  rocks 
forming  the  platform  upon  which  the  volcano  was 
built  up. 

VOLCANIC  ROCKS 

GEOLOGIC  RELATIONS 

On  Crater  Peak  a  dark  line  of  rock  appears  above 
the  snow,  and  here  the  outer  slope  of  the  crater  rim  is 
found  to  be  covered  with  blocks  of  lava.  A  black, 
loose-textured  andesite  is  most  abundant,  and  from 
its  occurrence  on  the  edge  of  this  well-defined  crater 
may  be  regarded  as  representing  the  later  eruptions  of 
Rainier.  Lower  down  on  the  slopes  of  the  mountain 
opportunities  for  the  study  of  the  structure  of  the 
volcanic  cone  are  found  in  the  bold  rock  masses  that 
mark  the  apexes  of  the  interglacial  areas.  Examples 
of  these  are  Little  Tahoma,  Gibraltar,  Cathedral 
Rock,  the  Wedge,  and  the  Guardian  Rocks.  These 
remnants  of  the  old  surface  of  the  cone,  together  with 
the  cliffs  that  bound  the  lower  courses  of  the  glaciers, 
exhibit  the  structural  relations  very  well. 

Even  when  viewed  from  a  distance  these  cliffs  and 
peaks  are  seen  to  be  composed  of  bedded  material. 
Projecting  ledges  interrupt  the  talus  slopes  and  express 
differences  of  hardness  in  the  several  beds,  while 
variations  in  color  also  indicate  separate  lava  flows 
and  agglomeratic  deposits.  Gibraltar  is  thus  seen  to 

242 


THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

be  composed  of  interbedded  lavas  and  pyroclastics, 
and  on  the  Wedge  a  similar  alternation  is  several  times 
repeated,  a  pink  agglomerate  being  exceptionally 
striking  in  appearance. 

These  lava  flows  and  beds  of  volcanic  ejectamenta 
thus  exposed  dip  away  from  the  summit  at  a  low 
angle.  The  steepest  dip  observed  was  in  the  amphi- 
theater at  the  head  of  Carbon  Glacier,  where  in  the 
dividing  spur  the  dip  to  the  northeast  is  about  30°. 
Some  exceptions  in  the  inclination  of  the  beds  were 
noted  on  the  southeastern  slope,  where  in  a  few  cases 
the  layers  are  horizontal,  or  even  dip  toward  the 
central  axis  of  the  cone.  In  general,  however,  the 
volcanics  composing  Mount  Rainier  may  be  said  to 
dip  away  from  the  summit  at  an  angle  somewhat  lower 
than  that  of  the  slopes  of  the  present  cone.  In  the 
outlying  ridges  to  the  north,  the  Mother  Range, 
Crescent  Mountain,  and  the  Sluiskin  Mountains,  the 
structure  seems  to  be  that  of  interbedded  volcanics 
approximately  horizontal.  The  extent  of  the  volcanics 
from  the  center  of  eruption  has  not  been  determined. 
Similar  lava  extends  to  the  south,  beyond  the  Tattoosh 
Range,  and  volcanics  of  similar  composition  occur  to 
the  north,  in  the  Tacoma  quadrangle.  The  latter 
lavas  and  tuffs  may  have  originated  from  smaller  and 
less  important  cones,  now  destroyed  by  erosion. 

A  radial  dike  was  observed  at  only  one  locality, 
near  the  base  of  Little  Tahoma.  In  several  cases  the 
lava  masses,  as  seen  in  cross  section,  are  lens-shaped, 
and  where  associated  with  fragmental  beds  have 
unconformable  relations.  This  shows  that  some  of 
the  lava  flows  took  the  form  of  streams,  relatively 
narrow,  rather  than  of  broad  sheets.  Such  a  feature 
is  in  accord  with  the  distribution  of  rock  types.  Thus 
along  Ptarmigan  Ridge  for  considerable  vertical  and 
horizontal  range  the  rock  shows  only  slight  variation. 
The  distribution  of  rock  types  will  be  more  fully  dis- 
cussed in  a  later  paragraph. 

243 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Of  how  large  a  part  of  the  lava  flows  the  crater  still 
remaining  was  the  point  of  origin  is  a  queston  to  be 
answered  only  after  more  detailed  observation  has 
been  made.  The  best  section  for  the  study  of  the  suc- 
cession of  flows  and  ejectamenta  is  the  amphitheater 
at  the  head  of  the  Carbon  Glacier.  The  4,000  feet  of 
rock  in  this  bold  wall  would  afford  an  excellent  oppor- 
tunity for  this  were  it  not  that  frequent  avalanches 
preclude  the  possibility  of  geologic  study  except  at 
long  range. 

MEGASCOPIC    CHARACTERS 

The  volcanic  rocks  of  Rainier  are  of  varying  color  and 
texture.  Dense  black  rocks  with  abundant  phenocrysts 
of  glassy  feldspars,  rough  and  coarse  lavas  of  different 
tints  of  pink,  red,  and  purple,  and  compact  light-gray 
rocks  are  some  of  the  types  represented  upon  the  slopes 
of  this  volcanic  cone.  In  color,  the  majority  of  the 
rocks  may  be  grouped  together  as  light  gray  to  dark 
gray.  The  black  and  red  lavas  are  less  common.  In 
texture,  the  Rainier  lavas  are,  for  the  most  part,  com- 
pact. Slaggy  and  scoriaceous  phases  are  common, 
but  probably  represent  only  a  small  part  of  the  differ- 
ent flows.  Near  the  Guardian  Rocks  large  masses  of 
ropy  lava  are  found  which  suggest  ejected  bombs. 
Agglomeratic  and  tuffaceous  rocks  are  of  quite  com- 
mon occurrence,  although  less  important  than  the 
lavas.  Vesicular  lavas  occur  at  several  localities, 
and  fragments  of  a  light-olive  pumice,  many  as  large 
as  a  foot  in  diameter,  wholly  cover  some  of  the  long, 
gentle  slopes  southeast  of  Little  Tahoma  and  in  Mo- 
raine Park. 

Contraction  parting  or  jointing  is  often  observed, 
being  especially  characteristic  of  the  basaltic  types. 
The  platy  parting  is  the  more  common,  but  the  col- 
umnar or  prismatic  parting  is  well  exhibited  at  several 
localities.  The  black  basaltic  lava  east  of  Cowlitz 
Glacier  shows  the  latter  structure  in  a  striking  manner. 

244 


THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

The  blocks  resemble  pigs  of  iron  in  size  and  shape, 
and  where  exposed  in  a  vertical  cliff  these  seem  to  be 
piled  in  various  positions. 

The  rocks  on  the  higher  slopes  of  Mount  Rainier  are 
in  general  very  fresh  in  appearance.  An  exception 
may  be  noted  in  the  case  of  the  rocks  at  the  base  of 
Little  Tahoma,  where  some  alteration  is  evident.  The 
bright  coloring  of  the  surfaces  of  the  lava  blocks  and 
the  general  appearance  of  the  face  of  the  cliff  may  in- 
dicate fumarole  action  at  this  point.  There  is  also 
some  decomposition  along  the  inner  edge  of  the  crater 
rim,  near  the  steam  vents.  On  the  lower  slopes,  some 
distance  below  the  snow  line,  the  freshness  of  the  rock 
is  not  a  noticeable  feature,  and  it  is  seen  that  here 
weathering  is  of  the  nature  of  chemical  decomposition 
as  well  as  of  mechanical  disintegration. 

MICROSCOPIC    CHARACTERS 

Microscopically  these  lavas  show  more  uniformity 
than  is  apparent  megascopically.  Rocks  which  in 
color  and  texture  appear  quite  diverse  are  found  to  be 
mineralogical  equivalents.  The  majority  of  these  rocks 
are  andesites,  the  hypersthene-andesites  predominat- 
ing, as  was  shown  by  Hague  and  Iddings ;  but  over 
large  areas  the  andesites  are  decidedly  basaltic,  and, 
indeed,  many  of  the  lavas  are  basalts.  The  mega- 
scopic differences  are  mostly  referable  to  groundmass 
characters,  the  color  of  the  rock  being  dependent  upon 
the  color  and  proportion  of  glassy  base  present.  There- 
fore the  degree  of  crystallization  of  groundmass  con- 
stituents is  of  more  importance  in  determining  the 
megascopic  appearance  than  is  the  mineralogical  com- 
position, and  the  basaltic  lavas  are  for  the  most  part 
light  gray  in  color,  while  the  more  acid  hypersthene- 
andesites  are  often  black  or  red. 

In  petrographic  character  the  lavas  range  from  hyper- 
sthene-andesite  to  basalt.  This  variation  is  dependent 

245 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

upon  the  ferromagnesian  silicates,  and  four  rock  types 
are  represented  —  hypersthene-andesite,  pyroxene-an- 
desite,  augite-andesite,  and  basalt  —  any  of  which 
may  carry  small  amounts  of  hornblende.  A  rigid 
separation  of  these  rock  types,  however,  is  impossible, 
since  insensible  gradations  connect  the  most  acid  with 
the  most  basic.  In  the  same  flow  hypersthene-andesite 
may  occur  in  one  portion,  while  in  close  proximity  the 
lava  is  an  augite-andesite. 

These  lavas  have  groundmass  textures  that  vary 
from  almost  holo-crystalline  to  glassy.  The  felted  or 
hyalopilitic  texture  is  the  most  common,  and  plagio- 
clase  is  the  principal  groundmass  constituent.  The 
feldspars  are  lath-shaped,  often  with  castellated  termi- 
nations. In  the  more  basic  phases  anhedrons  of  augite 
and  of  olivine  appear,  and  magnetite  grains  are  usually 
present.  Flowage  is  often  beautifully  expressed  by  the 
arrangement  of  the  slender  laths  of  feldspar. 

Among  the  phenocrysts  feldspar  is  the  most  promi- 
nent. It  has  the  usual  twinning  characteristic  of 
plagioclase  and  belongs  to  the  andesine-labradorite 
series,  extinction  angles  proving  basic  andesine  and 
acid  labradorite  to  be  the  most  common.  Zonal 
structure  is  characteristic,  being  noticeable  even  with- 
out the  use  of  polarized  light.  Zonal  arrangement  of 
glass  inclusions  testifies  to  the  vicissitudes  of  crystal- 
lization, and  often  the  core  of  a  feldspar  phenocryst 
is  seen  to  have  suffered  corrosion  by  the  magma  and 
subsequently  to  have  been  repaired  with  a  zone  of 
feldspar  more  acid  in  composition. 

Of  the  darker  phenocrysts,  the  pyroxenes  are 
more  abundant  than  the  olivine  or  hornblende.  Hy- 
persthene  and  augite  occur  alone  or  together,  and 
are  readily  distinguished  by  their  different  crystallo- 
graphic  habits  as  well  as  by  their  optical  properties. 
The  hypersthene  is  usually  more  perfectly  idiomorphic 
and  occurs  in  long  prisms,  with  the  pinacoidal  planes 
best  developed,  while  the  augite  is  in  stout  prisms, 

246 


THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

usually  twinned.  Both  are  light  colored,  and  the 
pleochroism  of  the  hypersthene  is  sometimes  quite 
faint.  According  to  the  relative  importance  of 
these  two  pyroxenes,  the  lavas  belong  to  different 
types,  hypersthene-andesite,  pyroxene-andesite,  or 
augite-andesite. 

Olivine  occurs  in  certain  of  the  Rainier  lavas,  in 
stout  prisms  somewhat  rounded  and  often  with  red- 
dened borders.  The  usual  association  with  apatite 
and  magnetite  crystals  is  noted.  The  olivine  varies 
much  in  relative  abundance,  so  as  to  be  considered  now 
an  accessory  and  now  an  essential  constituent,  and  in 
the  latter  case  the  rock  is  a  basalt. 

Hornblende  is  not  abundant  in  any  of  the  rocks 
studied,  although  typical  hornblende-andesite  has  been 
described  among  the  specimens  collected  by  Professor 
Zittel.  Where  it  occurs  it  is  in  brown  crystals,  which 
have  usually  suffered  magmatic  alteration.  In  one 
case,  where  this  alteration  is  less  marked,  the  idiomor- 
phic  hornblende  is  found  to  inclose  a  crystal  of  labra- 
dorite,  and  thus  must  have  been  one  of  the  latest 
phenocrysts  to  crystallize.  It  also  surrounds  olivine 
in  this  same  rock,1  which  is  a  hypersthene-andesite, 
the  hornblende  and  olivine  being  only  accessory. 

The  different  textures  of  these  lavas  are  doubtless 
expressive  primarily  of  diversity  in  the  physical  con- 
ditions of  consolidation,  but  also  in  part  of  variations 
in  chemical  composition.  The  variations  in  miner- 
alogical  composition  are  likewise  referable  to  these  two 
factors,  but  here  the  latter  is  the  more  important. 
The  hypersthene-augite  olivine  variation,  already  re- 
ferred to,  doubtless  well  expresses  the  chemical  compo- 
sition of  the  magma,  and  deserves  to  be  taken  as  the 
chief  criterion  in  the  classification  of  the  lavas.  As  was 
noted  by  Hague  and  Iddings,  the  hypersthene  and 
olivine  play  a  like  role,  the  former  occurring  when  the 
silica  percentage  is  somewhat  higher  than  in  basalt. 

1  Observed  by  Iddings:  Twelfth  Ann.  Kept.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  p.  612. 

247 


MOUNT  RAINIER 


It  is  exceptional  to  find  the  two  in  the  same  specimen, 
the  one  being  absent  whenever  the  other  is  present. 
The  following  analysis1  of  the  typical  hypersthene- 
andesite  from  Crater  Peak  shows  the  lava  to  be  a  com- 
paratively acid  andesite : 

ANALYSIS  OF  HYPERSTHENE-ANDESITE  FROM  CRATER  PEAK, 
MOUNT  RAINIER 


PER  CENT. 

SiO2   

6l.62 

A12O3  

1  6.  86 

FeO    •  .     .     . 

6.61 

CaO   

6.C7 

MeO  . 

2.17 

Na2O  

I.Q'i 

K2O   

1.66 

99.42 

An  analysis  2  of  one  of  the  light-gray,  olivine-bearing 
rocks  on  the  northern  slope  of  the  mountain  gives  a 
silica  percentage  of  54.86,  and  is  doubtless  represent- 
ative of  the  more  basic  of  the  Rainier  lavas. 

The  sporadic  occurrence  of  hornblende  in  these 
andesites  is  principally  the  result  of  physical  condi- 
tions rather  than  of  chemical  composition.  The  mag- 
matic  alteration  of  the  phenocrysts  of  hornblende 
affords  evidence  of  this  variation  in  consolidation  con- 
ditions, a  diminution  of  pressure  with  continuance  of 
slow  cooling  giving  rise  to  the  magmatic  alteration  of 
the  hornblende.  That  this  change  took  place  during 
the  later  stages  of  consolidation  is  shown  by  the  rela- 
tive age  of  the  hornblende,  noted  above,  and  also  by  the 
fact  that  in  one  case  a  phenocryst  of  augite,  where  it 
abuts  against  the  hornblende,  has  protected  the  latter 
from  this  alteration.  The  alteration  is  in  part  pseudo- 

1  Hague  and  Iddings :  Twelfth  Ann.  Kept.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  p.  225. 
*  Oebbeke,  op.  cit.,  p.  226. 

248 


THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

morphic,  the  hornblende  retaining  its  characteristic 
outlines,  but  often  there  has  been  resorption.  In 
one  andesite  the  abundance  of  these  remnants  of 
hornblende  and  also  of  augite  anhedrons  in  the  ground- 
mass  may  justify  the  conclusion  that  this  augite 
andesite  is  of  derivative  origin,  of  the  class  described 
by  Washington.1  It  may  be  noted  also  that  hyper- 
sthene  shows  a  tendency  to  magmatic  alteration, 
although  only  rarely. 

In  a  basal  flow  in  Moraine  Park,  the  slaggy  and 
compact  phases  show  differences  in  phenocrysts  as 
well  as  in  ground  mass.  The  glassy  rock  has  hyper- 
sthene  as  the  predominant  phenocryst,  while  feldspar 
is  the  more  important  in  the  compact  and  more  crys- 
talline andesite. 

The  distribution  of  the  rock  types  described  above 
is  of  interest.  On  the  northern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
between  Willis  and  Carbon  glaciers,  the  characteristic 
lava  is  a  gray  andesite,  smooth  to  rough  in  texture, 
and  showing  platy  and  columnar  parting.  Hyper- 
sthene  is  not  the  prevailing  pyroxene,  and  olivine  is 
usually  present,  often  in  such  abundance  as  to  make  the 
rock  a  basalt. 

In  Moraine  Park  gray  andesites  also  predominate, 
with  both  pyroxenes  as  phenocrysts,  but  here  hyper- 
sthene  is  the  more  important.  On  the  eastern  slope 
on  the  Wedge,  between  Winthrop  and  Emmons 
glaciers,  the  lavas  are  pyroxene-andesites  and  vary 
much  in  megascopic  appearance,  although  little  in 
microscopic  characters.  These  rocks  are  quite  dis- 
tinct from  any  seen  to  the  north.  The  nunatak  in 
Emmons  Glacier  is  composed  of  hypersthene-andesite, 
but  on  Little  Tahoma  the  lava  shows  more  variety. 
Both  augite-andesite  and  hypersthene-andesite  occur, 
while  at  the  southern  end  of  this  interglacial  rock  mass, 
just  east  of  Cowlitz  Glacier,  the  cliffs  are  composed  of 
the  prismatic  black  basalt.  On  Crater  Peak,  and 

1  Jour.  Geol.,  Vol.  IV,  1896,  p.  276. 

249 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

below  on  Gibraltar,  hypersthene  andesite  occurs  with 
considerable  variation  of  color  and  texture.  On  the 
spurs  west  of  Nisqually  Glacier  the  andesites  contain 
both  pyroxenes,  the  augite  being  somewhat  the  more 
important. 

The  distribution  of  the  volcanic  rocks,  as  deter- 
mined in  the  study  of  reconnaissance  collections,  in- 
dicates that  the  cone  has  been  built  up  by  eruptions  of 
lava  and  of  fragmental  material.  The  successive  lava 
streams  were  doubtless  of  considerable  thickness,  but 
were  limited  in  lateral  extent.  The  beds  of  fragmental 
material  are  of  the  nature  of  flow  breccias  and  of  coarse 
agglomerates  on  the  higher  slopes,  while  tuffs  occur  at 
a  greater  distance  from  the  center  of  eruption.  This 
composite  cone  appears  to  be  remarkably  free  from 
radial  dikes,  which  may  indicate  that  the  volcanic 
energy  was  expended  chiefly  at  the  crater.  The 
variation  in  rock  types  on  different  sides  of  the  volcanic 
cone  may  be  evidence  of  changes  in  position  of  the 
center  of  eruption.  The  destruction  of  an  earlier 
crater  and  the  eccentric  position  of  a  later  would  give 
rise  to  such  a  radial  distribution  of  lavas  as  has  been 
described  above. 

GRANITE 
OCCURRENCE 

The  presence  of  an  acid  holocrystalline  rock  on  the 
slopes  of  Mount  Rainier  was  first  reported  by  Lieu- 
tenant Kautz  in  1857,  from  whose  accounts  Dr.  George 
Gibbs  was  led  to  announce  the  occurrence  of  granite 
as  a  dike  in  recent  lavas.1  Emmons  in  1870  observed 
a  cliff  of  "beautiful  white  syenitic  granite"  rising 
above  the  foot  of  Nisqually  Glacier  and  correctly 
interpreted  the  geologic  relations.  In  1895,  on  a 
reconnaissance  trip,  the  writer  identified  granite  among 
the  bowlders  composing  the  lateral  moraines  of  Carbon 

1  Emmons,  Bull.  Am.  Geog.  Soc.,  1877,  No.  4,  p.  45. 
250 


THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Glacier,  as  well  as  on  the  surface  of  the  glacier  itself, 
and  in  the  following  season  bowlders  of  granite  were 
found  to  be  plentiful  in  the  river  bed  at  the  foot  of 
this  glacier.  This  anomaly  of  granite  bowlders  com- 
ing from  a  volcanic  peak  was  also  noted  in  the  canyon 
of  the  Nisqually  by  Emmons. 

In  the  somewhat  more  careful  study  of  the  Mount 
Rainier  rocks,  search  was  made  and  the  granite  was 
found  in  place  at  several  points  on  the  northeastern 
slope.  A  biotite-hornblende-granite  was  observed  on 
Carbon  River  at  the  mouth  of  Canada  Creek,  about  12 
miles  from  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier,  and  at 
Chenuis  Falls,  2  miles  up  the  river,  a  finer  grained 
holocrystalline  rock  occurs,  apparently  an  aplitic 
phase  of  the  granite.  In  the  lower  portion  of  Carbon 
Glacier,  near  its  eastern  edge,  a  nunatak  of  granite 
can  be  seen,  while  the  same  rock  occurs  farther  to  the 
east,  beyond  the  older  of  the  lateral  moraines.  Higher 
on  the  slopes  of  Rainier  a  more  marked  ridge  of  gran- 
ite was  traced.  A  knob  rises  above  the  eastern  moraine 
of  Carbon  Glacier  at  an  altitude  of  between  7,000  and 
8,000  feet,  and  the  more  prominent  features  to  the 
east  in  Moraine  Park  also  owe  their  survival  to  the 
greater  erosion-resisting  power  of  the  granite. 

PETROGRAPHIC    DESCRIPTION 

These  granites  have  few  features  worthy  of  special 
mention.  Hornblende  and  biotite  are  the  ferromag- 
nesian  constituents  and  vary  much  in  relative  im- 
portance. The  variations  from  hornblende-granite  to 
biotite-granite  occur  in  the  same  knob  or  ridge,  and 
considering  all  occurrences  the  two  varieties  seem  to  be 
of  equal  development.  There  is  also  some  variation 
in  the  amount  of  quartz  present,  and  in  the  relative 
importance  of  the  orthoclase  and  plagioclase.  All  of 
these  characters  are  also  found  in  the  granites  of  the 
Northern  Cascades. 

251 


MOUNT  RAINIER 


RELATION    TO   THE    VOLCANIC    ROCKS 

Along  the  side  of  the  knob  overlooking  Carbon  Gla- 
cier the  granite  as  seen  from  a  distance  appears  to  be 
intrusive.  Blocks  of  andesite  cover  the  slope,  de- 
posited there  by  the  glacier  at  a  time  when  it  possessed 
greater  lateral  extent,  and  the  granite  talus  from  above 
crosses  this  same  slope  in  a  narrow  band.  The  rela- 
tions prove  less  deceptive  on  close  examination,  and 
the  granite  is  seen  to  constitute  an  older  ridge.  Far- 
ther along  this  ridge,  at  the  cliffs  on  the  north-eastern 
edge  of  Moraine  Park,  the  granitic  rock  is  found  over- 
lain by  the  lava.  The  actual  contact  of  the  two  rocks 
is  concealed  by  soil  filling  the  crevice  left  by  disinte- 
gration along  the  contact  plane.  The  granite,  however, 
exhibits  no  intrusive  characters,  while  the  overlying 
andesite  becomes  scoriaceous  in  its  lower  portion, 
although  compact  immediately  above.  This  contact 
is  on  the  southern  side  of  the  granite  ridge,  the  crest  of 
which  is  approximately  east-west.  This  position  of 
the  lava  contact  considerably  below  the  highest  occur- 
rence of  the  granite  indicates  that  the  topographic  fea- 
tures of  this  old  granite  ridge  were  even  more  marked 
at  the  time  of  the  eruption  of  the  lavas  and  the 
building  of  the  volcanic  cone.  Above  this  ridge  of 
granite  on  the  one  side  tower  the  cliffs  of  bedded 
volcanics  which  compose  the  Sluiskin  Mountains,  and 
on  the  other  is  the  andesite  ridge  bounding  the  can- 
yon of  Winthrop  Glacier.  Thus  Mount  Rainier,  al- 
though a  volcanic  peak,  rests  upon  an  elevated  plat- 
form of  granite  which  is  exposed  by  erosion  at  a  few 
points  on  the  slopes  of  the  mountain. 

SUMMARY 

The  volcanic  rocks  of  Mount  Rainier  include  both 
lavas  and  pyroclastics.  The  breccias,  agglomerates, 
and  tuffs,  although  of  striking  appearance,  are,  per- 

252 


THE  ROCKS  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

haps,  less  important  elements  in  the  construction  of 
the  composite  cone. 

The  lavas  vary  much  in  color  and  texture,  but  these 
megascopic  differences  are  referable  rather  to  the 
degree  of  crystallization  of  the  magma  than  to  its 
chemical  character.  The  variation  in  the  chemical 
composition  of  the  lavas  expresses  itself  in  minera- 
logical  differences,  and  thus  four  rock  types  are  dis- 
tinguished —  hypersthene-andesite,  pyroxene-andesite, 
augite-andesite,  and  basalt.  The  distribution  of  these 
types  indicates  a  radial  arrangement  of  lava  streams, 
and  hypersthene-andesite  is  the  more  abundant  variety 
of  lava. 

Granite  is  exposed  on  the  slopes  of  Rainier  where 
erosion  has  cut  away  the  overlying  lava,  and  it  is  plain 
that  the  volcanic  cone  rests  upon  an  elevated  platform 
of  older  rock,  approximately  8,000  feet  above  sea  level. 


253 


XVI.    THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 
BY  PROFESSOR  CHARLES  V.  PIPER 

CHARLES  VANCOUVER  PIPER  was  born  on  Vancouver  Island,  at 
Victoria,  British  Columbia,  on  June  16,  1867.  He  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Washington  in  1885  and  since  then 
has  received  degrees  and  honors  from  other  institutions  and 
learned  societies.  He  was  professor  of  botany  and  zoology 
at  the  Washington  Agricultural  College  (now  State  College  of 
Washington)  from  1892  to  1903.  He  has  been  agrostologist 
in  charge  of  forage  crop  investigations  for  the  Bureau  of  Plant 
Industry,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  since  1903. 

He  has  discovered  many  new  forms  of  plant  life  and  has  published 
many  monographs  and  books  in  the  field  of  botany.  This 
account  of  the  flora  of  Mount  Rainier  was  first  published  in 
The  Mazama  (Portland,  Oregon)  in  two  articles,  one  in  Volume 
II,  Number  2  (April,  1901),  and  the  other  in  Volume  II, 
Number  4  (December,  1905).  They  are  reproduced  with  the 
consent  of  the  editor  of  The  Mazama,  and  Professor  Piper  has 
revised  and  amplified  them  for  this  purpose. 

Up  to  an  elevation  of  4,000  feet  or  more  the  flanks 
of  Mount  Rainier  are  clothed  in  a  continuous  belt  of 
somber  forest,  broken  only  where  glaciers  and  their 
nascent  streams  have  hewn  pathways,  or  where,  alas, 
fire  has  left  desolate  slopes  marked  here  and  there  by 
the  whitened,  weather-worn  shaft  of  some  old  tree,  a 
dreary  monument  to  its  destroyed  fellows.  This 
forest  is  composed  in  its  lower  reaches  largely  of  Douglas 
spruce.  Scattered  through  it  in  smaller  quantities 
one  finds  Lovely  fir,  Western  white  pine,  Western 
hemlock,  a  few  Engelmann  spruces,  and  on  the  stream 
banks  cedar  and  yew,  and  now  and  then  a  little  cotton- 
wood. 

At  about  the  3,$oo-foot  level  the  character  of  the 
forest  changes.  The  Western  hemlock  gives  way  to 

254 


Copyright  by  Harris  &  Ewing,  Washington,  D.  C. 

PROFESSOR  CHARLES  VANCOUVER  PIPER 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

the  larger-coned  Black  hemlock ;  the  Douglas  spruce 
and  Lovely  fir  are  replaced  by  the  Noble  fir;  and 
the  ragged-barked  Alaska  cedar  greets  the  eye.  An- 
other thousand  feet  and  the  Subalpine  fir  replaces  its 
two  near  relatives.  From  this  point  upward,  the 
forest,  now  composed  only  of  Black  hemlock,  Alaska 
cedar  and  Subalpine  fir,  to  which  in  some  places  the 
White-bark  pine  must  be  added,  is  confined  largely  to 
the  crests  of  ridges  and  straggles  up  the  mountain  in 
irregular  broken  lines.  Between  these  timbered  ridges 
extensive  grassy  slopes  appear,  veritable  flower  gardens 
when  in  their  glory. 

At  6,500  feet  elevation  the  timber  ceases  to  be. 
Scraggly  prostrate  firs  and  hemlocks,  sprawling  as  it 
were  on  the  earth  for  shelter,  mark  sharply  the  limit 
of  their  endurance.  Here,  too,  the  continuous  carpet 
of  grass  and  flowers  ceases  —  and  a  soil  of  volcanic 
sand  or  powdered  pumice  supports  a  very  different 
vegetation.  At  10,000  feet  the  toughest  mountaineer 
of  all  the  flowering  plants,  Smelowskia  ovalis,  still 
appears.  Far  above  this,  however,  even  to  the  crater's 
rim,  lichens  trace  their  hieroglyphics  on  the  rocks ; 
and  on  the  steam-warmed  rocks  of  the  crater  two 
mosses  find  lodgment,  Hypnum  elegans  Hooker  ?,  and 
Philonotis  fontana  Bridel,  the  latter  even  in  fruit. 

Few  plants  grow  in  the  dense  shades  of  the  lower 
forests,  and  these  are  mainly  ericaceous.  Most  plen- 
tiful are  Vaccinium  ovalifolium,  F.  macrophyllum, 
Gaultheria  ovatifolia,  Menziesia  ferruginea,  Pachystima 
myrsinites,  Cornus  canadensis  and  Clintonia  uniflora. 
Here,  too,  occur  several  weird-looking  whitish  or  reddish 
saprophytes,  Monotropa  hypopitys,  Pterospora  androme- 
dea,  and  Corallorhiza  mertensiana. 

On  the  drier  portions  of  the  grassy  slopes  Lupinus 
subalpinus,  Castilleja  oreopola,  Potentilla  flabellifolia, 
Pulsatilla  occidentalis,  Erigeron  salsuginosus,  Polygo- 
num  bistortoides,  Phyllodoce  empetriformis,  Cassiope 
mertensiana  and  Vaccinium  deliciosum  are  the  most 


255 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

attractive  plants.  Where  the  ground  is  springy  Vera- 
trum  viride  occurs  in  great  clumps  and  Dodecatheon 
jeffreyi,  Caltha  leptosepala  and  Ranunculus  suksdorfii 
are  plentiful. 

In  the  shelter  of  the  Alpine  trees  Rhododendron  albi- 
florum,  Ribes  howellii  and  Arnica  latifolia  flourish. 
Along  the  rills  Gentiana  calycosa,  Arnica  chamissonis 
and  Mimulus  lewisii  form  banks  of  color.  On  the 
cliffs  Chelone  nemorosa,  Spiraea  densiflora,  Polemo- 
nium  humile  and  Castilleja  rupicola  are  perhaps  most 
conspicuous. 

Above  the  limit  of  trees,  in  what  have  been  called 
"pumice  fields,"  a  characteristic  series  of  plants 
appears.  This  belt  ranges  in  altitude  from  6,500  to 
10,000  feet.  It  is  best  developed  on  the  east  side 
of  the  mountain,  where  the  avalanches  from  Little 
Tahoma  have  covered  great  areas  with  more  or  less 
finely  divided  basalt.  Conspicuous  plants  of  this 
region  are  Lupinus  lyalliiy  Spraguea  multiceps,  Polemo- 
nium  elegans,  Hulsea  nana,  Erigeron  aureus,  Oreostemma 
alpigena,  Polygonum  newberryi,  Poa  suksdorfii,  Draba 
aureola  and  Smelowskia  ovalis.  The  last  three  ascend 
to  above  Camp  Muir,  altitude  10,000  feet. 

The  first  botanist  to  visit  Mount  Rainier  was  Dr. 
William  F.  Tolmie,  surgeon  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Com- 
pany, who  reached  the  mountain  in  1833.  He  made 
considerable  collections,  which  were  sent  to  Sir  William 
Hooker.  Among  Tolmie's  plants  were  several  not 
previously  known. 

The  writer  collected  on  the  mountain  in  1888  and 
again  in  1889  and  1895.  Since  then  the  following 
botanists  have  made  collections  on  Mount  Rainier : 
Rev.  E.  C.  Smith,  in  1889  and  1890;  Dr.  E.  L.  Greene, 
in  1889 ;  Mr.  J.  B.  Flett  in  1895,  1896  and  since ;  Mr. 
M.  W.  Gorman  in  1897  ;  and  Mr.  O.  D.  Allen  from  1895 
to  about  1905. 

Most  of  the  work  done  thus  far  has  been  in  Paradise 
Park  and  its  immediate  vicinity.  Next  to  this,  the 

256 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

flora  of  Spray  Park  is  best  known.  The  east  slopes  of 
the  peak  have  been  partially  explored,  but  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  writer  no  botanist  has  ever  yet  col- 
lected on  the  west  slopes. 

The  list  of  plants  here  given  numbers  315  species. 
In  preparing  it,  Longmire  Springs,  altitude  2,850  feet, 
has  been  selected  as  the  lowermost  limit  on  the  south 
side  of  the  mountain,  and  Crater  Lake,  altitude  about 
3,500  feet,  as  the  limit  on  the  north  side.  It  is  quite 
certain  that  a  considerable  number  of  lowland  plants 
will  have  to  be  added  to  the  list  here  given,  and  it  is 
possible  that  a  few  have  been  included  that  will  have 
to  be  dropped,  as  the  exact  place  of  collection  of  some 
species  is  not  clearly  indicated  on  the  labels  of  the 
specimens.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  notes  are 
based  on  the  writer's  observations  and  specimens, 
and  refer  mainly  to  the  Paradise  Park  region. 

There  yet  remains  much  to  be  done  in  the  study  of 
the  Mount  Rainier  flora.  A  particularly  interesting 
phase  of  it  lies  in  the  matter  of  altitudinal  distribution 
of  the  various  species. 

No  attempt  is  here  made  to  list  the  plants  lower  than 
the  ferns.  The  writer  has  made  considerable  collections 
of  the  fungi,  liverworts  and  mosses  ;  and  Mr.  O.  D.  Allen 
has  also  collected  the  mosses.  These  plants  should 
receive  a  larger  amount  of  attention  from  botanists 
who  visit  the  mountain  in  the  future. 

The  following  plants  were  first  described  from  speci- 
mens obtained  on  Mount  Rainier : 

Petasites  nivalis  Greene. 
Luina  piperi  Robinson. 
Prenanthes  stricta  Greene. 
Oreostemma  alpigena  (Torrey  &  Gray)  Greene. 
Aster  amplifolius  Greene. 
Arnica  aspera  Greene. 
Castilleja  rupicola  Piper. 
Mimulus  caespitosus  Greene. 
Veronica  allenii  Greenman. 
Pedicularis  ornithorhyncha  Bentham. 
s  257 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Pedicularis  contorta  Bentham. 
Pentstemon  tolmiei  Hooker. 
Pentstemon  newberryi  rupicola  Piper. 
Gentiana  calycosa  Grisebach. 
Gentiana  calycosa  stricta  Grisebach. 
Hydrophyllum  congestum  Wiegand. 
Polemonium  elegans  Greene. 
Polemonium  bicolor  Greenman. 
Dodecatheon  crenatum  Greene. 
Vaccinium  deliciosum  Piper. 
Ligusticum  purpureum  Coulter  &  Rose. 
Hesperogenia  Strickland!  Coulter  &  Rose. 
Lupinus  volcanicus  Greene. 
Stellaria  washingtoniana  Robinson. 
Potentilla  flabellifolia  Hooker. 
Luzula  arcuata  major  Hooker. 
Sitanion  rigidum  J.  G.  Smith. 
Sitanion  rubescens  Piper. 
Poa  saxatilis  Scribner  &  Williams. 

The  type  specimens  of  Saxifraga  tolmiei  were  col- 
lected by  Tolmie  on  the  "N.  W.  Coast."  It  is  alto- 
gether probable  that  he  got  them  on  Mount  Rainier, 
where  the  plant  is  so  abundant. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES 

COMPOSITAE.     (Aster  Family.) 

Scorzonella  borealis  (Bongard)  Greene. 

A  plant  much  resembling  a  dandelion,  occurring  on  the  north 
side  of  the  mountain. 

Troximon  alpestre  Gray. 

A  plant  much  resembling  the  dandelion,  frequent  on  the  grassy 
slopes  at  5,500  feet  altitude. 

Troximon  aurantiacum  Hooker. 

This  species  has  entire  mostly  basal  leaves,  and  bears  a  single 
head  of  orange  or  purple  flowers.  Common  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet. 

Troximon  glaucum  asperum  (Rydberg)  Piper. 

(Agoseris  leontodon  asperum  Rydberg.) 

A  species  with  large  lemon-yellow  flowers  and  hoary  pubescent 
leaves.  It  occurs  in  the  pumice  and  lava  at  7,500  feet  altitude 
and  is  quite  abundant  near  the  base  of  Little  Tahoma. 

Hieracium  albiflorum  Hooker. 

A  tall  plant  with  hairy  entire  leaves  and  a  rather  ample  corymb 

258 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

of  white  flowers.  Essentially  a  lowland  plant,  but  occurring  up 
to  5,500  feet  altitude,  especially  in  burnt  ground. 

Hieracium  gracile  Hooker. 

A  small  hawkweed  with  yellow  flowers  in  black  hairy  involucres. 
A  common  plant  at  5,500  to  6,500  feet  altitude. 

Cirsium  edule  Nuttall. 

Plentiful  on  the  ridges  of  Moraine  Park  at  the  limit  of  trees. 
Also  reported  by  Gorman  as  occurring  in  open  woods  near  the 
timber  line  in  Cowlitz  canyon.  This  thistle  is  abundant  at  the 
sea  level,  and  the  roots  were  formerly  a  favorite  food  of  the  Indians. 

Saussurea  americana  D.  C.  Eaton. 

A  peculiar  plant  with  leafy  stems,  two  to  four  feet  high,  bearing 
a  dense  cluster  of  elongate  rayless  heads  of  purple  flowers.  Found 
only  on  the  high  ridge  north  of  the  foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Senecio  ochraceus  Piper. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  230. 

Senecio  triangularis  Hooker. 

A  tall  species  with  triangular  coarsely  dentate  leaves  and 
numerous  rather  small  heads  of  yellow  flowers.  Abundant  in  the 
marsh  at  Longmire  Springs  and  in  wet  places  on  the  mountain 
slopes  up  to  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Senecio  ductoris  Piper. 

A  low  species  with  thickish  crenate  leaves  and  deep  yellow  heads. 
Found  only  on  the  moraine  on  the  south  side  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Senecio  flettii  Wiegand. 

Found  near  Cowlitz  Chimneys  by  Miss  Winona  Bailey,  in  1915  ; 
previously  known  only  from  the  Olympic  Mountains. 

Arnica  latifolia  Bongard. 

A  smooth  cordate  leaved  plant  with  one  to  five  heads,  resembling 
small  sunflowers.  Not  uncommon  up  to  6,000  feet  altitude,  espe- 
cially in  the  shelter  of  timber. 

Arnica  mollis  Hooker. 

Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  the  leaves  oblong,  nearly  entire, 
and  viscid  glandular.  Abundant  along  the  rivulets,  4,000  to 
6,000  feet  altitude. 

Arnica  aspera  Greene. 

Described  from  specimens  collected  in  Spray  Park.  It  is  very 
similar  to  A.  mollis  Hooker,  but  the  pubescence  is  coarser. 

Arnica  eradiata  (Gray)  Heller. 

Closely  related  to  the  preceding  but  easily  recognized  by  its 
rayless  heads.  It  occurs  on  the  steep  slopes  above  Sluiskin  Falls. 

Luina  hypoleuca  Bentham. 

A  beautiful  suffruticose  plant,  six  to  twelve  inches  high,  with 

259 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

entire  oval  leaves  shining  green  above  and  white  tomentose  be- 
neath. It  was  originally  discovered  by  Dr.  Lyall,  of  the  Inter- 
national Boundary  Survey,  in  the  Cascade  Mountains  at  the 
49th  parallel.  It  is  not  uncommon  about  Mount  Rainier,  occur- 
ing  on  perpendicular  cliffs  along  the  Cowlitz  Glacier;  in  similar 
places  on  the  banks  of  the  Nisqually  at  Longmire  Springs ;  and 
on  the  gravel  bars  of  the  same  river.  The  flowers  are  cream- 
colored. 

Rainiera  stricta  Greene. 

(Prenanthes  stricta  Greene.) 

(Luina  piperi  Robinson.) 

(Luina  stricta.  Robinson.)    . 

A  tall  plant  with  large  oblong  entire  leaves  and  a  long  raceme  of 
yellowish,  rayless  heads.  Professor  Greene  makes  it  the  type  of  a 
new  genus  Rainiera,  while  Dr.  Robinson  refers  it  to  Luina.  The 
plant  has  been  collected  in  Spray  Park  by  Professor  Greene; 
on  the  Goat  Mountains,  Allen ;  near  Mount  Adams,  Henderson ; 
head  of  Naches  River,  Vasey ;  and  on  the  high  ridge  northeast  of 
the  foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier  by  the  writer.  The  statement  that  the 
plant  has  milky  juice  is  an  error. 

Petasites  speciosa  (Nuttall)  Piper. 

(Nardosmia  speciosa  Nuttall.) 

Abundant  along  streams  up  to  3,000  feet  altitude.  Easily 
recognized  by  its  large  palmate  leaves,  which  frequently  measure 
a  foot  or  more  in  diameter.  The  flowers  appear  very  early  in 
spring  with  the  leaves  and  have  an  odor  suggesting  violets.  This 
species  is  clearly  distinct  from  the  Eastern  P.  palmata  (Aiton)  Gray 
and  was  long  ago  well  characterized  by  Nuttall. 

Petasites  frigida  (Linnaeus)  Fries. 

(Petasites  nivalis  Greene). 

Common  along  rivulets  4,000  to  5,000  feet  altitude.  Re- 
sembling the  preceding  species,  but  much  smaller  and  with  quite 
different  leaves. 

Achillea  lanulosa  Nuttall. 

An  Alpine  form  of  the  common  Western  yarrow.  Not  rare 
in  the  decayed  lava  at  6,000  to  7,000  feet  altitude. 

Hulsea  nana  Gray. 

A  sticky  plant  with  pinnatifid  leaves  and  large  yellow  heads. 
Plentiful  on  the  east  side  of  the  mountain  near  the  base  of  Little 
Tahoma  in  the  pumice  fields.  This  seems  to  be  the  northern- 
most limit  of  the  plant. 

Anaphalis  margaritacea  occidentalis  Greene. 
The  well-known  "  Everlasting  Flower,"  which  occurs  in  dry  or 
burnt  woods  up  to  4,000  feet  altitude. 

260 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT   RAINIER 

Antennaria  media  Greene. 

A  small  depressed  cudweed,  only  an  inch  or  two  high.  Common 
at  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Antennaria  lanata  (Hooker)  Greene. 

Like  the  preceding  but  larger  and  more  hairy.  Grassy  slopes 
at  6,000  feet.  Common. 

Antennaria  racemosa  Hooker. 

Collected  by  Allen  in  the  "  upper  valley  of  the  Nisqually." 
A  much  larger  and  greener  plant  than  the  preceding  species. 

Erigeron  salsuginosus  (Richardson)  Gray. 

The  common  pink  aster  or  "  daisy  "  of  the  grassy  slopes.  One 
of  the  most  conspicuous  plants  at  4,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude, 
but  even  ascending  to  7,000  feet  in  a  much  dwarfed  form. 

Erigeron  acris  debilis  Gray. 

An  insignificant  white-flowered  species,  rare  at  about  7,500  feet 
altitude. 

Erigeron  compositus  trifidus  (Hooker)  Gray. 
A  small  pinkish  aster,  with  the  leaves  cut  into  linear  lobes. 
Growing  in  decayed  lava  at  7,500  feet  altitude. 

Erigeron  speciosus  De  Candolle. 

A  handsome  species  with  entire  ciliate  leaves  and  rather  numer- 
ous heads,  with  deep  violet  rays.  Collected  by  Allen  in  the  Goat 
Mountains,  No.  222. 

Erigeron  aureus  Greene. 

(Aplopappus  brandegei  Gray.) 

A  beautiful  little  aster  with  bright  golden  rays,  the  solitary  heads 
on  scapes  two  or  three  inches  tall.  Abundant  in  the  pumice, 
7,500-8,000  feet  altitude. 

Aster  ledophyllus  Gray. 

A  tall  species  with  leafy  stems,  and  numerous  middle-sized 
heads  with  pink-purple  rays.  The  leaves  are  entire,  pubescent 
on  the  under  side.  Not  uncommon  on  the  grassy  slopes  at  5,000 
feet  altitude. 

Aster  foliaceus  frondeus  Gray. 

(Aster  amplifolius  Greene.) 

A  species  with  broad  half-clasping  leaves  and  deep-violet- 
colored  rays.  Professor  Greene's  type  came  from  Mount  Rainier, 
but  his  species  seems  not  to  differ  from  the  plant  earlier  described 
by  Dr.  Gray. 

Oreostemma  alpigena  (Torrey  &  Gray)  Greene. 

(Aster  pulchellus  D.  C.  Eaton.) 

A  low  plant  with  narrow  tufted  leaves,  the  scapes  bearing  one 
or  rarely  two  large  heads.  The  rays  are  deep  violet.  The  plant 

261 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

is  common  in  the  pumice  fields  at  7,00x5-8,000  feet  altitude,  but, 
strange  to  say,  also  occurs  on  the  borders  of  small  lakes  at  the 
foot  of  Pinnacle  Peak  at  4,500  feet  elevation.  In  exposed  places 
at  high  altitudes  the  leaves  are  often  curiously  twisted.  It  was 
originally  described  from  the  specimen  collected  on  Mount  Rainier 
by  Tolmie. 

Solidago  algida  Piper. 

A  small  goldenrod,  two  to  twelve  inches  tall,  occurring  ordinarily 
on  the  faces  of  perpendicular  cliff's  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

Artemisia  borealis  wormskioldii  Besser. 

A  silky  canescent  wormwood  about  one  foot  high,  its  leaves 
pinnate ;  found  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountain  by  Flett. 

Artemisia  richardsoniana  Besser. 

In  the  Synoptical  Flora,  Vol.  II,  p.  371,  this  species  is  stated 
to  have  been  collected  on  Mount  Rainier  by  Tolmie.  On  the 
sheet  in  the  Gray  Herbarium  Dr.  Gray  has  indicated  that  this  is 
an  error,  the  specimens  having  really  been  collected  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  by  Burke. 
CAMPANULACEAE.  (Bellflower  Family.) 

Campanula  rotundifolia  Linnaeus. 

This  charming  and  familiar  blue  bell  is  abundant  on  the  cliffs 
near  the  foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 
VALERIANACEAE.     (Valerian  Family.) 

Valeriana  sitchensis  Bongard. 

An  abundant  plant  at  4,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude.  The  leaves 
are  pinnately  compound,  the  rather  large  leaflets  repandly  den- 
tate. The  flowers  are  whitish,  usually  pink  tinged.  Like  other 
species,  this  valerian  has  a  decidedly  unpleasant  odor,  that  is 
difficult  to  compare  with  any  other.  To  the  writer  the  odor  is 
always  associated  with  mountain  meadows,  doubtless  because  it 
so  frequently  predominates  in  such  places. 

RUBIACEAE.     (Madder  Family.) 

Galium  triflorum  Michaux. 

A  very  common  species  of  bedstraw  which  ascends  on  the  lower 
slopes  of  the  mountain. 

Galium  oreganum  Britton. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  296. 
SCROPHULARIACEAE.     (Figwort  Family.) 

Chelone  nemorosa  Douglas. 

A  handsome  plant  with  opposite  serrate  leaves  and  corymbs  of 
purple-red  flowers  somewhat  like  those  of  the  foxglove.  Dry 
cliffs  and  slopes  at  5,000  feet  altitude.  Also  reported  by  Gorman 
as  occurring  at  Longmire  Springs. 

262 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Pentstemon  conf ertus  Douglas. 

A  species  with  entire  leaves  and  dense  clusters  of  small  pale 
yellow  flowers.  In  its  typical  form  the  species  is  one  to  two 
feet  tall,  but  on  Mount  Rainier,  where  it  occurs  at  from  7,000  to 
8,000  feet  elevation,  it  is  reduced  to  two  to  four  inches  high,  but 
otherwise  not  differing  from  the  type. 

Pentstemon  procerus  Douglas. 

Like  the  above,  but  blue  flowered.  It  occurs  at  8,000  feet  and 
on  Rainier  is  scarcely  two  inches  tall,  while  at  lower  altitudes  it 
is  frequently  as  many  feet  high.  This  dwarf  Alpine  form  has 
been  described  by  Professor  Greene  as  a  new  species  under  the 
name  of  Pentstemon  pulchellus.  It  is  an  interesting  fact  that 
Tolmie  long  ago  collected  on  Mount  Rainier  a  dwarf  species  which 
Hooker  named  Pentstemon  tolmiei.  But  alas,  the  specimens  are 
in  fruit,  and  it  is  past  finding  out  now  whether  his  plant  was  the 
yellow-flowered  or  the  blue-flowered  form.  Most  likely,  however, 
it  was  the  latter,  as  that  is  far  more  frequent  than  the  yellow- 
flowered  form. 

Pentstemon  diffusus  Douglas. 

A  handsome  species  with  serrate  leaves  and  blue-purple  flowers. 
Mount  Rainier,  Piper  2068.  Goat  Mountains,  Allen  129. 

Pentstemon  ovatus  Douglas. 

Much  like  the  preceding  plant,  differing  essentially  in  the 
anthers.  Collected  by  Allen  "  mountains  near  the  upper  valley 
of  the  Nisqually,"  and  by  the  writer  on  the  slopes  of  Mount 
Rainier. 

Pentstemon  menziesii  Hooker. 

A  dwarf  prostrate  plant  with  thickish  evergreen  toothed  leaves 
and  dull  purple  flowers,  abundant  on  the  rocks  at  8,000  feet 
elevation.  A  variety  with  the  leaves  entire  instead  of  denticu- 
late, P.  davidsonii  Greene,  also  occurs  on  the  mountain. 

Pentstemon  rupicola  (Piper)  Howell. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  but  with  glaucous  leaves  and  rose- 
colored  larger  flowers.  The  writer  found  it  originally  on  the 
perpendicular  cliffs,  at  the  limit  of  trees  above  "  Camp  of  the 
Clouds." 

Collinsia  tenella   (Pursh)   Piper. 

Collected  by  Flett  on  an  old  moraine  along  the  Carbon  Glacier. 

Mimulus  lewisii  Pursh. 

Abundant  along  rills,  4,000  to  5,000  feet  altitude.  Easily 
known  by  its  opposite  dentate  leaves,  viscid  pubescence  and  rose- 
purple  corollas.  The  original  specimens  were  collected  in  Idaho 
by  the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition. 

263 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Mimulus  breweri  (Greene)  Rydberg. 
(Eunanus  breweri  Greene.) 

A  minute  species  with  pale  purple  flowers,  abundant  on  dry 
cliffs  near  "  Camp  of  the  Clouds." 

Mimulus  alpinus  (Gray)  Piper. 

(M.  luteus  alpinus  Gray.) 

(Af.  scouleri  caespitosus  Greene.) 

A  dwarf  plant  with  matted  stolons,  the  bright  yellow  flowers 
painting  the  cliffs  wherever  there  is  dripping  water.  The  Mount 
Rainier  plants  match  closely  the  original  types  collected  by  Dr. 
Parry  in  Wyoming,  so  that  Professor  Greene's  name  is  clearly  a 
synonym  of  the  earlier  one  of  Gray. 

Veronica  alpina  Linnaeus. 

A  small  plant  two  or  three  inches  high,  with  several  pairs  of 
small,  ovate,  pubescent  leaves,  and  a  terminal  raceme  of  small  blue 
flowers.  Common  at  4,500  to  5,500  feet  altitude. 

Veronica  cusickii  Gray. 

A  very  similar  plant  to  the  above,  but  with  larger  blue  flowers 
and  smooth  leaves.  Abundant  just  above  "  Camp  of  the  Clouds." 

Veronica  allenii  Greenman. 

Much  like  the  preceding  species,  but  with  smaller  white  flowers. 
A  new  species  discovered  by  Allen  "  near  Paradise  River  at  5,400 
feet  elevation." 

Castilleja  miniata  Douglas. 

This  vivid  scarlet  "  Painted  Cup  "  or  "  Indian  Pink  "  is  easily 
known  by  its  entire  leaves.  Not  infrequent  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet ; 
also  occurring  at  lower  altitudes  down  to  sea-level. 

Castilleja  angustifolia  hispida  (Bentham)  Fernald. 
Very  similar  to  the  last,  but  the  flower  spikes  shorter  and  the 
leaves  cut-lobed.     Bear  Prairie,  Allen. 

Castilleja  rupicola  Piper. 

Like  the  last,  but  smaller,  the  leaves  usually  purplish  and  deeply 
cut,  the  flowers  intensely  scarlet  and  with  very  long  beaks.  On 
the  cliffs  on  both  sides  of  Sluiskin  Falls,  whence  the  original  speci- 
mens were  obtained. 

Castilleja  oreopola  Greenman. 

The  common  species  of  the  grassy  slopes,  the  flowers  reddish- 
purple  or  occasionally  white. 

Pedicularis  bracteosa  Bentham. 

A  tall  "  lousewort,"  with  fern-like  leaves  and  a  long  terminal 
spike  of  greenish-white  flowers.  Frequent  in  wet  places  up  to 
5,500  feet  altitude. 

364 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Pedicularis  contorta  Douglas. 

A  yellow-flowered  species  not  rare  at  7,000  feet  elevation  along 
the  Nisqually  Glacier.  First  found  by  Tolmie  on  Mount  Rainier. 

Pedicularis  surrecta  Bentham. 

The  reddish  flowers  with  long,  coiled  beaks  easily  distinguish 
this  plant.  Common  in  wet  meadows  at  4,000  feet  altitude. 

Pedicularis  ornithorhyncha  Bentham. 

Much  like  the  preceding  but  with  beakless  flowers.  Originally 
described  from  Mount  Rainier  specimens  collected  by  Tolmie  in 
1833,  and  not  again  seen  until  the  writer  collected  them  in  the  same 
place  in  1888.  The  plant  has  since  been  found  at  two  or  three 
places  north  of  Mount  Rainier,  but  all  in  Washington. 

Pedicularis  racemosa  Douglas. 

The  commonest  species,  easily  known  by  its  half  prostrate  habit, 
lanceolate  leaves,  and  short  clusters  of  white  or  pinkish  twisted 
flowers.  Ranges  from  3,000  to  5,000  feet  elevation. 

PINGUICULACEAE.     (Butterwort  Family.) 

Pinguicula  vulgaris  Linnaeus. 

The  butterwort,  with  its  greasy  entire  leaves  in  a  rosette  and 
solitary  violet  flowers  is  not  rare  on  moist  cliffs. 

LABIATAE.     (Mint  Family.) 

Madronella  discolor  Greene. 

A  very  sweet-smelling  plant,  the  only  mint  as  yet  found  on  the 
mountain.  Occurs  on  the  talus  of  the  high  cliffs  on  the  north  side 
of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

BORAGINACEAE.     (Borage  Family.) 

Mertensia  laevigata  Piper. 

A  handsome  branched  herb,  two  feet  high  or  more.  The  large 
entire  leaves  and  the  cluster  of  small  blue  tubular  flowers  make 
it  readily  recognizable.  Frequent  at  4,000  to  5,000  feet  altitude. 

Cryptantha  muriculata  (A.  De  Candolle)  Greene. 
Goat  Mountains,  Flett;    a  small  common  lowland  plant  with 
white  flowers. 

HYDROPHYLLACEAE.     (Waterleaf  Family.) 

Hydrophyllum  albifrons  Heller. 

(Hydrophyllum  congestum  Wiegand.) 

On  the  meadows  near  Van  Trump  Glacier. 

Romanzoffia  sitchensis  Bongard. 

A  handsome  little  plant  with  orbicular  coarsely  dentate  leaves 
and  a  loose  cluster  of  small  white  flowers.  In  habit  much  like 
some  saxifrages.  Rare  on  wet  cliff's  near  Sluiskin  Falls. 

265 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Phacelia  nemoralis  Greene. 

This  plant  occurs  on  rock  talus  along  the  north  side  of  Cowlitz 
Glacier. 

Phacelia  sericea  Gray. 

A  handsome  species  with  silvery  leaves  and  dense  clusters  of 
purple  flowers.  Collected  somewhere  on  the  mountain  by  Rev. 
E.  C.  Smith  in  1890. 

POLEMONIACEAE.     (Phlox  Family.) 

Phlox  difiusa  Bentham. 

A  prostrate  plant  with  acerose  leaves,  when  in  bloom  forming 
dense  masses  of  pale  blue.  Common  at  5,500  to  6,500  feet  altitude, 
in  rocky  soil. 

Gilia  gracilis  (Douglas)  Hooker. 

Growing  on  an  old  moraine  along  Carbon  Glacier,  Flett. 

Gilia  nuttallii  Gray. 

A  white-flowered  species  found  by  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith  in  1890 
somewhere  on  the  southwest  slopes  of  the  mountain. 

Collomia  debilis  (Watson)  Greene. 

Not  rare  in  talus  at  the  base  of  basalt  cliffs  on  the  east  side  of 
the  mountain  at  7,000  feet  altitude. 

Collomia  heterophylla  Hooker. 

Found  by  Mr.  Gorman  on  the  gravelly  banks  of  the  Nisqually 
at  Longmire  Springs ;  also  by  Flett ;  a  common  lowland  plant. 

Polemonium  humile  Roemer  &  Schultes. 

A  handsome  plant  with  pinnate  leaves  and  corymbs  of  pale 
blue  flowers.  Common  on  the  rocks  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet 
altitude. 

Polemonium  elegans  Greene. 

(P.  bicolor  Greenman.) 

Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  smaller  and  very  glandular,  the 
blue  flowers  having  a  large  yellow  center.  Rather  rare  in  pumice 
at  7,500  feet  elevation. 

Polemonium  viscosum  pilosum  Greenman. 

Very  much  like  the  preceding  plant.  Discovered  by  Allen  on 
the  Goat  Mountains,  No.  261. 

GENTIANACEAE.     (Gentian  Family.) 

Gentiana  calycosa  Grisebach. 

An  elegant  plant  with  deep  blue  bell-shaped  flowers.  Abun- 
dant along  the  rills  at  5,000  feet.  The  species  was  described  from 
Mount  Rainier  specimens  collected  by  Tolmie  in  1833.  Grisebach 
also  described  a  variety  stricta,  based  on  very  trivial  characters. 

266 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

PRIMULACEAE.     (Primrose  Family.) 

Dodecatheon  Jeffrey!  Van  Houtte. 
(D.  crenatum  Greene.) 
(D.  viviparum  Greene.) 

Plentiful  in  wet  places  at  4,500  to  5,500  feet  elevation.  Pro- 
fessor Greene's  types  came  from  Spray  Park. 

Douglasia  laevigata  Gray. 

A  handsome  little  plant  forming  broad  mats  and  bearing  blood- 
red  flowers  in  corymbs.  Goat  Mountains,  Allen. 

Trientalis  latif olia  Hooker. 

Gorman  reports  this  plant  as  occurring  in  coniferous  woods 
between  Longmire  Springs  and  Paradise  Park. 

PYROLACEAE.     (Indian  Pipe  Family.) 

Chimaphila  umbellata  (Linnaeus)  Nuttall. 

Reported  by  Gorman  "  on  the  trail  above  Longmire  Springs, 
in  coniferous  woods." 

Chimaphila  menziesii  (R.  Brown)  Sprengel. 

In  deep  coniferous  woods,  2,000  to  4,000  feet  elevation. 

Pyrola  secunda  Linnaeus. 
Growing  with  the  preceding. 

Pyrola  bracteata  Hooker. 

Reported  by  Gorman  "  in  coniferous  woods  along  the  Nis- 
qually  River  at  2,850  feet." 

Moneses  uniflora  (Linnaeus)  Gray. 

In  woods  near  the  base  of  the  mountain. 

Monotropa  hypopitys  Linnaeus. 

Common  in  the  dense  shade  of  conifers  along  the  trail  above 
Longmire's. 

Pterospora  andromedea  Nuttall. 

This  peculiar  plant  occurs  along  the  Nisqually  trail  at  about 
3,000  feet  altitude.. 

AUotropa  virgata  Torrey  &  Gray. 

This  queer  plant  is  abundant  in  coniferous  woods  on  the  north 
side  of  the  mountain,  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  comes  within 
our  limits. 

ERICACEAE.     (Heath  Family.) 

Menziesia  glabella  Gray. 

A  shrub  four  to  eight  feet  high,  much  resembling  a  huckle- 
berry, but  the  fruit  is  dry. 

Kalmia  polifolia  microphylla  (Hooker)  Piper. 

In  wet  places  at  7,000  feet  altitude  near  Nisqually  Glacier. 

267 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Phyllodoce  empetriformis  (Smith)  D.  Don. 

The  common  red-flowered  heather,  abundant  on  dryish  slopes 
at  5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

Phyllodoce  glanduliflora  (Hooker)  Coville. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  but  the  flowers  yellowish-white  and 
glandular.  Frequent  at  6,500  to  7,500  feet  elevation. 

Cassiope  mertensiana  (Bongard)  Donn. 

A  low  shrub  growing  with  Phyllodoce  empetriformis,  and  having 
small  pendent,  bell-shaped  white  flowers. 

Harrimanella  stelleriana  (Pallas)  Coville. 

On  the  moist  cliff's  overlooking  the  Nisqually  Glacier,  at  5,500  feet 
elevation.  This  is  the  southernmost  known  station  for  the  plant. 

Gaultheria  shallon  Pursh. 

The  salal-berry  is  reported  by  Gorman  to  occur  in  coniferous 
woods  between  Longmire  Springs  and  Paradise  Park. 

Gaultheria  ovatifolia  Gray. 

This  species  resembles  a  diminutive  plant  of  the  preceding,  but 
the  berries  are  red  and  spicy,  and  borne  singly  in  the  axils  of  the 
leaves.  Abundant  in  the  coniferous  woods  at  3,000  to  3,500  feet 
elevation. 

Gaultheria  humifusa  (Graham)  Rydberg. 

Much  like  a  small  plant  of  the  preceding  species,  and  only  an 
inch  or  two  high.  Not  rare  on  the  slopes  near  Sluiskin  Falls. 

Rhododendron  albiflorum  Hooker. 

(Cladothamnus  campanulatus  Greene). 

The  white-flowered  azalea  so  common  in  the  shelter  of  trees 
at  5,000  to  5,500  feet  elevation. 

Arctostaphylos  uva-ursi  Linnaeus. 

The  kinnikinnik,  essentially  a  lowland  plant,  covers  the  rocks 
at  8,000  feet  altitude  near  Nisqually  Glacier. 

Arctostaphylos  nevadensis  Gray. 

On  the  gravel  bars  of  the  Nisqually  at  Longmire  Springs. 

Vaccinium  macrophyllum  (Hooker)  Piper. 

The  most  valuable  of  all  the  native  huckleberries.  Easily 
recognized  by  the  nearly  black,  not  glaucous  berries,  and  finely 
serrate  leaves.  Plentiful  at  3,000  to  4,000  feet  altitude. 

Vaccinium  ovalifolium  Smith. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  but  taller,  the  leaves  entire,  and  the 
glaucous  black  berries  not  nearly  so  sweet. 

Vaccinium  myrtillus  microphyllum  Hooker. 
(V .  scoparium  Leiberg.) 

A  low,  broom-like  species,  with  small  leaves  and  red  or  wine- 
colored  berries.  On  dry  ridges,  4,000  to  5,000  feet  altitude. 

268 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Vaccinium  deliciosum  Piper. 

This  is  the  common  bilberry  of  the  alpine  meadows  of  the  Cas- 
cade and  Olympic  Mountains  in  Washington,  where  it  is  abundant 
at  4,500  to  5,500  feet  altitude.  In  habit  and  fruit  it  resembles  V. 
caespitosum,  but  in  floral  characters  V.  ovalifolium,  to  which  Dr. 
Gray  rather  hesitatingly  referred  it.  From  this  last  it  may  readily 
be  distinguished  by  its  serrulate  leaves  and  low  habit,  its  relatively 
longer  filaments,  which  in  V.  ovalifolium  are  only  one  half  as  long 
as  the  anthers,  and  its  small-seeded  fruit  of  very  different  flavor. 
Very  young  leaves  have  the  serrulations  tipped  with  small  glandular 
appendages. 

UMBELLIFERAE.     (Parsley  Family.) 

Ligusticum  purpureum  Coulter  &  Rose. 

A  tall  "  wild  parsnip,"  with  fern-like  leaves  and  small  whitish 
or  purple-tinged  flowers.  Everywhere  on  the  slopes,  4,000  to 
6,000  feet  elevation. 

Lomatium  angustatum  Coulter  &  Rose. 
In  rock  talus  near  Sluiskin  Falls. 

Lomatium  triternatum  Coulter  &  Rose. 

A  form  of  this  variable  species  was  found  on  the  Goat  Moun- 
tains by  Allen,  No.  257. 

Angelica  lyallii  Watson. 

Paradise  Park,  5,000  feet  elevation.  Also  common  near  the 
foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Sanicula  septentrionalis  Greene. 
Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  254. 

Osmorhiza  ambigua  (Gray)  Coulter  &  Rose. 
Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  256. 

Heracleum  lanatum  Michaux. 
Common  at  4,000  feet  elevation. 

Hesperogenia  stricklandi  Coulter  &  Rose. 

An  interesting  plant,  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  found  in  Paradise 
Park  by  Allen  and  by  Strickland.  Also  collected  on  the  mountain 
by  Flett.  Occurs  at  6,500  feet  elevation. 

HALORAGIDACEAE.     (Water  Milfoil  Family.) 

Hippuris  vulgaris  Linnaeus. 

Found  by  Allen  at  Longmire  Springs. 

Hippuris  montana  Ledebour. 

An  interesting  little  species  much  resembling  some  mosses. 
It  frequently  mats  the  ground  in  wet  places  at  4,500  feet  eleva- 
tion. 

269 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

ONAGRACEAE.     (Evening  Primrose  Family.) 

Epilobium  spicatum  Lamarck. 

The  common  "  fireweed,"  reported  by  Gorman  on  the  "  grassy 
slopes,  5,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude." 

Epilobium  latifolium  Linnaeus. 

A  species  with  flowers  like  the  preceding,  but  only  four  to  six 
inches  tall.  Found  by  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith  near  the  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Epilobium  luteum  Pursh. 

A  yellow-flowered  species  common  along  streams,  3,000  to  5,000 
feet  elevation. 

Epilobium  alpinum  Linnaeus. 

(E.  hornemanni  Reichenbach.) 

Common  at  4,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Epilobium  anagallidifolium  Lamarck. 

A  minute  species  found  on  the  Tatoosh  Mountains  by  Allen. 

Epilobium  clavatum  Trelease. 

Gravelly  slopes  at  5,000  feet.  Plentiful  along  the  Cowlitz 
Glacier. 

Epilobium  fastigiatum  (Nuttall)  Piper. 

A  glaucous-leaved  small  species,  on  the  gravel  bars  of  the  Nis- 
qually,  and  up  to  4,500  feet  elevation. 

Gayophytum  ramosissimum  Torrey  &  Gray. 

On  gravelly  slopes  near  the  foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

VIOLACEAE.     (Violet  Family.) 

Viola  palustris  Linnaeus. 

The  common  swamp  violet  was  found  at  Narada  Falls  by  Flett. 

Viola  adunca  Smith. 

Rare  in  rock  crevices  near  Sluiskin  Falls.     Flowers  deep  violet. 

Viola  montane nsis  Rydberg. 

Like  the  preceding,  but  the  leaves  puberulent.  Near  Van 
Trump  Glacier,  at  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Viola  glabella  Nuttall. 

A  yellow-flowered  species  common  along  streams  and  in  rich 
woods  up  to  3,000  feet  altitude. 

HYPERICACEAE.     (St.  Johnswort  Family.) 
Hypericum  bryophytum  Elmer. 
A  diminutive  plant  along  rills  at  5,000  feet  elevation. 

ACERACEAE.     (Maple  Family.) 

Acer  douglasii  Hooker. 

The  smooth  maple  is  common  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Nis- 
qually. 

270 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

CELASTRACEAE.     (Staff  Tree  Family.) 

Pachystima  myrsinites  (Pursh)  Rafinesgue. 

An  evergreen  shrub  two  or  three  feet  high,  having  considerable 
resemblance  to  a  huckleberry.  Common  in  coniferous  woods  at 
3,000  to  4,000  feet  elevation. 

EMPETRACEAE.     (Crowberry  Family.) 

Empetrum  nigrum  Linnaeus. 

A  prostrate  cespitose  shrub  with  yew-like  leaves  and  black 
berries.  Common  on  the  rocks  at  7,500  feet  altitude. 

OXALIDACEAE.     (Oxalis  Family.) 

Oxalis  oregana  Nuttall. 

Common  in  rich,  moist  woods  up  to  3,000  feet  altitude. 

Oxalis  trilliifolia  Hooker. 

With  the  preceding,  which  it  resembles.  It  may  be  distinguished 
by  its  scapes  bearing  several  flowers,  instead  of  only  one,  and  by 
its  narrow  pods. 

LEGUMINOSAE.     (Pea  Family.) 

Lupinus  subalpinus  Piper  &  Robinson. 

The  common  lupine  of  the  grassy  slopes,  4,000  to  6,000  feet 
altitude. 

Lupinus  volcanicus  Greene. 

A  small  species,  with  hairy  pubescence,  growing  above  the  limit 
of  the  preceding  and  below  that  of  the  following. 

Lupinus  lyallii  Watson. 

A  lovely  little  plant  with  silvery  foliage.  Abundant  in  the 
pumice  fields  at  7,000  to  8,000  feet  altitude. 

Lathyrus  pauciflorus  Fernald. 

A  wild  pea  with  purple  flowers  collected  by  Allen  in  the  Goat 
Mountains. 

Lathyrus  nevadensis  Watson. 

Very  like  the  preceding  but  with  white  flowers.  Collected  by 
Allen,  No.  297,  on  mountains  near  the  upper  valley  of  the  Nis- 
qually. 

Oxytropis  cusickii  Greenman. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  245. 

ROSACEAE.     (Rose  Family.) 

Spiraea  densiflora  Nuttall. 

A  low  shrub  with  dense  corymbs  of  rose-colored  flowers.  Com- 
mon in  bogs  at  4,500  feet,  and  on  rock  cliffs  up  to  6,000  feet  eleva- 
tion. 

271 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Eriogynia  pectinata  (Pursh)  Hooker. 

A  little  shrub  only  two  or  three  inches  tall,  forming  dense 
mats.  The  plant  should  easily  be  recognized  by  its  sharply  cleft 
leaves  and  dense  erect  racemes  of  white  flowers.  Abundant  at 
5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation.  Gorman  reports  it  from  near  the 
"  Sphinx,"  8,500  feet. 

Rubus  nivalis  Douglas. 

A  trailing  vine,  with  glossy,  green,  simple  leaves.  Common  in 
the  coniferous  forests  at  3,000  feet  altitude,  where  it  seldom  blooms. 
On  exposed  rocks  and  banks  one  rarely  finds  its  dull  red  flowers 
or  bright  red,  raspberry-like,  sour  fruit. 

Rubus  pedatus  Smith. 

A  trailing  herbaceous  plant,  with  palmately  compound  leaves 
and  strawberry-like  blossoms.  The  smooth  red  fruit  is  sour,  and 
consists  of  only  a  few  large  drupelets.  Common  in  the  woods  up 
to  4,000  feet  altitude. 

Rubus  lasiococcus  Gray. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  but  with  simple  leaves  and  pubescent 
fruit.  Grows  with  the  preceding,  and  up  to  5,000  feet  or  more. 

Potentilla  flabellifolia  Hooker. 

The  common  cinquefoil  of  the  meadows,  with  bright  yellow 
buttercup-like  flowers.  Plentiful  at  5,000  feet  elevation. 

Potentilla  dissecta  Pursh. 

This  has  been  collected  by  Allen  on  the  Goat  Mountains,  No.  251. 

Potentilla  glaucophylla  Lehmann. 

Near  the  foot  of  Gibraltar,  at  8,500  feet  altitude. 

Potentilla  villosa  Pallas. 

A  species  with  silvery  strawberry-like  leaves  and  bright  yellow 
flowers.  On  the  cliffs  near  the  foot  of  Little  Tahoma,  at  7,500 
feet  elevation. 

Potentilla  fruticosa  tenuifolia  (Willdenow)  Lehmann. 
This  shrubby  cinquefoil  occurs  along  White  River  Glacier. 

Sibbaldia  procumbens  Linnaeus. 
Abundant  on  the  ridge  near  Sluiskin  Falls. 

Dryas  octopetala  Linnaeus. 

Found  in  talus  between  Urania  and  White  Glaciers  by  Pro- 
fessor Flett.  This  is  the  southernmost  known  station  in  the 
Cascade  Mountains. 

Pyrus  occidentalis  Watson. 

This  mountain  ash  occurs  at  4,500  to  5,000  feet  altitude,  usually 
forming  dense  clumps.  It  is  seldom  over  four  feet  high.  From 
related  species  its  dull  purple  glaucous  fruit  and  dull  green  leaves, 
serrate  only  near  the  apex,  easily  distinguish  it. 

272 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Pyrus  sitchensis  (Roemer)  Piper. 

(Sorbus  sitchensis  Roemer.) 

This  species  grows  from  four  to  fifteen  feet  high,  and  is  easily 
known  by  its  intense  scarlet  fruit  and  shining  leaflets,  which  are 
sharply  serrate  to  the  base.  The  plant  of  the  Cascade  Mountains 
matches  exactly  with  the  type  from  Sitka,  and  we  can  detect  no 
differences  in  the  shrub  common  in  the  Blue  Mountains  and  in 
Western  Idaho.  This  shrub  has  heretofore  been  known  as  Pyrus 
sambucifolia  Chamisso  &  Schlechtendahl,  but  authentic  Kam- 
tschatka  specimens  of  this  last  are  clearly  different  from  our  plant. 

Rosa  nutkana  Presl. 

This  common  wild  rose  has  been  collected  by  Allen  on  the  Goat 
Mountains,  at  4,500  feet  elevation. 

SAXIFRAGACEAE.     (Saxifrage  Family.) 

Ribes  howellii  Greene. 

(Ribes  acerifolium  Howell.) 

A  small  currant,  two  to  four  feet  high,  with  pendent  racemes 
of  flowers  and  glaucous  black  fruit.  Common  in  the  shelter  of 
trees  up  to  their  limit. 

Ribes  bracteosum  Douglas. 

A  currant  with  very  large  leaves  and  long,  erect  racemes  of 
greenish  flowers ;  fruit  black.  It  is  common  along  streams  at  low 
altitudes,  and  is  locally  known  as  "  stink  currant."  Gorman  re- 
ports it  from  Cowlitz  Canyon,  near  the  timber  line. 

Ribes  lacustre  (Persoon)  Poiret. 

This  very  prickly  gooseberry  is  reported  by  Gorman  from  the 
same  locality  as  the  preceding. 

Leptarrhena  amplexifolia  (Sternberg)  Seringe. 

A  handsome  plant,  with  a  radical  tuft  of  oblong  crenate  ever- 
green leaves,  and  an  erect  scape  of  small  greenish  flowers  in  a 
corymb.  The  pods  when  mature  are  usually  deeply  tinged  with 
purple.  Common  on  the  borders  of  rills  at  5,000  feet,  and  on  the 
wet  cliffs  near  Sluiskin  Falls.  Also  reported  by  Professor  Greene 
from  Spray  Park. 

Tiarella  unifoliata  Hooker. 

Common  in  rich  woods  up  to  3,500  feet  elevation. 

Mitella  breweri  Watson. 

In  the  shelter  of  trees,  common  at  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Mitella  pentandra  Hooker. 

Much  like  the  preceding  and  found  in  similar  places. 

Mitella  trifida  Graham. 

Found  on  Mount  Rainier  and  on  Goat  Mountains  by  Allen. 

T  273 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Parnassia  fimbriata  Konig. 

A  plant  with  radical  reniform  leaves  and  one-flowered  scapes. 
The  petals  are  white  and  fringed.  Not  rare  in  moist  places  near 
Sluiskin  Falls ;  also  at  Crater  Lake. 

Heuchera  glabra  Willdenow. 

On  the  cliffs  near  Camp  of  the  Clouds. 

Heuchera  micrantha  Douglas. 

Mount  Rainier,  Tolmie,  according  to  Hooker. 

Elmera  racemosa  (Watson)  Rydberg. 

(Heuchera  racemosa  Watson.) 

Rock  crevices  at  the  base  of  Little  Tahoma ;  rare. 

Suksdorfia  ranunculifolia  (Hooker)  Engler. 

Rock  Cliffs  near  Camp  of  the  Clouds. 

Saxifraga  bongardi  Presl. 

Common  along  rills,  5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

Saxifraga  bronchialis  austromontana  (Wiegand)  Piper. 
Abundant  on  rock  cliffs  near  Longmire  Springs,  and  frequent 
up  to  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Saxifraga  marshallii  Greene. 

Rare  on  the  cliffs  near  Sluiskin  Falls.  Also  collected  on  the 
Goat  Mountains  by  Mr.  Allen. 

Saxifraga  odontoloma  Piper. 

A  species  with  reniform,  coarsely  dentate  leaves.  Common 
along  the  rivulets,  5,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Saxifraga  nelsoniana  D.  Don. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  but  the  petals  oval  instead  of  orbicular 
and  clawed.  Near  Camp  of  the  Clouds ;  rare. 

Saxifraga  mertensiana  Bongard. 

Much  like  S.  odontoloma,  but  the  leaves  doubly  dentate,  and 
usually  bearing  bulblets  among  the  flowers.  North  side  of  Cow- 
litz  Glacier;  rare. 

Saxifraga  tolmaei  Torrey  &  Gray. 

Abundant  at  5,000  to  7,500  feet  elevation,  blooming  as  soon  as 
the  snow  melts.  Easily  known  by  its  small,  thick,  entire  leaves, 
and  small  white  flowers,  solitary  on  scapes  an  inch  or  two  high. 
Originally  found  by  Tolmie,  from  whose  specimens  the  species 
was  described. 

Saxifraga  debilis  Engelmann. 

Found  on  Mount  Rainier  by  Mr.  Allen.  This  is  the  first  record 
of  the  plant  west  of  Colorado. 

Saxifraga  caespitosa  Linnaeus. 

Collected  by  Flett  and  by  Allen.     Leaves  3  to  5-lobed. 

274 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

CRASSULACEAE.     (Stonecrop  Family.) 

Sedum  divergens  Watson. 

This  species  is  easily  known  by  its  small  globular  leaves.  Com- 
mon on  the  cliffs  near  Sluiskin  Falls. 

CRUCIFERAE.     (Mustard  Family.) 

Draba  aureola  Watson. 

A  viscid  yellow-flowered  species,  rather  rare  at  and  near  Camp 
Muir. 

Draba  lonchocarpa  Rydberg. 

In  pumice  sand  at  8,500  feet  altitude. 

Arabis  lyallii  Watson. 

Common  along  Paradise  River,  at  5,000  feet  altitude,  but  also 
occurring  in  the  pumice  at  7,500  feet. 

Arabis  drummondii  Gray. 

Piper  No.  2065,  referable  to  this  species,  is  from  Mount  Rainier. 
Collected  near  the  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Cardamine  kamtschatica  (Regel)  Schulz. 

(C.  umbellata  Greene.) 

A  small  "  bitter-cress,'*  not  rare  along  rills  at  5,000  feet  eleva- 
tion. 

Erysimum  asperum  (Nuttall)  De  Candolle. 

A  yellow-flowered  plant  much  like  a  wallflower,  rare  at  6,000 
feet  altitude.  It  occurs  also  in  loose  rock  near  Interglacier. 

Smelowskia  ovalis  Jones. 

A  small,  white-flowered,  canescent  plant,  interesting  because  it 
ascends  Mount  Rainier  higher  than  any  other  flowering  plant. 
Common  from  8,000  to  10,000  feet  altitude.  One  specimen  was 
collected  quite  at  the  base  of  "  The  Sphinx." 

FUMARIACEAE.     (Bleeding-heart  Family.) 
Corydalis  scouleri  Hooker. 
Common  along  streams  at  low  elevations. 

BERBERIDACEAE.     (Barberry  Family.) 

Achlys  triphylla  (Smith)  De  Candolle. 

Reported  by  Mr.  Gorman  "  on  the  trail  from  Longmire  Springs 
to  the  Park."  The  sweet-smelling  leaves  of  this  plant  have  sug- 
gested the  name  of  "  vanilla  leaf." 

RANUNCULACEAE.     (Buttercup  Family.) 

Thalictrum  occidentale  Gray. 

This  meadow-rue  is  not  rare  near  the  foot  of  Van  Trump  Glacier. 

Anemone  drummondii  Watson. 

Collected  by  Flett,  No.  2171,  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountain 
at  7,000  feet  altitude. 

275 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Anemone  hudsoniana  (De  Candolle)  Richardson. 

Collected  on  the  Goat  Mountains  by  Mr.  Allen,  No.  250. 

Pulsatilla  occidentalis  (Watson)  Freyn. 

Common  on  the  dry  slopes  5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 
Flowers  large,  white  or  bluish,  developing  a  large  head  of  tailed 
carpels,  which  has  much  the  appearance  of  a  hussar's  cap. 

Trautvetteria  grandis  Nuttall. 

A  tall  plant  with  large  maple-like  leaves  and  loose  corymbs  of 
delicate  white  flowers.  Abundant  in  shady  woods  up  to  4,000 
feet  elevation.  The  pallid  blossoms,  in  sharp  contrast  to  the 
shade  they  dwell  in,  has  prompted  the  name  of  "  ghost  flower." 

Ranunculus  suksdorfii  Gray. 

A  bright-flowered  buttercup,  not  rare  in  moist  places  at  5,500 
feet  elevation. 

Ranunculus  verecundus  Robinson. 

On  rocky  ridges  at  7,000  feet  altitude,  Flett. 

Caltha  leptosepala  De  Candolle. 

(C.  macounii  Greene.) 

Wet  places,  4,000  to  6,000  feet ;   plentiful. 

Aquilegia  formosa  Fisher. 

The  common  scarlet  and  yellow  columbine  of  the  lowland,  found 
on  the  grassy  slopes  at  5,500  feet  elevation. 

Delphinium  bicolor  Nuttall. 

A  handsome  blue  and  white-flowered  larkspur,  found  in  the 
Goat  Mountains  by  Mr.  Allen,  No.  146. 

Delphinium  glaucum  Watson. 

This  larkspur  is  tall,  three  to  four  feet  high,  with  rather  many 
large  leaves,  and  long  racemes  of  pale  blue  small  flowers.  Col- 
lected by  Mr.  Allen  in  the  Upper  Nisqually  Valley,  and  by  the 
writer  near  Crater  Lake. 

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.     (Pink  Family.) 

Silene  lyallii  Watson. 
(S.  macounii  Watson.) 
(S.  douglasii  viscida  Robinson.) 

Distinguished  from  its  near  allies  by  its  four-lobed  petals. 
Not  rare  at  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Silene  suksdorfii  Robinson. 

A  low  species,  with  scapes  mostly  one-flowered.  Rather  rare 
in  the  loose  basalt  talus  near  the  base  of  Little  Tahoma. 

Silene  acaulis  Linnaeus. 

The  "  moss  campion  "  of  Europe,  and  common  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  Collected  by  Mr.  Flett  near  the  Mowich  Glacier. 

276 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Stellaria  borealis  Bigelow. 

A  prostrate  chickweed,  common  along  the  Paradise  River,  at 
5,000  feet  elevation. 

Stellaria  washingtoniana  Robinson. 

Described  from  specimens  collected  by  Allen  on  the  slopes  of 
the  mountain  at  the  head  of  Nisqually  River  in  alder  woods. 

Sagina  occidentalis  Watson. 

A  small  species  of  pearlwort,  doubtfully  referred  here,  occurs 
rarely  along  rivulets  in  Paradise  Park. 

Cerastium  arvense  Linnaeus. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  237. 

Arenaria  capillaris  Poiret. 

Common  on  the  rocks  at  5,000  to  7,000  feet  elevation.  The 
form  with  curved  leaves,  variety  nardifolia  Regel,  is  more  fre- 
quent than  the  type. 

Arenaria  verna  Linnaeus. 

Rather  rare  in  the  pumice  on  the  east  side  of  the  mountain. 

Arenaria  macrophylla  Hooker. 

In  dry  woods  at  low  altitudes. 

PORTULACACEAE.     (Purslane  Family.) 

Spraguea  multiceps  Howell. 

A  handsome  plant,  with  entire  spatulate  leaves  and  dense 
heads  of  pink  or  purple  flowers.  Common  in  the  pumice  fields. 

Claytonia  sibirica  Linnaeus. 

Collected  by  Flett  somewhere  near  the  base  of  the  mountain. 
The  commonest  lowland  "  spring  beauty." 

Claytonia  asarifolia  Bongard. 

A  plant  with  fleshy  entire  leaves  and  small  racemes  of  white 
flowers.  Occasional  along  the  rivulets  at  4,000  to  5,000  feet  eleva- 
tion. 

Claytonia  parvifolia  Mocino. 
On  the  rocks  at  3,000  to  4,000  feet  altitude. 
Claytonia  lanceolata  Pursh. 

Common  in  the  grassy  meadows.     The  tuberous  root  is  edible. 
Lewisia  columbiana  (Howell)  Robinson. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen.  Leaves  fleshy,  flowers  rose-purple, 
showy. 

POLYGONACEAE.     (Buckwheat  Family.) 

Oxyria  digyna  (Linnaeus)  Hill. 

A  small  plant  with  reniform  entire  leaves,  and  flowers  and  fruit 
like  those  of  the  common  docks.  Not  rare  in  rock  crevices  at  5,000 
to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

277 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Polygonum  minimum  Watson. 

Common  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Polygonum  douglasii  Greene. 

On  a  gravelly  slope  near  the  foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Polygonum  newberryi  Small. 

Common  in  the  pumice  fields,  where  it  is  a  characteristic  plant. 

Polygonum  bistortoides  Pursh. 

Very  plentiful  on  the  grassy  slopes,  where  it  is  conspicuous  by 
its  dense  white-flowered  spikes  an  inch  long,  borne  singly  on  slender 
stems  a  foot  or  two  high. 

Eriogonum  compositum  Douglas. 

A  form  of  this  variable  species  occurs  on  the  talus  at  the  foot  of 
the  cliffs  on  the  north  side  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Eriogonum  pyrolaefolium  coryphaeum  Torrey  &  Gray. 

Plentiful  in  the  pumice  fields. 

BETULACEAE.     (Birch  Family.) 

Alnus  sinuata  (Regel)  Rydberg. 

Sitka  alder.  A  small  alder,  seldom  over  ten  or  twelve  feet  high. 
Common  along  the  streams  at  low  altitude. 

SALICACEAE.     (Willow  Family.) 

Salix  scouleriana  Barratt. 

The  common  upland  willow;  not  rare  up  to  3,500  feet  elevation. 

Salix  sitchensis  Sanson. 

The  "  silky  willow  "  is  plentiful  along  the  Nisqually  at  Long- 
mire  Springs. 

Salix  barclayi  Anderson. 

Salix  commutata  Bebb. 

These  two  willows  make  thickets  along  the  rills  at  about  6,000 
feet  altitude.  The  leaves  in  the  former  are  smooth  above  and 
glaucous  beneath ;  in  the  latter  pubescent  on  both  sides. 

Salix  nivalis  Hooker. 

A  very  dwarf  willow,  with  obtuse  leaves,  growing  only  a  few 
inches  high.  Found  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountain  by  Flett. 

Salix  saximontana  Rydberg. 

Very  similar  to  Salix  nivalis,  but  larger  in  every  way.  Also 
found  by  Flett  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountain. 

Salix  cascadensis  Cockerell. 

(S.  tenera  Andersson.) 

A  very  dwarf  rare  willow  with  leaves  acute  at  each  end.  North 
slope  of  the  mountain,  collected  by  Flett. 

Populus  trichocarpa  Torrey  &  Gray. 

The  cottonwood  occurs  along  the  Nisqually  to  some  distance 
above  Longmire  Springs. 

278 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

ORCHIDACEAE.     (Orchis  Family.) 

Corallorhiza  maculata  Rafinesque. 

Common  in  the  coniferous  woods  at  low  altitudes. 

Corallorhiza  mertensiana  Bongard. 

Frequent  in  the  dense  coniferous  woods  up  to  3,500  feet. 

Spiranthes  romanzoffiana  Chamisso. 

A  small  form  of  this  species  was  found  in  a  bog  on  the  summit 
of  the  ridge  overlooking  the  foot  of  the  Nisqually  Glacier. 

Peramium  decipiens  (Hooker)  Piper. 

On  the  trail  above  Longmire  Springs,  according  to  Mr.  Gorman. 

Limnorchis  stricta  (Lindley)  Rydberg. 

A  tall  plant  with  long  spikes  of  greenish  flowers.  Not  rare  in 
wet  places  at  5,000  feet  elevation. 

Listera  caurina  Piper. 

Common  in  mossy  woods  up  to  3,500  feet. 

Listera  convallarioides  (Swartz)  Torrey. 

Growing  in  moist  woods  near  the  foot  of  the  mountain. 

LILIACEAE.     (Lily  Family.) 

Allium  validum  Watson. 

This  wild  onion  has  rootstock-like  bulbs.  It  has  been  found  on 
the  north  side  of  the  mountain,  and  only  by  Mr.  Flett. 

Vagnera  sessilifolia  (Baker)  Greene. 

Common  in  moist  woods  up  to  3,000  feet  altitude. 

Streptopus  curvipes  Vail. 

Common  in  moist  woods  at  3,000  feet.  Distinguished  from  the 
Eastern  S.  roseus  by  its  small  size,  simple  stems,  and  creeping 
rootstocks. 

Lilium  columbianum  Hanson. 

The  wild  tiger  lily  occurs  on  dry  slopes  near  Longmire  Springs 
and  in  Paradise  Park,  at  5,000  feet  elevation. 

Fritillaria  lanceolata  Pursh. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  No.  235. 

Erythronium  montanum  Watson. 

The  white-flowered  adder's  tongue,  so  abundant  in  Paradise 
Park,  up  to  5,500  feet  altitude. 

Erythronium  parviflorum  (Watson)  Goodding. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  but  the  flowers  yellow.  Frequent 
along  rills  at  5,500  feet. 

Ciintortia  uniflora  (Schultes)   Kunth. 

Abundant  in  the  coniferous  forests  at  2,000  to  4,000  feet  alti- 
tude. Easily  recognized  by  its  tuft  of  two  to  four  radical  leaves, 
which  are  oblong  in  form,  and  its  delicate  scapes,  three  or  four 
inches  high,  bearing  a  single  white  flower.  The  berry  is  blue. 

279 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Trillium  ovatum  Pursh. 

The  wake-robin  is  plentiful  at  3,000  feet  altitude. 

Tofieldia  intermedia  Rydberg. 

This  species  has  been  confused  with  both  T.  glutinosa  and  7*. 
occidentals.  From  the  former  it  differs  principally  in  its  seed 
characters,  otherwise  being  so  similar  that  there  are  no  distinguish- 
ing characters  in  the  flowering  specimens.  All  the  Cascade  Moun- 
tain specimens  apparently  belong  to  T.  intermedia,  because  no 
plant  with  the  seed  character  of  T.  glutinosa  has  as  yet  been  found 
in  that  range  of  mountains. 

Veratrum  viride  Aiton. 

The  green  hellebore  forms  considerable  clumps,  three  or  four 
feet  high.  It  is  frequent  on  moist  slopes  in  Paradise  Park. 

Stenanthium  occidentale  Gray. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  233.  Also  collected  on  Mount  Rainier 
by  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith,  in  1890. 

Xerophyllum  tenax  (Pursh)  Nuttall. 

The  so-called  pine-lily  or  bear-grass  is  not  rare  in  gravelly  soil 
in  rather  open  woods.  Straggling  specimens  are  found  up  to 
5,500  feet  altitude. 

JUNCACEAE.     (Rush  Family.) 

Juncoides  glabratum  (Hooker)  Sheldon. 
Dry,  grassy  slopes  at  5,000  feet. 

Juncoides  majus  (Hooker)  Piper. 

(Luzula  arcuata  major  Hooker.) 

(Juncoides  piperi  Coville.) 

The  plants  referred  here  occur  at  7,000  feet  altitude,  in  springy 
places.  Allen,  No.  44,  and  Piper,  2172,  are  identical  with  Tolmie's 
Mount  Rainier  specimens. 

Juncoides  parviflorum  (Ehrhart)  Coville. 
Common  on  dry  slopes  up  to  5,000  feet  elevation. 

Juncoides  spicata  (Linnaeus)  Kuntze. 

Rather  rare  in  damp  places  in  the  pumice  fields,  at  8,000  feet 
altitude. 

Juncus  subtriflorus  (E.  Meyer)  Coville. 
Common  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

Juncus  parryi  Engelmann. 

Much  like  the  preceding,  and  growing  along  with  it. 

Juncus  mertensianus  Bongard. 

Frequent  along  rills  even  up  to  8,000  feet  altitude. 

280 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

CYPERACEAE.     (Sedge  Family.) 

Eriophorum  polystachion  Linnaeus. 

This  "  cotton-grass  "  occurs  in  the  low  ground  around  the  lakes 
near  the  base  of  Pinnacle  Peak. 

Carex  paddoensis  Suksdorf. 

Springy  places  at  8,000  feet  altitude;  Allen,  172;   Piper,  2541. 

Carex  pyrenaica  Wahlenberg. 

With  the  preceding;  Allen,  171 ;   Piper,  2540. 

Carex  phaeocephala  Piper. 

Dryish  places  at  7,500  feet  elevation ;   Piper,  2535. 

Carex  preslii  Bailey. 

Common  at  5,000  feet,  along  streams. 

Carex  pachystachya  Chamisso. 

This  species  occurs  along  rills  in  Paradise  Park. 

Carex  nigricans  Meyer. 

Common  at  4,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

Carex  rossii  Boptt. 

On  the  grassy  ridge  above  Sluiskin  Falls. 

Carex  geyeri  Boott. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  169. 

Carex  mertensii  Prescott. 

Rare  along  stream  banks  at  about  4,000  feet  altitude.     Some  of 
our  specimens  came  from  near  the  foot  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Carex  spectabilis  Dewey. 

(C.  invisa  Bailey.) 

In  wet  meadows  at  4,000  feet  elevation. 

Carex  scopulorum  Holm. 

With  the  preceding. 

Carex  ablata  Bailey. 

Frequent  in  the  meadows  of  Paradise  Park. 

Carex  accedens  Holm. 

Paradise  Park;   Piper,  2550. 

Carex  arcta  Boott. 

Mount  Rainier,  4,000  feet  altitude;  Allen  271. 

Carex  atrata  Linnaeus. 

Collected  by  Allen,  August  14,  1895. 

Carex  laeviculmis  Meinschausen. 

In  swamps  near  the  foot  of  the  mountain. 
Carex  hepburnii  Boott. 

A  handsome  little  plant  common  at  8,000  feet  altitude. 

Carex  kelloggii  W.  Boott. 
Along  Paradise  River;   Piper,  2548. 

281 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Carez  rigida  Goodenough. 

Allen,  269,  and  Piper,  2533,  are  referred  here.     The  last-named 
specimens  are  from  near  the  foot  of  Pinnacle  Peak. 

GRAMINEAE.     (Grass  Family.) 

Phleum  alpinum  Linnaeus. 

The  "  mountain  timothy  "  is  of  frequent  occurrence  at  5,000 
to  6,000  feet  altitude. 

Agrostis  geminata  Trinius. 

Collected  by  Allen,  in  1894. 

Agrostis  aequivalvis  Trinius. 

The  plant  referred  here  is  common  on  the  banks  of  the  Paradise 
River  up  to  5,000  feet. 

Agrostis  rossae  Vasey. 

Slopes  at  6,000  feet  elevation ;   common. 

Agrostis  humilis  Vasey. 

Abundant  in  springy  places  at  8,500  feet  elevation. 

Calamagrostis  vaseyi  Beal. 

Goat  Mountains,  Allen,  and  common  on  the  rocky  ridges  north 
of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Calamagrostis  scabra  Presl. 

Not  rare  at  5,500  feet  elevation;    near  Sluiskin  Falls,  Piper; 
Tatoosh  Mountains,  Allen. 

Deschampsia  atropurpurea  (Wahlenberg)  Scheele. 

Common  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation. 

Danthonia  intermedia  Vasey. 

Common  at  about  5,000  feet  altitude. 

Trisetum  cernuum  Trinius. 

Moist  places  up  to  5,000  feet  altitude. 

Trisetum  spicatum  (Linnaeus)  Richter. 

Rare  on  the  ridge  near  Camp  of  the  Clouds. 

China  latifolia  (Treviranus)  Grisebach. 

Common  in  wet  ground  about  Longmire  Springs. 

Poa  arctica  R.  Brown. 

A  grass  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species  is  common  at  5,500 
feet  elevation. 

Poa  paddensis  Williams. 

One  of  the  most  frequent  grasses  at  5,000  to  6,000  feet. 

Poa  saxatilis  Scribner  &  Williams. 

On  rock  cliffs  at  6,000  feet.     The  type  of  this  species  is  Piper 
No.  1964,  from  above  Camp  of  the  Clouds. 

Poa  suksdorfii  Vasey. 

Rather  rare  in  the  pumice  at  9,000  feet  elevation. 

282 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Poa  lettermani  Vasey. 

On  the  slopes  near  Camp  Muir,  growing  with  the  preceding. 

Festuca  viridula  Vasey. 

The  finest  grass  on  the  slopes.    Abundant  at  5,000  feet  elevatioa 

Festuca  ovina  supina  (Schur)  Hackel. 

In  the  pumice  fields  at  8,000  feet  altitude. 

Festuca  subulata  Trinius. 

Longmire  Springs,  in  moist  places. 

Bromus  marginatus  Nees. 

A  species  doubtfully  referred  here  was  collected  on  the  moun- 
tains in  1890  by  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith.  No 'specimens  of  it  are  now  in 
our  possession. 

Sitanion  rigidum  J.  G.  Smith. 

Pumice  fields  at  8,000  feet. 

Sitanion  glabrum  J.  G.  Smith. 

Common  on  the  rocky  ridges  north  of  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Sitanion  rubescens  Piper. 

Dry  slopes  on  the  south  side  of  the  mountain. 

SPARGANIACEAE.     (Bur-reed  Family.) 

Sparganium  minimum  Fries. 

Collected  in  1890  by  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith,  in  one  of  the  small 
lakes  near  the  base  of  Pinnacle  Peak. 

TAXACEAE.     (Yew  Family.) 

Taxus  brevifolia  Nuttall.     Western  Yew. 

The  yew  is  not  uncommon  along  the  trail  from  Longmire  Springs 
to  Paradise  Park.  It  does  not  ascend  much  above  3,000  feet  eleva- 
tion. 

PINACEAE.     (Pine  Family.) 

Juniperus  sibirica  BurgsdorfF.     Mountain  Juniper. 

The  alpine  juniper  occurs  on  the  banks  of  the  Nisqually,  near 
Longmire  Springs,  and  is  common  on  the  rocks  up  to  7,500  feet 
elevation. 

Chamaecyparis  nootkatensis  (Lambert)  Spach.     Alaska  Cedar. 

The  Alaska  cedar  ranges  on  the  mountain  slopes  from  3,500 
feet  up  to  6,000  feet  altitude.  It  is  far  more  abundant  on  the 
north  side  of  the  peak  than  on  the  south.  Few,  if  any,  specimens 
exceed  four  feet  in  diameter,  and  where  the  trees  are  most  abun- 
dant the  trunks  are  only  one  or  two  feet  through. 

Abies  grandis  Lindley.     White  Fir. 

Some  trees,  without  cones,  which  were  observed  on  the  trail 
above  Longmire  Springs,  are  doubtfully  referred  here.  They  are 
more  likely  to  belong  to  the  following  species. 

283 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Abies  amabilis  (Douglas)  Forbes.     Lovely  Fir. 

The  Lovely  fir  is  abundant  at  from  2,500  to  3,500  feet  elevation. 
It  is  usually  but  a  small  tree,  with  beautifully  symmetrical  form. 
Except  when  fruiting,  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  from  the  low- 
land white  fir. 

Abies  nobilis  Lindley.     Noble  Fir. 

The  finest  of  all  the  firs,  frequently  four  to  six  feet  in  diameter, 
without  a  single  branch  for  a  hundred  feet  or  more.  Easily 
known  by  the  deep  red  color  of  the  bark  when  chopped  into,  and  by 
the  large  cones,  covered  with  reflexed  bracts.  Abundant  at  4,000 
to  5,000  feet. 

Abies  lasiocarpa  (Hooker)  Nuttall.     Subalpine  Fir. 

This  is  the  primly  conical  little  fir  so  common  in  Paradise 
Park.  It  rarely  occurs  below  4,500  feet  elevation.  Its  dark  purple 
pubescent  cones,  only  two  or  three  inches  long,  readily  distin- 
guish it  from  the  preceding  species. 

Pseudotsuga  mucronata  (Rafinesque)  Sudworth.  Douglas 
Spruce. 

The  Douglas  spruce  is  common  up  to  3,500  feet  elevation. 
There  is  a  marked  tendency  of  the  cones  to  be  relatively  shorter  and 
thicker  at  this  altitude,  but  otherwise  the  tree  shows  little  varia- 
tion from  its  lowland  typical  form. 

Tsuga  heterophylla  Rafinesque.     Western  Hemlock. 
The  Western  hemlock  is  abundant  at  3,000  feet  altitude,  but 
usually  much  smaller  than  when  growing  near  the  sea  level. 

Tsuga  mertensiana  (Bongard)  Carriere.     Black  Hemlock. 

The  Black  hemlock  is  frequent  from  4,000  to  6,opo  feet  elevation. 
On  the  higher  slopes  it  commonly  forms  clumps  with  the  Subalpine 
fir.  When  this  is  the  case,  the  irregular  form  and  dark  foliage  of  the 
hemlock,  usually  festooned  with  lichens,  form  a  pleasing  contrast 
to  the  conical  form  and  lighter  foliage  of  the  fir. 

Pinus  albicaulis  Engelmann.     White-bark  Pine. 

This  white-barked  nut  pine  is  abundant  on  the  high  ridge  north 
of  the  Cowlitz  Glacier.  It  also  occurs  above  Camp  of  the  Clouds. 
It  rarely  fruits,  and  when  it  does  the  cones,  with  their  sweet  edible 
seeds,  are  quickly  torn  to  pieces  by  Clark's  crow.  The  trunk  and 
branches  are  frequently  adorned  with  the  bright  yellow  lichen, 
Evernia  vulpina. 

Pinus  monticola  Douglas.     Western  White  Pine. 
Not  uncommon  at  low  elevations.     The  narrow  cones,  six  to 
twelve  inches  long,  are  characteristic. 

Pinus  contorta  Douglas.     Lodgepole  Pine. 

Reported  by  Mr.  Gorman  "  on  the  moraines  of  the  Nisqually." 

284 


THE  FLORA  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 

Picea  engelmanni  Parry.     Engelmann  Spruce. 

Rather  a  rare  tree  about  Mount  Rainier,  at  3,500  feet  elevation. 
In  the  Sitka  or  Tideland  spruce  the  leaves  are  decidedly  flattened ; 
in  the  Engelmann  spruce  they  are  nearly  square  in  cross  section. 

ISOETACEAE.     (Quillwort  Family.) 

Isoetes  echinospora  braunii  Engelmann. 

Common  in  the  small  lakes  near  the  foot  of  Pinnacle  Peak. 

LYCOPODIACEAE.     (Club-moss  Family.) 

Lycopodium  annotinum  Linnaeus. 

A  large  patch  of  this  handsome  species  occurs  at  the  point  where 
the  trail  first  crosses  Paradise  River  above  Longmire  Springs. 

Lycopodium  sitchense  Ruprecht. 

Common  on  the  meadows  at  4,000  feet  elevation. 

EQTJISETACEAE.     (Horsetail  Family.) 

Equisetum  limosum  Linnaeus. 

This  species  occurs  in  the  bog  on  top  of  the  ridge  above  the  foot 
of  Nisqually  Glacier.  The  old  trail  to  the  park  led  through  this 
bog. 

Equisetum  arvense  Linnaeus. 

Sterile  fronds  of  this  plant  were  observed  at  Longmire  Springs. 

Equisetum  robustum  A.  Braun. 

Common  in  damp  places  up  to  3,000  feet  elevation.  Readily 
eaten  by  cayuses. 

POLYPODIACEAE.     (Fern  Family.) 

Polypodium  hesperium  Maxon. 

Not  rare  in  rock  crevices  on  the  cliffs  overlooking  the  lakes  at 
the  foot  of  Pinnacle  Peak. 

Phegopteris  dryopteris  (Linnaeus)  Fee. 

The  pretty  "  oak-fern  "  is  abundant  along  the  trail  above 
Longmire's,  in  deep  woods. 

Phegopteris  alpestris  (Hoppe)  Mettenius. 

Forming  crown-like  tufts  in  the  talus  at  the  foot  of  cliffs  in 
Paradise  Park. 

Dryopteris  spinulosa  dilatata  (Hoffman)  Underwood. 

The  common  wood-fern  is  frequent  in  the  forests  at  3,000  feet 
altitude. 

Polystichum  lonchitis  (Linnaeus)  Roth. 

Specimens  of  this  species  are  in  my  possession  from  Mount 
Rainier,  but  the  exact  place  of  collection  has  passed  my  recollection. 
Presumably  it  was  found  in  or  near  Paradise  Park. 

285 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Filix  fragilis  (Linnaeus)  Underwood. 

Diminutive  specimens  of  this  fern  were  collected  on  the  cliffs 
at  8,000  feet  altitude.  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith  found  much  finer  ex- 
amples at  a  lower  elevation. 

Cryptogramma  acrostichoides  R.  Brown. 

Common  in  the  coarse  gravel  on  the  bars  of  the  Nisqually, 
occurring  even  at  the  foot  of  the  glacier. 

OPHIOGLOSSACEAE.     (Adder's  Tongue  Family.) 

Botrychium  lunaria  (Linnaeus)  Swartz. 

Specimens  were  collected  by  Rev.  E.  C.  Smith  on  the  north 
side  of  the  mountain  in  1888. 

Botrychium  lanceolatum  (S.  G.  Gmelin)  Angstroem. 

Longmire  Springs,  Allen,  not  otherwise  known  on  the  Pacific 
Coast. 


286 


XVII.    CREATION  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER 
NATIONAL  PARK 

MEMORIAL  BY  SCIENTIFIC  SOCIETIES 

A  SURPRISINGLY  wide  interest  was  awakened  by  the  proposal  to 
create  a  national  park  to  include  the  great  mass  of  Mount 
Rainier  and  its  immediate  surroundings.  Five  societies  ap- 

Eointed  committees  to  cooperate  in  securing  the  needed  legis- 
ition  from  Congress.  Those  committees  prepared  a  memorial. 
The  Senate  Miscellaneous  Document,  number  247,  Fifty-third 
Congress,  second  session,  shows  that  the  memorial  was  intro- 
duced on  July  1 6,  1894,  by  Senator  Watson  C.  Squire  from  the 
State  of  Washington.  The  memorial  was  deemed  of  sufficient 
importance  to  be  republished  in  the  Eighteenth  Annual  Report 
of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  for  1896-1897.  It  is 
here  reproduced  from  that  publication. 

With  all  the  interest  thus  manifested,  it  required  nearly  five  years 
from  the  introduction  of  the  memorial  to  witness  the  achieve- 
ment of  its  purpose.  The  act  of  Congress  creating  the  Mount 
Rainier  National  Park  bears  the  date  of  March  2,  1899. 

To  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United 
States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled: 
At  a  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  of  America, 
in  Madison,  Wis.,  August  15,  1893,  a  committee  was 
appointed  for  the  purpose  of  memorializing  the  Con- 
gress in  relation  to  the  establishment  of  a  national  park 
in  the  State  of  Washington  to  include  Mount  Rainier, 
often  called  Mount  Tacoma.  The  committee  consists 
of  Dr.  David  T.  Day,  Mr.  S.  F.  Emmons,  and  Mr. 
Bailey  Willis. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science,  in  Madison,  Wis.,  August 
21,  1893,  a  committee  was  appointed  by  that  body  for 
the  same  purpose  as  above  mentioned,  consisting  of 

287 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Maj.  J.  W.  Powell,  Prof.  Joseph  Le  Conte,  Prof. 
I.  C.  Russell,  Mr.  B.  E.  Fernow,  and  Dr.  C.  H.  Merriam. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  National  Geographic  Society, 
held  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  on  October  13,  1893,  there 
was  appointed  a  committee  for  the  purpose  above 
mentioned,  consisting  of  Hon.  Gardiner  G.  Hubbard, 
Hon.  Watson  C.  Squire,  Mr.  John  W.  Thompson, 
Miss  Mary  F.  Waite,  and  Miss  Eliza  R.  Scidmore. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Sierra  Club,  held  in  San  Francisco 
December  30,  1893,  a  committee  for  the  same  purpose 
was  appointed,  composed  of  Mr.  John  Muir,  President 

D.  S.  Jordan,  Mr.   R.   M.  Johnson,  Mr.  George   B. 
Bayley,  Mr.  P.  B.  Van  Trump. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Appalachian  Mountain  Club, 
held  in  Boston  April  n,  1894,  a  similar  committee  was 
appointed,  consisting  of  Mr.  John  Ritchie,  Jr.,  Rev. 

E.  C.  Smith,  Dr.  Charles  E.  Fay. 

The  committees  thus  appointed  were  instructed  by 
the  several  bodies  to  which  they  belong  to  cooperate 
in  the  preparation  of  a  memorial  to  Congress,  setting 
forth  the  substantial  reasons  for  the  establishment  of 
such  park. 

Pursuant  to  their  instructions,  the  committees  pre- 
sent the  following  memorial  to  the  Congress,  and  pray 
that  such  action  may  be  taken  by  the  honorable  Sena- 
tors and  Representatives  as  will  secure  to  the  people 
of  the  United  States  the  benefits  of  a  national  park 
which  shall  include  the  area  mentioned  above.  In 
support  of  their  prayer  they  beg  to  submit  the  following 
statement : 

By  proclamation  of  the  President,  in  compliance  with 
the  statutes  provided  therefor,  a  Pacific  Forest  Re- 
serve has  been  established  in  the  State  of  Washington, 
the  western  portion  of  which  is  nearly  coincident  with 
the  tract  of  land  to  be  included  in  the  national  park 
for  which  your  memorialists  pray. 

The  western  part  of  this  reserve  includes  many  fea- 
tures of  unique  interest  and  wonderful  grandeur,  which 

288 


CREATION  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK 

fit  it  peculiarly  to  be  a  national  park,  forever  set  aside 
for  the  pleasure  and  instruction  of  the  people.  The 
region  is  one  of  such  exceptional  rainfall  and  snowfall 
that  the  preservation  of  its  forests  is  of  unusual  im- 
portance as  a  protection  against  floods  in  the  lower 
valleys ;  but  the  scenic  features,  which  mark  it  out 
for  a  national  park,  attract  tourists,  who  set  fire  to 
the  timber.  This  destruction  goes  on  notwithstanding 
it  is  a  forest  reserve,  and  will  continue  until  protection 
is  afforded  by  adequate  supervision  of  the  area,  whether 
as  a  reserve  or  park. 

The  reserve  is  traversed  through  the  middle  from 
north  to  south  by  the  crest  of  the  Cascade  Range,  which 
has  an  elevation  varying  from  5,300  to  6,800  feet.  This 
is  the  divide  between  tributaries  of  Puget  Sound, 
flowing  west,  and  those  of  Yakima  River,  flowing  east. 
Mount  Rainier,  the  isolated  volcanic  peak,  14,400  feet 
high,  stands  12  miles  west  of  the  divide,  from  which  it  is 
separated  by  a  deep  valley. 

The  eastern  half  of  the  reserve  differs  from  the 
western  in  climate,  in  flora,  and  in  fauna,  in  geographic 
and  geologic  features,  and  in  aspects  of  scenery.  The 
eastern  slope  of  the  Cascade  Range  within  the  reserve 
is  a  mountainous  region,  with  summits  rising  to  a 
general  elevation  of  6,500  to  7,600  feet  above  the  sea. 
It  is  forest  covered  and  presents  many  attractions  to 
the  tourist  and  hunter ;  but  it  is  not  peculiar  among 
the  mountain  regions  of  America  either  for  grandeur 
or  interest,  and  it  is  not  an  essential  part  of  the  area 
to  be  set  apart  as  a  national  park. 

The  western  slope  of  the  Cascades  within  the  reserve 
is  short  and  steep  as  compared  with  the  eastern.  Much 
of  it  is  precipitous,  particularly  opposite  Mount 
Rainier,  where  its  bare  walls  would  appear  most  grand 
were  they  not  in  the  shadow  of  that  overpowering 
peak.  North  and  south  of  Rainier  this  slope  is  more 
gradual  and  densely  wooded. 

The  western  half  of  the  Pacific  reserve,  that  portion 
u  289 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

which  it  is  proposed  shall  be  made  a  national  park, 
is  characterized  by  Mount  Rainier,  whose  summit  is 
but  4  miles  from  the  western  boundary  of  the  reserve 
and  whose  glaciers  extend  beyond  its  limits. 

Mount  Tacoma  is  not  simply  a  volcanic  cone,  peculiar 
for  its  hugeness.  It  was  formerly  a  vast  volcanic  dome, 
30  miles  in  radius  to  the  north,  west,  and  south ;  but 
rivers  have  cut  deep  canyons,  glaciers  have  carved 
ample  amphitheaters  back  into  the  mass,  and  now  many 
serrate  ridges  rising  from  a  few  hundred  to  10,000  feet 
above  the  sea  converge  at  that  altitude  to  support 
the  central  pyramid,  which  towers  more  than  4,000 
feet  above  its  base. 

This  grand  mountain  is  not,  like  Mount  Blanc,  merely 
the  dominant  peak  of  a  chain  of  snow  mountains  ;  it 
is  the  only  snow  peak  in  view,  Mount  St.  Helens  and 
Mount  Adams  being,  like  it,  isolated  and  many  miles 
distant.  Rainier  is  majestic  in  its  isolation,  reaching 
6,000  to  8,000  feet  above  its  neighbors.  It  is  superb 
in  its  boldness,  rising  from  one  canyon  11,000  feet  in  7 
miles.  Not  only  is  it  the  grandest  mountain  in  this 
country,  it  is  one  of  the  grand  mountains  of  the  world, 
to  be  named  with  St.  Elias,  Fusiyama,  and  Ararat,  and 
the  most  superb  summits  of  the  Alps.  Eminent  scien- 
tists of  England  and  Germany,  who,  as  members  of 
the  Alpine  Club  of  Switzerland  and  travelers  of  wide 
experience,  would  naturally  be  conservative  in  their 
judgment,  have  borne  witness  to  the  majesty  of  the 
scenery  about  Rainier. 

In  1883  Professor  Zittel,  a  well-known  German  geolo- 
gist, and  Prof.  James  Bryce,  member  of  Parliament 
and  author  of  the  American  Commonwealth,  made  a 
report  on  the  scenery  about  Mount  Rainier.  Among 
other  things,  they  said  : 

"The  scenery  of  Mount  Rainier  is  of  rare  and  varied 
beauty.  The  peak  itself  is  as  noble  a  mountain  as 
we  have  ever  seen  in  its  lines  and  structure.  The 
glaciers  which  descend  from  its  snow  fields  present  all 

290 


CREATION  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK 

the  characteristic  features  of  those  in  the  Alps,  and 
though  less  extensive  than  the  ice  streams  of  the  Mount 
Blanc  or  Monta  Rosa  groups  are  in  their  crevasses  and 
seracs  equally  striking  and  equally  worthy  of  close 
study.  We  have  seen  nothing  more  beautiful  in 
Switzerland  or  Tyrol,  in  Norway  or  in  the  Pyrenees, 
than  the  Carbon  River  glaciers  and  the  great  Puyallup 
glaciers  ;  indeed,  the  ice  in  the  latter  is  unusually  pure, 
and  the  crevasses  unusually  fine.  The  combination  of 
ice  scenery  with  woodland  scenery  of  the  grandest 
type  is  to  be  found  nowhere  in  the  Old  World,  unless  it 
be  in  the  Himalayas,  and,  so  far  as  we  know,  nowhere 
else  on  the  American  Continent/' 

These  eminent  and  experienced  observers  further 
say: 

"We  may  perhaps  be  permitted  to  express  a  hope 
that  the  suggestion  will  at  no  distant  date  be  made  to 
Congress  that  Mount  Rainier  should,  like  the  Yosemite 
Valley  and  the  geyser  region  of  the  Upper  Yellowstone, 
be  reserved  by  the  Federal  Government  and  treated 
as  a  national  park/' 

But  Mount  Tacoma  is  single  not  merely  because  it  is 
superbly  majestic  ;  it  is  an  arctic  island  in  a  temperate 
zone.  In  a  bygone  age  an  arctic  climate  prevailed  over 
the  Northwest,  and  glaciers  covered  the  Cascade  Range. 
Arctic  animals  and  arctic  plants  then  lived  throughout 
the  region.  As  the  climate  became  milder  and  glaciers 
melted,  the  creatures  of  the  cold  climate  were  limited 
in  their  geographic  range  to  the  districts  of  the  shrink- 
ing glaciers.  On  the  great  peak  the  glaciers  linger  still. 
They  give  to  it  its  greatest  beauty.  They  are  them- 
selves magnificent,  and  with  them  survives  a  colony  of 
arctic  animals  and  plants  which  can  not  exist  in  the 
temperate  climate  of  the  less  lofty  mountains.  These 
arctic  forms  are  as  effectually  isolated  as  shipwrecked 
sailors  on  an  island  in  mid-ocean.  There  is  no  refuge 
for  them  beyond  their  haunts  on  ice-bound  cliffs. 
But  even  there  the  birds  and  animals  are  no  longer  safe 

291 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

from  the  keen  sportsman,  and  the  few  survivors  must 
soon  be  exterminated  unless  protected  by  the  Govern- 
ment in  a  national  park. 

The  area  of  the  Pacific  forest  reserve  includes  valuable 
timber  and  important  water  supplies.  It  is  said  to 
contain  coal,  gold,  and  silver. 

The  timber  on  the  western  slope  differs  from  that  on 
the  eastern  in  size  and  density  of  growth  and  in  kinds  of 
trees.  The  forests  of  Puget  Sound  are  world-renowned 
for  the  magnitude  and  beauty  of  their  hemlocks,  cedars, 
and  firs.  Their  timber  constitutes  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant resources  of  the  State.  Nowhere  are  they  more 
luxuriant  than  on  the  foothills  west  and  north  of  Mount 
Rainier.  But  their  value  as  timber  is  there  subordinate 
to  their  value  as  regulators  of  floods.  The  Puyallup 
River,  whose  lower  valley  is  a  rich  hop  garden,  is  even 
now  subject  to  floods  during  the  rapid  melting  of  the 
snow  on  Mount  Rainier  in  the  limited  area  above  timber 
line.  In  the  broader  area  below  timber  line,  but  above 
3,000  feet  in  elevation,  the  depth  of  snow  in  the  winter 
of  1893  was  9  to  JS  feet-  Protected  by  the  dense 
canopy  of  the  fir  and  hemlock  trees  this  snow  melts 
slowly  and  the  river  is  high  from  March  to  June.  But 
let  the  forest  be  once  destroyed  by  fire  or  by  lumbermen 
and  the  snows  of  each  winter,  melting  in  early  spring, 
will  annually  overwhelm  the  Puyallup  Valley  and  trans- 
form it  into  a  gravelly  waste.  The  same  is  true  of 
White  River  and  the  Nisqually. 

The  forests  of  the  eastern  slope,  tributary  to  the 
Yakima,  are  of  even  greater  importance  as  water 
preservers.  They  constitute  a  great  reservoir,  holding 
back  the  precipitation  of  the  wet  season  and  allowing 
it  to  filter  down  when  most  needed  by  crops.  In  the 
Yakima  Valley  water  gives  to  land  its  value.  Storage 
of  flood  waters  and  extensive  distribution  by  canals 
is  necessary.  The  forests  being  preserved  to  control 
the  water,  the  natural  storage  basins  should  be  improved 
and  canals  built.  For  these  reasons  it  is  most  important 

292 


CREATION  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL  PARK 

that  no  part  of  the  forest  reserve  should  be  sacrificed, 
even  though  the  eastern  half  is  not  included  in  the 
national  park. 

The  boundaries  of  the  proposed  national  park  have 
been  so  drawn  as  to  exclude  from  its  area  all  lands  upon 
which  coal,  gold,  or  other  valuable  minerals  are  sup- 
posed to  occur,  and  they  conform  to  the  purpose  that  the 
park  shall  include  all  features  of  peculiar  scenic  beauty 
without  encroaching  on  the  interests  of  miners  or 
settlers. 

None  save  those  who  can  march  and  camp  in  the 
primeval  forest  £an  now  visit  Mount  Rainier ;  but  it 
is  the  wilderness,  not  the  distance,  that  makes  it  diffi- 
cult of  approach.  On  the  west  the  distance  up  the 
Nisqually  River  from  the  railroad  at  Yelm  Prairie  to 
the  reserve  is  but  40  miles.  Though  heavily  timbered, 
the  valley  of  the  Nisqually  affords  an  easy  route  for  a 
railroad.  The  Cowlitz  Valley  also  offers  a  line  of 
approach  without  difficulty  by  rail,  it  being  about  50 
miles  from  the  railroad  to  the  reserve. 

On  the  northwest  the  railroad  at  Wilkeson  is  but  23 
miles  from  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier,  and  the 
glaciers  can  be  reached  by  riding  25  miles  through  the 
great  forest. 

On  the  north  the  Cascade  branch  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  crosses  the  range,  only  13  miles  in  a 
direct  line  and  19  miles  along  the  summit  from  the 
northern  limit  of  the  reserve. 

On  the  east  the  city  of  North  Yakima  is  but  62  miles 
from  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier. 

The  proposed  park  covers  a  mountain  region  which 
lies  across  the  line  of  travel  from  east  to  west.  The 
railroad  winds  northward  ;  the  travel  down  the  Colum- 
bia River  turns  southward  to  avoid  it.  The  great 
current  of  tourists  which  flows  north  and  south  through 
Portland,  Tacoma,  Seattle,  Vancouver,  and  Alaska 
passes  to  the  west  within  sight  of  Mount  Rainier, 
and  when  the  grand  old  mountain  is  obscured  by  clouds 

293 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

the  travelers  linger  to  see  it,  or,  passing  regretfully  on 
their  way,  know  that  they  have  missed  the  finest  view 
of  their  trip. 

When  a  railroad  is  built  up  the  Nisqually  or  Cowlitz 
Valley  to  the  park  and  connection  by  stages  is  assured 
northward  to  the  Cascade  branch  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  and  eastward  to  Yakima,  the  flood 
of  travel  will  be  diverted  through  the  park. 

The  point  which  combines  accessibility  with  sur- 
roundings of  great  beauty,  and  which  is  therefore  most 
appropriate  as  a  hotel  site,  is  southeast  of  Mount 
Rainier,  on  one  of  the  spurs  of  the  Tatoosh  Moun- 
tains, near  the  Cowlitz  Valley.  To  open  this  region  to 
travel  it  would  be  sufficient  to  establish  the  hotel  and 
its  connections  down  the  Nisqually  or  Cowlitz  Valley, 
together  with  trails  to  points  of  interest  within  the  park. 
From  the  hotel  a  principal  trail  would  extend  north  to 
the  Emmons  and  White  River  glaciers,  which  would 
thus  be  easily  accessible,  and  thence  the  railroad  at 
Wilkeson  could  readily  be  reached  on  horseback  over 
the  old  Northern  Pacific  trail.  In  the  future,  stage 
roads,  or  possibly  a  railroad,  would  be  extended  over  the 
Cowlitz  Pass  to  the  eastern  slope,  North  Yakima  would 
be  reached  via  the  Tieton  or  Tannum  Valley,  and  Tan- 
num  Lake  would  become  a  favorite  resort. 

But  the  highway  which  would  challenge  the  world 
for  its  equal  in  grand  scenery  would  extend  from  the 
Cowlitz  Pass  northward  along  the  crest  of  the  range  to 
the  Cascade  branch.  The  distance  is  50  miles,  31  in 
the  park  and  19  beyond  it  to  the  railroad.  Within  the 
reserve  the  summit  is  open  and  park-like.  On  the  east 
is  a  sea  of  mountains ;  on  the  west  is  a  bold  descent 
of  3,000  feet  to  the  valleys  of  Cowlitz  and  White  rivers, 
beyond  which  Tacoma  rises  in  overpowering  grandeur, 
8,000  feet  above  the  road  and  only  12  miles  distant. 

A  committee  of  your  memorialists  has  carefully 
examined  the  existing  maps  of  the  State  of  Washington 
with  special  reference  to  the  position  of  this  reserve, 

2Q4 


CREATION  OF  MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL    PARK 

and  finds  that  the  boundaries  of  the  reserve  are  farther 
east,  in  relation  to  Mount  Rainier,  than  was  supposed. 
The  western  boundary  traverses  the  slope  of  Mount 
Rainier  at  altitudes  of  7,000  to  9,000  feet,  and  the 
glaciers  extend  several  miles  beyond  it.  In  order  to 
include  all  of  the  glacial  area  and  the  immediately 
adjacent  forest  on  the  west,  your  memorialists  respect- 
fully recommend  that  the  western  boundary  of  the  park 
be  drawn  one  range  west  of  that  of  the  reserve,  viz, 
at  the  range  line  between  ranges  6  and  7  east  of  the 
Willamette  meridian.  By  this  change  no  part  of  the 
Wilkeson-Carbonado  coal  field  would  be  included  in  the 
park. 

Your  memorialists  find,  as  already  stated,  that  it  is 
not  necessary  to  include  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Cas- 
cades in  the  park,  and  furthermore  that  it  is  desirable 
to  leave  the  Natchez  Pass  on  the  north  and  the  Cowlitz 
Pass  on  the  south  open  for  the  construction  of  railroads. 
Your  memorialists  therefore  pray  that  the  park  be 
defined  by  the  following  boundaries :  Beginning  at 
the  northwest  corner  of  sec.  19,  T.  18  N.,  R.  7  E.  of  the 
Willamette  meridian ;  thence  south  24  miles  more  or 
less  to  the  southwest  corner  of  sec.  18,  T.  14  N.,  R.  7 
E. ;  thence  east  27  miles  more  or  less  to  the  summit  of 
the  Cascade  Range  ;  thence  in  a  northerly  direction  to  a 
point  east  of  the  place  of  beginning,  and  thence  west 
26  miles  more  or  less  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

Your  memorialists  respectfully  represent  that  — 

Railroad  lines  have  been  surveyed  and  after  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  national  park  would  soon  be  built  to 
its  boundaries.  The  concessions  for  a  hotel,  stopping 
places,  and  stage  routes  could  be  leased  and  the  pro- 
ceeds devoted  to  the  maintenance  of  the  park.  The 
policing  of  the  park  could  be  performed  from  the  bar- 
racks at  Vancouver  by  details  of  soldiers,  who  would 
thus  be  given  useful  and  healthful  employment  from 
May  to  October. 

The  establishment  of  a  hotel  would  afford  oppor- 

295 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

tunity  for  a  weather  station,  which,  in  view  of  the 
controlling  influence  exerted  by  Mount  Rainier  on  the 
moisture-laden  winds  from  the  Pacific,  would  be  im- 
portant in  relation  to  local  weather  predictions. 

Your  memorialists  further  represent  that  this  region 
of  marvelous  beauty  is  even  now  being  seriously  marred 
by  careless  camping  parties.  Its  valuable  forests  and 
rare  animals  are  being  injured  and  will  certainly  be 
destroyed  unless  the  forest  reserve  be  policed  during 
the  camping  seasons.  But  efficient  protection  of  the 
undeveloped  wilderness  is  extraordinarily  difficult  and 
in  this  case  practically  impossible. 

Therefore,  for  the  preservation  of  the  property  of 
the  United  States,  for  the  protection  from  floods  of  the 
people  of  Washington  in  the  Yakima,  Cowlitz,  Nis- 
qually,  Puyallup,  and  White  River  valleys,  and  for  the 
pleasure  and  education  of  the  nation,  your  memorialists 
pray  that  the  area  above  described  be  declared  a 
national  park  forever. 

For  the  National  Geographic  Society : 

GARDINER  G.  HUBBARD, 

President. 

For  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science : 

J.  W.  POWELL. 

For  the  Geological  Society  of  America : 

BAILEY  WILLIS. 

For  the  Sierra  Club  : 

JOHN  MUIR. 

For  the  Appalachian  Mountain  Club  : 

JOHN  RITCHIE,  JR. 

WASHINGTON,  D.C.,  June  27, 


XVIII.  MOUNT  RAINIER  IS  14,408  FEET  HIGH 
BY  THE  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

THE  United  States  Geological  Survey  issued  a  bulletin  for  news- 
paper publication  on  January  22,  1914,  giving  the  height 
of  the  mountain  as  determined  by  the  most  accurate  and  de- 
finitive methods  known.  That  bulletin  is  here  given  as  it  was 
then  issued.  At  the  same  time  F.  E.  Matthes,  topographer 
with  the  Survey,  sent  additional  comment  to  the  Sierra  Club 
of  California,  by  whom  it  was  published  in  the  Sierra  Bulletin 
for  January,  1914.  This  comment  is  now  reproduced  by  per- 
mission of  the  Sierra  Club. 

The  height  of  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier,  Wash- 
ington, has  been  determined  by  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  to  be  14,408  feet  above  mean  sea 
level.  This  elevation  now  officially  displaces  the  for- 
mer supposed  height  of  the  mountain  of  14,363  feet 
and  accords  to  Mount  Rainier  the  distinction  of  being 
the  second  highest  mountain  peak  in  the  United  States, 
Mount  Whitney,  California,  being  the  highest.  The 
correct  height  of  Rainier  was  determined  by  a  party 
of  topographic  engineers  of  the  Survey  in  connection 
with  the  mapping  of  the  Mount  Rainier  National  Park, 
which  was  completed  last  summer.  The  topographic 
survey  of  the  park  was  begun  in  1910  by  F.  E.  Matthes, 
continued  in  1911  by  Mr.  Matthes  and  George  R. 
Davis,  and  finished  in  1913  by  C.  H.  Birdseye,  W.  O. 
Tufts,  O.  G.  Taylor,  and  S.  E.  Taylor. 

In  the  mapping  of  the  summit  of  the  mountain  a 
terrific  blizzard  was  encountered  ;  in  fact,  two  ascents 
of  the  upper  portion  of  the  mountain  were  necessary. 

297 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

The  first  ascent  of  the  upper  5,450  feet  was  begun  at 
5  o'clock  A.M.,  August  1 6  [1913],  and  dawn  broke  with 
every  indication  of  developing  into  a  beautiful  day.  On 
reaching  the  summit  the  men  encountered  a  terrific 
gale,  clouds  enveloped  the  mountain,  preventing  ob- 
servations, and  by  noon  snow  began  to  fall.  A  descent 
was  attempted,  but  the  party  became  hopelessly  lost 
in  a  labyrinth  of  crevasses,  the  storm  developing  into 
a  blizzard.  To  descend  further  was  impossible ;  to 
remain  was  suicide.  Consequently  a  return  to  the 
crater  was  ordered,  and  the  men  reached  it  after  a 
two  hours*  climb,  utterly  exhausted  and  nearly  frozen. 
Here  they  sought  shelter  in  one  of  the  steam  caves, 
where  during  the  long  night  they  were  thoroughly 
steamed  and  half  frozen  in  turn.  Strenuous  measures 
were  employed  by  the  men  to  keep  from  falling  asleep 
and  freezing  to  death.  As  it  was,  their  fingers  and 
ears  were  badly  frozen.  Finally,  with  a  rising  barome- 
ter, they  succeeded  in  descending  9,000  feet  to  a  tem- 
porary camp,  making  the  descent  in  three  hours.  Here 
they  recuperated  and  prepared  for  another  ascent, 
which  was  accomplished  on  August  20,  the  start  being 
made  at  I  o'clock  in  the  morning.  Good  weather  was 
encountered  and  the  mapping  of  the  entire  summit  was 
finished  by  i  o'clock. 

"If  anyone  thinks  that  American  glaciers  are  play 
glaciers,  or  that  the  weather  which  may  be  encountered 
at  the  summit  of  Mount  Rainier  in  August  is  uniformly 
balmy  and  springlike,"  said  Mr.  Birdseye,  whose 
fingers  and  ears  were  badly  frosted,  "let  him  climb 
Mount  Rainier  during  one  of  its  summer  blizzards. 
The  steam  caves  in  the  crater  are  not  the  pleasantest 
places  imaginable  to  spend  the  night  in,  but  had  they 
not  been  there,  not  one  of  us  would  be  alive  today  to 
tell  the  tale." 


298 


MOUNT  RAINIER  IS   14,408  FEET  HIGH 

COMMENT  BY  F.  E.  MATTHES 

The  mountaineers  of  the  Pacific  Northwest  will  no 
doubt  jubilate  at  the  above  announcement  by  the 
United  States  Geological  Survey  of  the  new  figure  for 
the  altitude  of  Mount  Rainier.  It  places  that  peak 
close  to  the  top  of  the  list  of  high  mountains  in  the 
United  States.  Mount  Rainier's  closest  rival  on  the 
Pacific  coast,  Mount  Shasta,  it  so  happens,  has  just 
recently  been  beheaded  by  the  United  States  Coast 
and  Geodetic  Survey,  and  now  can  claim  no  more  than 
14,162  feet,  that  is,  218  feet  less  than  it  once  boasted. 
The  great  volcano  of  Puget  Sound  is  thus  left  well  in 
the  lead. 

A  review  of  the  different  figures  that  have  been 
announced  in  the  past  for  each  of  the  higher  peaks  of 
the  United  States  would  almost  justify  one  to  infer 
that  these  summits  have  a  peculiar  habit  of  fluctuating 
in  height  from  time  to  time.  Both  Rainier  and  Shasta 
have  been  notorious  for  their  inconstancy ;  so  much  so 
indeed  that  it  is  to  be  feared  that  the  public  will  lose 
faith  somewhat  in  the  trustworthiness  of  altitude 
determinations  in  general.  There  is  good  reason  to 
believe,  however,  that  the  last  announcements  for 
these  two  peaks  are  not  likely  to  be  changed  again. 
About  Mount  Shasta,  perhaps  the  Coast  Survey  is  the 
only  party  able  to  speak  positively ;  but  as  regards 
Mount  Rainier,  the  Geological  Survey  feels  satisfied 
that  the  new  figure  is  the  best  that  can  be  obtained 
with  modern  methods  and  instruments. 

The  elevation  of  Mount  Whitney  (14,501  ft.),  it 
may  be  remembered,  was  determined  by  actual  leveling, 
but  such  procedure  would  have  been  impossible  on 
Mount  Rainier,  as  the  most  practicable  route  to  its 
summit  leads  over  many  miles  of  snow  and  ice,  and  up 
a  precipitous  chute  several  hundred  feet  in  height. 
On  thawing  snow  accurate  leveling  is  out  of  the  ques- 
tion, for  the  instrument  can  not  be  set  up  so  firmly  that 

299 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

it  will  not  settle  slightly  between  back  and  fore  sights. 
To  execute  this  pottering  kind  of  work  in  freezing 
weather  would  entail  both  hardship  and  great  expense. 
But  the  obstacle  that  would  have  proved  entirely  in- 
superable to  levels  on  Mount  Rainier  and  led  to  the 
abandoning  of  that  method  is  the  dreaded  Gibraltar 
Rock,  well  known  to  many  who  read  this  magazine 
[Sierra  Club  Bulletin].  To  carry  levels  up  its  precipi- 
tous side  is  for  practical  considerations  all  but  im- 
possible. 

It  was  necessary,  in  the  case  of  Mount  Rainier,  to 
resort  to  long-distance  methods  of  angulation.  That  is 
to  say,  sights  were  taken  to  its  summit  from  neighbor- 
ing peaks,  six  to  eight  miles  distant,  the  altitudes  of 
which  had  been  carefully  determined,  and  the  posi- 
tions of  which  with  respect  to  the  mountain's  summit 
had  been  computed  from  a  scheme  of  triangulation. 

It  is  not  possible  to  execute  vertical-angle  measure- 
ments of  this  sort  with  the  precision  obtainable  by 
leveling ;  at  the  same  time  by  providing  a  sufficient 
number  of  checks  and  repeating  each  measurement 
many  times  a  result  can  be  attained  that  can  be  relied 
on  within  a  foot  or  two.  And  closer  than  that  the 
determination  of  a  snowcapped  peak,  such  as  Mount 
Rainier,  need  scarcely  be ;  for  its  actual  height  is 
bound  to  fluctuate  by  several  feet  from  year  to  year 
and  even  from  month  to  month. 

It  is  gratifying  to  note  how  closely  the  new  trigo- 
nometric determination  of  Mount  Rainier  accords 
with  the  barometric  one  of  Prof.  Alexander  McAdie 
(14,394  ft.).  It  is  hoped  that  this  agreement  between 
the  results  of  two  fundamentally  different  methods 
will  strengthen  public  faith  in  their  reliability,  and  lead 
to  the  discarding  of  other  figures  (some  of  them  much 
exaggerated)  that  have  appeared  in  print  from  time  to 
time. 

In  closing,  it  may  be  said,  that  the  Geological  Sur- 
vey's bulletin  little  more  than  hints  at  the  fortitude 

300 


MOUNT  RAINIER  IS   14,408  FEET  HIGH 

and  pluck  of  Mr.  Birdesye  and  his  party  in  their  almost 
disastrous  experiences  on  the  peak.  Survey  men 
are  so  frequently  confronted  by  peril  in  their  daily 
work,  that  they  are  not  apt  to  write  or  talk  about  it, 
and  as  a  consequence  the  public  seldom  learns  the 
intimate  details.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  history  of 
this  undertaking  will  some  day  appear  in  full. 


301 


XIX.   PLACE   NAMES    AND    ELEVATIONS    IN 
MOUNT  RAINIER  NATIONAL   PARK 

PLACE  names  within  a  region  like  the  Mount  Rainier  National 
Park  are  produced  by  three  causes  :  The  first  and  most  impor- 
tant is  the  actual  need  of  such  names  by  those  who  work  within 
the  Park  and  by  those  who  report  upon  or  write  about  it.  The 
second  is  the  natural  desire  to  honor  those  individuals  whose 
achievements  are  worthy  of  commemoration.  The  third 
cause  is  found  in  the  vanity  of  visitors.  This  is  sometimes 
manifested  in  the  harmless  and  often  helpful  desire  just  to  be 
the  one  to  name  something,  but  usually  it  takes  the  form  of  a 
desire  of  visitors  to  write  the  names  of  themselves  or  their 
friends  upon  the  map. 

The  ranger  who  discovers  from  a  look-out  peak  a  distant  fire 
near  some  unnamed  lake  or  cliff  hastens  to  a  telephone,  but 
finds  his  work  of  sending  fire  fighters  to  the  place  of  danger 
much  more  difficult  than  if  he  could  use  some  definite  place 
name.  Trail  builders  and  patrols  continually  find  a  similar 
need  for  names.  For  their  own  use  they  proceed  to  invent 
names  which  often  stick.  The  Mountaineers  in  1915  found 
that  a  trail  builder  had  supplied  such  a  need  by  giving  a  beauti- 
ful waterfall  near  his  trail  the  name  of  his  favorite  brand  of 
canned  peaches.  More  care  of  such  matters  is  now  being  exer- 
cised by  those  interested  working  through  the  United  States 
Geographic  Board. 

The  elevations  given  are  taken  from  the  official  map  and  other 
Government  publications.  In  time  all  important  heights  will 
be  definitely  determined  and  marked. 

It  is  hoped  that  this  compilation  of  the  names  may  be  improved 
from  year  to  year.  Further  facts  about  any  of  the  names 
would  be  welcomed  by  the  editor  of  this  work. 

Ada  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Huckleberry  Creek  near  the  north- 
ern boundary  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Adelaide  Lake.  Near  the  north-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

302 


PETER  RAINIER. 
Admiral  of  the  Blue,  Royal  Navy. 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

Affi  Falls.  In  Lodi  Creek,  in  the  north-central  portion  of  the 
Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Alice  Falls.  In  Spukwush  Creek,  in  the  northwestern  portion 
of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Alki  Crest.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  The  name 
is  from  the  Chinook  jargon  meaning  "  by  and  by." 

Allen  Lake.     See  Lake  Allen. 

Alta  Vista.  A  point  near  the  snow  line  on  the  south-central 
slope.  It  was  named  by  John  P.  Hartman,  who  visited  the  place 
with  a  Tacoma  party  in  1889.  The  name  is  Spanish  and  means 
"  high  view." 

Anvil  Rock.  On  the  southern  slope,  near  the  upper  Cowlitz 
Glacier.  The  name  is  descriptive,  but  who  suggested  it  has  not 
been  ascertained.  Elevation,  9,584  feet  above  sea  level. 

Arthur  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  Origin 
of  name  not  ascertained. 

August  Peak.  Near  the  northwestern  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Avalanche  Camp.  On  the  north  slope.  Named  by  a  member 
of  The  Mountaineers,  during  that  club's  first  ascent  in  1909. 
Elevation,  10,900  feet  above  sea  level. 

Baker  Point.  Outjutting  portion  of  Goat  Island  Mountain, 
overlooking  Emmons  Glacier.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Bald  Rock.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  near  the  Cowlitz 
Divide.  The  name  is  descriptive. 

Barnes  Pass.  On  western  edge  of  the  Park.  Named  in  honor 
of  the  photographer,  C.  A.  Barnes,  who  discovered  it  while  with 
J.  H.  Weer  and  J.  B.  Flett. 

Barrier  Peak.  A  prolongation  of  Governors  Ridge  near  the 
east-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Basaltic  Falls.  On  the  southeastern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
One  of  the  features  of  Cowlitz  Park.  Named  by  Prof.  J.  B.  Flett 
and  H.  H.  Garretson. 

Bear  Park.     In  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Bee  Flat.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park,  just  south 
of  Chenuis  Mountain. 

Beehive.  Large  rock  on  the  southeast  slope.  It  was  named 
by  Major  E.  S.  Ingraham  in  1888,  who  says:  "It  reminded  me 
of  one  of  those  old-fashioned  beehives."  Elevation,  11,033  ^eet 
above  sea  level. 

Beljica.  An  interesting  peak  near  the  road  leading  from  Ash- 
ford  to  the  Park.  The  name  is  a  composite  made  up  of  initials. 
In  July,  1897,  a  party  of  nine  young  people  visiting  the  peak  pro- 
vided the  name.  The  B  was  for  Burgon  D.  Mesler,  the  e  for  any 
one  of  three  —  Elizabeth  Drabe,  Elizabeth  Sharp  and  Elizabeth 

303 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Mesler,  the  1  for  Lucy  K.  LaWall,  the  j  for  Jessie  K.  La  Wall, 
the  i  for  Isabel  Mesler,  the  c  for  Clara  Mesler,  and  the  a  for  Alex- 
ander Mesler. 

Bench  Lake.  In  the  southern  portion  of  the  Park.  The  land 
lying  above  the  lake  is  called  The  Bench.  Elevation  of  the  lake, 
4,500  feet  above  sea  level. 

Berkeley  Park.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park, 
between  Burroughs  and  Skyscraper  Mountains.  Origin  of  name 
not  ascertained. 

Berry  Peak.     In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Boulder  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Ohanapecosh  River,  in  the 
park  of  the  same  name,  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  mountain. 

Boundary  Peak.  Appropriately  named,  as  it  lies  on  the  south- 
ern boundary  line  of  the  Park. 

Brown  Peak.     In  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Buel  Peak.  Near  the  east-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained.  Elevation,  5,933  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Burnt  Park.     In  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Burroughs  Mountain.  On  the  northeast  slope.  It  was  named 
for  the  naturalist  and  was  at  first  called  John  Burroughs  Mountain. 

Butter  Creek.  Flowing  from  the  Tatoosh  Range  across  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Camp  Curtis.  On  the  northeast  slope.  Named  by  The 
Mountaineers  in  1909  in  honor  of  Asahel  Curtis,  leader  of  that 
club's  first  ascent.  Elevation,  9,000  feet  above  sea  level. 

Camp  Delight.     See  Camp  of  the  Stars. 

Camp  Misery.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain  at  the 
base  of  the  Beehive.  The  name  is  descriptive.  Elevation, 
11,033  feet  above  sea  level. 

Camp  Muir.  On  the  southeast  slope.  Named  by  Major 
E.  S.  Ingraham,  in  honor  of  the  naturalist,  John  Muir,  who  selected 
the  temporary  camping  place  during  their  ascent  in  1888,  because 
the  presence  of  pumice  indicated  a  shelter  from  strong  winds. 
Elevation,  10,062  feet  above  sea  level. 

Camp  No  Camp.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  near  the  summit 
of  the  mountain.  It  is  in  the  saddle  near  the  summit  of  Gibraltar. 
The  name  indicates  a  disappointed  attempt  at  rest.  Elevation, 
12,550  feet  above  sea  level. 

Camp  of  the  Clouds.  On  the  south  slope  above  Paradise 
Valley.  Named  on  August  12,  1886,  by  Charles  E.  Kehoe, 
Charles  A.  Billings  and  George  N.  Talcott  of  Olympia.  During 
their  visit  there  the  heavy  banks  of  clouds  parted  and  gave  them  a 
superb  mountain  view.  Elevation,  5,947  feet  above  sea  level. 

Camp  of  the  Stars.     On  the  southeastern  slope  of  the  mountain, 

3°4 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

near  the  foot  of  Gibraltar.  It  is  a  narrow  shelf  of  rocks,  affording 
space  for  a  dozen  climbers  when  crowded  together  and  "  feet 
hanging  over."  It  was  used  by  one  of  the  Ingraham  parties,  and 
H.  E.  Holmes  says  they  at  first  called  it  Camp  Delight  on  account 
of  their  joy  at  the  first  rays  of  morning.  Elevation,  about  12,000 
feet  above  sea  level. 

Canyon  Bridge.  In  the  southeastern  part  of  the  Park.  The 
Muddy  Fork  of  the  Cowlitz  River  rushes  through  a  very  narrow 
and  deep  rift  in  the  rocks.  The  spanning  bridge  gives  an  attrac- 
tive view. 

Carbon  Glacier.  This  glacier  begins  at  the  foot  of  Willis  Wall 
on  the  north  face  of  the  mountain. 

Carbon  River.  About  1876  coal  was  discovered  on  the  banks  of 
this  river  suggesting  the  name,  which  was  also  later  given  to  the 
glacier  from  which  the  river  has  its  source. 

Carter  Falls.  One  of  the  beautiful  features  of  the  lower  Para- 
dise River.  Named  for  an  early  guide  who  built  the  first  trail  to 
Paradise  Valley.  For  years  the  Longmires  collected  a  fee  of  fifty 
cents  from  each  one  using  the  trail.  It  was  willingly  paid  when  it 
was  explained  that  the  money  went  to  the  builder  of  the  trail. 

Castle    Rock.     In    the    northwestern    portion    of   the    Park. 
Named  from  its  resemblance  to  an  old  castle.     Elevation,  6,116 
feet  above  sea  level. 

Cataract  Basin.     See  Mist  Park. 

Cataract  Creek.  Flows  from  Mist  Park  to  the  Carbon  River  in 
the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park.  About  midway  in  its  course 
are  the  beautiful  Cataract  Falls. 

Cathedral  Rocks.  Extending  southeast  from  the  summit.  It 
is  an  extensive  cleaver  between  the  upper  Cowlitz  and  Ingraham 
Glaciers.  Who  first  suggested  the  name  has  not  been  ascertained. 
Elevation,  8,262  feet  above  sea  level. 

Chenuis  Mountain.  An  extensive  ridge  near  the  northern 
boundary  of  the  Park.  On  the  shoulders  of  the  mountain  rest 
three  little  lakes  called  Chenuis  Lakes.  From  the  northern  slopes 
of  the  mountain  there  rises  Chenuis  Creek,  which,  near  its  junction 
with  the  Carbon  River  at  the  northwestern  boundary  of  the  Park, 
produces  the  beautiful  Chenuis  Falls.  The  name  seems  to  be 
Indian,  but  its  origin  has  not  been  ascertained.  Elevation  of  the 
ridge,  from  4,000  to  6,000  feet  above  sea  level. 

Christine  Falls.  On  the  lower  portion  of  Van  Trump  creek. 
Mr.  Van  Trump  says  the  falls  "  were  named  after  my  daughter, 
Christine  Louise,  by  a  friend  John  Hayes,  of  Yelm."  Elevation, 
3,667  feet  above  sea  level. 

Cliff  Lake.  In  the  south-central  portion  of  the  Park,  between 
the  Tatoosh  Range  and  the  boundary. 

x  3°S 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Clover  Lakes.  In  White  River  Park,  in  the  northwestern  part 
of  the  Park. 

Cold  Basin.  In  the  northern  portion  of  the  Park,  just  south  of 
Grand  Park. 

Colonnade.  The  ridge  lying  between  the  South  Mowich 
and  the  Puyallup  Glaciers  on  the  west-central  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain. 

Columbia  Crest.  Name  suggested  by  H.  E.  Holmes  of  the 
Ingraham  party  in  1891.  They  had  spent  two  nights  in  the  crater 
and  before  leaving  voted  on  a  name  for  the  highest  part  of  the 
summit,  with  Columbia  Crest  as  the  result.  It  has  occasionally 
been  called  The  Dome.  By  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  it  was  called 
Crater  Peak.  Elevation,  14,408  feet  above  sea  level. 

Comet  Falls.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  in  Van 
Trump  Park.  Elevation,  5,200  feet  above  sea  level. 

Cougar  Falls.  Near  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Park,  in  the 
Nickel  Creek  tributary  of  the  Cowlitz  River. 

Cowlitz  Chimneys.  Pointed  and  columnar  rocks  on  the  east- 
central  slope.  Though  not  adjacent  to  the  glacier  or  river  of  that 
name,  they  undoubtedly  got  their  name  from  one  or  the  other. 
Elevation  7,607  feet  above  sea  level. 

Cowlitz  Cleaver.  Near  the  southern  peak  of  the  summit.  It 
is  appropriately  named,  as  it  cleaves  the  higher  streams  of  ice  part 
of  which  flow  into  Puget  Sound  and  the  rest  into  the  Columbia 
River. 

Cowlitz  Divide.  A  ridge  running  from  north  to  south  in  the 
southeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Cowlitz  Glacier.  Named  by  General  Hazard  Stevens  and 
P.  B.  Van  Trump  in  1870  when  they  discovered  it  to  be  the  source 
of  the  river  by  that  name.  It  has  its  beginning  from  a  group  of 
smaller  glaciers  on  the  southeast  slope  of  the  mountain.  Above 
the  glaciers  lies  Cowlitz  Park. 

Cowlitz  River.  The  name  appears  as  early  as  the  Lewis  and 
Clark  reports,  1805-1806,  where  it  is  spelled  Coweliskee.  In 
varying  forms  it  appears  in  the  writings  of  all  subsequent  explorers. 
A  tribe  of  Indians  by  that  name  inhabited  its  valleys.  The  river 
finally  flows  southward  into  the  Columbia  River. 

Cowlitz  Rocks.  A  mass  of  rocks  on  the  southeast  slope,  between 
the  Paradise  and  Cowlitz  Glaciers.  The  rocks  were  named  in 
1907  by  the  veteran  guide,  Jules  Stampfler,  who  found  a  name 
necessary  to  satisfy  the  curiosity  of  his  companies  of  tourists. 
Elevation,  7,457  feet  above  sea  level. 

Crater  Lake.  On  the  northwest  slope.  Bailey  Willis  gave  the 
name  in  1883.  He  recently  wrote:  "The  amphitheatres  which 
the  young  geologist  mistook  for  craters  are  now  known  to  be 

306 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

glacier  basins  eroded  by  ice."  Elevation,  4,929  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Crater  Peak.     See  Columbia  Crest. 

Crescent  Mountain.  On  the  northern  slope.  The  name  was 
used  by  Bailey  Willis  in  1883.  Near  the  foot  of  this  mountain  lies 
Crescent  Lake. 

Cress  Falls.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park,  near 
Spukwush  Creek. 

Crystal  Mountain.  On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
overlooking  Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground.  Elevation,  6,300 
feet  above  sea  level. 

Cushman  Crest.  On  the  southern  slope,  overlooking  Nisqually 
Glacier.  Named  in  honor  of  the  late  Congressman  F.  W.  Cushman, 
of  Tacoma. 

Dege  Peak.  Overlooking  Yakima  Park  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Denman  Falls.  On  the  western  slope,  in  St.  Andrews  Creek. 
Named  by  Ben  Longmire  in  honor  of  A.  H.  Denman  of  Tacoma, 
enthusiastic  mountaineer  and  photographer. 

Devils  Dream  Creek.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  a 
tributary  of  Pyramid  Creek.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Dick  Creek.  Flowing  from  Elysian  Fields  to  the  Carbon  River 
in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not 
ascertained. 

Division  Rock.  At  the  lower  end  of  North  Mowich  Glacier,  on 
the  northwestern  slope  of  the  mountain. 

Doe  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Ipsut  Creek  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  the  Park. 

Double  Peak.  Near  the  southeastern  boundary  of  the  Park.  The 
height  is  marked  at  6,200  feet.  The  name  was  suggested  by  its  form. 

Eagle  Cliff.  Overlooking  Spray  Creek  in  the  northwestern  por- 
tion of  the  Park. 

Eagle  Peak.  Near  the  south-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Elevation,  5,955  feet  above  sea  level. 

Echo  Cliffs.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park  above 
Cataract  Creek. 

Echo  Rock.  On  the  northwest  slope  near  Russell  Glacier. 
Major  E.  S.  Ingraham  named  it  Seattle  Rock  because  it  may  be 
seen  from  that  city.  He  does  not  know  who  changed  the  name. 

Edith  Creek.  On  the  southern  slope,  a  tributary  of  the  Paradise 
River.  In  1907,  Jules  Stampfler,  the  guide,  was  getting  out  a 
series  of  stereopticon  views  and  he  needed  a  name  for  that  creek. 
He  does  not  remember  Edith's  full  name.  She  was  a  member  of 
one  of  his  parties. 

Edmunds  Glacier.     On  the  western  slope.     In  June,  1883,  the 

3°7 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

glaciers  were  visited  by  Vice  President  Oakes  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  Company  and  United  States  Senator  George  F. 
Edmunds  of  Vermont.  One  result  of  that  trip  was  an  order  to  build 
what  has  since  been  known  as  the  Bailey  Willis  trail  to  the  north- 
western slopes  of  the  mountain.  Another  subsequent  result  was 
the  naming  of  the  glacier  in  honor  of  Senator  Edmunds. 

Elizabeth  Ridge.  Near  Crater  Lake  in  the  northwestern  corner 
of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Elysian  Fields.  One  of  the  beautiful  park  regions  on  the 
northern  slope.  The  name  was  given  by  Major  E.  S.  Ingraham  in 
1888.  Elevation,  5,700  feet  above  sea  level. 

Emerald  Ridge.  On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
dividing  the  lower  parts  of  the  Tahoma  and  South  Tahoma  Glaciers. 
The  name  is  descriptive,  but  by  whom  it  was  first  suggested  has 
not  been  ascertained. 

Emmons  Glacier.  On  the  northeastern  slope.  This  is  the 
largest  glacier  on  the  mountain.  For  a  long  time  it  was  called 
White  Glacier  because  it  gave  rise  to  the  river  of  that  name.  The 
river's  name  came  from  the  glacial  whiteness  of  its  waters.  The 
present  name  is  in  honor  of  S.  F.  Emmons,  who,  with  A.  D.  Wilson, 
made  the  second  successful  ascent  of  the  mountain  in  1870. 

Eunice  Lake.  In  the  northwest  corner  of  the  Park  near  Tolmie 
Peak.  Bailey  Willis  named  it  Tolmie  Lake  in  1883;  but  it  was 
not  so  mapped  officially,  and  the  name  was  changed  to  honor 
Mrs.  W.  H.  Gilstrap  of  Tacoma.  She  and  her  husband  were 
frequent  visitors  to  the  Crater  Lake  region. 

Fairy  Falls.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  in  the  upper  waters  of 
Stevens  Creek.  Elevation,  5,500  feet  above  sea  level. 

Falls  Creek.  Rises  in  North  Park  and  flows  across  the  boundary 
at  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Fay  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park,  over- 
looking Crater  Lake.  Elevation,  6,500  feet  above  sea  level.  The 
name  was  given  in  honor  of  Miss  Fay  Fuller  of  Tacoma,  who  in 
1890  was  the  first  of  her  sex  to  attain  the  summit  of  Mount 
Rainier. 

Fir  Lake.     A  small  lake  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Fish  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Tahoma  Creek  in  the  southwestern 
corner  of  the  Park. 

Fishers  Hornpipe  Creek.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain, a  tributary  of  Pyramid  creek.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Flett  Glacier.  Near  Ptarmigan  Ridge  on  the  northwestern 
slope.  The  name  is  in  honor  of  Professor  J.  B.  Flett  of  Tacoma, 
one  of  the  most  enthusiastic  explorers  of  the  mountain. 

Florence  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

308 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

Frog  Heaven.  On  the  south-central  slope  of  the  mountain,  to 
the  west  of  Narada  Falls. 

Frozen  Lake.  In  the  northern  portion  of  the  Park,  just  south 
of  Mount  Fremont. 

Fryingpan  Glacier.  There  are  two  conflicting  theories  about 
this  name.  One  is  that  some  campers  lost  a  frying  pan  in  the  river, 
giving  it  that  name,  which  was  later  extended  to  the  glacier.  The 
other  is  that  Professor  I.  C.  Russell  named  the  glacier  from  its 
fancied  resemblance  to  a  frying  pan,  and  that  the  name  was 
later  extended  to  the  river.  On  the  east-central  slope  of  the 
mountain. 

Garda  Falls.  In  Granite  Creek,  a  tributary  of  Winthrop  Creek, 
in  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park.  Named  by  C.  A.  Barnes 
in  honor  of  Miss  Garda  Fogg  of  Tacoma. 

George  Lake.     See  Lake  George. 

Gibraltar.  This  famous  and  forbidding  cliff  of  rock  just  south- 
east of  the  summit  was  named  by  the  Ingraham  party  in  1889. 
Elevation,  12,679  feet  above  sea  level. 

Glacier  Basin.  On  the  northern  slope  of  the  mountain.  It  is  a 
rather  steep  but  attractive  little  park,  with  a  small  lake  and  good 
spring  water.  Inter  Glacier  is  at  its  head  and  Inter  Fork  passes 
through  it.  Miners  at  Starbo  Camp  maintain  a  little  waterpower 
sawmill,  and  they  have  for  years  worked  at  prospective  mines  on 
the  slopes  of  the  Basin.  They  have  built  a  wagon  road  to  their 
camp,  by  use  of  which  tourists  will  soon  become  well  acquainted 
with  the  beauties  of  Glacier  Basin  and  the  surrounding  regions. 
Elevation,  6,000  feet  above  sea  level. 

Glacier  Island.  On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
The  name  is  descriptive,  as  the  island  lies  between  the  lower  parts 
of  Tahoma  and  South  Tahoma  Glaciers. 

Goat  Island  Mountain.  On  the  northeastern  slope  of  the 
mountain,  between  Emmons  Glacier  and  Summer  Land. 

Goat  Island  Rock.  In  the  lower  portion  of  Carbon  Glacier, 
in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park. 

Golden  Lakes.  A  cluster  of  beautiful  lakes  in  and  near  Sunset 
Park,  close  to  the  west-central  boundary  of  the  Park.  At  sun- 
down they  glow  like  molten  gold. 

Gove  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park.  Origin 
of  name  not  ascertained. 

Governors  Ridge.  Toward  the  east-central  boundary  of  the 
Park.  The  name  was  suggested  by  Superintendent  Ethan  Allen 
of  the  Park. 

Grand  Park.  A  high  and  extensive  area  in  the  northern  portion 
of  the  Park.  The  miles  of  relatively  level  ground,  flower-strewn 
and  ornamented  with  circular  groves  of  alpine  firs  and  hemlocks, 

309 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

with  deer  abundant  every  summer,  make  the  name  an  appropriate 
one.     Elevation,  5,700  feet  above  sea  level. 

Granite  Creek.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park.  It 
is  a  tributary  of  Winthrop  Creek. 

Grant  Creek.  A  tributary  to  Spray  Creek  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Green  Lake.     In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Green  Park.  North  of  Sourdough  Mountains,  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  the  Park. 

Hall's  Camp.     See  Wigwam  Camp. 

Hayden  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Meadow  Creek  in  the  north- 
western corner  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Henrys  Hunting  Ground.     See  Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground. 

Hessong  Rock.  On  the  northwest  slope  overlooking  Spray 
Park.  It  was  named  in  honor  of  a  photographer  who  lived  at 
Lake  Kapowsin. 

Hidden  Lake.  Near  White  River  Park,  in  the  northeastern 
part  of  the  Park. 

Howard  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Huckleberry  Creek.  Takes  its  rise  in  the  Sourdough  Moun- 
tains and  flows  northward  across  the  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Huckleberry  Park.  At  the  headwaters  of  Huckleberry  Creek 
in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  Park. 

Independence  Ridge.  Extending  from  Chenuis  Mountain  to 
the  northern  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Indian  Bar.  A  large  gravel  bar  in  Ohanapecosh  Park  on  the 
eastern  slope  of  the  mountain. 

Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground.  About  1870,  a  Cowlitz  Indian 
began  hunting  mountain  goats  in  that  region.  Henry  Winsor,  a 
pioneer  mail  carrier,  asked  his  name  and  got  an  unpronounceable 
answer.  "  That's  no  name,"  said  Winsor,  "  your  name  is  Indian 
Henry."  His  playful  joke  stuck.  On  the  map  the  word  "  Indian  " 
is  omitted,  but  the  United  States  Geographic  Board  has  voted 
to  restore  it.  P.  B.  Van  Trump  said  the  Indian's  name  was 
Sotolick. 

Ingraham  Glacier.  This  beautiful  glacier  lies  between  Cathe- 
dral Rocks  and  Little  Tahoma  on  the  southeast  slope.  It  was 
named  by  Professor  I.  C.  Russell  in  1896  in  honor  of  Major  E.  .S. 
Ingraham  of  Seattle. 

Inter  Glacier.  On  the  northeast  slope.  It  was  named  by 
Major  E.  S.  Ingraham  in  1886  when  he  attempted  but  failed  to 
ascend  the  mountain  from  the  north  side.  The  name  was  sug- 
gested by  the  glacier  being  hemmed  in  by  a  rim  of  rocks. 

Ipsut  Pass.     In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park.     Flowing 

310 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

from  it  to  the  Carbon  River  is  a  stream  called  Ipsut  Creek.  The 
word  is  said  to  be  a  form  of  an  Indian  word  meaning  "  bear." 

Iron  Mountain.  On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
overlooking  Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground.  The  name  describes 
the  masses  of  supposed  iron  stain.  Elevation,  6,200  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Jeanette  Heights.  On  the  west-central  slope  overlooking 
Edmunds  Glacier.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Josephine  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Huckleberry  Creek,  taking 
its  rise  in  Green  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

June  Creek.  Flows  across  the  boundary  in  the  northwestern 
corner  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Kautz  Glacier.  This  glacier  begins  at  the  foot  of  Peak  Success, 
the  southern  summit.  It  was  named  in  honor  of  Lieutenant 
(afterwards  General)  A.  V.  Kautz,  who  attempted  an  ascent  in 
1857.  The  creek  flowing  from  the  glacier  bears  the  same  name. 

Klapatche  Ridge.  Near  the  west-central  boundary  of  the  Park, 
between  the  North  Puyallup  River  and  St.  Andrews  Creek. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Knapsack  Pass.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park,  a 
pass  between  Fay  Peak  and  Mother  Mountain  from  Mist  Park  to 
Crater  Lake. 

Kotsuck  Creek.  Flows  across  the  east-central  boundary  of  the 
Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Lake  Allen.  On  the  west  slope  of  Mount  Wow  in  the  south- 
western corner  of  the  Park.  To  avoid  confusion,  it  was  originally 
named  Lake  O.  D.  Allen.  The  name  was  given  in  honor  of  the 
veteran  botanist,  who  was  at  one  time  a  professor  at  Yale  Uni- 
versity. 

Lake  Eleanor.  Near  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Lake  Ethel.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park,  with 
outlet  into  the  West  Fork  of  White  River.  The  name  was  sug- 
gested by  The  Mountaineers  in  1912  as  a  compliment  to  the 
daughter  of  Park  Ranger  Thomas  E.  O'Farrell. 

Lake  George.  On  the  western  slope  of  Mount  Wow  in  the 
southwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Lake  James.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park,  with 
outlet  into  Van  Horn  Creek.  The  name  was  suggested  by  The 
Mountaineers  in  1912  as  a  compliment  to  the  young  son  of  Thomas 
E.  O'Farrell,  Park  Ranger. 

Lake  Tom.  A  small  lake  near  Arthur  Peak  in  the  northwestern 
corner  of  the  Park. 

Landslide.  On  the  northwest  of  Slide  Mountain,  in  the  north- 
eastern corner  of  the  Park. 

3" 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Lee  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Crater  Creek  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Liberty  Cap.  The  northern  peak  of  the  summit  of  Mount 
Rainier.  It  has  been  claimed  that  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  gave 
this  name  at  the  time  of  their  first  ascent  in  1870,  but  Mr.  Van 
Trump  says  they  called  it  Tahoma  Peak.  One  of  the  early  uses 
of  the  present  name  was  by  Bailey  Willis,  who  wrote  in  1883  : 
"  Over  the  trees  near  the  outlet,  just  to  the  right  of  this  pinnacle,  a 
pure  white  peak  towers  up  into  the  heavens;  it  is  the  northern 
summit  of  Mount  Tacoma, —  the  Liberty  Cap."  Elevation, 
14,112  feet  above  sea  level. 

Liberty  Ridge.  To  the  west  of  Willis  Wall  and  overlooking  the 
head  of  Carbon  Glacier  near  the  northern  summit.  The  name  was 
adopted  in  1914  by  the  engineers  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  who  made  the  official  map  of  the  Park.  It  was  suggested 
by  John  H.  Williams,  author  of  the  book  entitled  "  The  Mountain 
That  Was  God." 

Little  Tahoma  Peak.  A  towering  and  rugged  peak  on  the  east 
flank  of  Mount  Rainier.  Very  few  adventuresome  climbers  have 
as  yet  attained  its  summit.  Elevation,  11,117  feet  above  sea  level. 
The  only  ascent  known  was  made  by  Prof.  J.  B.  Flett  and 
H.  H.  Garretson. 

Lodi  Creek.  A  tributary  of  White  River,  in  the  north-central 
portion  of  the  Park.  The  name  is  said  to  have  been  given  by 
early  prospectors  for  minerals. 

Longmire  Springs.  Near  the  southeastern  boundary  of  the 
Park.  The  springs  were  discovered  by  the  pioneer,  James  Long- 
mire,  who  acquired  title  to  the  property  and  lived  there  until  his 
death  on  September  17,  1897.  Members  of  his  family  still  main- 
tain a  resort  there.  The  National  Park  Inn,  a  postomce,  Park 
offices,  and  other  conveniences  make  Longmire  the  capital  of  the 
Park.  Elevation,  2,761  feet  above  sea  level. 

Lost  Creek.  Flows  across  the  northeastern  boundary  of  the 
Park. 

Louise  Lake.  In  the  south-central  portion  of  the  Park  between 
Mazama  Ridge  and  Tatoosh  Range.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

McClure  Rock.  On  the  southeastern  slope  near  Paradise 
Glacier.  It  marks  the  place  of  the  tragic  death  of  Professor  Edgar 
McClure,  of  the  University  of  Oregon,  in  1897,  while  descending 
after  taking  barometric  measurements  at  the  summit.  Elevation, 
7,384  feet  above  sea  level. 

McNealey  Peak.  A  part  of  Sourdough  Mountains  in  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Madcap  Falls.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  in  the 
Paradise  River  between  Narada  Falls  and  Carter  Falls. 

312 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

Maple  Falls.  In  a  creek  of  the  same  name,  near  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  Park.  The  creek  is  a  tributary  of  Stevens  Creek. 

Marcus  Peak.  A  part  of  Sourdough  Mountains  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Margaret  Falls.  On  the  southeast  slope,  between  Cowlitz 
Park  and  Cowlitz  Glacier.  The  name  was  in  honor  of  one  of  the 
daughters  of  E.  S.  Hall,  former  Superintendent  of  the  Park. 

Marie  Falls.  On  the  southeast  slope,  in  the  upper  waters  of 
Nickel  Creek.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Marjorie  Lakes.  Near  the  north-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Marmot  Creek.     A   tributary    of   Cataract    Creek,   draining 
Seattle  Park,  in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park.     The  name 
is  for  the  whistling  marmot,  so  plentiful  in  that  region. 
i      Marsh  Lakes.     In  the  southern  part  of  the  Park. 

Martha  Falls.  On  the  southeast  slope.  The  falls  were  named 
in  honor  of  the  wife  of  the  late  Elcaine  Longmire,  by  Ben  Long- 
mire,  the  son. 

Martin  Peak.  On  the  northwestern  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Mary  Belle  Falls.  On  the  southeast  slope  in  the  upper  waters 
of  Nickel  Creek.  The  name  was  suggested  by  Superintendent 
Ethan  Allen  in  honor  of  one  of  the  daughters  of  E.  S.  Hall,  former 
Superintendent  of  the  Park. 

Mazama  Ridge.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
beginning  at  Sluiskin  Falls.  Named  for  the  Oregon  mountain 
climbing  club  whose  main  camp  was  pitched  there  in  1905. 

Meadow  Creek.  Near  the  northwestern  boundary  of  the  Park. 
It  rises  near  Tolmie  Peak  and  was  named  by  Bailey  Willis  in  1883. 

Mildred  Point.  On  the  southwest  slope,  overlooking  the  foot  of 
Kautz  Glacier.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Mineral  Mountain.  On  the  north-central  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain, overlooking  Mystic  Lake.  The  name  tells  the  hopes  of  early 
prospectors  who  worked  there  before  the  National  Park  was  created. 

Mirror  Lakes.  On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain,  in 
Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground. 

Mist  Park.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park,  on  the 
shoulders  of  Mother  Mountain.  Elevation,  6,opo  feet  above  sea 
level.  This  park  is  also  known  as  Cataract  Basin. 

Moraine  Park.  On  the  northern  slope,  bordering  Carbon 
Glacier.  It  was  named  by  Professor  I.  C.  Russell. 

Mosquito  Flat.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park,  near 
Lakes  James  and  Ethel.  The  name  indicates  that  the  place  was 
first  visited  at  an  unfortunate  season.  Elevation,  4,40x3  feet  above 
sea  level. 

313 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Mother  Mountain.  An  extensive  ridge  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  the  Park.  The  name  came  from  the  figure  of  a  woman  in 
the  rock  on  the  northeastern  summit  of  the  ridge  clearly  seen  sil- 
houetted against  the  sky  by  those  traveling  on  the  Carbon  River 
trail.  Elevation,  6,540  feet  above  sea  level. 

Mount  Ararat.  On  the  southwest  slope,  overlooking  Indian 
Henrys  Hunting  Ground.  Ben  Longmire  writes :  "  I  named  it 
because  I  found  there  some  long  slabs  of  wood  that  had  turned  to 
stone  and  I  thought  they  might  have  been  part  of  old  Noah's  boat. 
I  also  found  a  stump  with  a  ring  around  it  as  if  his  rope  might  have 
been  tied  there.  It  was  all  stone."  Elevation,  5,996  feet  above 
sea  level. 

Mount  Fremont.  In  the  northern  portion  of  the  Park  at  the 
western  extremity  of  Sourdough  Mountains.  The  origin  of  the 
name  has  not  been  ascertained.  Elevation,  7,300  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Mount  Pleasant  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park, 
overlooking  Mist  and  Spray  Parks. 

Mount  Rainier.  Named  for  Admiral  Peter  Rainier  of  the 
British  Navy  by  Captain  George  Vancouver  in  1792.  For  his  own 
account  of  the  discovery  and  naming  of  the  mountain,  see  Chapter  I 
of  this  book.  Elevation,  14,408  feet  above  sea  level. 

Mount  Ruth.  On  the  northeastern  slope  of  the  mountain,  over- 
looking the  Inter  and  Emmons  Glaciers.  The  name  was  given 
in  honor  of  Ruth  Knapp,  daughter  of  the  prospector  who  built 
"  Knapp's  Cabin,"  a  landmark  for  tourists  in  the  Glacier  Basin 
region.  Elevation,  8,700  feet  above  sea  level. 

Mount  Wow.  In  the  southwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  It  is 
sometimes  called  Goat  Mountain.  Elevation,  6,045  ^eet  above  sea 
level. 

Mountain  Meadows.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 
The  name  originated  with  Bailey  Willis  in  1883.  Elevation,  4,000 
feet  above  sea  level. 

Mowich  Glaciers.  On  the  western  and  northwestern  slopes 
of  the  mountain  are  two  beautiful  glaciers  known  as  North  and 
South  Mowich.  The  name  is  from  the  Chinook  jargon,  meaning 
"  deer."  Who  first  suggested  the  name  has  not  been  ascertained. 
Each  glacier  has  its  draining  stream.  These  flow  together,  making 
Mowich  River,  which  crosses  the  northwestern  boundary  of  the 
Park.  North  Mowich  was  once  called  Willis  Glacier  and  South 
Mowich  was  called  Edmunds  Glacier. 

Muddy  Fork.  On  the  southeastern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
One  of  several  sources  of  the  Cowlitz  River,  it  drains  from  the  foot 
of  the  large  Cowlitz  Glacier. 

Myrtle  Falls.    On  the  southern  slope  in  Edith  Creek,  atribu- 


tary  of  the  Paradise  River.  The  name  was  given  by  Jules  Stam- 
pfler,  the  guide,  in  1907.  Myrtle  was  a  member  of  one  of  his  par- 
ties, but  he  has  forgotten  the  rest  of  her  name. 

Mystic  Lake.  On  the  northern  slope  of  the  mountain,  between 
the  Winthrop  and  Carbon  Glaciers.  It  is  a  favorite  place  for 
campers  who  expect  to  attempt  the  ascent  of  the  mountain  on  its 
northern  slopes.  Elevation,  5,750  feet  above  sea  level.  Named 
by  Prof.  J.  B.  Flett  and  H.  H.  Garretson  on  account  of  a  mysterious 
temporary  whirlpool  seen  near  its  outlet. 

Nahunta  Falls.  On  the  south  slope.  At  one  time  the  falls 
had  the  name  Marie,  but  it  was  changed  at  the  suggestion  of 
Secretary  Josephus  Daniels  of  the  United  States  Navy  Depart- 
ment. He  says :  "  The  name  was  familiar  to  me  as  one  given  by 
the  Carolina  Tuscarora  to  a  river  in  North  Carolina  and  also  to 
their  largest  fort  or  '  head  town.' '  Secretary  Daniels  obtained 
from  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  information  that  the 
name  has  appeared  under  various  spellings  and  may  mean  "  tall 
trees  "  or  "  tall  timbers." 

Narada  Falls.  On  the  south-central  slope,  the  principal  feature 
of  the  lower  Paradise  River.  An  effort  was  recently  made  to 
change  the  name  to  Cushman  Falls  in  honor  of  the  late  Congress- 
man F.  W.  Cushman,  a  strong  friend  of  the  Park.  The  present 
name  is  of  Theosophical  origin.  Narada  was  a  spiritual  being 
worshipped  by  the  Brahman  people  in  India  by  reason  of  his 
service  to  the  first  race  of  men.  Among  modern  Theosophists  the 
word  has  become  a  metaphysical  subject,  the  greater  part  of  which 
is  given  to  esoteric  students  and  cannot  be  revealed.  The  word 
itself  means  "  uncontaminated."  The  wonderful  beauty  of  the 
scene,  in  its  pure  and  original  form,  suggested  the  name  to  an  early 
group  of  visitors,  Theosophists,  consisting  of  the  following  persons  : 
Professor  E.  O.  Schwagerl,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  A.  Sheffield, 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  Knight,  Miss  Ida  Wright  (now  Mrs.  Vern 
Mudgett),  Mrs.  Addie  G.  Barlow  and  Mr.  Henry  Carter.  Eleva- 
tion, 4,572  feet  above  sea  level. 

National  Park  Inn.  At  Longmire  Springs  near  the  southwestern 
entrance  to  the  Park.  This  attractive  hotel  has  frequently  been 
so  overrun  with  guests  that  numerous  tents  have  been  used  for 
sleeping  quarters.  These  are  placed  in  the  groves  of  pines  and 
firs  on  the  bank  of  the  Nisqually  River.  Many  trips  to  interesting 
parts  of  the  mountain  are  made  from  the  Inn.  Elevation,  2,761' 
feet  above  sea  level. 

Natural  Bridge.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park. 
Many  photographers  have  scrambled  to  the  scene  of  this  natural 
curiosity.  Elevation,  5,400  feet  above  sea  level. 

Needle  Creek.     Near  the  east-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

It  is  a  tributary  of  Kotsuck  Creek  and  takes  its  rise  near  the  sharp 
cliffs  of  Cowlitz  Chimneys,  which  may  have  suggested  the  name 
"  Needle." 

Needle  Rock.  On  the  northwest  slope,  overlooking  the  North 
Mowich  Glacier.  The  name  was  given  by  Professor  J.  B.  Flett 
from  its  supposed  resemblance  to  Cleopatra's  Needle.  Elevation, 
7,587  feet  above  sea  level. 

Nisqually  Glacier.  The  large  glacier  flowing  from  the  southern 
flank  of  Mount  Rainier.  It  was  named  by  Stevens  and  Van 
Trump  in  1870  when  they  found  it  to  be  the  source  of  Nisqually 
River. 

Nisqually  River.  Rising  at  the  foot  of  Nisqually  Glacier,  it 
flows  southwesterly  through  the  Park  and  empties  into  Puget 
Sound  between  Tacoma  and  Olympia.  It  was  mentioned  in  the 
Journal  of  John  Work  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  as  early  as 
1824.  The  first  settlement  by  white  men  on  Puget  Sound  was 
made  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  near  its  mouth  in  May,  1833. 
That  trading  post  was  called  Nisqually  House.  Rev.  Myron  Eells, 
the  talented  missionary,  says  the  word  comes  from  the  native  word, 
"  Squally-o-bish,"  from  the  tribe  of  that  name. 

North  Mowich.     See  Mowich. 

North  Park.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  Eleva- 
tion, about  5,000  feet  above  sea  level. 

Northern  Crags.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park, 
overlooking  Elysian  Fields. 

Observation  Rock.  On  the  northwest  slope  near  Flett  Glacier. 
In  1885  it  was  named  Observation  Point  by  Prof.  L.  F.  Henderson. 
An  extensive  view  of  western  Washington  is  to  be  had  from  its  top. 
Elevation,  8,364  feet  above  sea  level. 

Ohanapecosh  Glacier.  On  the  east-central  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain. Below  the  glacier  lies  the  beautiful  Ohanapecosh  Park,  from 
which  flows  the  river  of  the  same  name,  which  passes  out  of  the 
Park  at  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  boundary.  The  name  is 
Indian,  but  its  meaning  has  not  been  ascertained. 

Old  Desolate.  A  ridge  in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park 
between  Moraine  and  Vernal  Parks. 

Ollala  Creek.  In  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  Park.  The 
name  is  from  the  Chinook  jargon,  meaning  "  berries." 

Owyhigh  Lakes.  Near  the  east-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
The  Yakima  had  a  great  war  leader,  Chief  Owhigh,  and  this  is 
apparently  an  honor  for  him.  See  narrative  by  Theodore  Win- 
throp  in  this  book,  Chapter  IV. 

Panhandle  Gap.  On  the  east-central  slope  of  the  mountain, 
above  the  Sarvent  Glaciers.  Elevation,  about  7,000  feet  above 
sea  level. 

316 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

Panorama  Point.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  over- 
looking Nisqually  Glacier. 

Paradise  Glacier.  On  the  southeast  slope.  In  1870,  Stevens 
and  Van  Trump  called  it  Little  Nisqually  Glacier. 

Paradise  River.  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  called  the  river 
Glacier  Creek  in  1870. 

Paradise  Valley.  On  the  south-central  slope.  This  is  the  best 
known  part  of  the  Park.  David  Longmire  says  that  his  mother 
(wife  of  the  pioneer,  James  Longmire)  and  a  Mrs.  Jameson  were  the 
first  women  to  visit  the  region.  As  they  wound  up  the  zigzag 
trail  through  the  forest  they  were  suddenly  in  the  midst  of  most 
wonderful  mountain  scenery.  "  O,  what  a  paradise !  "  exclaimed 
one.  ''  Yes,  a  real  paradise,"  answered  the  other.  That  was  in 
1885,  and  the  name  Paradise  has  remained  in  use  for  the  valley 
and  has  also  been  extended  to  the  river  and  the  glacier  from  which 
it  takes  its  source. 

Paul  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  Origin  of 
name  not  ascertained. 

Peak  Success.  The  southern  summit  of  Mount  Rainier.  It 
was  named  in  1870  by  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  on  the  occasion  of 
their  making  the  first  ascent  of  the  mountain.  The  new  map  calls 
it  Point  Success.  Elevation,  14,150  feet  above  sea  level. 

Pearl  Creek.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  draining 
Pyramid  Glacier  into  Kautz  Creek.  About  midway  in  its  course 
the  creek  plunges  over  what  are  known  as  Pearl  Falls. 

Pigeon  Creek.     Near  the  north-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Pinnacle  Peak.  One  of  the  most  dominant  peaks  of  the 
Tatoosh  Range  in  the  south-central  portion  of  the  Park.  Its 
height  is  marked  at  6,562  feet.  On  its  northern  slope  lies  an  ice 
field  called  Pinnacle  Glacier.  The  ascent  of  this  peak  is  attempted 
by  many  visitors  starting  from  Paradise  Valley. 

Plummer  Peak.  Near  the  south-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
The  name  was  suggested  by  Superintendent  Ethan  Allen  in  honor 
of  the  late  Fred  G.  Plummer,  Geographer  of  the  United  States 
Forest  Service. 

Point  Success.     See  Peak  Success. 

Prospector  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Huckleberry  Creek  in  the 
northeastern  part  of  the  Park. 

Ptarmigan  Ridge.  On  the  northwestern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
lying  north  of  the  North  Mowich  Glacier  and  south  of  the  Flett 
and  Russell  Glaciers.  The  name  was  given  on  account  of  the 
large  number  of  ptarmigan  families  found  there  each  summer. 
Named  by  Prof.  J.  B.  Flett  and  H.  H.  Garretson. 

Puyallup  Cleaver.  The  large  ridge  of  rocks  on  the  western  slope 
of  the  mountain,  dividing  the  Puyallup  and  Tahoma  Glaciers. 

317 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Puyallup  Glacier.  On  the  western  slope.  Its  name  comes  from 
the  fact  that  it  feeds  one  of  the  branches  of  the  Puyallup  River. 

Puyallup  River.  Two  forks  of  this  river  rise  from  the  glaciers 
on  the  western  and  southwestern  slopes  of  the  mountain.  The 
river  empties  into  Puget  Sound  at  Tacoma  Harbor.  There  have 
been  many  spellings  of  the  word  in  early  annals.  Rev.  Myron 
Eells  says  the  tribe  of  Indians  living  on  the  river  called  themselves 
"  Puyallupnamish." 

Pyramid  Park.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  adja- 
cent to  Pyramid  Peak.  From  the  park  flows  a  stream  called 
Pyramid  Creek,  and  above  the  park  lies  Pyramid  Glacier,  between 
South  Tahoma  and  Kautz  Glaciers. 

Pyramid  Peak.  On  the  southwestern  slope,  overlooking  Indian 
Henrys  Hunting  Ground.  It  was  named  by  James  L.  Mosman, 
of  Yelm,  because  of  its  resemblance  to  a  perfect  pyramid.  The 
same  name  has  been  extended  to  a  small  park  and  glacier  to  the 
northeastward  of  the  peak.  Elevation,  6,937  feet  above  sea  level. 

Rainier.     See  Mount  Rainier. 

Rampart  Ridge.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
This  ridge  is  a  prominent  group  of  crags  rising  above  Longmire 
Springs.  Elevation,  3,800  feet  above  sea  level.  The  nearer  and 
higher  portion  of  the  ridge  is  known  as  The  Ramparts.  The  name 
is  an  old  one,  but  who  first  suggested  it  has  not  been  ascertained. 
Elevation  of  The  Ramparts,  4,080  feet  above  sea  level. 

Ranger  Creek.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park,  flowing 
into  Carbon  River  near  the  Ranger  Station  at  the  boundary  of  the 
Park. 

Redstone  Peak.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park, 
between  the  headwaters  of  Van  Horn  Creek  and  White  River. 

Reese's  Camp.  On  the  south-central  slope  of  the  mountain, 
in  Paradise  Park.  For  a  number  of  years  John  L.  Reese  has  ac- 
commodated visitors  in  a  log  and  canvas  hotel  with  numerous 
tents  for  sleeping  rooms.  The  name  of  his  camp  has  grown  so 
familiar  that  other  names  are  forgotten.  The  site  of  his  hotel  was 
once  known  as  Theosophy  Ridge.  Beginning  with  1916,  the 
Rainier  National  Park  Company,  a  new  corporation  composed  of 
prominent  citizens,  will  supplant  Reese's  Camp  with  a  modern 
hotel  and  will  provide  garages,  lunch-stations  and  other  con- 
veniences for  the  tourists.  The  elevation  at  Reese's  Camp  is 
5,557  feet  above  sea  level. 

Reflection  Lakes.  On  the  south-central  slope  of  the  mountain. 
These  lakes  are  visited  by  all  who  make  the  trip  to  Pinnacle  Peak 
from  Paradise  Valley.  Elevation,  4,861  feet  above  sea  level. 

Register  Rock.  On  the  rim  of  the  crater,  where  there  is  securely 
fastened  in  the  rocks  a  record  on  which  all  successful  climbers  by 

318 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

way  of  the  Gibraltar  route  sign  their  names.  Elevation,  14,161  feet 
above  sea  level,  or  247  feet  below  Columbia  Crest,  the  actual  summit. 

Ricksecker  Point.  On  the  southern  slope.  It  was  named  in 
honor  of  Eugene  Ricksecker,  the  engineer,  who  had  charge  of 
building  the  government  road  in  the  Park.  Elevation,  4,212  feet 
above  sea  level. 

Round  Pass.  Near  the  southwestern  boundary  of  the  Park. 
It  is  understood  that  the  name  is  to  be  changed  to  Halls  Pass  in 
honor  of  former  Superintendent  E.  S.  Hall. 

Rushingwater  Creek.  Flows  from  the  Golden  Lakes  across  the 
west-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Russell  Cliff.  At  the  summit,  east  of  Liberty  Cap.  It  was 
named  by  The  Mountaineers  Club,  during  an  ascent  in  1909,  in 
honor  of  Professor  I.  C.  Russell. 

Russell  Glacier.  On  the  northern  slope,  just  west  of  Carbon 
Glacier.  It  was  named  in  honor  of  Professor  I.  C.  Russell. 

Rust  Ridge.     In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park. 

St.  Andrews  Park.  On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
Among  the  first  campers  in  that  region  was  a  group  of  choir  boys 
from  St.  Mark's  (Episcopal)  Church  of  Seattle.  It  is  said  that 
they  called  the  place  St.  Andrews  Park.  The  stream  flowing  out 
of  it  is  now  called  St.  Andrews  Creek,  and  high  up  on  the  western 
slope  is  St.  Andrews  Rock,  at  the  entrance  to  Sunset  Amphi- 
theatre. 

St.  Elmo  Pass.  On  the  north  slope,  through  the  ridge  that 
divides  the  Winthrop  and  Inter  Glaciers.  It  was  named  by 
Major  E.  S.  Ingraham,  who  says:  "In  1887,  I  camped  on  the 
ridge  with  my  party.  During  the  night  a  great  thunderstorm 
arose  and  we  could  hear  the  peals  of  thunder  below.  A  couple  of 
boys  who  were  with  the  party  were  sleeping  above  us.  Suddenly 
they  called  out  that  the  storm  was  over  because  they  could  see  the 
stars.  I,  too,  saw  stars,  but  I  did  not  think  they  were  real.  I  got 
up  and  began  to  investigate.  What  the  boys  thought  were  stars 
was  St.  Elmo  fire  which  had  settled  on  their  alpenstocks.  Even 
the  cooking  utensils  were  aflame  with  it,  and  our  heads  shone.  I 
explained  the  phenomenon  and  the  place  was  called  St.  Elmo 
Pass."  Elevation,  7,415  feet  above  sea  level. 

St.  Jacobs  Lake.  A  small  lake  in  the  southeastern  corner  of 
the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Sarvent  Glaciers.  Two  small  but  interesting  glaciers  on  the 
east-central  slope,  draining  into  Fryingpan  Creek.  They  were 
named  in  honor  of  Henry  M.  Sarvent,  the  engineer,  who  made  the 
first  detailed  map  of  the  mountain. 

Scarface.  Near  the  north-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
The  name  is  descriptive.  Elevation,  6,100  feet  above  sea  level. 

319 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

Seattle  Park.  A  small  but  beautiful  area  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  the  Park  between  the  Russell  and  Carbon  Glaciers.  It 
was  named  for  the  City  of  Seattle. 

Shadow  Lake.  On  the  east-central  slope  of  the  mountain,  east 
of  Burroughs  Mountain.  Elevation,  6,200  feet  above  sea  level. 

Shaw  Creek.  A  tributary  of  White  River  near  the  eastern 
boundary  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Silvan  Island.  On  the  south  side  of  Emmons  Glacier.  Named 
by  Prof.  J.  B.  Flett. 

Silver  Falls.     In  the  southeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 

Skyscraper  Mountain.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the 
Park,  overlooking  Berkeley  Park.  It  is  a  recent  name  and  comes 
from  its  supposed  resemblance  to  a  modern  style  of  architecture. 
Elevation,  7,650  feet  above  sea  level. 

Slide  Mountain.  In  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  Park. 
Elevation,  6,630  feet  above  sea  level. 

Sluiskin  Falls.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  in  the  upper  waters 
of  Paradise  River.  Named  by  Stevens  and  Van  Trump,  in  1870, 
in  honor  of  their  Indian  guide.  Elevation,  5,900  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Sluiskin  Mountain.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park, 
overlooking  Vernal  Park.  Evidently  an  additional,  though  later, 
honor  for  the  Indian  guide  of  Stevens  and  Van  Trump.  Elevation, 
7,015  feet  above  sea  level. 

Snow  Lake.     Near  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Sotolick  Point.  On  the  southwest  slope.  The  name  is  spelled 
"  Satulick  "  on  the  map.  It  was  suggested  by  P.  B.  Van  Trump, 
who  says  Sotolick  was  the  name  of  Indian  Henry.  Elevation, 
5,574  feet  above  sea  level. 

South  Mowich.     See  Mowich. 

South  Tahoma.     See  Tahoma. 

Spray  Falls.  On  the  northwestern  slope  of  the  mountain.  The 
highest  and  most  beautiful  falls  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountain. 
It  was  probably  named  when  the  Bailey  Willis  trail  was  built  by  it 
in  1883.  The  abundant  water  breaks  into  a  mass  of  spray.  Eleva- 
tion, 5,300  feet  above  sea  level. 

Spray  Park.  Above  Spray  Falls  lies  this  extensive  and  most 
beautiful  park.  Its  elevation  is  from  6,000  to  8,000  feet  above  sea 
level.  Several  lakes  drain  into  Spray  Creek,  which  produces 
Spray  Falls.  The  name  originated  at  the  falls  and  was  later  ex- 
tended to  the  creek  and  park. 

Spukwush  Creek.  Flowing  from  Chenuis  Mountain  to  Carbon 
River  in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park.  The  name  seems 
to  be  Indian,  but  its  origin  has  not  been  ascertained. 

Squaw  Lake.     On  the  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain,  near 

320 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

the  entrance  to  Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground.  It  is  said  that 
the  Squaw  camped  there  while  her  hunter  husband  went  further 
up  the  slopes  for  his  game. 

Starbo  Camp.  In  Glacier  Basin,  on  the  northern  slope  of  the 
mountain.  It  is  named  for  the  miner  who  has  maintained  a  camp 
there  for  a  number  of  years.  Further  information  is  given  under 
the  head  of  Glacier  Basin. 

Steamboat  Prow.  On  the  north  slope  of  the  mountain.  The 
appropriateness  of  this  name  is  apparent  to  any  who  have  visited 
the  upper  ice  fields  of  the  Winthrop  and  Emmons  Glaciers.  The 
pointed  cliff  seems  to  be  buffeting  a  sea  of  ice.  Elevation,  9,500 
feet  above  sea  level. 

Stevens  Glacier.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  adjoining  Paradise 
Glacier.  The  name  is  in  honor  of  General  Hazard  Stevens  who, 
with  P.  B.  Van  Trump,  made  the  first  ascent  of  the  mountain  in 
1870.  The  creek  flowing  from  the  glacier  is  called  Stevens  Creek ; 
its  deep  bed  is  Stevens  Canyon,  and  the  overlooking  crags  are 
Stevens  Ridge. 

Stevens  Peak.  Near  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Park.  The 
name  is  probably  an  additional  honor  for  General  Hazard  Stevens. 
Elevation,  6,511  feet  above  sea  level. 

Success  Glacier.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
flowing  into  Kautz  Glacier.  Between  Success  Glacier  and  South 
Tahoma  Glacier  lies  a  ridge  called  Success  Cleaver.  For  the  origin 
of  the  name  see  Peak  Success. 

Summer  Land.  One  of  the  mountain's  most  beautiful  parks,  on 
the  east-central  slope,  above  Fryingpan  Creek.  It  was  named  by 
Major  E.  S.  Ingraham  in  1888. 

Sunbeam  Falls.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain,  in  a 
tributary  of  Stevens  Creek. 

Sunrise  Ridge.  Appropriately  named  as  being  at  the  north- 
eastern edge  of  the  Park.  A  stream  flowing  from  the  ridge  is 
called  Sunrise  Creek.  Elevation,  about  6,000  feet  above  sea  level. 

Sunset  Amphitheatre.  A  huge  cirque  extending  up  toward 
Liberty  Cap  on  the  western  side  of  the  mountain.  From  it  flow 
the  Puyallup  and  Tahoma  Glaciers. 

Sunset  Park.  So  named  because  it  extends  to  the  west-central 
boundary  of  the  Park. 

Sweet  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Paik.  Origin 
of  name  not  ascertained.  Elevation,  4,500  feet  above  sea  level. 

Sylvia  Falls.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  in  Stevens  Creek. 
Ben  Longmire,  who  is  quite  a  wag,  says :  "  Bill  Stafford  named 
some  falls,  Sylvia  Falls,  after  his  sweetheart,  and  she  has  not  spoken 
to  him  since." 

Tahoma  Glacier.     On  the  southwest  slope  of  the  mountain, 

Y  321 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

beginning  at  Sunset  Amphitheatre  and  draining  into  the  South 
Fork  of  the  Puyallup  River.  Just  south  of  this  glacier  is  another 
called  South  Tahoma  Glacier,  which  drains  into  Tahoma  Creek, 
which  in  turn  flows  into  the  Nisqually  River  at  the  southwestern 
corner  of  the  Park.  The  name  is  one  of  the  forms  of  the  word 
Tacoma.  Stevens  and  Van  Trump  gave  the  name  to  what  is  now 
known  as  Liberty  Cap  at  the  summit.  The  name  is  also  applied 
to  a  most  prominent  peak  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
See  Little  Tahoma. 

Tamanos  Mountain.  Near  the  east-central  boundary  of  the 
Park.  The  name  is  apparently  one  way  of  spelling  the  Chinook 
jargon  word  meaning  "  spirit." 

Tato  Falls.  On  the  southern  slope,  near  the  foot  of  Nisqually 
Glacier.  The  name  was  suggested  by  Superintendent  Ethan  Allen. 

Tatoosh  Range.  Near  the  south-central  boundary  of  the  Park. 
The  Indian  word  is  said  to  mean  "  nourishing  breast."  A  stream 
from  the  mountains  is  called  Tatoosh  Creek.  Highest  elevation,  at 
Unicorn  Peak,  6,939  fee5  above  sea  level. 

Tenas  Creek.  Flowing  from  Mount  Wow  across  the  boundary 
in  the  southwest  corner  of  the  Park.  The  name  is  from  the  Chi- 
nook jargon  meaning  "  little." 

The  Burn.  Near  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Park.  The 
name  is  too  suggestive  of  a  departed  forest. 

The  Castle.  A  part  of  the  Tatoosh  Range,  in  the  southern 
portion  of  the  Park. 

The  Fan.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  just  south  of  the  lower 
part  of  Cowlitz  Glacier.  It  is  a  lake  whose  name  was  suggested 
by  its  shape. 

The  Palisades.  A  ridge  jutting  northwestward  from  Sour- 
dough Mountains,  in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  Park. 

The  Ramparts.     See  Rampart  Ridge. 

The  Wedge.  On  the  north  slope  of  the  mountain,  between  the 
Winthrop  and  Emmons  Glaciers.  A  large  mass  with  Steamboat 
Prow  at  the  upper  or  "  sharpened "  edge.  Named  by  Prof. 
I.  C.  Russell  and  his  party  in  1896. 

Theosophy  Ridge.     See  Reese's  Camp. 

Tilicum  Point.  On  the  northwestern  slope  of  the  mountain,  a 
part  of  Ptarmigan  Ridge.  The  name  is  from  the  Chinook  jargon, 
meaning  "  friend."  Elevation,  6,654  feet  above  sea  level. 

Tirzah  Peak.  A  portion  of  Chenuis  Mountain  near  the  north- 
western boundary  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 
Elevation,  5,212  feet  above  sea  level. 

Tokaloo  Rock.  On  the  western  slope,  at  the  lower  end  of  Puy- 
allup Cleaver.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained.  Elevation,  7,675 
feet  above  sea  level. 

322 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

Tolmie  Peak.  In  the  northwestern  corner  of  the  Park.  It  is 
named  in  honor  of  Dr.  William  Fraser  Tolmie,  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  surgeon,  who  was  the  first  white  man  to  approach  the 
mountain.  It  was  in  1833  that  he  climbed  this  peak.  In  1883, 
Bailey  Willis  wrote :  "  The  point  remained  unvisited  for  fifty 
years ;  last  summer  I  was  able  to  identify  it  and  named  it  Tolmie 
Peak."  A  near-by  stream  is  called  Tolmie  Creek.  Elevation  of 
the  peak,  5,939  feet  above  sea  level. 

Trixie  Falls.  On  the  southeastern  slope,  in  Cowlitz  Park. 
The  name  was  suggested  by  Superintendent  Ethan  Allen  in  honor 
of  one  of  the  daughters  of  former  Superintendent  E.  S.  Hall. 

Tumtum  Peak.  In  the  southwestern  corner  of  the  Park,  visible 
to  all  on  the  road  to  and  from  Longmire.  The  name  is  from  the 
Chinook  jargon,  meaning  "  heart,"  and  was  suggested  by  the  form 
of  the  mountain.  Elevation,  4,678  feet  above  sea  level. 

Twin  Falls.  On  the  southeastern  slope  of  the  mountain,  in  the 
lower  part  of  Cowlitz  Park. 

Tyee  Peak.  A  part  of  Chenuis  Mountain  in  the  northwestern 
portion  of  the  Park.  The  name  is  from  the  Chinook  jargon,  mean- 
ing "  chief."  Elevation,  6,030  feet  above  sea  level. 

Unicorn  Peak.  Where  the  Tatoosh  Range  approaches  the 
south-central  boundary  of  the  Park,  this  peak  rises  to  a  height  of 
6,939  feet<  OR  its  western  flank  is  an  ice  field  called  Unicorn 
Glacier. 

Van  Horn  Creek.  On  the  northern  slope,  toward  the  boundary 
of  the  Park.  The  name  was  suggested  by  Thomas  E.  O'Farrell, 
Park  Ranger,  in  honor  of  Rev.  F.  J.  Van  Horn,  one  of  The  Moun- 
taineers' party  of  1909.  The  beautiful  falls  in  the  creek  received 
the  same  name.  Elevation  of  the  falls,  about  4,400  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Van  Trump  Glacier.  On  the  southern  slope.  It  is  named  in 
honor  of  P.  B.  Van  Trump  who,  with  General  Hazard  Stevens, 
made  the  first  ascent  of  the  mountain  in  1870.  The  creek  flowing 
from  the  glacier  has  the  same  name,  and  the  flower-strewn  region 
above  the  creek  is  called  Van  Trump  Park.  Elevation  of  the  park, 
about  5,500  feet  above  sea  level. 

Vernal  Park.  In  the  north-central  portion  of  the  Park,  just 
south  of  Sluiskin  Mountain. 

Virginia  Peak.  Near  the  northwestern  boundary  of  the  Park. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained.  Elevation,  4,934  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Wahpenayo  Peak.  Between  the  Tatoosh  Range  and  the  south- 
central  boundary  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 
Elevation,  6,234  feet  above  sea  level. 

Wallace    Peak.     A    portion   of  Chenuis   Mountain   near   the 

323 


MOUNT  RAINIER 

northwestern  boundary  of  the  Park.  Origin  of  name  not  ascer- 
tained. Elevation,  5,800  feet  above  sea  level. 

Wapowety  Cleaver.  On  the  southern  slope,  overlooking  Kautz 
Glacier.  Mr.  Van  Trump  says  that  Wapowety  was  the  Indian 
guide  of  Lieutenant  A.  V.  Kautz  during  his  attempted  ascent  in 
1857.  Elevation,  about  9,500  feet  above  sea  level. 

Washington  Cascades.  On  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain, 
in  the  Paradise  River  above  Narada  Falls. 

Wauhaukaupauken  Falls.  On  the  east  slope,  in  Ohanapecosh 
Park.  This  is  one  of  the  remarkable  features  of  the  mountain 
streams.  The  meaning  and  origin  of  the  Indian  name  have  not 
been  ascertained. 

Weer  Rock.  On  the  western  slope.  The  name  does  not  appear 
on  the  map,  but  it  is  said  to  have  been  agreed  upon  as  an  honor  to 
J.  H.  Weer,  of  Tacoma,  who  has  done  extensive  exploration  work 
upon  and  around  the  mountain.  He  was  leader  of  The  Mountain- 
eers, in  1915,  when  the  first  large  party  encircled  the  mountain  at 
snowline. 

White  River.  This  river  drains  most  of  the  glaciers  on  the 
northeastern  slopes  of  the  mountain.  With  a  grand  sweep  around 
the  mountain,  the  river  flows  through  its  valley  to  unite  with  the 
Black  River  near  Seattle,  becoming  the  Duwamish  River,  which 
empties  into  Puget  Sound  at  Seattle  Harbor.  Its  name  came  from 
the  glacial  character  of  the  water. 

White  River  Park.  Lying  between  Sourdough  Mountains  and 
Sunrise  Ridge  in  the  northeastern  part  of  the  Park. 

Whitman  Glacier.  On  the  eastern  slope  of  the  mountain 
flowing  from  the  side  of  Little  Tahoma.  The  name  is  in  honor 
of  Doctor  Marcus  Whitman,  who  gave  his  life  as  a  missionary 
among  the  Indians.  He,  his  wife,  and  twelve  others  were  mur- 
dered by  the  Indians  near  Walla  Walla  in  1847.  The  ridge  of  rocks 
east  of  the  glacier  is  called  Whitman  Crest. 

Wigwam  Camp.  In  Indian  Henrys  Hunting  Ground,  on  the 
southwestern  slope  of  the  mountain.  For  several  years  a  tent  and 
log-cabin  camp  has  been  maintained  here  by  George  B.  Hall  for 
the  accommodation  of  visitors.  Elevation,  5,300  feet  above  sea 
level. 

Willis  Wall.  On  the  northern  face  of  the  mountain  at  the  head 
of  Carbon  Glacier.  The  great  vertical  cliff,  3,600  feet  high,  over 
which  avalanches  of  snow  crash  throughout  the  summer  months, 
is  one  of  the  attractive  features  of  the  great  mountain.  It  was 
named  in  honor  of  Bailey  Willis,  on  account  of  his  extensive  explora- 
tions in  1883. 

Williwakas  Glacier.  On  the  southeastern  slope  of  the  moun- 
tain, flowing  from  Paradise  Glacier.  The  stream  draining  the 

324 


PLACE  NAMES  AND  ELEVATIONS 

glacier  is  known  as  Williwakas  Creek.  Origin  of  name  not  ascer- 
tained. 

Wilson  Glacier.  On  the  southern  slope,  above  Nisqually 
Glacier.  It  was  named  in  honor  of  A.  D.  Wilson,  who,  with 
S.  F.  Emmons,  made  the  second  ascent  of  the  mountain  in  1870. 

Windy  Gap.  In  the  northern  portion  of  the  Park,  between  the 
ridges  of  Chenuis  and  Crescent  Mountains. 

Winthrop  Glacier.  On  the  northern  slope,  where  its  head  joins 
that  of  Emmons  Glacier.  It  is  named  in  honor  of  Theodore 
Winthrop,  who  passed  close  by  the  mountain  in  1853  and  recorded 
his  observations  in  his  book  entitled  "  The  Canoe  and  the  Saddle." 
The  same  name  is  given  to  a  creek  that  drains  this  glacier  into 
White  River.  The  glacier  was  formerly  mapped  as  White  Glacier. 

Wright  Creek.  A  tributary  of  Fryingpan  Creek,  taking  its  rise 
near  the  Cowlitz  Chimneys,  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  mountain. 
Origin  of  name  not  ascertained. 

Yakima  Park.  On  the  northeastern  slope,  on  the  shoulders  of 
Sourdough  Mountains.  The  name  is  that  of  a  tribe  of  Indians 
living  east  of  the  Cascade  Mountains.  It  has  there  been  used  as 
the  name  of  a  county  and  a  city. 

Yellowstone  Cliffs.  In  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  Park,  at 
the  southeastern  end  of  Chenuis  Mountain. 


Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America. 
325 


'T^ 


following   pages   contain   advertisements   of 
books  by  the  same  author  or  on  kindred  subjects. 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR 

Vancouver's  Discovery  of  Puget  Sound 

BY  EDMOND   S.  MEANY 

Illustrated,  8vo,  $2.50 

A  carefully  edited  and  extra-illustrated  reproduction 
of  the  1801  edition  of  Vancouver's  "Journal"  of  discov- 
eries on  the  Northwest  Coast.  This  is  preceded  by  a 
life  of  the  great  navigator,  and  accounts  of  others  who 
made  explorations  in  that  region.  A  large  number  of 
portrait-plates  additional  to  the  reproduction  of  those  in 
the  original  Journal,  and  several  maps,  embellish  the 
work. 

"  A  remarkably  interesting  volume  —  the  most  valu- 
able addition  to  American  history  that  ever  came  out  of 
the  Pacific  Northwest,  if  not  indeed  from  the  whole 
Pacific  Coast."  —  Seattle  Daily  Times. 

"  A  noteworthy  addition  to  the  subject  of  Americana 
in  its  largest  sense."  —  Review  of  Reviews. 

"  An  excellent  specimen  of  the  best  historical  work, 
written  with  fairness  and  impartiality."  —  San  Francisco 
Chronicle. 


THE   MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

Publisher B  64-66  Fifth  Avenue  New  Tork 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR 

United  States  History  for  Schools 

BY  EDMOND   S.  MEANY 

Cloth,  izmo,  $1.00 

A  complete  and  well-balanced  treatment  of  United 
States  history.  Industrial  and  social  changes,  rather 
than  the  traditional  grouping  of  topics  on  changes 
of  administration,  etc.,  have  determined  the  division  of 
the  subject  into  periods  and  of  the  periods  into  chap- 
ters. The  space  devoted  to  wars  has  been  reduced 
to  the  minimum  and  more  space  has  been  given  to 
the  record  of  the  nation's  political,  industrial,  and 
social  progress,  emphasizing  the  advancement  of  the 
United  States  within  the  last  fifty  years.  It  presents 
American  history  as  a  part  of  world  history.  The 
treatment  covers  all  the  important  points  required  by 
the  Committee  of  Eight  in  its  Report  to  the  American 
Historical  Association.  The  style  is  vivid  and  inter- 
esting; the  sentences  are  short  and  vigorous  and  the 
paragraphs  are  topical  units.  The  book  abounds  in 
illuminating  "  side  lights "  always  interesting  and  rele- 
vant. Suggestions  for  collateral  study  and  reading 
are  provided  and  study  questions  are  given  at  the 
close  of  each  chapter. 


THE   MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

Publishers  64-66  Fifth  Avenue  New  York 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR 

A  History  of  the  State  of  Washington 

BY  EDMOND   S.  MEANY 


Illustrated,  decorated,  cloth,  8w,  $2.25 
School  edition.     III.,  I2mo,  $1.25 


An  interesting  and  valuable  work  on  the 
growth  and  development  of  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington, especially  timely  on  account  of  the  pres- 
ent exposition.  It  is  not,  however,  an  account  of 
the  isolated  growth  of  one  state,  but  in  a  great 
measure  the  history  of  the  whole  Pacific  slope. 

"  It  would  be  difficult  to  exaggerate  the  inter- 
est and  charm  of  these  vivid  pages,  written,  as 
they  were,  under  the  spell  and  inspiration  of  a 
new  world."  —  Literary  Digest. 


THE   MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

Publishers  64-66  Fifth  Avenue  Hew  Tork 


By  WILLIAM  HERBERT  HOBBS 

Professor  of  Geology,  University  of  Michigan 

Earth  Features  and  their  Meaning 

A  Textbook  for  Cultural  Courses  on  General  Geology 

Profusely  illustrated,  8vo,  $3.00 

11  The  purpose  of  '  Earth  Features  and  their  Meaning,'  by  Professor 
W.  H.  Hobbs,  is  primarily  to  furnish  a  readable  work  on  miscellaneous 
topics  of  modern  geology  and  physical  geography.  In  his  preface  the 
author  lays  stress  on  the  fact  that  the  book  is  a  series  of  readings  to 
stimulate  the  traveler  to  appreciate  the  landscape  wherever  he  may 
go.  A  special  emphasis  is  laid  upon  earthquakes,  volcanoes,  the  work 
of  water,  desert  processes,  and  glaciers.  .  .  . 

"  The  book  is  noteworthy  for  the  importance  given  to  the  experi- 
mental method  in  geology,  for  good  reading  references  at  the  end  of 
each  chapter,  for  an  unusually  good  analysis  of  weathering  and  the 
surface  processes  of  dry  regions,  such  as  dune  accumulations  in  the 
deserts,  and  for  original  treatment  of  glaciation."  — Nation. 

"  The  subject  matter  is  presented  in  such  an  interesting  and  intel- 
ligent manner  that  the  general  reader  and  student  will  receive  from 
its  study  such  an  understanding  of  the  subject  that  he  will  be  able, 
in  his  travels,  to  recognize  many  of  the  earth's  features  about  which 
he  has  read.  The  landscapes  which  are  represented  are  very  largely 
those  which  are  along  the  routes  of  travel.  Much  stress  has  been 
placed  on  the  dependence  of  the  chief  geological  processes  of  a  region, 
upon  the  general  climatic  conditions  there  existing.  .  .  . 

"This  is  a  book  which  should  be  possessed  by  every  teacher  of 
earth  science  and  geology,  whether  hi  secondary  school  or  college.  It 
deserves  and  doubtless  will  have  a  large  circulation."  —  School  Science 
and  Mathematics. 

11  The  book  is  an  excellent  reference  volume  for  students  who  are 
interested  hi  a  simple  outline  of  geology.  The  volume  has  been  tested 
in  class  work  and  should  prove  its  worth."  —  Bulletin  of  American 
Geographical  Society. 

Characteristics  of  Existing  Glaciers 

Illustrated,  cloth,  8vo,  $3.25 

"  Every  geographer  and  geologist  interested  in  ice  will  appreciate 
these  clear  descriptions  and  excellent  illustrations  of  the  earth's  great 
glaciers  —  they  make  up  into  a  most  presentable  book." — Nature. 


THE   MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

Publishers  64-66  Fifth  Avenue  New  York 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


F       Mount  Rainier 

897 

R2M68